Professional Documents
Culture Documents
GSM Stats Application
GSM Stats Application
Maintenance Information
68P02901W56-T
Motorola and the Stylized M Logo are registered in the US Patent & Trademark Office. All other product or service
names are the property of their respective owners.
The CE mark confirms Motorola, Inc. statement of compliance with EU directives applicable to this product. Copies
of the Declaration of Compliance and installation information in accordance with the requirements of EN50385 can
be obtained from the local Motorola representative or by contacting the Customer Network Resolution Center
(CNRC). The 24 hour telephone numbers are listed at https://mynetworksupport.motorola.com. Select Customer
Network Resolution Center contact information. Alternatively if you do not have access to CNRC or the
internet, contact the Local Motorola Office.
Jan 2010
Table
of
Contents
Contents
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
68P02901W56-T i
Jan 2010
Contents
ii 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Contents
DL_LLC_TRANS_TIME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-85
ER_INTRA_CELL_HO_ATMPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-87
ER_INTRA_CELL_HO_SUC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-88
FLOW_CONTROL_BARRED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-89
HO_FAIL_NO_RESOURCES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-90
HO_REQ_FROM_MSC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-92
HO_REQ_MSC_FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-93
HO_REQ_ACK_TO_MSC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-94
IA_IAR_MSGS_PER_AGCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-96
IDLE_TCH_INTF_BAND0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-97
IDLE_TCH_INTF_BAND1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-98
IDLE_TCH_INTF_BAND2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-99
IDLE_TCH_INTF_BAND3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-100
IDLE_TCH_INTF_BAND4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-101
IN_INTER_BSS_HO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-102
IN_INTRA_BSS_HO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-103
INTERBAND_ACTIVITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-105
INTRA_CELL_HO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-106
MA_CMD_TO_MS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-109
MA_COMPLETE_FROM_MS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-110
MA_COMPLETE_TO_MSC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-111
MA_FAIL_FROM_MS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-113
MA_REQ_FROM_MSC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-114
MA_CMD_TO_MS_BLKD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-116
MS_ACCESS_BY_TYPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-118
MS_TCH_USAGE_BY_TYPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-119
MS_TCH_USAGE_BY_TYPE_PCS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-120
MT_LCS_ON_SDCCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-122
MT_SUPP_ON_SIGNALLING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-123
NUM_CELL_RESEL_CELL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-124
NUM_CELL_RESEL_CELL_PCCN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-125
NUM_CELL_RESEL_CELL_SUCC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-126
NUM_EMERG_ACCESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-127
NUM_EMERG_REJECTED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-128
NUM_EMERG_TCH_KILL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-129
NUM_EMERG_TERM_SDCCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-130
NUM_HO_3G_ATTEMPTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-131
NUM_HO_FROM_3G_ATTEMPTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-132
NUM_HO_FROM_3G_SUCCESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-133
NUM_HO_TO_3G_RES_ALLOC_SUCC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-134
NUM_HO_TO_3G_SUCCESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-135
NUM_MULTIRAT_MS_ORIG_CALL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-136
NUM_OF_SMS_INIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-137
OK_ACC_PROC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-139
OK_ACC_PROC_SUC_RACH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-141
OUT_INTER_BSS_HO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-142
OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-144
PACKET_SYSINFO_REQ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-146
PACKET_SYSINFO_RESP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-147
PAGE_REQ_FROM_MSC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-148
PAGING_REQUESTS_CS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-149
PAGING_REQUESTS_PS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-150
PCH_AGCH_Q_LENGTH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-151
PCH_Q_PAGE_DISCARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-152
PFC_ADMISSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-153
PFC_ADMISSION_TRAFFIC_CLASS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-155
PFC_DOWNGRADE_FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-157
PFC_DOWNGRADE_SUCCESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-159
68P02901W56-T iii
Jan 2010
Contents
PFC_GBR_DL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-161
PFC_GBR_UL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-163
PFC_PREEMPTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-165
PFC_PREEMPTIONS_TRAFFIC_CLASS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-167
PFC_REJ_DGRD_PRMPT_CELL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-168
PFC_REJECT_CAUSES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-170
PFC_REJECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-173
PFC_REJECTION_TRAFFIC_CLASS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-175
PFC_TRANSFER_DELAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-176
PFC_UPGRADE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-178
PPCH_Q_PAGE_DISCARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-180
PREEMPT_CAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-181
QUEUE_PREEMPT_ATMPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-182
RF_LOSSES_SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-183
RF_LOSSES_TCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-185
RF_LOSSES_TCH_HR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-187
RF_LOSSES_TCH_SIG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-189
RSS_ALLOC_RESERVE_BLOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-190
SDCCH_CONGESTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-191
SECOND_ASSIGN_ATMPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-192
SDCCH_HANDOVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-193
SECOND_ASSIGN_SUC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-194
SMS_INIT_ON_SDCCH_HO_OUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-195
SIGNALLING_HANDOVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-196
SMS_INIT_ON_TCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-198
SMS_NO_BCAST_MSG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-199
T. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-200
TCH_CONG_INNER_ZONE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-202
TCH_CONG_INNER_ZONE_HR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-203
TCH_CONGESTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-204
TCH_CONGESTION_EN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-205
TCH_CONGESTION_HR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-206
TCH_DELAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-207
TCH_PREEMPT_ATMPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-208
TCH_PREEMPT_FAIL_NO_CAND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-209
TCH_PREEMPT_FAIL_TIMEOUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-210
TCH_PREEMPT_RQD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-211
TCH_PREEMPT_NO_Q_ALLOC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-212
TCH_Q_LENGTH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-213
TCH_Q_REMOVED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-214
TCH_USAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-215
TCH_USAGE_EXT_RANGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-217
TCH_USAGE_INNER_ZONE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-218
TIMER_EXP_PAP_CONV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-219
TOTAL_CALLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-220
UL_RLC_NACK_BLKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-221
UL_RLC_STALLED_BLKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-223
UL_LLC_DATA_VOLUME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-225
UL_LLC_TRANS_TIME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-227
ZONE_CHANGE_ATMPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-229
ZONE_CHANGE_SUC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-230
iv 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Contents
NUM_CELL_RESEL_NEI_PCCN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
NUM_CELL_RESEL_NEI_SUCC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
OUT_HO_NC_CAUSE_ATMPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
OUT_HO_NC_SUC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
68P02901W56-T v
Jan 2010
Contents
vi 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Contents
BSSMAPLE_PERF_LOC_RESP_MSGS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-22
68P02901W56-T vii
Jan 2010
Contents
LAP-D_CONGESTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-17
MSGS_DISCARD_ON_RSL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-18
N2_EXPIRY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-19
RSL_LINK_INS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-20
RSL_RX_OCTETS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-21
RSL_TX_OCTETS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-22
SABM_TX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-23
viii 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Contents
DL_RLC_NACK_BLKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-85
DL_RLC_RETX_BLKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-87
DL_RLC_STALLED_BLKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-89
DL_RLC_UNACK_NEW_BLKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-91
DL_TBF_FAILURE_RATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-93
DL_TBF_INTERLEAVING_ACTIVITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-94
DL_TBF_TIME_1_TS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-95
DL_TBF_TIME_2_TS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-96
DL_TBF_TIME_3_TS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-97
DL_TBF_TIME_4_TS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-98
DL_THROUGHPUT_TERMINAL_1_TS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-99
DL_THROUGHPUT_TERMINAL_2_TS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-100
DL_THROUGHPUT_TERMINAL_3_TS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-101
DL_THROUGHPUT_TERMINAL_4_TS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-102
EGPRS_64K_CHANNELS_SWITCHED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-103
EGPRS_64K_NOT_AVAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-104
EGPRS_AVAIL_PDTCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-105
EGPRS_DL_ASGN_PCCCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-106
G_RACH_UNSVCD_BTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-107
GBL_AVAILABILITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-108
GBL_DL_DATA_THRPUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-109
GBL_DL_DATA_THRPUT_HIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-110
GBL_DL_PKT_COUNT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-112
GBL_DL_PKT_INV_NSVC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-113
GBL_FLOW_CTRL_SENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-114
GBL_PAGING_REQS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-115
GBL_RESOUR_DIST_IND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-116
GBL_UL_DATA_THRPUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-117
GBL_UL_DATA_THRPUT_HIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-118
GBL_UL_PKT_COUNT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-120
GBL_UNAVAILABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-121
GPRS_32K_CHANNELS_SWITCHED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-122
GPRS_32K_DL_NOT_AVAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-123
GPRS_32K_UL_NOT_AVAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-124
GPRS_ACCESS_PER_AGCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-125
GPRS_ACCESS_PER_RACH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-126
GPRS_AVAIL_PDTCH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-127
GPRS_CELL_CONGESTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-129
GPRS_CELL_RESELECT_FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-131
GPRS_CHANNELS_SWITCHED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-132
GPRS_DL_ASGN_PCCCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-133
GPRS_PAGING_OVERFLOW_RATE_PCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-134
GPRS_PAGING_OVERFLOW_RATE_PPCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-135
GPRS_PCH_AGCH_Q_LENGTH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-136
GPRS_PPCH_PAGCH_Q_LENGTH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-137
GPRS_PRR_BLK_USG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-138
GPRS_RACH_ARRIVAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-140
IDLE_PDTCH_INTF_BAND0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-142
IDLE_PDTCH_INTF_BAND1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-143
IDLE_PDTCH_INTF_BAND2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-144
IDLE_PDTCH_INTF_BAND3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-145
IDLE_PDTCH_INTF_BAND4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-146
IMM_ASSGN_CAUSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-147
MCS1_USE_DL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-149
MCS2_USE_DL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-150
MCS3_USE_DL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-151
MCS4_USE_DL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-152
MCS5_USE_DL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-153
68P02901W56-T ix
Jan 2010
Contents
MCS6_USE_DL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-154
MCS7_USE_DL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-155
MCS8_USE_DL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-156
MCS9_USE_DL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-157
NO_PDTCH_AVAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-158
NO_PDTCH_AVAIL_TIME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-159
PACCH_PAGE_REQS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-160
PDU_DISCARD_FR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-161
PDU_DISCARD_LLC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-162
PRP_LOAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-164
PS_PAGE_REQS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-166
TBF_DL_ASGN_PACCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-167
TBF_REL_PACCH_LOST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-168
TBF_SESSIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-169
UL_BLER_CS1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-170
UL_BLER_CS2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-172
UL_BLER_CS3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-174
UL_BLER_CS4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-175
UL_BLER_MCS1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-177
UL_BLER_MCS2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-179
UL_BLER_MCS3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-181
UL_BLER_MCS4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-183
UL_BLER_MCS5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-185
UL_BLER_MCS6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-187
UL_BLER_MCS7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-189
UL_BLER_MCS8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-191
UL_BLER_MCS9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-193
UL_BUSY_PDTCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-195
UL_CHANNEL_REQUESTS_REJECTION_RATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-197
UL_CHANNEL_REQUESTS_SUCCESS_RATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-198
UL_LLC_FRAMES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-200
UL_MEAN_TBF_DURATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-201
UL_MEAN_USER_TRAFFIC_PER_TBF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-203
UL_PDTCH_Q_LENGTH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-205
UL_PDTCH_SEIZURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-206
UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_1_TS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-207
UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_2_TS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-209
UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_3_TS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-211
UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_4_TS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-213
UL_RADIO_BLKS_GMSK_1_TS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-215
UL_RADIO_BLKS_GMSK_2_TS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-217
UL_RADIO_BLKS_GMSK_3_TS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-219
UL_RADIO_BLKS_GMSK_4_TS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-221
UL_RLC_ACK_NEW_BLKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-223
UL_RLC_RETX_BLKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-225
UL_RLC_UNACK_NEW_BLKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-227
UL_TBF_FAILURE_RATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-229
UL_TBF_TIME_8PSK_1_TS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-230
UL_TBF_TIME_8PSK_2_TS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-231
UL_TBF_TIME_8PSK_3_TS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-232
UL_TBF_TIME_8PSK_4_TS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-233
UL_TBF_TIME_GMSK_1_TS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-234
UL_TBF_TIME_GMSK_2_TS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-235
UL_TBF_TIME_GMSK_3_TS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-236
UL_TBF_TIME_GMSK_4_TS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-237
UL_THROUGHPUT_TERMINAL_1_TS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-238
UL_THROUGHPUT_TERMINAL_2_TS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-240
UL_THROUGHPUT_TERMINAL_3_TS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-242
x 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Contents
UL_THROUGHPUT_TERMINAL_4_TS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-244
68P02901W56-T xi
Jan 2010
Contents
DL_PDTCH_UTILISATION_6_TS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-35
DL_PDTCH_UTILISATION_7_TS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-36
DL_PDTCH_UTILISATION_8_TS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-37
DLDC_USAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-38
DL_RLC_MAC_OVERHEAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-39
DL_RLC_MAC_WINDOW_STALL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-40
DL_TBF_FAILURE_RATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-42
DL_TBF_SUCCESS_RATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-43
DL_TERMINAL_TYPE_ACTIVITY_1_TS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-44
DL_TERMINAL_TYPE_ACTIVITY_2_TS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-45
DL_TERMINAL_TYPE_ACTIVITY_3_TS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-46
DL_TERMINAL_TYPE_ACTIVITY_4_TS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-47
DL_USER_TRAFFIC_EGPRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-48
DL_USER_TRAFFIC_GPRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-50
GPRS_PAGING_OVERFLOW_RATE_PCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-51
GPRS_PAGING_OVERFLOW_RATE_PPCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-52
HANDOVER_FAILURE_RATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-53
HANDOVER_SUCCESS_RATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-55
HSP_MTL_UTILISATION_RX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-57
HSP_MTL_UTILISATION_TX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-58
IN_3G_HO_FAIL_RATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-59
IN_3G_HO_SUCC_RATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-60
LLC_ABNORMAL_TBF_RELEASES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-61
LLC_BUFFER_OVERFLOW_RATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-62
MCS1_USE_DL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-63
MCS2_USE_DL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-64
MCS3_USE_DL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-65
MCS4_USE_DL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-66
MCS5_USE_DL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-67
MCS6_USE_DL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-68
MCS7_USE_DL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-69
MCS8_USE_DL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-70
MCS9_USE_DL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-71
MCS1_USE_UL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-72
MCS2_USE_UL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-74
MCS3_USE_UL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-76
MCS4_USE_UL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-78
MCS5_USE_UL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-80
MCS6_USE_UL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-81
MCS7_USE_UL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-82
MCS8_USE_UL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-83
MCS9_USE_UL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-84
LLC_DISCARDS_ON_CELL_RESELECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-85
MEAN_ARRIVAL_TIME_BETWEEN_CALLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-86
MEAN_INTER_ARRIVAL_TIME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-87
MEAN_TBF_SESSIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-88
MEAN_TCH_BUSY_TIME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-89
MTL_UTILISATION_RX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-90
MTL_UTILISATION_TX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-91
NC2_CELL_RESELECTION_SUCCESS_RATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-92
OUT_3G_HO_FAIL_RATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-93
OUT_3G_HO_REQ_SUCC_RATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-94
OUT_3G_HO_SUCC_RATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-95
RF_LOSS_RATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-96
SDCCH_BLOCKING_RATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-98
SDCCH_MEAN_HOLDING_TIME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-99
SDCCH_RF_LOSS_RATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-100
SDCCH_TRAFFIC_CARRIED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-101
xii 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Contents
SUCCESS_IMMED_ASSIGN_PROC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-103
SUCCESS_INTERNAL_HO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-104
TBF_DROP_RATE_ON_PACCH_LOST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-105
TCH_BLOCKING_RATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-106
TCH_BLOCKING_RATE_INNER_Z . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-107
TCH_BLOCKING_RATE_OUT_ZONE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-108
TCH_CARRIER_MEAN_HOLDING_TIME. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-110
TCH_MEAN_ARRIVAL_RATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-111
TCH_MEAN_HOLDING_TIME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-112
TCH_RF_LOSS_RATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-114
TCH_TRAFFIC_CARRIED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-116
TCH_TRAFFIC_CARRIED_FR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-118
TCH_TRAFFIC_CARRIED_HR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-119
TOTAL_CALLS_KEY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-120
UL_CHANNEL_REQUESTS_REJECTION_RATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-121
UL_CHANNEL_REQUESTS_SUCCESS_RATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-122
UL_LLC_TRAFFIC_VOLUME_INDICATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-124
UL_PDTCH_UTILISATION_BY_ALLOCATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-125
UL_PDTCH_UTILISATION_BY_TRAFFIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-126
UL_PDTCH_UTILISATION_1_TS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-127
UL_PDTCH_UTILISATION_2_TS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-128
UL_PDTCH_UTILISATION_3_TS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-129
UL_PDTCH_UTILISATION_4_TS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-130
UL_RLC_MAC_OVERHEAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-131
UL_TBF_FAILURE_RATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-132
UL_TBF_INTERLEAVING_ACTIVITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-133
UL_TBF_SUCCESS_RATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-134
UL_TERMINAL_TYPE_ACTIVITY_1_TS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-135
UL_TERMINAL_TYPE_ACTIVITY_2_TS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-136
UL_TERMINAL_TYPE_ACTIVITY_3_TS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-137
UL_TERMINAL_TYPE_ACTIVITY_4_TS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-138
UL_USER_TRAFFIC_EGPRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-139
UL_USER_TRAFFIC_GPRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-141
UNSUCCESS_INTERNAL_HO_NOREEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-142
UNSUCCESS_INTERNAL_HO_REEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-143
68P02901W56-T xiii
Jan 2010
Contents
HO_CAUSE_BAND_REASSGN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-35
HO_CAUSE_CONGEST. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-36
HO_CAUSE_DISTANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-37
HO_CAUSE_DLINTERF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-38
HO_CAUSE_DLLEVEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-39
HO_CAUSE_DLQUAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-40
HO_CAUSE_PWRBGT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-41
HO_CAUSE_UPINTERF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-42
HO_CAUSE_UPLEVEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-43
HO_CAUSE_UPQUAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-44
HO_PER_CALL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-45
IMMEDIATE_ASSIGN_BLOCKING_RATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-47
IMMEDIATE_ASSIGN_FAILURE_RATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-48
IMMEDIATE_ASSIGN_MEAN_ARRIVAL_RATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-49
IMMEDIATE_ASSIGN_SUCCESS_RATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-50
IN_INTER_BSS_HO_SUCCESS_RATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-51
IN_INTER_CELL_HO_SUCCESS_RATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-52
IN_INTRA_BSS_HO_SUCCESS_RATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-54
INCOMING_HO_VOLUME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-55
INTERNAL_LOST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-56
INTERNAL_RECOVERED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-57
INTERNAL_SUCCESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-58
INTRA_CELL_HO_FAIL_LOST_MS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-59
INTRA_CELL_HO_FAIL_RECOVERED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-60
INTRA_CELL_HO_SUCCESS_RATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-61
MA_REQ_SDCCH_PG_RSP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-62
MAX_TCH_BUSY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-63
MSC_PAGING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-64
MEAN_TIME_BETWEEN_DROPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-65
MEAN_TIME_BETWEEN_HOs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-66
NUM_HO_FROM_3G_FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-67
NUM_HO_TO_3G_FAIL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-68
OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_FAIL_LOST_MS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-69
OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_FAIL_RECOVERED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-70
OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_SUCCESS_RATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-71
OUT_INTER_CELL_HO_FAIL_RATE_LOST_MS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-72
OUT_INTER_CELL_HO_FAIL_RATE_RECOVERED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-73
OUT_INTER_CELL_HO_SUCCESS_RATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-74
OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_FAIL_LOST_MS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-75
OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_FAIL_RECOVERED_MS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-76
OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_SUC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-77
OUTGOING_HO_VOLUME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-78
PAGING_COMPRESSION_RATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-79
PAGING_OVERFLOW_RATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-80
PAGING_RESPONSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-81
PAGING_SUCCESS_RATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-82
INTER_BSS_HO_ATTEMPT_RATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-83
INTRA_BSS_HO_ATTEMPT_RATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-84
INTRA_CELL_HO_ATTEMPT_RATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-85
RANKING_FORMULA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-86
RF_ASSIGN_FAIL_RATE_LOST_MS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-88
RF_ASSIGN_FAIL_RATE_RECOVERED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-89
RF_ASSIGN_SUCCESS_RATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-90
SDCCH_ACCESSES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-91
SDCCH_BLOCKING_RATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-92
SDCCH_CONGESTION_TIME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-93
SDCCH_TRAFFIC_CARRIED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-94
SDCCH_USAGE_ACCESS_FAILURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-96
xiv 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Contents
SDCCH_USAGE_CALL_REESTABLISH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-98
SDCCH_USAGE_EMERGENCY_CALL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-100
SDCCH_USAGE_IMSI_DETACH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-102
SDCCH_USAGE_LOCATION_UPDATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-103
SDCCH_USAGE_MS_ORIGINATED_CALL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-105
SDCCH_USAGE_MS_ORIGINATED_SMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-107
SDCCH_USAGE_SMS_ORIGINATED_SS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-109
SDCCH_USAGE_PAGING_RESPONSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-111
SDCCH_USAGE_SMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-113
SPILL_OVER_FACTOR_ATTEMPTS_AT_CONGESTION_RELIEF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-115
SPILL_OVER_FACTOR_DIRECTED_RETRY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-116
SPILL_OVER_FACTOR_MULTIBAND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-117
TCH_ACCESSES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-118
TCH_CONGESTION_TIME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-120
TCH_CONGESTION_TIME_INNER_ZONE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-121
TCH_CONGESTION_TIME_INNER_ZONE_HR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-122
TCH_CONGESTION_TIME_OUTER_ZONE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-123
TCH_RF_LOSS_RATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-124
TCH_TRAFFIC_CARRIED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-126
TCH_TRAFFIC_CARRIED_FR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-128
TCH_TRAFFIC_CARRIED_HR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-129
UL_BANDWIDTH_INDICATOR_EGPRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-130
UL_BANDWIDTH_INDICATOR_GPRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-132
68P02901W56-T xv
Jan 2010
Contents
xvi 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
List
of
Figures
List of Figures
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
68P02901W56-T xvii
Jan 2010
List of Figures
Figure 19-41: BSS initiated call clearing (RF loss on an SDCCH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-48
Figure 19-42: BSS initiated call clearing (RF loss on a TCH). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-49
Figure 19-43: BSS initiated call clearing (queuing timeout) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-50
Figure 19-44: MS originated short message service (point-to-point) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-51
Figure 19-45: MS terminated short message service (point-to-point) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-52
Figure 19-46: Intra-BSS congestion relief handover procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-54
Figure 19-47: Intra-BSS directed retry procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-56
Figure 19-48: Access procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-57
Figure 19-49: Successful intra-BSS handover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-59
Figure 19-50: Unsuccessful interband handover with fail-recovered source cell . . . . . . . . 19-60
Figure 19-51: Unsuccessful interband handover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-61
Figure 19-52: Successful inter-BSS handover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-63
Figure 19-53: Inter-BSS handover unsuccessful with fail-recovered source cell . . . . . . . . . 19-64
Figure 19-54: Inter-BSS handover unsuccessful due to invalid frequency supported. . . . . . . 19-65
Figure 19-55: Invalid frequency at assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-66
Figure 19-56: Intra-BSS handover successful . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-67
Figure 19-57: Unsuccessful band reassign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-68
Figure 19-58: RSL link scenarios . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-70
Figure 19-59: MTL link scenario (Part I) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-72
Figure 19-60: MTL link transition scenarios (Part II) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-73
Figure 19-61: MTL link transition scenarios (Part III) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-74
Figure 19-62: MTL link transition scenarios (Part IV) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-75
Figure 19-63: GBL_DL_DATA_THRPUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-76
Figure 19-64: GBL_FLOW_CTRL_SENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-77
Figure 19-65: CELL_FLUSH_REQS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-78
Figure 19-66: GBL_PAGING_REQS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-79
Figure 19-67: GBL_UL_DATA_THRPUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-80
Figure 19-68: CHANNEL_REQS_REC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-81
Figure 19-69: Accessibility CHANNEL_REQ_REJECT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-82
Figure 19-70: CHANNEL_REQS_SUCCESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-83
Figure 19-71: GPRS_ACCESS_PER_RACH and GPRS_ACCESS_PER_AGCH . . . . . . . . . . . 19-84
Figure 19-72: Accessibility and GBL statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-85
Figure 19-73: GPRS_CHANNELS_SWITCHED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-86
Figure 19-74: AIR_DL_TBF_FAILURES termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-87
Figure 19-75: AIR_DL_TBF_FAILURES data transfer DDTR mode establishment . . . . . . . . 19-88
Figure 19-76: AIR_UL_TBF_FAILURE establishment and termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-89
Figure 19-77: AIR_UL_TBF_FAILURE data transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-90
Figure 19-78: DL_PDTCH_SEIZURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-91
Figure 19-79: UL_PDTCH_SEIZURE one-phase access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-92
Figure 19-80: UL_PDTCH_SEIZURE two-phase access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-93
Figure 20-1: Approximate equality procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-6
Figure 20-2: Phantom RACHs illustration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-7
xviii 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
List
of
Tables
List of Tables
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
68P02901W56-T xix
Jan 2010
List of Tables
xx 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application List of Tables
68P02901W56-T xxi
Jan 2010
List of Tables
xxii 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
About
This
Manual
The manual provides context information and detailed descriptions of the GSR10 raw, key, and
network health statistics sets supported by Motorola GSM cellular equipment.
Detailed information on previous GSR statistical information, for example, GSR8 and GSR9, can
be obtained from the appropriate GSM Statistics Application manual.
The target audience for this manual is GSM network operators and administrators.
68P02901W56-T 1
Jan 2010
Revision history
Revision history
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Version information
Release information
This section describes the changes in this document between release GSR9 and GSR10.
• Gb over IP
• CTU4
Service
CMBP Number Description
Request
N/A N/A N/A
2 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
General information
General information
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Purpose
Motorola documents provide the information to operate, install, and maintain Motorola
equipment. It is recommended that all personnel engaged in such activities be properly trained
by Motorola.
Motorola disclaims all liability whatsoever, implied or expressed, for any risk of damage, loss or
reduction in system performance arising directly or indirectly out of the failure of the customer,
or anyone acting on the customer's behalf, to abide by the instructions, system parameters,
or recommendations made in this document.
These documents are not intended to replace the system and equipment training offered by
Motorola. They can be used to supplement and enhance the knowledge gained through such
training.
NOTE
If this document was obtained when attending a Motorola training course, it is not
updated or amended by Motorola. It is intended for TRAINING PURPOSES ONLY. If it
was supplied under normal operational circumstances, to support a major software
release, then Motorola automatically supplies corrections and posts on the Motorola
customer website.
Cross references
References made to external publications are shown in italics. Other cross references,
emphasized in blue text in electronic versions, are active links to the references.
This document is divided into numbered chapters that are divided into sections. Sections are
not numbered, but are individually named at the top of each page, and are listed in the table of
contents.
A banner indicates that some information contained in the document is not yet approved for
general customer use. A banner is oversized text on the bottom of the page, for example,
PRELIMINARY — UNDER DEVELOPMENT
68P02901W56-T 3
Jan 2010
Text conventions
Text conventions
The following conventions are used in Motorola documents to represent keyboard input text,
screen output text, and special key sequences.
Input
Output
CTRL-c or CTRL+C Press the Ctrl and C keys at the same time.
CTRL-SHIFT-c or Press the Ctrl, Shift, and C keys at the same time.
CTRL+SHIFT+C
ALT-f or ALT+F Press the Alt and F keys at the same time.
ALT+SHIFT+F11 Press the Alt, Shift and F11 keys at the same time.
¦ Press the pipe symbol key.
RETURN or ENTER Press the Return or Enter key.
4 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Contacting Motorola
Contacting Motorola
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
24–hour support
If you have problems regarding the operation of your equipment, contact the Customer Network
Resolution Center (CNRC) for immediate assistance. The 24–hour telephone numbers are listed
at https://mynetworksupport.motorola.com. Select Customer Network Resolution Center
contact information. Alternatively if you do not have access to CNRC or the internet, contact
the Local Motorola Office.
With internet access available, to view, download, or order documents (original or revised), visit
the Motorola customer web page at https://mynetworksupport.motorola.com, or contact your
Motorola account representative.
Without internet access available, order hard-copy documents or CD-ROMs from your Motorola
Local Office or Representative.
If Motorola changes the content of a document after the original printing date, Motorola
publishes a new version with the same part number but a different revision character.
Send questions and comments regarding user documentation to the email address:
mydocs@motorola.com.
Errors
To report a documentation error, call the CNRC (Customer Network Resolution Center) and
provide the following information to enable CNRC to open an SR (Service Request):
• The document type
68P02901W56-T 5
Jan 2010
Errors
6 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Chapter
Introduction to statistics
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Statistics are pieces of numerical data which have been collected and systematically
categorized. In GSM terms, the data collected is generated from network and system events.
This data is categorized as a raw statistic type and used to determine system quality of service.
This categorization of data allows the network operators and administrators to gauge service
accessibility, integrity, and retainability.
68P02901W56-T 1-1
Jan 2010
Introduction to GSM Statistics Manual Chapter 1: Introduction to statistics
Statistics
This manual describes the statistical measurements generated by the BSS in response to the
monitored network and system events. The statistics include statistical measurements defined
in the GSM Technical Specification 12.04, plus additional Motorola defined statistics.
NOTE
To facilitate easy access, the statistics are presented in alphabetical order.
Network operators can use raw and processed statistics for the following network management
and planning functions:
• Quality of service monitoring
Service accessibility
Service integrity
Service retainability
• Fault finding
• Optimization
• Network planning
Raw statistics
The BSS generates raw statistics for reporting individual network performance. The OMC-R
processes raw statistics to create key, network health and custom statistics. These statistics
include call processing, interface, and processor utilization measurements.
Call statistics
Call processing functions and features generate statistics that show how the system is
performing.
1-2 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Key statistics
Interface statistics
Terrestrial interface activities generate interface statistics that show the activity on the
interface links and their conditions. The interface links are the physical connections between
the MS, BSS, and MSC network elements.
NOTE
If CTU2 is used in the system, processor utilization statistics are not supported.
Key statistics
Key statistics are generated at the OMC-R by processing raw statistics generated by the BSS,
using predefined algorithms. These statistics:
• Provide an overall indication of the condition of the system.
Key statistics are also provided to facilitate the monitoring of the most important network
parameters. For example, various handover failure statistics can be combined and averaged
over the total number of calls, to produce a handover failure rate key statistic.
• Channel Usage
• Connection Establishment
• RF Loss Summary
• MTL Utilization
Network health statistics are calculated at the OMC-R using a combination of raw and key
statistics. These statistics are used to create BSS network performance reports. These reports
provide an indication of the health of the network from the perspective of the subscribers.
68P02901W56-T 1-3
Jan 2010
Custom statistics Chapter 1: Introduction to statistics
• GPRS performance
• Handover performance
• TCH congestion
• SDCCH congestion
• Paging performance
• Radio performance
Custom statistics
The OMC-R permits the creation of custom statistics using the algebraic combination of existing
raw and key statistics. Refer to the manual Installation and Configuration: GSM System
Configuration (68P02901W17) manual for procedures on creating custom statistics.
Statistic terms
This manual contains the following statistical terms throughout this manual:
Application process - The process responsible for creating and pegging a statistic.
Bin - A collection area used for the storage of cumulative values for distribution and counter
array statistics.
• Distribution statistics:
The use of a bin is for measuring the frequency of an event. The measurement is done
by time (weighted distributions) or by occurrences (normal distributions). There are ten
bins (numbered 0 - 9). Each bin has a low to high range.
The use of a bin is for counting the number of occurrences on a per scenario or cause basis.
The number of bins varies based on the number of causes being tracked.
Default time interval - The key statistics default time interval is 0.5 hours when computing
all key statistics.
Interval - A recording time in which a statistic is pegged. The default time is 30-minute
intervals and there are 12 intervals of data stored at the BSS.
1-4 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Statistic terms
Number of periods - The value used in calculating the mean duration. This value is
incremented by one, every time the duration timer is stopped.
Number of samples - The value used in calculating the mean for distributions. For a normal
distribution, this value is incremented by one, each time a value is reported. The time difference
increments this value for a weighted distribution, since the last reported value.
Reported value - The value reported by the application process pegging the statistic.
SUM - In the key and network health statistic formulae, SUM is the arithmetic total of
a mathematical formula for one or more cells selected in the OMC-R GUI Performance
Management window. The mathematical formula can include a single raw statistic or a set of
arithmetic functions.
Temporary value - This value is used in weighted distributions. The application process
supplies both the reported value and the temporary value. The reported value is used to update
a bin. The temporary value is stored for updating a bin at interval expiry.
Threshold value - The threshold value can be set in the configuration management database
using the MMI. When the reported value for a statistic equals the threshold value, an alarm
is sent from the BSS to the OMC-R. Thresholds can also be specified for individual bins in
counter array statistics.
68P02901W56-T 1-5
Jan 2010
Types of raw statistics Chapter 1: Introduction to statistics
Introduction
• Counter array
• Gauge
• Duration
• Normal distribution
• Weighted distribution
Counter statistics
A counter statistic is the cumulative value of an event reported by an application process. The
application process increments or pegs the counter statistic by the reported value during an
interval. The ALLOC_SDCCH statistic is an example of a counter statistic.
A counter statistic can have a user specified threshold that can generate an alarm when
reached. The BSS reports only one alarm to the OMC for a specific statistic during an interval.
Maximum value
The maximum value of a counter statistic is 4294967294 (HEX= 0xfffffffe). If a counter statistic
reaches the maximum value, it remains at that value until the interval expiry.
Interval expiry
Interval expiry is the end of a statistic interval. At the interval expiry, the BSS saves the counter
statistic value, then resets it to zero.
1-6 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Counter array statistics
Display convention
The convention used in this manual for presenting a specific bin of a counter
array statistic is COUNTER ARRAY STATISTIC NAME[bin name]. For example,
OK_ACC_PROC[CM_REESTABLISH] is the CM_REESTABLISH bin of the OK_ACC_PROC
counter array statistic.
A bin is a storage area in a counter array for cumulative cause or reason values. The number
of bins in a counter array statistic depends on the number of causes or reasons associated
with a specific event.
Maximum value
The maximum value for the total and individual cumulative values is 65534 (HEX=0xfffe). If a
bin count reaches this value during a period, the bin contents remains at the maximum value
until the interval expiry.
Interval expiry
Interval expiry is the end of a statistic interval. At the interval expiry, the BSS saves the counter
array total values and the values of the individual bins and then resets them to zero.
Gauge statistics
Gauge statistics report the maximum and mean values of a statistic for an interval. The
IDLE_TCH_INTF_BANDO statistic is an example of a gauge statistic.
While a gauge statistic can result in the report of a reported negative value, the cumulative
value cannot be a negative value. The BSS checks the cumulative before calculating the mean
value, and if the result is a negative number, it sets the mean to zero.
A gauge statistic can have a user specified threshold that can generate an alarm when the
threshold is reached. The BSS only reports one alarm to the OMC for a specific statistic during
an interval.
68P02901W56-T 1-7
Jan 2010
Duration statistics Chapter 1: Introduction to statistics
Interval expiry
Interval expiry is the end of a statistic interval. At the interval expiry, the BSS saves the mean
and maximum gauge statistic values and then resets them to zero.
Duration statistics
A duration statistic is a group of values associated with the timing of events controlled by an
application process. The duration statistics include the total duration, mean, maximum, and
minimum values. The FLOW_CONTROL_BARRED statistic is an example of a duration statistic.
Total duration
The total duration is the length of time an event occurs during an interval. It is a cumulative
value reported in milliseconds. When the event starts, the BSS saves the start time of the day
(in milliseconds). When the event ends, the BSS saves the stop time of day (in milliseconds).
The BSS calculates the total duration using the following formula:
The BSS automatically checks the time of the day to determine the interval. If the start time is
greater than the stop time, the BSS calculates the total duration using the following formula:
Mean value
The BSS calculates the mean duration by dividing the total duration by the period counter. The
BSS increments the period counter each time a measured event occurs during an interval.
Maximum value
The maximum value of a duration statistic is 86400000 (the number of milliseconds in 24 hours).
1-8 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Normal distribution statistics
Interval expiry
Interval expiry is the end of a statistic interval. The following processes occur at the interval
expiry:
• If no events occur during the interval, the BSS sets the duration minimum value to zero.
The BSS saves this minimum value and then resets it to 0xffffffff.
• The BSS saves the duration mean and maximum values and then resets them to zero.
• The BSS resets the period counter and cumulative values to zero.
Normal distribution statistics are the number of times the reported value of an event falls
within a specified range. A distribution statistic is a single row array of ten bins, numbered
0-9. The BSS also saves the minimum reported value, the maximum reported value, and a
calculated mean of the reported values. The OMC reports only the distribution mean, maximum,
and minimum values.
Bins
Each bin represents a range of values reported by an application. Each time an application
reports a value, the BSS increments the bin corresponding to the reported value by one. The
BSS also increments the sample count by one and calculates the total of all the reported values
during the interval. The disp_stats command displays the individual bin values.
The operator can specify the range of values represented by each bin or use the system defaults.
Each bin represents a range of values depending on the focus of the statistical analysis. Narrow
bin ranges permit closer examination of the periods of greatest activity.
Mean value
The BSS calculates the mean value by dividing the cumulative total of the reported values
by the sample count.
NOTE
If there are gaps in the bin ranges, some occurrences of reported events are not
included in the bin counts. For example, if the assigned range of values of two
adjacent bins are 10-15 and 17-20, a reported event with a value of 16 is not recorded.
The mean value does not account for the unrecorded event.
68P02901W56-T 1-9
Jan 2010
Weighted distribution statistics Chapter 1: Introduction to statistics
Histogram
A normal distribution statistic can be illustrated as a histogram. Figure 1-1 shows that the range
of values assigned to bin 0 is 0-10, bin 1 is 11-20, and bin 7 is 71-80. The histogram shows that
each of bin 0 and bin 1 contains two occurrences and bin 7 contains one occurrence.
COUNT 2
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
BINS
ti-GSM-Normal distribution-00343-ai-sw
Interval expiry
Interval expiry is the end of a statistic interval. The following events occur at the interval expiry:
• The mean value is calculated. If the number of reported events is not equal to zero, the
mean value is calculated by dividing the cumulative value of all the reported events by
the number of reported events.
• The distribution minimum value is saved and reset to 0xffffffff. If no value was received
during the interval, the duration minimum value is set to zero.
• The distribution mean value and maximum value are saved and reset to zero.
• The number of reported events and the cumulative value are reset to zero.
• The values in each of the ten bins are saved and reset to zero.
Weighted distribution statistics are the length of time that the reported value of an event falls
within a specified range. These statistics are placed in a single row array of ten bins, numbered
0-9, and a mean duration of the reported events. The minimum and maximum durations of the
reported values are also saved and reported at the end of the interval.
1-10 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Weighted distribution statistics
Bins
Each bin is defined to represent a range of values. Each time an application process reports
a value, the bin corresponding to the reported value is incremented by the length of time the
reported value stays within the bin's specified range. This allows the number of times a reported
value falls within a specific range to be used to calculate the mean.
The range of values that can be assigned to each of the ten bins in the array is variable. The
range of values can be sized based on the focus of the analysis to be performed. For example,
when measuring a statistic, the range of values assigned to the bins can be assigned to reflect
the periods of greatest activity. By narrowing the bin ranges, the periods of greatest activity can
be more closely examined.
NOTE
If there are gaps in the bin ranges, some occurrences of the reported events are
not included in the bin counts. For example, if the assigned range of the values of
two adjacent bins are 10-15 and 17-20, a reported event with a value of 16 is not
recorded. The mean value does not account for the unrecorded event.
A check is automatically made to determine the interval. If the start time is greater than the
stop time, the total duration is calculated using the following formula:
Mean value
The mean value is the statistical average of all the reported values divided by the number
of reported events.
NOTE
The mean for a weighted distribution statistic is not a duration value and is not
calculated using the bin values.
Histogram
A weighted distribution statistic can be illustrated as a histogram. Figure 1-2 shows that the
range of values assigned to bin 0 is 0-10 and bin 7 is 71-80. The following histogram shows that
the duration of the event reporting values from 0-10 was 40 milliseconds, and the duration of
the events reporting values from 71-80 was 20 milliseconds.
68P02901W56-T 1-11
Jan 2010
Weighted distribution statistics Chapter 1: Introduction to statistics
40
30
COUNT 20
10
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
BINS
ti-GSM-Weighted distribution-00344-ai-sw
Interval expiry
Interval expiry is the end of a statistic interval. The following events occur at the interval expiry:
• Stop any running timers.
• The mean value is calculated. If the number of reported events is not equal to zero, the
mean value is calculated by dividing the cumulative value of all the reported events by
the number of reported events.
• The distribution minimum value is saved and reset to 0xffffffff. If no value was received
during the expired interval, the duration minimum value is to 0.
• The distribution mean value and maximum value are saved and reset to zero.
• The number of reported events and the cumulative value are reset to zero.
• The values in each of the ten bins are saved and reset to zero.
1-12 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Statistic usages
Statistic usages
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Quality of service is determined by the statistics related to service accessibility, integrity, and
retainability.
Service accessibility
Statistics associated with the following processes are used to determine service accessibility:
• MS registration
• MS paging
• Network accessibility
Service integrity
Statistics associated with the following processes are used to determine service integrity:
• Call clarity
• Interference
Service retainability
Statistics associated with premature releases are used to determine service retainability.
Service accessibility
Service accessibility is associated with the following call setup and clearing processes:
• MS registration and paging
• Network accessibility
68P02901W56-T 1-13
Jan 2010
Service accessibility Chapter 1: Introduction to statistics
Cells are grouped in location areas. A Mobile Station (MS) is typically paged only in the cells of
one location area when an incoming call arrives. Therefore, the MS informs the MSC of the
location area in which the subscriber is to be paged. It does so by a location updating procedure.
The best outcome of the procedure is available when the network indicates that normal service
is available.
Several outcomes are possible when the registration is not successful, either due to:
• the procedure running correctly and the network providing a meaningful answer, possibly
denying service.
• the procedure running incorrectly and the network providing an answer that is
meaningless.
After updating the MS location, the MSC can page when an incoming call arrives. The MSC
provides the concerned BSC with the ID of the MS to be paged and the list of the cells in which
the paging is to be issued. The BSC is in charge of managing the grouping and scheduling of
paging messages and initial assignment of messages.
Network accessibility
A registered MS can access the network. Access denial is divided into three main categories:
• Call blocking.
No signaling channel (SDCCH) is available.
Failure to gain network access is pegged in BSS statistics. For a detailed analysis,
investigate the MSC statistics, as it is an MSC process.
1-14 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Service integrity
Post-selection delay and answer signal delay determine the call set-up time.
• Post-selection delay: the time interval between dialing the last digit on the fixed network,
or pressing the send button on an MS, to receiving the appropriate tone. One possible
reason for this delay is that all resources have been allocated to other calls, which can
result in a queuing delay.
• Answer signal delay: the time taken in connecting the called terminal through to the
calling terminal, once the called terminal has gone off hook.
The raw statistics TCH_DELAY and CALLS_QUEUED are associated with call set-up time and
answer signal delay.
Call release time is the time taken to release the call from the moment the end button is pressed
or after the handset on the fixed network is replaced.
Call release delay is the time between releasing one call and being able to originate another.
The only aspect of concern to the BSS is queuing. All other areas are transparent to the BSS.
Service integrity
• Lack of interference
Call clarity
Call clarity is measured by the uplink-downlink path loss difference on the air interface. The
raw statistic PATH_BALANCE is the only measurement associated with call clarity.
Lack of interference
The lack of interference is measured by the bit error rate and the interference level on monitored
idle channels. The raw statistics BER and INTF_ON_IDLE are the only measurements
associated with lack of interference.
68P02901W56-T 1-15
Jan 2010
Service retainability Chapter 1: Introduction to statistics
Subscriber perceptions of service integrity are influenced by the delivery of correct tones and
announcements when using the system. No statistics are available to measure correct tones
and announcements.
Service retainability
Service retainability is determined by the lack of premature releases. The following factors can
affect a premature release:
• Base ceases to detect the RF signaling from the MS.
A subscriber perceives a premature release as a dropped call. Refer to the Ladder diagrams in
Chapter 19 Ladder diagrams.
Fault finding
GSM statistics can be used to find certain classes of faults in the cellular system. A set of
statistics which can be used to perform this function is identified in this section.
Monitoring Faults
Hard failures are normally identified though alarm surveillance. However, it is possible for a
system component to deteriorate over time, while still continuing to function. The deterioration
can manifest itself in multiple ways such as an increase in dropped call rate, or a lower call
completion rate. Monitoring of these system parameters over time can provide the operator with
an early indication of performance degradation due to deterioration in hardware components.
Types of faults
Example of the types of faults that can be identified using statistics include:
• Damaged antennas
• Frequency drift
• Electromechanical problems
Problems with remote combiners
Noisy channels
1-16 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Optimization
Optimization
Optimization of a GSM network is a process, whereby several BSS database parameters are
fine-tuned from their default values, and antenna installations are adjusted to improve call
success rate and quality.
By optimizing a network, the performance of the cellular equipment is verified and a benchmark
is obtained for the system that can be used for subsequent expansion. The results can also be
used to modify the original data used in the frequency planning tool.
Network planning
It is possible to determine whether the network is correctly dimensioned for the offered traffic
load. Statistics that monitor resource utilization and congestion can be used to determine when
the network expansion or contraction is required.
Drive testing is currently one of the means used to verify installation of the network. Statistics
can be used to verify the data collected during drive testing. Thus, ensuring that all components
of the system are operational.
NOTE
This activity is currently supported with the help of the Call Trace feature.
68P02901W56-T 1-17
Jan 2010
Ladder diagrams Chapter 1: Introduction to statistics
Ladder diagrams
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
The relationship between statistics and call processing elements and functions are graphically
represented as ladder diagrams in Chapter 19 Ladder diagrams.
Ladder diagrams show the relationships between the MS, BSS, and MSC elements, represented
as vertical lines.
The message-flow between the network elements is presented as horizontal lines representing
a sequential flow of events. Arrows are used to indicate the direction of the message-flow.
Message names are placed above the directional line.
Intermediate network element functions are placed on the vertical lines as a sequential
reference. Parallel functions can also be included as separate vertical lines for additional
reference.
Statistics associated with the individual messages are located immediately below the directional
line. All the statistics that can be generated as a result of the process flow is listed on the
diagram.
Example
OK_ACC_PROC_SUC_RACH
(SEE NOTE)
TIMEOUT
CHAN_REQ_MS_FAIL
ti-GSM-Immediate assignment-00345-ai-sw
1-18 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Statistics history
Statistics history
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
It is both useful and important to understand when specific statistics have been introduced into
the system. As the system develops, new statistics can be introduced or existing statistics can be
modified, replaced or removed. Chapter 21 Statistics history shows a history of statistics from
release 1650 to the present in tabular form. The intention is to help maintenance personnel
track the development of the statistics by the release number.
68P02901W56-T 1-19
Jan 2010
Statistics history Chapter 1: Introduction to statistics
1-20 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Chapter
Statistical operations
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Statistical data can be employed in various ways to describe the operation of the system. The
view an operator gets of how the system is performing can be shown through the way statistics
are displayed. The topics described here show how statistical property displays can be enabled
and configured.
68P02901W56-T 2-1
Jan 2010
Enabling/disabling a statistic Chapter 2: Statistical operations
Enabling/disabling a statistic
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Statistics must be enabled to obtain statistical data. The stat_mode command enables and
disables a statistic. Refer to the manual Technical Description: BSS Command Reference
(68P02901W23) for a detailed description of the stat_mode command.
The default mode at start-up for the following per cell statistics is enabled. These statistics are
also enabled when a cell is added:
• ACCESS_PER_PCH
• ALLOC_SDCCH
• ALLOC_SDCCH_FAIL
• ALLOC_TCH
• ALLOC_TCH_FAIL
• BUSY_SDCCH
• BUSY_TCH
• IN_INTER_BSS_HO
• IN_INTRA_BSS_HO
• INTRA_CELL_HO
• MA_CMD_TO_MS_BLKD
• MA_REQ_FROM_MSC
• OK_ACC_PROC
• OUT_INTER_BSS_HO
• OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO
• RF_LOSSES_SD
• TOTAL_CALLS
2-2 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Enabling a statistic
The default mode at start-up for the following per timeslot statistics is enabled:
• RF_LOSSES_TCH
• CHAN_REQ_MS_FAIL
Enabling a statistic
A statistic is enabled by entering the stat_mode command using the following syntax:
stat_mode <meas_type> on [<location>] [<cell_desc>]
Where: Is:
meas_type the statistic being enabled
on enable mode
location the location of the statistic being enabled, if necessary
cell_desc the cell name or number, if necessary
Example 1
Where: Is:
rf_losses_tch statistic
on enable mode
cell_name=mid34a cell name
System response
COMMAND ACCEPTED
Example 2
Where: Is:
HO_BLKD_BSP_OVERLOAD statistic
on enable mode
cell 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 cell description
System response
COMMAND ACCEPTED
68P02901W56-T 2-3
Jan 2010
Enabling a statistic Chapter 2: Statistical operations
Example 3
Where: Is:
MA_CMD_TO_MS_BLKD statistic
on enable mode
cell 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 cell description
System response
COMMAND ACCEPTED
Example 4
stat_mode PROCESSOR_SAFE_OVERLOAD on
Where: Is:
PROCESSOR_SAFE_OVERLOAD statistic
on enable mode
System response
COMMAND ACCEPTED
Example 5
stat_mode MTP_SL_ERROR_RATE_HSP on
Where: Is:
MTP_SL_ERROR_RATE_HSP statistic
on enable mode
System response
COMMAND ACCEPTED
2-4 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Enabling a statistic
NOTE
This statistic cannot be enabled if the Increased Network Capacity feature is not
implemented.
Example 6
Where: Is:
UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_3_TS statistic
on enable mode
cell 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 cell description
System response
COMMAND ACCEPTED
Example 7
Where: Is:
UL_RADIO_BLKS_GMSK_4_TS statistic
on enable mode
cell 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 cell description
System response
COMMAND ACCEPTED
NOTE
The system rejects enabling of the statistic, when EDA or EGPRS feature is restricted.
68P02901W56-T 2-5
Jan 2010
Enabling a statistic Chapter 2: Statistical operations
Example 8
Where: Is:
UL_TBF_TIME_GMSK_3_TS statistic
on enable mode
cell 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 cell description
System response
COMMAND ACCEPTED
NOTE
The system rejects enabling of the statistic, when EDA or EGPRS feature is restricted.
Example 9
stat_mode PSI_TRAU_FILL_FRAME_TX on
Where: Is:
PSI_TRAU_FILL_FRAME_TX statistic
on enable mode
System response
COMMAND ACCEPTED
Example 10
stat_mode RSL_LINK_INS on
Where: Is:
RSL_LINK_INS statistic
on enable mode
System response
COMMAND ACCEPTED
2-6 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Enabling a statistic
Example 11
stat_mode RSL_RX_OCTETS on
Where: Is:
RSL_RX_OCTETS statistic
on enable mode
System response
COMMAND ACCEPTED
Example 12
stat_mode RSL_TX_OCTETS on
Where: Is:
RSL_TX_OCTETS statistic
on enable mode
System response
COMMAND ACCEPTED
Example 13
Where: Is:
RF_LOSSES_SD statistic
on enable mode
1 location
cell_number=0 0 1 0 1 1 1 cell description
System response
COMMAND ACCEPTED
68P02901W56-T 2-7
Jan 2010
Enabling a statistic Chapter 2: Statistical operations
Example 14
Where: Is:
RF_LOSSES_TCH_HR statistic
on enable mode
1 location
cell_number=0 0 1 0 1 1 1 cell description
System response
COMMAND ACCEPTED
Example 15
Where: Is:
RF_LOSSES_TCH statistic
on enable mode
1 location
cell_number=0 0 1 0 1 1 1 cell description
System response
COMMAND ACCEPTED
2-8 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Enabling a statistic
Example 16
Where: Is:
PFC_ADMISSION_TRAFFIC_CLASS statistic
on enable mode
cell 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 cell description
System response
COMMAND ACCEPTED
NOTE
This statistic cannot be enabled if the QoS feature is not implemented.
Example 17
Where: Is:
PFC_REJECTION_TRAFFIC_CLASS statistic
on enable mode
cell 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 cell description
System response
COMMAND ACCEPTED
NOTE
This statistic cannot be enabled if the QoS feature is not implemented.
68P02901W56-T 2-9
Jan 2010
Enabling a statistic Chapter 2: Statistical operations
Example 18
Where: Is:
PFC_PREEMPTIONS_TRAFFIC_CLASS statistic
on enable mode
cell 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 cell description
System response
COMMAND ACCEPTED
NOTE
This statistic cannot be enabled if the QoS feature is not implemented.
Example 19
Where: Is:
PFC_TRANSFER_DELAY statistic
on enable mode
cell 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 cell description
System response
COMMAND ACCEPTED
NOTE
This statistic cannot be enabled if the QoS Phase 2 feature is not implemented.
2-10 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Enabling a statistic
Example 20
Where: Is:
UL_RLC_STALLED_BLKS statistic
on enable mode
cell 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 cell description
System response
COMMAND ACCEPTED
NOTE
The system rejects enabling of the statistic, when GPRS feature is restricted.
Example 21
Where: Is:
EXT_UL_EXITS statistic
on enable mode
cell 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 cell description
System response
COMMAND ACCEPTED
NOTE
The system rejects enabling of the statistic, when the Extended UL and GPRS feature
is restricted.
68P02901W56-T 2-11
Jan 2010
Enabling a statistic Chapter 2: Statistical operations
Example 22
Where: Is:
IA_IAR_MSGS_PER_AGCH statistic
on enable mode
1 location
cell_number=0 0 1 0 1 1 1 cell description
System response
Command accepted
Example 23
Where: Is:
CS_PAGING_MSGS_FROM_MSC statistic
on enable mode
1 location
cell_number=0 0 1 0 1 1 1 cell description
System response
Command Accepted
Example 24
This example enables the CELL statistic UL_LLC_DATA_VOLUME when the GPRS features
are unrestricted.
Where: Is:
UL_LLC_DATA_VOLUME statistic
on mode
0010111 cell description
System response
COMMAND ACCEPTED
2-12 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Disabling a statistic
Disabling a statistic
A statistic is disabled by entering the stat_mode command using the following syntax:
stat_mode <meas_type> off [<location>] [<cell_desc>]
Where: Is:
meas_type the statistic being disabled
off disable mode
location the location of the statistic being disabled, if necessary
cell_desc the cell name or number, if necessary
Example 1
Where: Is:
mtp_link_ins statistic
off disable mode
System response
COMMAND ACCEPTED
Example 2
Where: Is:
MTP_SL_ERROR_RATE_HSP statistic
off disable mode
System response
COMMAND ACCEPTED
68P02901W56-T 2-13
Jan 2010
Disabling a statistic Chapter 2: Statistical operations
Example 3
Where: Is:
IA_IAR_MSGS_PER_AGCH statistic
off disable mode
1 location
cell_number=0 0 1 0 1 1 1 cell description
System Response
Command Accepted
2-14 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Displaying enabled statistics
Description
A listing of the currently enabled statistics can be displayed using the disp_enable_stat
command. Refer to the manual Technical Description: BSS Command Reference (68P02901W23)
for a detailed description of the disp_enable_stat command.
Specific listings can be generated based on the arguments entered with the disp_enable_stat
command, including:
• No argument - A listing of all currently enabled statistics is displayed.
• cell_desc - A listing of all the currently enabled statistics for the specified cell is displayed.
• location - A listing of all the currently enabled statistics for the specified site is displayed.
• meas_type - A listing of all the currently enabled statistics for the specified measurement
type is displayed.
A listing of all the enabled statistics can be displayed by entering the disp_enable_stat
command using the following syntax:
disp_enable_stat
System response
68P02901W56-T 2-15
Jan 2010
Displaying all enabled statistics Chapter 2: Statistical operations
mtp_changeback
mtp_restoration
mtp_start_rpo
mtp_stop_rpo
mtp_mgt_inhibit
mtp_mgt_uninhibit
mtp_re_tx
mtp_sif_sio_rx
mtp_msu_tx
mtp_msu_rx
sl_congestion
sl_stop_congestion
msu_discarded
congestion_lost_msu
sif_sio_rx_opc
sif_sio_tx_dpc
sif_sio_type
routing_syntax
routing_unknown
sccp_msgs
sccp_msgs_tx
sccp_msgs_rx
invalid_frames_rx
i_frames_rx
i_frames_tx
sabm_tx frmr
n2_expiry
mtp_link_ins
mtp_unavailable
mtp_local_mgt
mtp_remote_mgt
mtp_linkfail
mtp_remote_proc
mtp_local_busy
mtp_congestion
cpu_usage
. . . .
Enabled Statistics for Cell 001 01 03e7h 0028h
egprs_avail_pdtch
rf_losses_tch
rf_losses_sd
intra_cell_ho
2-16 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Displaying all enabled statistics
in_inter_ho
out_inter_ho
intra_bss_ho
access_per_rach
. . . .
tch_delay
intf_on_idle
busy_tch
busy_sdcch
ber
. . . .
NOTE
The remaining cell statistics follow until all the enabled statistics have been displayed.
Example 1
This example shows the interaction required to display the status of the RSL_LINK_INS
statistic.
disp_enable_stat RSL_LINK_INS
Where: Is:
RSL_LINK_INS statistic
System response
Statistics RSL_LINK_INS is enabled.
Example 2
This example shows the interaction required to display the status of the RSL_RX_OCTETS
statistic.
disp_enable_stat RSL_RX_OCTETS
Where: Is:
RSL_RX_OCTETS statistic
68P02901W56-T 2-17
Jan 2010
Displaying all enabled statistics Chapter 2: Statistical operations
System response
Statistics RSL_RX_OCTETS is enabled.
Example 3
This example shows the interaction required to display the status of the RSL_TX_OCTETS
statistic.
disp_enable_stat RSL_TX_OCTETS
Where: Is:
RSL_TX_OCTETS statistic
System response
Statistics RSL_TX_OCTETS is enabled.
Example 4
This example shows the interaction required to display the enabled statistics under BSS.
disp_enable_stat BSS
System response
. . . .
RSL_RX_OCTETS
RSL_TX_OCTETS
RSL_LINK_INS
Example 5
This example shows the interaction required to display the enabled statistics under
cell 0 0 1 0 1 1 1
Where: Is:
2-18 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Displaying all enabled statistics
System response
Enabled Statistics for Cell 001 01 0001h 0001h
-----------------------------------------------
ACCESS_PER_PCH
. . . .
PFC_TRANSFER_DELAY
PFC_GBR_DL
PFC_GBR_UL
Example 6
This command displays the enabled statistics by CELL, location, or all statistics in the system.
disp_enable_stat 1
Where: Is:
1 site location
System Response
68P02901W56-T 2-19
Jan 2010
Displaying all enabled statistics Chapter 2: Statistical operations
Example 7
This example displays all the enabled statistics for all cells at site 1.
disp_enable_stat 1
Where: Is:
1 site location
System response
2-20 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Displaying statistic values
Description
The current value of an individual statistic for a specific interval can be displayed using the
disp_stats command. Displayed information can represent incremental (peg count) or duration
values, depending on the specified statistic. Refer to the manual Technical Description: BSS
Command Reference (68P02901W23) for a detailed description of the disp_stats command.
NOTE
The value of a statistic for the current interval cannot be displayed. The
disp_interval command can be used to display completed intervals.
When counter array statistics are displayed, the values for the individual bins are displayed. A
total value of all the bins can also be displayed for some counter array statistics. Refer to the
descriptions of individual counter array statistics.
Where: Is:
interval a completed statistical interval
meas_type the name of the statistic to be displayed
cell_desc the cell name or number, if necessary
board_desc the board_id, if necessary
When using the disp_stats command to display a per link statistic, the generated output
reports all the links for a specified board.
68P02901W56-T 2-21
Jan 2010
Description Chapter 2: Statistical operations
Example 1
This example shows the interaction required to display the value of a counter array statistic
which includes a total value.
disp_stats 5 out_ho_cause_atmpt cell_number=5 4 3 2 1 61986 34944
Where: Is:
5 interval
out_ho_cause_atmpt statistic
5 4 3 2 1 61986 34944 cell_number
System response
SITE: 0 CELL #: LAC = f222h CI = 8880h
MEAS_TYPE: OUT_HO_CAUSE_ATMPT
Total: 110
Uplink Quality
10
Uplink Level
20
Downlink Quality
10
Downlink Level
10
Distance
10
Uplink Interference
10
Downlink Interference
10
Power Budget
10
Congestion
10
Adjacent Channel Interference : 10
2-22 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Description
Example 2
This example shows the interaction required to display the properties for the
EXT_UL_USF_USAGE statistic.
Where: Is:
EXT_UL_USF_USAGE a counter array statistic
cell 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 cell description
System response
Example 3
This example shows the interaction required to display the value of HO_BLKD_BSP_OVERLOAD
statistic.
Where: Is:
1 interval
HO_BLKD_BSP_OVERLOAD statistic
cell 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 cell description
System response
68P02901W56-T 2-23
Jan 2010
Description Chapter 2: Statistical operations
Example 4
This example shows the interaction required to display the value of MA_CMD_TO_MS_BLKD
statistic.
Where: Is:
1 interval
MA_CMD_TO_MS_BLKD statistic
cell 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 cell description
System response
Example 5
disp_stats 0 PROCESSOR_SAFE_OVERLOAD
Where: Is:
0 interval
PROCESSOR_SAFE_OVERLOAD statistic
System response
2-24 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Description
Example 6
disp_stats 0 PROCESSOR_CRITICAL_OVERLOAD
Where: Is:
0 interval
PROCESSOR_CRITICAL_OVERLOAD statistic
System response
SITE: 0 GPROC Board #: 277 (0x0115)
MEAS TYPE: PROCESSOR_CRITICAL_OVERLOAD
Duration Value (ms): 0 Duration Mean (ms): 0
Duration MAX. (ms): 0 Duration Min. (ms): 0
Example 7
Where: Is:
6 interval
mtp_sl_error_rate_hsp statistic
board_id 0113h board description
System response
SITE: 0 GPROC Board #: 275 (0x0113)
SITE: 0 MTL Link #: 1
MEAS TYPE: MTP_SL_ERROR_RATE_HSP
Counter: 0
68P02901W56-T 2-25
Jan 2010
Description Chapter 2: Statistical operations
Example 8
This example shows the interaction required to display the value of UL_TBF_TIME_GMSK_3_TS
statistic.
Where: Is:
1 interval
UL_TBF_TIME_GMSK_3_TS statistic
cell 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 cell description
System Response
Example 9
This example shows the interaction required to display the value of UL_RA-
DIO_BLKS_GMSK_3_TS statistic.
Where: Is:
1 interval
UL_RADIO_BLKS_GMSK_3_TS statistic
cell 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 cell description
System Response
2-26 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Description
Example 10
This example shows the interaction required to display the value of UL_RA-
DIO_BLKS_8PSK_4_TS statistic.
Where: Is:
1 interval
UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_4_TS statistic
cell 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 cell description
System Response
Example 11
This example shows the interaction required to display the value of PSI_TRAU_FILL_FRAME_TX
statistic.
disp_stats 0 PSI_TRAU_FILL_FRAME_TX
Where: Is:
0 interval
PSI_TRAU_FILL_FRAME_TX statistic
68P02901W56-T 2-27
Jan 2010
Description Chapter 2: Statistical operations
System response
SITE: 0 PSI Board #: 0107h
ETH Port #: 0
MEAS TYPE: PSI_TRAU_FILL_FRAME_TX
Counter: 145
Example 12
This example shows the interaction required to display the value of ETH_RX_ERROR statistic.
disp_stats 0 ETH_RX_ERROR
Where: Is:
0 interval
ETH_RX_ERROR statistic
System response
SITE: PCU DPROC Board #: 1105h
ETH Port #: 0
MEAS TYPE: ETH_RX_ERROR
Counter: 145
Example 13
This example shows the interaction required to display the value of RSL_LINK_INS statistic.
Where: Is:
0 interval
RSL_LINK_INS statistic
board_id=0113h board description
System response
SITE: 0 GPROC Board #: 275 (0x0113)
SITE: 0 RSL Link #: 1
MEAS TYPE: RSL_LINK_INS
Duration Value (ms): 1800000 Duration Mean (ms): 1800000
Duration MAX. (ms): 1800000 Duration Min. (ms): 1800000
2-28 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Description
Example 14
This example shows the interaction required to display the value of RSL_RX_OCTETS statistic.
Where: Is:
0 interval
RSL_RX_OCTETS statistic
board_id=0118h board description
System response
SITE: 0 GPROC Board #: 280 (0x0118)
SITE: 62 RSL Link #: 0
MEAS TYPE: RSL_RX_OCTETS
Counter: 100
Example 15
This example shows the interaction required to display the value of RSL_TX_OCTETS statistic.
Where: Is:
0 interval
RSL_TX_OCTETS statistic
board_id=0118h board description
System response
SITE: 0 GPROC Board #: 280 (0x0118)
SITE: 62 RSL Link #: 0
MEAS TYPE: RSL_TX_OCTETS
Counter: 100
68P02901W56-T 2-29
Jan 2010
Description Chapter 2: Statistical operations
Example 16
This example shows the interaction required to display the value of RF_LOSSES_SD statistic.
disp_stats 1 RF_LOSSES_SD cell_number= 0 0 1 0 1 1 1
Where: Is:
1 interval
RF_LOSSES_SD statistic
cell_number= 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 cell description
System response
SITE: 1 CELL #: LAC-0001h CI-0001h
RTF ID: 0 0 TIMESLOT: 0
MEAS TYPE: RF_LOSSES_SD
Total counter: 5
BIN# Cause Sub-Counter Value
0 RX quality in uplink direction 1
1 RX quality in downlink direction 1
2 RX level in uplink direction 1
3 RX level in downlink direction 1
4 Others 1
Example 17
This example shows the interaction required to display the value of RF_LOSSES_TCH statistic.
disp_stats 1 RF_LOSSES_TCH cell_number= 0 0 1 0 1 1 1
Where: Is:
1 interval
RF_LOSSES_TCH statistic
cell_number= 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 cell description
System response
2-30 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Description
68P02901W56-T 2-31
Jan 2010
Description Chapter 2: Statistical operations
Example 18
This example shows the interaction required to display the value of RF_LOSSES_TCH_HR
statistic.
disp_stats 1 RF_LOSSES_TCH_HR cell_number= 0 0 1 0 1 1 1
Where: Is:
1 interval
RF_LOSSES_TCH_HR statistic
cell_number= 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 cell description
System response
SITE: 1 CELL #: LAC-0001h CI-0001h
RTF ID: 0 0 TIMESLOT: 1
MEAS TYPE: RF_LOSSES_TCH_HR
Total counter: 6
BIN# Cause Sub-Counter Value
0 RX quality in uplink direction 1
1 RX quality in downlink direction 1
2 RX level in uplink direction 1
3 RX level in downlink direction 1
4 Timing Advance 0
5 Sharp decrease of signal level 1
6 Others 1
. . . .
2-32 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Description
Example 19
Where: Is:
0 interval
PFC_PREEMPTIONS_TRAFFIC_CLASS statistic
cell 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 cell description
System response
SITE: 1 CELL #: LAC=0001h CI=0001h
MEAS TYPE: PFC_PREEMPTIONS_TRAFFIC_CLASS
Total Count: 6
Preemption of Streaming: 1
Preemption of Interactive THP1: 1
Preemption of Interactive THP2: 1
Preemption of Interactive THP3: 1
Preemption of Background: 1
Preemption of Best Effort and PFC Unaware: 1
68P02901W56-T 2-33
Jan 2010
Description Chapter 2: Statistical operations
Example 20
This example shows the interaction required to display the value of PFC_PREEMPTIONS
statistic.
Where: Is:
0 interval
PFC_PREEMPTIONS statistic
cell 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 cell description
System response
SITE: 1 CELL #: LAC=0001h CI=0001h
MEAS TYPE: PFC_PREEMPTIONS
Total Count: 14
Preemptions of PFCs with priority level 1 : 1
Preemptions of PFCs with priority level 2 : 1
Preemptions of PFCs with priority level 3 : 1
Preemptions of PFCs with priority level 4 : 1
Preemptions of PFCs with priority level 5 : 1
Preemptions of PFCs with priority level 6 : 1
Preemptions of PFCs with priority level 7 : 1
Preemptions of PFCs with priority level 8 : 1
Preemptions of PFCs with priority level 9 : 1
Preemptions of PFCs with priority level 10 : 1
Preemptions of PFCs with priority level 11 : 1
Preemptions of PFCs with priority level 12 : 1
Preemptions of PFCs with priority level 13 : 1
Preemptions of PFCs with priority level 14 : 1
2-34 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Description
Example 21
This example shows the interaction required to display the value of EXT_UL_EXITS statistic.
Where: Is:
1 interval
EXT_UL_EXITS statistic
cell 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 cell description
System response
Example 22
This example shows the interaction required to display the value of EXT_UL_USF_USAGE
statistic.
Where: Is:
1 interval
EXT_UL_USF_USAGE statistic
cell 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 cell description
68P02901W56-T 2-35
Jan 2010
Description Chapter 2: Statistical operations
Example 23
This example shows the interaction required to display the value of IA_IAR_MSGS_PER_AGCH
statistic.
Where: Is:
1 interval
IA_IAR_MSGS_PER_AGCH statistic
cell_number= 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 cell description
System response
2-36 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Description
Example 24
This example shows the interaction required to display the value of CS_PAGING_
MSGS_FROM_MSC statistic.
Where: Is:
1 interval
CS_PAGING_MSGS_FROM_MSC statistic
cell_number= 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 cell description
System response
68P02901W56-T 2-37
Jan 2010
Setting the statistic interval Chapter 2: Statistical operations
Description
The stat_interval is a non statistical parameter that is used to specify the interval. Refer to
the manual Technical Description: BSS Command Reference (68P02901W23) for a detailed
description of the stat_interval parameter.
In normal operations, the OMC-R calculates key statistics and health indicators based on the
default interval of 30 minutes. If the interval is changed to 60 minutes, it must be reset to
30 minutes for normal operations.
NOTE
The OMC-R can calculate key statistics at 60-minute intervals, if it is configured to
handle 60 minute statistic files.
The stat_interval is specified by entering the chg_element command using the following syntax:
chg_element stat_interval <30 or 60> <location>
Where: Is:
stat_interval parameter name
30 or 60 valid values for the parameter, in minutes
location a BSS-wide parameter and 0 is the only valid value for this argument
Example
This example shows the interaction required to change the statistical interval to 60 minutes.
chg_element stat_interval 60 0
Where: Is:
stat_interval parameter name
60 60 minutes
0 location
System response
COMMAND ACCEPTED
2-38 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Displaying the statistic interval
Description
The stat_interval is a non-statistical parameter that is used to specify the interval. The current
interval can be displayed using the disp_element command using the following syntax:
disp_element stat_interval <location>
Where: Is:
stat_interval parameter name
location a BSS-wide parameter and 0 is the only valid value for this argument.
Example
This example shows the interaction required to display the statistical interval.
chg_element stat_interval 0
Where: Is:
stat_interval parameter name
0 location
System response
stat_interval = 30
68P02901W56-T 2-39
Jan 2010
Displaying the statistic interval start times Chapter 2: Statistical operations
Description
The starting times of the statistic intervals can be displayed by entering the disp_interval
command. Refer to the manual Technical Description: BSS Command Reference (68P02901W23)
for a detailed description of the disp_interval command. No arguments are required with
the command.
On startup, the first start time (interval 0) corresponds to current time of the system clock. The
second start time (interval 1) automatically becomes synchronized to the next hour (:00) or half
hour (:30), depending upon the current statistic interval.
Example
This example shows the interaction required to display the starting times of the statistical
intervals where the statistic interval is 30 and the disp_interval command was entered at 1230.
disp_interval
System response
The displayed starting times depend on the time of the day when the disp_interval command
is entered. When the command is entered, the current set of 12 start times is presented. If the
command is entered after interval 11 would be completed, the listing displays the next set
of 12 interval start times.
2-40 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Description
Example
System response
68P02901W56-T 2-41
Jan 2010
Setting statistic properties Chapter 2: Statistical operations
Description
The properties for statistics (except for the statistic interval) can be changed using the
chg_stat_prop command. Refer to the manual Technical Description: BSS Command Reference
(68P02901W23) for a detailed description of the chg_stat_prop command.
The specific properties that can be changed are dependent on the statistic type.
• The alarm threshold can be changed for counter, counter array, and gauge statistics, if
an alarm is associated with the statistic.
Setting a threshold
Some counter and gauge statistics can be associated with alarms. Threshold values can be
specified for these statistics. An alarm is sent to the Operations and Maintenance Center -
Radio (OMC-R) when the threshold is reached.
A threshold is specified by entering the chg_stat_prop command using the following syntax:
chg_stat_prop <meas_type> [<location>] [<cell_desc>]
Where: Is:
meas_type a counter or gauge statistic
location the location of the statistic whose threshold is being set, if necessary
cell_desc the cell name or number, if necessary
NOTE
Example 1
This example shows the interaction required to change the alarm threshold for the rf_losses_tch
statistic for cell_name=mn14b at site 1.
chg_stat_prop rf_losses_tch cell_name=mn14b
2-42 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Setting a threshold
Where: Is:
rf_losses_tch statistic
cell_name=mn14b cell name
System response
Enter the Alarm threshold for counter array total value: 500
COMMAND ACCEPTED
Example 2
This example shows the interaction required to change the alarm threshold for the
MA_CMD_TO_MS_BLKD statistic at site 1.
chg_stat_prop MA_CMD_TO_MS_BLKD cell 0 0 1 0 1 1 1
Where: Is:
MA_CMD_TO_MS_BLKD statistic
cell 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 cell description
System response
Enter the threshold for bin 0: 100
Enter the threshold for bin 1: 200
COMMAND ACCEPTED
Example 3
This example shows the interaction required to change the alarm threshold for the
MTP_SL_ERROR_RATE_HSP statistic at site 1.
chg_stat_prop MTP_SL_ERROR_RATE_HSP
Where: Is:
MTP_SL_ERROR_RATE_HSP statistic
System response
Enter the alarm threshold: 50
COMMAND ACCEPTED
68P02901W56-T 2-43
Jan 2010
Setting a threshold Chapter 2: Statistical operations
Example 4
This example shows the interaction required to change the alarm threshold for the
RF_LOSSES_SD statistic.
chg_stat_prop RF_LOSSES_SD cell_number= 0 0 1 0 1 1 1
Where: Is:
RF_LOSSES_SD statistic
cell_number= 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 cell description
System response
Enter the Alarm threshold for counter array total value: 500
COMMAND ACCEPTED
Example 5
This example shows the interaction required to change the alarm threshold for the
RF_LOSSES_TCH statistic.
chg_stat_prop RF_LOSSES_TCH cell_number= 0 0 1 0 1 1 1
Where: Is:
RF_LOSSES_TCH statistic
cell_number= 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 cell description
System response
Enter the Alarm threshold for counter array total value: 500
COMMAND ACCEPTED
Example 6
This example changes the properties of the cell statistic UL_LLC_TRANS_TIME when GPRS
feature is unrestricted/restricted.
Where: Is:
UL_LLC_TRANS_TIME statistic
0010111 cell description
System Response
2-44 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Counter statistics
Counter statistics
Counter statistics that can be assigned a threshold are presented in Table 2-1.
Table 2-1 Counter statistics
Continued
68P02901W56-T 2-45
Jan 2010
Counter statistics Chapter 2: Statistical operations
The maximum value that can be assigned to a threshold (2147483647) is set as the default
value upon initialization of the CM database.
The default for the maximum value in the Valid Values column is 2147483647.
2-46 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Setting bin ranges
Distribution statistics include ten bins, numbered 0 to 9. Each bin represents a range of
values. When events are reported, the bin corresponding to the reported value is incremented.
The range of values for the individual bin in a distribution statistic can be specified with the
chg_stat_prop command using the following syntax:
chg_stat_prop <meas_type> [<location>] [<cell_desc>]
Where: Is:
meas_type a normal or weighted distribution statistic
location the location of the statistic whose bin range is being set, if necessary
cell_desc the cell name or number, if necessary
NOTE
The bin ranges for the BER statistic cannot be modified.
The range of values, to be measured by the statistic, must be considered when assigning
values for the individual bins in the distribution. For example, if the possible range of values
to be measured is from 0 to 100, then the minimum value for bin 0 is 0, and the maximum
value for bin 9 is 100.
Ensure that the gaps in the range of values covered are avoided when assigning the minimum
and maximum values for the individual bins. For example, if bin 0 covers values from 0 to 10
and bin 1 covers values from 12 to 15, a gap exists for the value 11. This can cause any report of
a value equal to 11 to be ignored.
Bin minimum and maximum can be set to the same value for the same bin. This allows a specific
value to be reported within the overall distribution. For example, if the minimum and maximum
values for a bin are both specified to be 10, the bin is pegged each time a value of 10 is reported.
Default ranges
68P02901W56-T 2-47
Jan 2010
Setting bin ranges Chapter 2: Statistical operations
Example
This example shows the interaction required to change the minimum and maximum values for
two bins of the BUSY_TCH statistic for all cells at site 1.
chg_stat_prop busy_tch 1 all
Where: Is:
busy_tch meas_type
1 location
all all cells at the specified site
System response
Enter the bin number(s): 0,1
Enter the min value for bin 0: 0
Enter the MAX value for bin 0: 5
Enter the min value for bin 1: <return>
Enter the MAX value for bin 1: 7
COMMAND ACCEPTED
2-48 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Displaying statistic properties
Description
The properties of individual statistics can be displayed using the disp_stat_prop command.
The information and presentation format are dependent upon the statistic type, including:
• Alarm severity and threshold values are displayed for counter and gauge statistics.
• Only the mode and type are displayed for the duration statistics.
Counter statistic properties are displayed by entering the disp_stat_prop command using
the following syntax:
disp_stat_prop <meas_type> <location> [<cell_desc>]
Where: Is:
meas_type a counter statistic
location the location of the statistic whose properties are being displayed, if required
cell_desc the cell name or number, if required
Example 1
This example shows the interaction required to display the properties for the TOTAL_CALLS
statistic for all cells at site 1.
disp_stat_prop total_calls 1 all
Where: Is:
total_calls meas_type
1 location
all all cells at the specified location
68P02901W56-T 2-49
Jan 2010
Displaying a counter statistic Chapter 2: Statistical operations
System response
STATISTIC: TOTAL_CALLS SITE: 1
TYPE: PER CELL OBJECT: COUNTER
ALARM ALARM
CELL # MODE SEVERITY THRESHOLD
--------------------------------------------------------------------
543 21 61698 (f102h)34776 (87d8h) ENABLED NO ALARM N/A
543 21 61698 (f102h)34777 (87d9h) ENABLED NO ALARM N/A
543 21 61698 (f102h)34778 (87dah) ENABLED NO ALARM N/A
543 21 61698 (f102h)34779 (87dbh) ENABLED NO ALARM N/A
543 21 61698 (f102h)34780 (87dch) ENABLED NO ALARM N/A
Example 2
This example shows the interaction required to display the properties for the
HO_BLKD_BSP_OVERLOAD statistic at site 1.
disp_stat_prop HO_BLKD_BSP_OVERLOAD cell 0 0 1 0 1 1 1
Where: Is:
HO_BLKD_BSP_OVERLOAD a counter statistic
cell 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 cell description
System response
STATISTIC: HO_BLKD_BSP_OVERLOAD SITE: 1
TYPE: PER CELL OBJECT: COUNTER
ALARM ALARM
CELL # MODE SEVERITY THRESHOLD
----------------------------------------------------------------
001 01 1 (0001h) 1 (0001h) ENABLED NO ALARM N/A
Example 3
This example shows the interaction required to display the properties for the
MTP_SL_ERROR_RATE_HSP statistic at site 0.
disp_stat_prop MTP_SL_ERROR_RATE_HSP
Where: Is:
MTP_SL_ERROR_RATE_HSP a counter statistic
2-50 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Displaying a counter statistic
System response
STATISTIC: MTP_SL_ERROR_RATE_HSP SITE: 0
TYPE: PER Link OBJECT: COUNTER
ALARM ALARM
CELL # MODE SEVERITY THRESHOLD
----------------------------------------------------------------
N/A ENABLED Major 50
Example 4
This example shows the interaction required to display the properties for the
UL_TBF_TIME_8PSK_3_TS statistic at site 1.
Where: Is:
UL_TBF_TIME_8PSK_3_TS a counter statistic
cell 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 cell description
System Response
Example 5
This example shows the interaction required to display the properties for the ETH_RX_ERROR
statistic at site 0.
disp_stat_prop eth_rx_error
Where: Is:
ETH_RX_ERROR a counter statistic
System response
STATISTIC: ETH_RX_ERROR SITE: 0
TYPE: PER ETH OBJECT: COUNTER
ALARM ALARM
CELL # MODE SEVERITY THRESHOLD
----------------------------------------------------------------
N/A ENABLED NO ALARM N/A
68P02901W56-T 2-51
Jan 2010
Displaying a counter statistic Chapter 2: Statistical operations
Example 6
This example shows the interaction required to display the properties for the RSL_RX_OCTETS
statistic at site 0.
disp_stat_prop RSL_RX_OCTETS
Where: Is:
RSL_RX_OCTETS a counter statistic
System response
STATISTIC: RSL_RX_OCTETS SITE: 0
TYPE: PER LINK OBJECT: COUNTER
ALARM ALARM
CELL # MODE SEVERITY THRESHOLD
----------------------------------------------------------------
N/A ENABLED NO ALARM N/A
Example 7
This example shows the interaction required to display the properties for the RSL_TX_OCTETS
statistic at site 0.
disp_stat_prop RSL_TX_OCTETS
Where: Is:
RSL_TX_OCTETS a counter statistic
System response
STATISTIC: RSL_TX_OCTETS SITE: 0
TYPE: PER LINK OBJECT: COUNTER
ALARM ALARM
CELL # MODE SEVERITY THRESHOLD
----------------------------------------------------------------
N/A ENABLED NO ALARM N/A
2-52 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Displaying a counter statistic
Example 8
This example shows the interaction required to display the properties for the
CS_PAGING_MSGS_FROM_MSC statistic at site 1.
Where: Is:
CS_PAGING_MSGS_FROM_MSC a counter statistic
cell 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 cell description
System Response
68P02901W56-T 2-53
Jan 2010
Displaying a gauge statistic Chapter 2: Statistical operations
Gauge statistic properties are displayed by entering the disp_stat_prop command using the
following syntax:
disp_stat_prop <meas_type> <location> [<cell_desc>]
Where: Is:
meas_type a gauge statistic
location the location of the statistic whose properties are being displayed, if required
cell_desc the cell name or number, if required
Example
This example shows the interaction required to display the properties for the AVAILABLE_TCH
statistic for cell_number=5 4 3 2 1 61698 34776 at site 1.
disp_stat_prop available_tch cell_number=5 4 3 2 1 61698 34776
Where: Is:
available_tch meas_type
cell_number=5 4 3 2 1 61698 34776 cell_desc
System response
STATISTIC: AVAILABLE_TCH SITE: 1
TYPE: PER CELL OBJECT: GAUGE
ALARM ALARM
CELL # MODE SEVERITY THRESHOLD
--------------------------------------------------------------------
543 21 61698 (f102h)34776 (87d8h) ENABLED NO ALARM N/A
2-54 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Displaying a distribution statistic
Distribution statistic properties are displayed by entering the disp_stat_prop command using
the following syntax:
disp_stat_prop <meas_type><location> [<cell_desc>]
Where: Is:
meas_type a distribution statistic
location the location of the statistic whose properties are being displayed, if required
cell_desc the cell name or number, if required
Example
This example shows the interaction required to display the properties for the BUSY_TCH
statistic for cell_number=5 4 3 2 1 61698 34776 at site 1.
disp_stat_prop busy_tch cell_number=5 4 3 2 1 61698 34776
Where: Is:
busy_tch meas_type
5 4 3 2 1 61698 34776 cell_desc
68P02901W56-T 2-55
Jan 2010
Displaying a distribution statistic Chapter 2: Statistical operations
System response
STATISTIC: BUSY_TCH SITE: 13
TYPE: PER CELL OBJECT: DISTRIB
2-56 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Displaying a counter array statistic
Counter array statistic properties are displayed by entering the disp_stat_prop command
using the following syntax:
disp_stat_prop <meas_type><location> [<cell_desc>]
Where: Is:
meas_type a counter array statistic
location the location of the statistic whose properties are being displayed, if required
cell_desc the cell name or number, if required
Example 1
This example shows the interaction required to display the properties for the
OUT_HO_CAUSE_ATMPT statistic.
disp_stat_prop out_ho_cause_atmpt cell_number=5 4 3 2 1 62259 8736
Where: Is:
out_ho_cause_atmpt a counter array statistic
5 4 3 2 1 62259 8736 cell number
System response
STATISTIC: OUT_HO_CAUSE_ATMPT SITE: 62
TYPE: PER CELL OBJECT: COUNTER ARRAY
BIN # CAUSE
------------------------
0 Uplink Quality
1 Uplink Level
2 Downlink Quality
3 Downlink Level
4 Distance
5 Uplink Interference
6 Downlink Interference
7 Power Budget
8 Congestion
9 Adjacent Channel Interference
10 Band re-assignment
11 Band Handover
ALARM ALARM ALARM
CELL # MODE BIN SEVERITY THRESHOLD
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
001 01 5 (0005h) 866 (0362h) ENABLED N/A N/A N/A
68P02901W56-T 2-57
Jan 2010
Displaying a counter array statistic Chapter 2: Statistical operations
Example 2
This example shows the interaction required to display the properties for the
UL_RADIO_BLKS_GMSK_3_TS statistic.
Where: Is:
UL_RADIO_BLKS_GMSK_3_TS a counter array statistic
cell 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 cell description
System response
2-58 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Displaying a counter array statistic
Example 3
This example shows the interaction required to display the properties for the RF_LOSSES_SD
statistic.
disp_stat_prop RF_LOSSES_SD 1 cell_number= 0 0 1 0 1 1 1
Where: Is:
RF_LOSSES_SD a counter array statistic
1 location
cell_number= 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 cell description
System response
STATISTIC: RF_LOSSES_SD SITE: 1
TYPE: PER CELL OBJECT: COUNTER ARRAY
BIN# Cause
0 RX quality in uplink direction.
1 RX quality in downlink direction.
2 RX level in uplink direction.
3 RX level in downlink direction.
4 Others.
ALARM ALARM ALARM
CELL # MODE BIN SEVERITY THRESHOLD
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
001 01 1 (0001h) 1 (0001h) ENABLED total value Major 32767
68P02901W56-T 2-59
Jan 2010
Displaying a counter array statistic Chapter 2: Statistical operations
Example 4
This example shows the interaction required to display the properties for the RF_LOSSES_TCH
statistic.
disp_stat_prop RF_LOSSES_TCH 1 cell_number= 0 0 1 0 1 1 1
Where: Is:
RF_LOSSES_TCH a counter array statistic
1 location
cell_number= 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 cell description
System response
STATISTIC: RF_LOSSES_TCH SITE: 1
TYPE: PER TIME SLOT OBJECT: COUNTER ARRAY
BIN# Cause
0 RX quality in uplink direction.
1 RX quality in downlink direction.
2 RX level in uplink direction.
3 RX level in downlink direction.
4 Timing Advance.
5 Sharp decrease of signal level.
6 Others.
ALARM ALARM ALARM
CELL # MODE BIN SEVERITY THRESHOLD
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
001 01 1 (0001h) 1 (0001h) ENABLED total value Major 32767
Example 5
This example shows the interaction required to display the properties for the
RF_LOSSES_TCH_HR statistic.
disp_stat_prop RF_LOSSES_TCH_HR 1 cell_number= 0 0 1 0 1 1 1
Where: Is:
RF_LOSSES_TCH_HR a counter array statistic
1 location
cell_number= 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 cell description
2-60 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Displaying a counter array statistic
System response
STATISTIC: RF_LOSSES_TCH_HR SITE: 1
TYPE: PER TIME SLOT OBJECT: COUNTER ARRAY
BIN# Cause
0 RX quality in uplink direction.
1 RX quality in downlink direction.
2 RX level in uplink direction.
3 RX level in downlink direction.
4 Timing Advance.
5 Sharp decrease of signal level.
6 Others.
ALARM ALARM
CELL # MODE SEVERITY THRESHOLD
------------------------------------------------------------
001 01 1 (0001h) 1 (0001h) DISABLED NO ALARM N/A
Example 6
This example shows the interaction required to display the properties for the
PFC_PREEMPTIONS_TRAFFIC_CLASS statistic.
disp_stat_prop PFC_PREEMPTIONS_TRAFFIC_CLASS cell 0 0 1 0 1 1 1
Where: Is:
PFC_PREEMPTIONS_TRAFFIC_CLASS a counter array statistic
cell 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 cell description
System response
STATISTIC: PFC_PREEMPTIONS_TRAFFIC_CLASS SITE: 1
TYPE: PER CELL OBJECT: COUNTER ARRAY
BIN# Cause
0 Preemption of Streaming.
1 Preemption of Interactive THP1.
2 Preemption of Interactive THP2.
3 Preemption of Interactive THP3.
4 Preemption of Background.
5 Preemption of Best Effort and PFC Unaware.
ALARM ALARM ALARM
CELL # MODE BIN SEVERITY THRESHOLD
--------------------------------------------------------------------
001 01 1 (0001h) 1 (0001h) DISABLED N/A N/A N/A
68P02901W56-T 2-61
Jan 2010
Displaying a counter array statistic Chapter 2: Statistical operations
Example 7
This example shows the interaction required to display the properties for the
PFC_PREEMPTIONS statistic.
disp_stat_prop PFC_PREEMPTIONS cell 0 0 1 0 1 1 1
Where: Is:
PFC_PREEMPTIONS a counter array statistic
cell 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 cell description
System response
STATISTIC: PFC_PREEMPTIONS SITE: 1
TYPE: PER CELL OBJECT: COUNTER ARRAY
BIN# Cause
0 Downgraded PFCs with priority level 1
1 Downgraded PFCs with priority level 2
2 Downgraded PFCs with priority level 3
3 Downgraded PFCs with priority level 4
4 Downgraded PFCs with priority level 5
5 Downgraded PFCs with priority level 6
6 Downgraded PFCs with priority level 7
7 Downgraded PFCs with priority level 8
8 Downgraded PFCs with priority level 9
9 Downgraded PFCs with priority level 10
10 Downgraded PFCs with priority level 11
11 Downgraded PFCs with priority level 12
12 Downgraded PFCs with priority level 13
13 Downgraded PFCs with priority level 14
ALARM ALARM ALARM
CELL # MODE BIN SEVERITY THRESHOLD
--------------------------------------------------------------------
001 01 1 (0001h) 1 (0001h) DISABLED N/A N/A N/A
2-62 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Example 9
Example 8
This example shows the interaction required to display the properties for the TCH_Q_REMOVED
statistic.
disp_stat_prop tch_q_removed cell=0 0 1 0 1 15939 1
Where: Is:
tch_q_removed a counter array statistic
cell=0 0 1 0 1 15939 1 cell description
System response
STATISTIC: TCH_Q_REMOVED SITE: 10
TYPE: PER CELL OBJECT: COUNTER ARRAY
BIN# Cause
0 Number of times an assignment resource is failed in the outer zone and
allocated to outer zone.
1 Number of times an assignment resource is failed in the inner zone and
allocated to inner zone.
2 Number of times a handover is requested.
3 Number of times an assignment resource is failed in the inner zone and
allocated to outer zone.
4 Number of times an assignment resource is failed in the outer zone and
allocated to inner zone.
ALARM ALARM ALARM
CELL # MODE BIN SEVERITY THRESHOLD
--------------------------------------------------------------------
001 01 15939 (3E43h) 1 (0001h) ENABLED N/A N/A N/A
Example 9
This example shows the interaction required to display the properties for the
IA_IAR_MSGS_PER_AGCH statistic.
Where: Is:
IA_IAR_MSGS_PER_AGCH a counter array statistic
cell 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 cell description
System Response
68P02901W56-T 2-63
Jan 2010
Example 9 Chapter 2: Statistical operations
2-64 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Displaying a duration statistic
Duration statistic properties are displayed by entering the disp_stat_prop command using
the following syntax:
disp_stat_prop <meas_type><location> [<cell_desc>]
Where: Is:
meas_type a duration statistic
location the location of the statistic whose properties are being displayed, if required
cell_desc the cell name or number, if required
Example 1
This example shows the interaction required to display the properties for the
FLOW_CONTROL_BARRED statistic.
disp_stat_prop flow_control_barred cell_number=5 4 3 2 1 62259 8736
Where: Is:
flow_control_barred a duration statistic
5 4 3 2 1 62259 8736 cell number
System response
STATISTIC: FLOW_CONTROL_BARRED SITE: 2
TYPE: PER CELL OBJECT: TOTAL TIME
ALARM ALARM
CELL # MODE SEVERITY THRESHOLD
--------------------------------------------------------------
543 21 62259 (f333h) 8736 (2220h) ENABLED NO ALARM N/A
68P02901W56-T 2-65
Jan 2010
Displaying a duration statistic Chapter 2: Statistical operations
Example 2
This example shows the interaction required to display the properties for the
PROCESSOR_SAFE_OVERLOAD statistic.
disp_stat_prop PROCESSOR_SAFE_OVERLOAD
Where: Is:
PROCESSOR_SAFE_OVERLOAD a duration statistic
System response
STATISTIC: PROCESSOR_SAFE_OVERLOAD SITE: 0
TYPE: OTHER OBJECT: TOTAL TIME
ALARM ALARM
CELL # MODE SEVERITY THRESHOLD
--------------------------------------------------------------
N/A ENABLED NO ALARM N/A
Example 3
This example shows the interaction required to display the properties for the RSL_LINK_INS
statistic.
disp_stat_prop RSL_LINK_INS
Where: Is:
RSL_LINK_INS a duration statistic
System response
STATISTIC: RSL_LINK_INS SITE: 0
TYPE: PER LINK OBJECT: TOTAL TIME
ALARM ALARM
CELL # MODE SEVERITY THRESHOLD
--------------------------------------------------------------
N/A ENABLED NO ALARM N/A
2-66 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Chapter
BSS statistics
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
BSS statistics are captured from the events occurring at the BSS. They are categorized into
subgroups, each of which are described in BSS statistics subgroups on page 3-2.
68P02901W56-T 3-1
Jan 2010
BSS statistics subgroups Chapter 3: BSS statistics
BSS C7 utilization
BSS C7 utilization statistics track the number of messages received and transmitted on the
signaling links. This information indicates the activity level on the Signaling Links (SLs). The
following are BSS C7 utilization statistics:
• SIF_SIO_RX_OPC on page 3-20.
Intra-BSS handover
A single counter array statistic tracks the number of successful intra-BSS handovers:
INTRA_BSS_HO_CAUSE_SUCC on page 3-8.
Intra-BSS resume
A large counter array statistic tracks the number of SUSPEND and RESUME responses
received, not received, and for different reasons RESUME is not triggered per BSS:
NUM_SUSP_RESU_RCVD on page 3-12.
SCCP performance and utilization statistics track the performance of the Signaling Connection
Control Part (SCCP) protocol layer of the ITU-TSS C7.
3-2 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application RSL congestion control
The SCCP manages the establishment and release of call related connections. A connection is
established for each transaction. For example, location update and service request, both BSS,
and MSC maintain the contexts related to the transaction; these contexts may be identified
using the SCCP reference number. This information indicates the performance level and quality
of the SCCP. The following are the SCCP performance and utilization statistics:
• BSS_AVAILABILITY on page 3-4.
RSL Congestion Control statistics are PM statistics that track the amount of time a processor
was in a congested state and the count of BSS Overload messages during RSL congestion. RSL
Congestion Control statistic BSS_OVLD_MSGS_TX on page 3-6 is described here.
68P02901W56-T 3-3
Jan 2010
BSS_AVAILABILITY Chapter 3: BSS statistics
BSS_AVAILABILITY
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The BSS_AVAILABILITY statistic is used to calculate the availability trend of the BSS to
determine resource requirements required to avoid congestion problems.
• BSS_AVAILABILITY_MEAN: the mean value of BSS_AVAILABILITY.
NOTE
This Key Statistic is not available at the OMC now, but users can build their own
custom statistic using the formula provided.
Formula
AV AILABLE− T CH+
GP RS− AV AIL− P DT CH+
EGP RS− AV AIL− P DT CH+
BLAN KED− T S
BSS− AVAILABILITY = ∗ 100%
AVAIL− TCH− CAPABLE− TS
NOTE
• BLANKED_TCH
When IST feature is enabled and the time slots are configured to 64 PDTCHs at
the carrier A, then the same timeslot at carrier B is blanked out. The timeslot
at carrier B is blanked_tch.
• AVAIL_TCH_CAPABILE_TS
AVAIL_TCH_CAPABILE_TS includes all the possible time slots which may
provide the traffic service.
3-4 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Analysis
Analysis
Usage Congestion.
Network planning.
Basis Cell.
Type Percentage.
Raw AVAILABLE_TCH
Statistics GPRS_AVAIL_PDTCH
EGPRS_AVAIL_PDTCH
68P02901W56-T 3-5
Jan 2010
BSS_OVLD_MSGS_TX Chapter 3: BSS statistics
BSS_OVLD_MSGS_TX
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
This statistic tracks the number of BSS Overload messages that have been sent from the BSS
to the MSC. The BSS sends Overload messages to the MSC when the first RSL-LCF board is
congested. The BSS sends this statistic to the OMC-R periodically.
Pegging
This statistic is pegged each time an Overload message is sent from the BSS to the MSC.
Analysis
This statistic is used for trend analysis of RSL congestion status on a BSS basis.
3-6 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application HO_REQ_MSC_PROTO
HO_REQ_MSC_PROTO
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
This statistic tracks the number of Handover Request messages received from the MSC that fail
message validation. Validation failure may occur due to protocol errors which may occur, if the
message is badly formatted or incompatible database elements exist in the BSS and MSC.
Pegging
This statistic is pegged each time a Handover Request message from the MSC fails message
validation at the BSS. Currently, this statistic is not pegged.
Analysis
A threshold value should be assigned to this statistic which reflects the maximum number of
message validation failures that are acceptable in normal system operations.
If the specified threshold is exceeded, the 17. BSS: HO Request from the MSC protocol
error - PM alarm is generated. Refer to the manual Maintenance Information: Alarm Handling
at the OMC-R (68P02901W26) for troubleshooting information.
68P02901W56-T 3-7
Jan 2010
INTRA_BSS_HO_CAUSE_SUCC Chapter 3: BSS statistics
INTRA_BSS_HO_CAUSE_SUCC
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
This statistic tracks the number of successful intra BSS handovers on a per-cause basis. A total
count of all successful results is also maintained.
Pegging
The bin corresponding to the cause of the successful handover is pegged each time a Handover
Performed message is sent from the BSS to the MSC.
3-8 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Analysis
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis permitting early identification of problems before
they affect service.
68P02901W56-T 3-9
Jan 2010
MA_REQ_FROM_MSC_FAIL Chapter 3: BSS statistics
MA_REQ_FROM_MSC_FAIL
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
This statistic tracks the number of Assignment Request messages received from the MSC that
fail message validation. Validation failure may occur due to protocol errors which may occur, if
the message is badly formatted or incompatible database elements exist in the BSS and MSC.
Pegging
This statistic pegs each time an Assignment Request message from the MSC fails message
validation at the BSS.
Analysis
A threshold value should be assigned to this statistic which reflects the maximum number of
failures that are acceptable in normal system operations.
If the specified threshold is exceeded, the 7. BSS: MS assignment request from MSC
protocol error - PM alarm is generated. Refer to the manual Maintenance Information: Alarm
Handling at the OMC-R (68P02901W26) for troubleshooting information.
3-10 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application MSC_OVLD_MSGS_RX
MSC_OVLD_MSGS_RX
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
This statistic tracks the number of MSC Overload messages that have been received by the BSS
from the MSC. This statistic pegs independent of the MSC Overload Control feature being
enabled or disabled.
Pegging
This statistic pegs each time an Overload message is received by the BSS from the MSC.
Analysis
In systems without the MSC Overload Control feature, this statistic can be used to determine if
the MSC feature should be acquired, if not currently installed.
68P02901W56-T 3-11
Jan 2010
NUM_SUSP_RESU_RCVD Chapter 3: BSS statistics
NUM_SUSP_RESU_RCVD
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Pegging
This statistic is pegged for every response received, not received and resume procedure not
initiated.
Table 3-2 NUM_SUSP_RESU_RCVD bins
Bin Description
0 BSC receives SUSPEND-ACK message.
1 BSC receives SUSPEND-NACK message with cause value Suspend NACK received
from SGSN.
2 BSC receives SUSPEND-NACK message with cause value no response.
3 BSC does not receive any response for Suspend procedure.
4 BSC receives RESUME-ACK message.
5 BSC receives RESUME-NACK message with cause value Resume NACK received
from SGSN.
6 BSC receives RESUME-NACK message with cause value no response.
7 BSC does not receive any response for RESUME procedure.
8 BSC detects MS handover to different RA.
9 Unused.
10 BSC receives SUSPEND-NACK or RESUME-NACK message with cause value
GPRS cell OOS.
NOTE
Refer to for detailed values of each bin.
3-12 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Analysis
Analysis
Reference None
Usage Optimization
Basis BSS
Type Large Counter Array
Alarm None
NOTE
The BSC does not support the chg_stat_prop command for the
NUM_SUSP_RESU_RCVD statistic. This command cannot be used to change
NUM_SUSP_RESU_RCVD information.
68P02901W56-T 3-13
Jan 2010
PAGE_REQ_FROM_MSC_FAIL Chapter 3: BSS statistics
PAGE_REQ_FROM_MSC_FAIL
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
This statistic tracks the number of Page Request messages received from the MSC that fail
message validation. Validation failure may occur due to protocol errors which may occur, if the
message is badly formatted. A protocol error does not indicate paging success or failure.
Pegging
This statistic pegs each time a Page Request message from the MSC fails message validation
at the BSS.
Analysis
A threshold value should be assigned to this statistic which reflects the maximum number of
failures that are acceptable in normal system operations. The Cell Identifier List is not verified
until the page is about to be sent to the cells.
If the specified threshold is exceeded, the 0. BSS: Paging request from MSC protocol error
- PM alarm is generated. Refer to the Maintenance Information: Alarm Handling at the OMC-R
(68P02901W26) for troubleshooting information.
3-14 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application ROUTING_SYNTAX
ROUTING_SYNTAX
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
This statistic tracks the number of SCCP messages with syntax errors.
Pegging
Analysis
SCCP is an SS7 protocol used in transferring signaling messages between the BSC and MSC.
Excessive syntax errors can result in degraded SCCP performance. A threshold value should be
assigned to this statistic which reflects the maximum number of SCCP messages with syntax
errors that are acceptable in normal system operations.
If the specified threshold is exceeded, the 1. BSS: Routing failure - syntax error detected
- PM alarm is generated. Refer to the manual Maintenance Information: Alarm Handling at
the OMC-R (68P02901W26) for troubleshooting information.
68P02901W56-T 3-15
Jan 2010
ROUTING_UNKNOWN Chapter 3: BSS statistics
ROUTING_UNKNOWN
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
This statistic tracks the number of invalid signaling point codes (SPCs) that a BSC has received
from the MSC.
Pegging
This statistic pegs whenever an invalid SPC is received from the MSC.
Analysis
An SPC is the destination address for a message routed by the networking functions of the
MTP3 protocol. If the BSC receives an incorrect SPC, it cannot route the message correctly.
A threshold value should be assigned to this statistic which reflects the maximum number of
invalid SPCs that are acceptable in normal system operations.
If the specified threshold is exceeded, the 2. BSS: Routing failure - reason unknown - PM
alarm is generated. Refer to the manual Maintenance Information: Alarm Handling at the
OMC-R (68P02901W26) for troubleshooting information.
3-16 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application SCCP_MSGS
SCCP_MSGS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
This statistic tracks the total number of SCCP messages either transmitted or received over
an SL.
Pegging
This statistic pegs when SCCP messages are transmitted or received on the signaling link.
Analysis
SCCP is an SS7 protocol used in transferring signaling messages between the BSC and MSC.
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of SCCP performance and utilization.
68P02901W56-T 3-17
Jan 2010
SCCP_MSGS_RX Chapter 3: BSS statistics
SCCP_MSGS_RX
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
This statistic tracks the total number of SCCP messages received on an SL for class 0 or class 2.
Pegging
This statistic pegs when SCCP messages are received on the signaling link.
Analysis
SCCP is an SS7 protocol used in transferring signaling messages between the BSC and MSC.
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of the activity on an SL.
3-18 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application SCCP_MSGS_TX
SCCP_MSGS_TX
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
This statistic tracks the total number of SCCP messages transmitted on an SL for class 0 or
class 2.
Pegging
This statistic pegs when SCCP messages are transmitted on the signaling link.
Analysis
SCCP is an SS7 protocol used in transferring signaling messages between the BSC and MSC.
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of the activity on an SL.
68P02901W56-T 3-19
Jan 2010
SIF_SIO_RX_OPC Chapter 3: BSS statistics
SIF_SIO_RX_OPC
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
This statistic tracks the total number of SIF and SIO octets received on all SLs for a particular
BSS.
Pegging
This statistic pegs each time Signal Information Fields (SIF) or Service Information Octets (SIO)
are received across all signaling links to a BSS.
Analysis
SCCP is an SS7 protocol used in transferring signaling messages between the BSC and MSC.
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of the activity on all SLs for a particular BSS.
3-20 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application SIF_SIO_TX_DPC
SIF_SIO_TX_DPC
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
This statistic tracks the total number of Signal Information Fields (SIF) and Service Information
Octets (SIO) octets transmitted on all SLs of a particular BSS by the Destination Point Code
(DPC).
Pegging
This statistic pegs each time SIF or SIO are transmitted across all signaling links to a BSS.
Analysis
A DPC is a part of the label in a signaling message that uniquely identifies, in a signaling
network, the destination point of the message. This statistic can be used for trend analysis of
the activity of the signaling links on a BSS.
68P02901W56-T 3-21
Jan 2010
SIF_SIO_TYPE Chapter 3: BSS statistics
SIF_SIO_TYPE
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
This statistic tracks the number of SIF MTP, TEST, and SCCP SIO octets transmitted or received
on an SL on an SIO basis.
Pegging
This statistic pegs each time SIF or SIO octets are transmitted or received on each signaling link.
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of the activity of the signaling links on a BSS.
3-22 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Chapter
Cell statistics
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Cell statistics are captured from the events occurring in a cell. They are categorized into
subgroups, each of which are described in Cell statistics subgroups on page 4-2.
68P02901W56-T 4-1
Jan 2010
Cell statistics subgroups Chapter 4: Cell statistics
Adaptive Multi-Rate
Adaptive Multi-Rate (AMR) statistics are used to gauge performance of systems using the AMR
link adaptation. The following are AMR statistics:
• AMR_DECREASE_THRESH_ADJUST on page 4-33.
4-2 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Assignment redirection
Assignment redirection
Assignment redirection statistics track the number of times a call assignment is redirected to
another cell. The statistic ASSIGNMENT_REDIRECTION on page 4-43 is the only assignment
redirection statistic.
Call clearing
Call clearing statistics track the number of calls lost due to RF failures, cipher mode failures, or
procedure timeouts. The following are call clearing statistics:
• CIPHER_MODE_FAIL on page 4-70.
Concentric cell
Concentric cell statistics track concentric cell feature processes. The following are concentric
cell statistics:
• TCH_CONG_INNER_ZONE on page 4-202.
68P02901W56-T 4-3
Jan 2010
Connection establishment Chapter 4: Cell statistics
Connection establishment
Connection establishment statistics track access, allocation, channel request, and MSC page
request functions. The following are connection establishment statistics:
• ACCESS_PER_AGCH on page 4-12.
4-4 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Directed retry
Directed retry
Directed retry statistics track congestion processes associated with the directed retry feature.
The following are directed retry statistics:
• CONGEST_EXIST_HO_ATMPT on page 4-76.
Emergency call access statistics track emergency call processes. The following are emergency
call access statistics:
• NUM_EMERG_ACCESS on page 4-127.
Enhanced 2G/3G handover and reselection statistics are captured from the events occurring
due to enhanced 2G/3G handover and reselection. The following are enhanced 2G/3G handover
and reselection statistics:
• NUM_HO_3G_ATTEMPTS on page 4-131.
68P02901W56-T 4-5
Jan 2010
Enhanced Multi-level Precedence and Preemption service Chapter 4: Cell statistics
Enhanced Multi-level Precedence and Preemption service statistics are captured from the
events occurring due to multilevel and preemption. The following are Enhanced Multi-level
Precedence and Preemption service statistics:
• PREEMPT_CAP on page 4-181.
Extended range statistics track extended range feature processes. The following are extended
range cell statistics:
• ER_INTRA_CELL_HO_ATMPT on page 4-87.
General handover
General handover statistics track processes common to all types of handovers. The following
are handover statistics:
• BAD_HO_REFNUM_MS on page 4-55.
4-6 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Inter-BSS handover
Inter-BSS handover
Inter-BSS handover statistics track inter-BSS handover processes. The following are inter-BSS
handover statistics:
• HO_REQ_ACK_TO_MSC on page 4-94.
Interference bands
Interference band statistics track the number of idle TCHs per interference band:
• IDLE_TCH_INTF_BAND0 on page 4-97.
Intra-BSS handover
Intra-BSS handover statistics track intra-BSS handover processes. The following are intra-BSS
handover statistics:
• IN_INTRA_BSS_HO on page 4-103.
• T on page 4-200.
Intra-cell handover
68P02901W56-T 4-7
Jan 2010
Multiband Chapter 4: Cell statistics
Multiband
Multiband statistics track multiband feature processes. The following are multiband statistics:
• ASSIGNMENT_REDIRECTION on page 4-43.
• T on page 4-200.
Network assist cell change statistics are captured from the events occurring in the network
assist cell. The following are network assist cell change statistics:
• NUM_CELL_RESEL_CELL on page 4-124.
NOTE
There are statistics that capture PCCC and PCCO attempts to neighbor cells. These
are shown in Network assist neighbor cell change statistics on page 5-7.
4-8 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application GPRS Quality of Service
BSS GPRS Quality of Service statistics are captured from the events occurring in the BSS. The
following are GPRS Quality of Service statistics:
• DL_LLC_DATA_VOLUME on page 4-83.
These statistics are captured from GPRS system information events occurring in GPRS R4 phase
1. The following are GPRS Release 4 Phase 1 GPRS system information events:
• PACKET_SYSINFO_REQ on page 4-146.
68P02901W56-T 4-9
Jan 2010
TCH assignment Chapter 4: Cell statistics
TCH assignment
TCH assignment statistics track successful, unsuccessful, and total traffic channel assignment
processes. The following are TCH assignment statistics:
• MA_CMD_TO_MS on page 4-109.
Usage congestion
Usage congestion statistics track congestion processes not related to the directed retry feature.
The following are usage congestion statistics:
• AVAILABLE_SDCCH on page 4-44.
4-10 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Usage congestion
68P02901W56-T 4-11
Jan 2010
ACCESS_PER_AGCH Chapter 4: Cell statistics
ACCESS_PER_AGCH
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The ACCESS_PER_AGCH statistic tracks Immediate Assignment messages sent on the Access
Grant Channel (AGCH) of a cell.
Access Grants for more than one MS may be contained in one Access Grant message. An Access
Grant for more than one MS is pegged only once. This count includes Immediate Assignment,
Immediate Extended, and Immediate Assignment Reject messages sent on the AGCH of a cell.
Pegging
This statistic pegs when an Access Grant message is sent on the AGCH to signal the availability
of an allocated channel.
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of Intermediate Assignment messages sent on
the AGCH of a cell.
NOTE
This statistic is affected by phantom Random Access CHannel (RACH). The level of
congestion on the AGCH cannot be determined using current statistics
4-12 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application ACCESS_PER_PCH_CS_PS
ACCESS_PER_PCH_CS_PS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The ACCESS_PER_PCH_CS_PS statistic tracks the number of paging request messages sent
on the air interface.
This statistic counts both Circuit Switched (CS) and Packet Switched (PS) paging on Page
Channel (PCH). Both CS and PS page within the paging request message and the statistic
measures the number of paging request messages sent on the PCH.
A paging message could contain up to four pages for paging by TMSI and up to two pages
for paging by IMSI.
The statistic is calibrated to count the number of attempts made to send the message.
Pegging
NOTE
This statistic is pegged for both GPRS and EGPRS events.
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of Paging Request messages sent on the PCH of
a cell.
68P02901W56-T 4-13
Jan 2010
Analysis Chapter 4: Cell statistics
NOTE
If the MS does not answer the first request, the ACCESS_PER_PCH_CS_PS
statistic pegs for the second time. This situation arises because the BSS is unable
to distinguish between a paging message retry to one MS and an attempt to page
a different connection.
4-14 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application ACCESS_PER_PCH_CS
ACCESS_PER_PCH_CS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The ACCESS_PER_PCH_CS statistic tracks the number of paging request messages sent
on the air interface.
This statistic counts Circuit Switched (CS) paging only on Page Channel (PCH). This statistic is
obtained by measuring the number of paging request messages sent on the PCH.
A paging message could contain up to four pages for paging by TMSI and up to two pages
for paging by IMSI.
The statistic is calibrated to count the number of attempts made to send the message.
Pegging
NOTE
This statistic is pegged for both GPRS and EGPRS events.
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of Paging Request messages sent on the PCH of
a cell.
68P02901W56-T 4-15
Jan 2010
Analysis Chapter 4: Cell statistics
NOTE
If the MS does not answer the first request, the ACCESS_PER_PCH_CS statistic pegs
for the second time. This situation arises because the BSS is unable to distinguish
between a paging message retry to one MS and an attempt to page a different
connection.
4-16 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application ACCESS_PER_PCH_ PS
ACCESS_PER_PCH_ PS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The ACCESS_PER_PCH_PS statistic tracks the number of paging request messages sent
on the air interface.
This statistic counts Packet Switched (PS) paging only on Page Channel (PCH). This statistic is
obtained by measuring the number of paging request messages sent on the PCH.
A paging message could contain up to four pages for paging by TMSI and up to two pages
for paging by IMSI.
Pegging
NOTE
This statistic is pegged for both GPRS and EGPRS events.
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of Paging Request messages sent on the PCH of
a cell.
68P02901W56-T 4-17
Jan 2010
Analysis Chapter 4: Cell statistics
NOTE
If the MS does not answer the first request, the ACCESS_PER_PCH_PS statistic pegs
for the second time. This situation arises because the BSS is unable to distinguish
between a paging message retry to one MS and an attempt to page a different
connection.
4-18 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application ACCESS_PER_PPCH
ACCESS_PER_PPCH
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Bin Description
0 Both CS and PS pages within the PACKET PAGING REQUEST message.
1 Only CS pages within the PACKET PAGING REQUEST message.
2 Only PS pages within the PACKET PAGING REQUEST message.
Pegging
This statistic is obtained by measuring the number of Packet Paging Requests sent on the
PPCH. The number of attempts are counted.
NOTE
This statistic is pegged for both GPRS and EGPRS events.
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of Packet Paging Request messages sent on the
PPCH of a cell.
68P02901W56-T 4-19
Jan 2010
Analysis Chapter 4: Cell statistics
NOTE
If the MS does not answer the first page, the ACCESS_PER_PPCH statistic pegs a
second time. This is because there is no way for the BSS to distinguish between a
retry of a page to one MS and an attempt to page a different MS.
4-20 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application ACCESS_PER_RACH
ACCESS_PER_RACH
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The ACCESS_PER_RACH statistic tracks Channel Request messages received by the BSS on
the Random Access CHannel (RACH) of a cell for Circuit Switched (CS) and Packet Switched
(PS) related messages.
A Channel Request message is used by the MS to request allocation of a dedicated channel (to
be used as an SDCCH) by the network, in response to a paging message (incoming call) from the
network, or as a result of an outgoing call/supplementary short message service dialed from the
MS. It is also used as a part of the call reestablishment procedure.
Pegging
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of Channel Request messages sent on the RACH of
a cell.
Reference GSM 4.08, 3.8.0, 3.3.1.1, 3.3.2.2, 4.5.1.6, 5.5.4, 7.1.2, 9.1.8 and 9.2.4.
GSM 4.03, 3.03 and 4.3.2.1.
GSM 12.04, 3.2.0, B.1.1.10.
Usage RF loss, Congestion, Quality of service monitoring and Network
planning.
Basis Cell.
Type Counter.
NOTE
This statistic is affected by phantom RACHs. The counter is incremented at least once
for each phantom RACH. For more information refer Phantom RACHs on page 20-7 .
68P02901W56-T 4-21
Jan 2010
ALLOC_SDCCH Chapter 4: Cell statistics
ALLOC_SDCCH
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The ALLOC_SDCCH statistic is the sum of the number of times an SDCCH is successfully
seized. If a TCH is reconfigured as an SDCCH, only the SDCCH statistics are configured.
A Channel Request message is used by the MS to request allocation of a dedicated channel (to
be used as an SDCCH) by the network, in response to a paging message (incoming call) from the
network or as a result of an outgoing call/supplementary short message service dialed from the
MS. It is also used as a part of the call reestablishment procedure.
Pegging
This statistic pegs each time an Immediate Assignment message is sent by the BSS. An
Immediate Assignment message is sent upon:
• Successful handover on an SDCCH channel.
Analysis
NOTE
This statistic is affected by phantom RACHs. For more information refer Phantom
RACHs on page 20-7 .
4-22 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application ALLOC_SDCCH_FAIL
ALLOC_SDCCH_FAIL
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The ALLOC_SDCCH_FAIL statistic tracks the number of times that an attempt at SDCCH
seizure was rejected because of SDCCH congestion.
Pegging
This statistic pegs when an Immediate Assignment Reject message is sent to the MS in response
to a channel request because no SDCCH channels were available to be allocated. It is also
pegged in the target cell when rejecting a handover due to a lack of resources.
Analysis
A threshold value should be assigned to this statistic which reflects the maximum number of
SDCCH failures due to congestion that are acceptable in normal system operations.
If the specified threshold is exceeded, the 1. CELL: Attempt at allocating an SDCCH failed
- PM alarm is generated. Refer to the manual Maintenance Information: Alarm Handling at
the OMC-R (68P02901W26) for troubleshooting information.
NOTE
This statistic is affected by phantom RACHs. For more information refer Phantom
RACHs on page 20-7 .
68P02901W56-T 4-23
Jan 2010
ALLOC_TCH Chapter 4: Cell statistics
ALLOC_TCH
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The ALLOC_TCH statistic tracks the number of successful TCH allocations within a cell for
both call originations and hand-ins.
Pegging
This statistic pegs for successful TCH allocations within a cell as a result of a call establishment
or hand-in attempt:
• Successful allocation due to call establishment including successful allocations due to
directed retries.
This statistic pegs before the transmission of the assignment/handover command to the MS
and, therefore, does not take into account the success or failure of the assignment/hand-in
from an RF perspective.
Analysis
4-24 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application ALLOC_TCH_FAIL
ALLOC_TCH_FAIL
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The ALLOC_TCH_FAIL statistic tracks the number of unsuccessful full rate and half rate
allocations of a TCH within a cell for both call origination and hand-in. Cases involving
Immediate Assignment Reject are also included in the peg count.
Pegging
This statistic pegs when an attempt to allocate a TCH in a cell fails due to a lack of resources:
• Unsuccessful allocation due to call establishment including unsuccessful allocations due
to directed retries.
The BSS pegs the ALLOC_TCH_FAIL statistic every time a TCH allocation fails to allocate a TCH.
The AMR Half Rate and GSM Half Rate channel modes are pegged as a generic half rate channel.
Analysis
A threshold value should be assigned to this statistic which reflects the maximum number of
TCH failures due to congestion that are acceptable in normal system operations.
If the specified threshold is exceeded, the 25. CELL: Attempt at allocating a TCH failed
- PM alarm is generated. Refer to the manual Maintenance Information: Alarm Handling at
the OMC-R (68P02901W26) for troubleshooting information.
Usage Quality of service (Call set-up), Fault finding, Optimization, Network planning and
Ladder (Inter-BSS handover, Intra-BSS handover and Assignment to TCH).
Key statistics (TCH_BLOCKING_RATE, TCH_BLOCKING_RATE_OUT_ZONE
and TCH_MEAN_ARRIVAL_RATE).
Basis Cell.
Type Counter.
Alarm Major.
68P02901W56-T 4-25
Jan 2010
ALLOC_TCH_FAIL_HR Chapter 4: Cell statistics
ALLOC_TCH_FAIL_HR
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The statistic tracks the number of unsuccessful allocations of a half rate AMR and/or GSM TCH
within a cell for both call origination and hand-in. Cases involving Immediate Assignment Reject
are also included in the peg count.
Pegging
This statistic pegs when an attempt to allocate a half rate AMR and/or GSM TCH in a cell fails
due to a lack of resources:
• Unsuccessful allocation due to call establishment including unsuccessful allocations due
to directed retries.
NOTE
Upon failure to allocate a channel, the channel allocation failure statistic is pegged
for all the allowed channel rates. Here are some channel allocation failure scenarios:
• If there is a speech call for which the channel type is full rate and half rate,
a failure in allocating a channel results in both ALLOC_TCH_FAIL and
ALLOC_TCH_FAIL_HR being pegged.
• ALLOC_TCH_FAIL_HR is pegged for a speech call for which the channel type
specifies both full rate and half rate (with half rate preferred) but result in a full
rate channel being allocated.
• When there is a failure to allocate a half rate channel, both ALLOC_TCH_FAIL
and ALLOC_TCH _FAIL_HR are pegged.
4-26 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Analysis
• If the channel type is half rate preferred or full rate non-preferred, or full rate
preferred or half rate non-preferred and neither channel type is allocated (a
complete TCH allocation failure scenario), the ALLOC_TCH_FAIL is pegged
once and ALLOC_TCH_FAIL_HR is pegged once.
• When the non-preferred channel type is successfully assigned a channel, a
failure shall be pegged for the preferred type.
Analysis
A threshold value should be assigned to this statistic which reflects the maximum number of
half rate AMR and/or GSM TCH failures due to congestion that are acceptable in normal system
operations.
NOTE
No alarms are generated for this statistic.
Reference None.
Usage Quality of service (Call set-up), Fault finding, Optimization, Network
planning and Ladder (Inter-BSS handover, Intra-BSS handover and
Assignment to TCH).
Basis Cell.
Type Counter.
68P02901W56-T 4-27
Jan 2010
ALLOC_TCH_FAIL_INNER_ZONE Chapter 4: Cell statistics
ALLOC_TCH_FAIL_INNER_ZONE
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The ALLOC_TCH_FAIL_INNER_ZONE statistic tracks the number of unsuccessful full rate and
half rate allocations of a TCH within a cell for both call origination and hand-in for inner zone.
Cases involving Immediate Assignment Reject are also included in the peg count.
Pegging
This statistic pegs when an attempt to allocate a TCH in a cell fails due to lack of resources:
• Unsuccessful allocation due to call establishment including unsuccessful allocations due
to directed retries.
The BSS pegs the ALLOC_TCH_FAIL_INNER_ZONE statistic every time a TCH allocation fails
to allocate a TCH for inner zone.
The AMR Half Rate and GSM Half Rate channel modes are pegged as generic half rate channel.
Analysis
A threshold value should be assigned to this statistic which reflects the maximum number of
TCH failures due to congestion that are acceptable in normal system operations.
If the specified threshold is exceeded, the 25. CELL: Attempt at allocating a TCH failed - PM
alarm is generated. Refer to the Maintenance Information: Alarm Handling at the OMC-R
(68P02901W26) for troubleshooting information.
4-28 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Analysis
Basis Cell.
Type Counter.
Alarm Major.
68P02901W56-T 4-29
Jan 2010
ALLOC_TCH_HR Chapter 4: Cell statistics
ALLOC_TCH_HR
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The statistic tracks the number of successful half rate AMR and/or GSM TCH allocations within
a cell for both call originations and hand ins.
Pegging
This statistic pegs for successful half rate AMR and/or GSM TCH allocations within a cell as a
result of a call establishment or hand in attempt:
• Successful allocation due to call establishment including successful allocations due to
incoming directed retries.
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of half rate AMR and/or GSM TCH allocations.
Reference None.
Usage Quality of service monitoring (Call setup), Network planning and Ladder
(Intra-BSS handover, Inter-BSS handover, Intra-cell handover and
Assignment to TCH).
Basis Cell.
Type Counter.
4-30 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application ALLOC_TCH_INNER_ZONE
ALLOC_TCH_INNER_ZONE
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Pegging
This statistic pegs for successful TCH allocations within a cell inner zone as a result of a call
establishment or hand-in attempt:
• Successful allocation due to call establishment including successful allocations due to
directed retries.
This statistic pegs before the transmission of the assignment/handover command to the MS
and, therefore, does not take into account the success or failure of the assignment/hand-in
from an RF perspective.
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 4-31
Jan 2010
ALLOC_TCH_SIG Chapter 4: Cell statistics
ALLOC_TCH_SIG
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The ALLOC_TCH_SIG statistic counts the number of successful TCH allocations within a cell
for both call originations and hand-ins when the FCS call is using Signaling TCH at Immediate
Assignment. Hand-in allocations include intra–cell, incoming intra–BSS, incoming inter–BSS,
and incoming directed retry scenarios.
Pegging
This statistic is pegged before the transmission of the Assignment or Handover Command
message to the MS, and therefore does not represent a count of TCH seizures by the MS from
the RF perspective.
Analysis
Reference None.
4-32 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application AMR_DECREASE_THRESH_ADJUST
AMR_DECREASE_THRESH_ADJUST
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Pegging
This statistic pegs each time that the BSS MS monitor decreases the downlink codec mode
adaptation thresholds due to inaccurate C/I estimation by the MS.
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage Radio resource allocation and Network planning.
Basis Cell.
Type Counter.
68P02901W56-T 4-33
Jan 2010
AMR_FR_DL_ADAPTATION Chapter 4: Cell statistics
AMR_FR_DL_ADAPTATION
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The AMR_FR_DL_ADAPTATION statistic keeps a count of the number of times the codec mode
is adapted on the downlink of full-rate AMR calls on a per-cell basis.
NOTE
There are up to four codecs in the Active Codec Set (ACS) and the format of this
statistic allows for these. The codecs are referenced sequentially from the lowest
speech coding rate to the highest. The lowest speech coding rate is called the 1st
codec. If there are less than four codecs in the ACS, the higher bit rates are not
valid and contain the value zero.
Bin Description
0 AMR full-rate DL codec mode usage adaptation from 1st to 2nd codec mode.
1 AMR full-rate DL codec mode usage adaptation from 2nd to 3rd codec mode.
2 AMR full-rate DL codec mode usage adaptation from 3rd to 4th codec mode.
3 AMR full-rate DL codec mode usage adaptation from 2nd to 1st codec mode.
4 AMR full-rate DL codec mode usage adaptation from 3rd to 2nd codec mode.
5 AMR full-rate DL codec mode usage adaptation from 4th to 3rd codec mode.
Pegging
This statistic pegs each time a specific codec mode is adapted on the downlink of full-rate
AMR calls.
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage Radio resource allocation and Network planning.
Basis Cell.
Type Counter array.
4-34 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application AMR_FR_DL_CODEC_MODE_USAGE
AMR_FR_DL_CODEC_MODE_USAGE
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Bin Description
0 AMR full-rate DL codec mode usage of AFS 12.2 kbps.
1 AMR full-rate DL codec mode usage of AFS 10.2 kbps.
2 AMR full-rate DL codec mode usage of AFS 7.4 kbps.
3 AMR full-rate DL codec mode usage of AFS 6.7 kbps.
4 AMR full-rate DL codec mode usage of AFS 5.15 kbps.
NOTE
The value of each bin and the total value is scaled down by dividing it by 500 in
the pegging process RSS to allow the UWORD variable type to store the maximum
value. The value of this statistic displayed in the OMC should be multiplied by 500
manually to get the actual value.
Pegging
This statistic pegs each time that a specific codec mode is used on the downlink of full-rate
AMR calls.
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage Radio resource allocation and Network planning.
Basis Cell.
Type Counter array.
68P02901W56-T 4-35
Jan 2010
AMR_FR_UL_ADAPTATION Chapter 4: Cell statistics
AMR_FR_UL_ADAPTATION
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The AMR_FR_UL_ADAPTATION statistic keeps a count of the number of times that the codec
mode is adapted on the uplink of full-rate AMR calls on a per-cell basis.
NOTE
There are up to four codecs in the Active Codec Set (ACS) and the format of this
statistic allows for these. The codecs are referenced sequentially from the lowest
speech coding rate to the highest. The lowest speech coding rate is called the 1st
codec. If there are less than four codecs in the ACS, the higher bit rates are not
valid and contain the value zero.
Bin Description
0 AMR full-rate UL codec mode usage adaptation from 1st to 2nd codec mode.
1 AMR full-rate UL codec mode usage adaptation from 2nd to 3rd codec mode.
2 AMR full-rate UL codec mode usage adaptation from 3rd to 4th codec mode.
3 AMR full-rate UL codec mode usage adaptation from 2nd to 1st codec mode.
4 AMR full-rate UL codec mode usage adaptation from 3rd to 2nd codec mode.
5 AMR full-rate UL codec mode usage adaptation from 4th to 3rd codec mode.
Pegging
This statistic pegs each time a specific codec mode is adapted on the uplink of full-rate AMR
calls.
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage Radio resource allocation and Network planning.
Basis Cell.
Type Counter array.
4-36 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application AMR_FR_UL_CODEC_MODE_USAGE
AMR_FR_UL_CODEC_MODE_USAGE
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Bin Description
0 AMR full-rate UL codec mode usage of AFS 12.2 KBPs.
1 AMR full-rate UL codec mode usage of AFS 10.2 kbps.
2 AMR full-rate UL codec mode usage of AFS 7.4 kbps.
3 AMR full-rate UL codec mode usage of AFS 6.7 kbps.
4 AMR full-rate UL codec mode usage of AFS 5.15 kbps.
NOTE
The value of each bin and the total value is scaled down by dividing it by 500 in
the pegging process RSS to allow the UWORD variable type to store the maximum
value. The value of this statistic displayed in the OMC should be multiplied by 500
manually to get the actual value.
Pegging
This statistic pegs each time a specific codec mode is used on the uplink of full-rate AMR calls.
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage Radio resource allocation and Network planning.
Basis Cell.
Type Counter array.
68P02901W56-T 4-37
Jan 2010
AMR_HR_DL_ADAPTATION Chapter 4: Cell statistics
AMR_HR_DL_ADAPTATION
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The AMR_HR_DL_ADAPTATION statistic keeps a count of the number of times that the codec
mode is adapted on the downlink of half-rate AMR calls on a per-cell basis.
NOTE
There are up to four codecs in the Active Codec Set (ACS) and the format of this
statistic allows for these. The codecs are referenced sequentially from the lowest
speech coding rate to the highest. The lowest speech coding rate is called the 1st
codec. If there are less than four codecs in the ACS, the higher bit rates are not
valid and contain the value zero.
Bin Description
0 AMR half-rate DL codec mode usage adaptation from 1st to 2nd codec mode.
1 AMR half-rate DL codec mode usage adaptation from 2nd to 3rd codec mode.
2 AMR half-rate DL codec mode usage adaptation from 3rd to 4th codec mode.
3 AMR half-rate DL codec mode usage adaptation from 2nd to 1st codec mode.
4 AMR half-rate DL codec mode usage adaptation from 3rd to 2nd codec mode.
5 AMR half-rate DL codec mode usage adaptation from 4th to 3rd codec mode.
Pegging
This statistic pegs each time a specific codec mode is adapted on the downlink of half-rate
AMR calls.
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage Radio resource allocation and Network planning.
Basis Cell.
Type Counter array.
4-38 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application AMR_HR_DL_CODEC_MODE_USAGE
AMR_HR_DL_CODEC_MODE_USAGE
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Bin Description
0 AMR half-rate DL codec mode usage of AFS 7.95 kbps.
1 AMR half-rate DL codec mode usage of AFS 7.4 kbps.
2 AMR half-rate DL codec mode usage of AFS 6.7 kbps.
3 AMR half-rate DL codec mode usage of AFS 5.9 kbps.
4 AMR half-rate DL codec mode usage of AFS 5.15 kbps.
NOTE
The value of each bin and the total value is scaled down by dividing it by 500 in
the pegging process RSS to allow the UWORD variable type to store the maximum
value. The value of this statistic displayed in the OMC should be multiplied by 500
manually to get the actual value.
Pegging
This statistic pegs each time a specific codec mode is used on the downlink of half-rate AMR
calls.
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage Radio resource allocation and Network planning.
Basis Cell.
Type Counter array.
68P02901W56-T 4-39
Jan 2010
AMR_HR_UL_ADAPTATION Chapter 4: Cell statistics
AMR_HR_UL_ADAPTATION
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The AMR_HR_UL_ADAPTATION statistic keeps a count of the number of times that the codec
mode is adapted on the uplink of half-rate AMR calls on a per-cell basis.
NOTE
There are up to four codecs in the Active Codec Set (ACS) and the format of this
statistic allows for these. The codecs are referenced sequentially from the lowest
speech coding rate to the highest. The lowest speech coding rate is called the 1st
codec. If there are less than four codecs in the ACS, the higher bit rates are not
valid and contain the value zero.
Bin Description
0 AMR half-rate UL codec mode usage adaptation from 1st to 2nd codec mode.
1 AMR half-rate UL codec mode usage adaptation from 2nd to 3rd codec mode.
2 AMR half-rate UL codec mode usage adaptation from 3rd to 4th codec mode.
3 AMR half-rate UL codec mode usage adaptation from 2nd to 1st codec mode.
4 AMR half-rate UL codec mode usage adaptation from 3rd to 2nd codec mode.
5 AMR half-rate UL codec mode usage adaptation from 4th to 3rd codec mode.
Pegging
This statistic pegs each time a specific codec mode is adapted on the uplink of half-rate AMR
calls.
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage Radio resource allocation and Network planning.
Basis Cell.
Type Counter array.
4-40 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application AMR_HR_UL_CODEC_MODE_USAGE
AMR_HR_UL_CODEC_MODE_USAGE
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Bin Description
0 AMR half-rate UL codec mode usage of AFS 7.95 kbps.
1 AMR half-rate UL codec mode usage of AFS 7.4 kbps.
2 AMR half-rate UL codec mode usage of AFS 6.7 kbps.
3 AMR half-rate UL codec mode usage of AFS 5.9 kbps.
4 AMR half-rate UL codec mode usage of AFS 5.15 kbps.
NOTE
The value of each bin and the total value is scaled down by dividing it by 500 in
the pegging process RSS to allow the UWORD variable type to store the maximum
value. The value of this statistic displayed in the OMC should be multiplied by 500
manually to get the actual value.
Pegging
This statistic pegs each time a specific codec mode is used on the uplink of half-rate AMR calls.
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage Radio resource allocation and Network planning.
Basis Cell.
Type Counter array.
68P02901W56-T 4-41
Jan 2010
AMR_INCREASE_THRESH_ADJUST Chapter 4: Cell statistics
AMR_INCREASE_THRESH_ADJUST
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Pegging
This statistic pegs each time that the BSS MS monitor increases the downlink codec mode
adaptation thresholds due to inaccurate C/I estimation by the MS.
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage Radio resource allocation and Network planning.
Basis Cell.
Type Counter.
4-42 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application ASSIGNMENT_REDIRECTION
ASSIGNMENT_REDIRECTION
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Pegging
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of the number of successful internal and external
handovers performed as the result of standard directed retry mechanisms.
68P02901W56-T 4-43
Jan 2010
AVAILABLE_SDCCH Chapter 4: Cell statistics
AVAILABLE_SDCCH
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The AVAILABLE_SDCCH statistic tracks the average number of available SDCCHs that are
in use or available for use.
The SDCCH is available when its administrative state is unlocked or shutting down and its
operational state is enabled. The SDCCH is unavailable when its administrative state is locked
and its operational state is disabled.
Pegging
If a channel does not fall into one of the above five interference band categories, the channel is
considered to be in interference band 6, and it is neither used for allocation nor be counted
as AVAILABLE_SDCCH.
The AVAILABLE_SDCCH statistic tracks the number of the available SDCCH channels and
pegs whenever a change in the SDCCH availability is detected. This could occur due to SDCCH
channel reconfiguration, DRI state transition, or high interference level on the SDCCH time
slots. Each one of these causes certain SDCCH channels to become unusable for a fixed period.
In CRM, all idle channels (SDCCH, TCH) are categorized by the interference bands from band 1
to band 5. RSS determines the interference bands of all idle channels accordingly and sends
RF Resource Indication Received messages to the CRM periodically. If a channel does not fall
into one of the above five interference band categories, the channel is considered to be in
interference band 6, and it is neither used for allocation nor be counted as AVAILABLE_SDCCH.
The statistic pegs whenever there is a change in the channel configuration for any channel in
the cell (if the number of TCHs has not changed, it is pegged with the same value as before).
NOTE
In CRM all idle channels, for instance SDCCH, TCH are categorized by the
interference bands from band 1 to band 5. RSS determines the interference bands of
all idle channels accordingly and sends RF Resource Indication Received messages to
the CRM periodically. If a channel does not fall into one of the above five interference
band categories, the channel is considered to be in interference band 6, and it is
neither used for allocation nor counted as AVAILABLE_SDCCH.
4-44 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Analysis
Analysis
By comparing the number of available SDCCHs to the total number of SDCCHs in a system, a
percentage of utilization can be calculated. An analysis of the utilization information can be
used to determine the requirement for additional resources before problems occur.
68P02901W56-T 4-45
Jan 2010
AVAILABLE_TCH Chapter 4: Cell statistics
AVAILABLE_TCH
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The AVAILABLE_TCH statistic tracks the mean and MAX number of available TCHs that are
in use or available for use.
The TCH is available when its administrative state is unlocked or shutting down, and its
operational state is enabled. The TCH is unavailable when its administrative state is locked
and its operational state is disabled.
This statistic is modified to exclude all PDTCHs, both switchable and reserved unless the
switchable PDTCH is configured as TCH.
This statistic is obtained by maintaining the current and total number of available TCH and the
amount of time each TCH is available over the statistical period. The corresponding mean
and maximum number of TCH available are then computed. The TCH is available when its
administrative state is unlocked or shutting down, and the operational state is enabled. It is
unavailable when its administrative state changes to locked or the operational state changes to
disabled. The available number of TCH is then incremented or decremented when there is a
change in TCH states as described earlier.
This statistic counts only those traffic channels, which are configured as TCH at the time of
measurement. Switchable PDTCHs are included only if they are configured as TCHs.
NOTE
The value of this statistic may decrease because the idle TCH may be configured as
the additional switchable PDTCH.
Pegging
The statistic pegs whenever there is a change in the channel configuration for any channel in
the cell (if the number of TCHs has not changed, it is pegged with the same value as before).
Analysis
4-46 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Analysis
By comparing the number of available TCHs to the total number of TCHs in a system, a
percentage of utilization can be calculated. An analysis of the utilization information can be
used to determine the requirement for additional resources before problems occur.
68P02901W56-T 4-47
Jan 2010
AVAILABLE_TCH_DCS1800 Chapter 4: Cell statistics
AVAILABLE_TCH_DCS1800
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The AVAILABLE_TCH_DCS1800 statistic tracks the mean and MAX number of available half
rate and full rate DCS1800 capable TCHs that are in use or available for use.
NOTE
The AVAILABLE_TCH_DCS1800 statistic tracks half rate TCHs in the same manner
as full rate TCHs.
The TCH is available when its administrative state is unlocked or shutting down and its
operational state is enabled. The TCH is unavailable when its administrative state is locked
and its operational state is disabled.
This statistic is obtained by maintaining the current and total number of available TCH and the
amount of time each TCH is available over the statistical period. The corresponding mean
and maximum number of available TCH are then computed. The TCH is available when its
administrative state is unlocked or shutting down, and the operational state is enabled. It is
unavailable when its administrative state changes to locked or the operational state changes to
disabled. The available number of TCH is then incremented or decremented when there is a
change in TCH states as described earlier.
This statistic counts only those traffic channels, which are configured as TCH at the time of
measurement. Switchable PDTCHs are included only if they are configured as TCHs.
Pegging
The statistic pegs whenever there is a change in the channel configuration for any DCS1800
channel in the cell. This shall cover channel allocation including reconfiguration to/from a
generic timeslot for assignment/clearing of a full rate call when half rate (GSM and/or AMR)
is in use.
4-48 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Analysis
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage This statistic tracks the mean and maximum number of available
DCS1800 TCHs that are in use or available for use within a cell.
Basis Cell.
Type Gauge.
68P02901W56-T 4-49
Jan 2010
AVAILABLE_TCH_EGSM Chapter 4: Cell statistics
AVAILABLE_TCH_EGSM
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The AVAILABLE_TCH_EGSM statistic tracks the mean and MAX number of available half rate
and full rate EGSM capable TCHs that are in use or available for use.
NOTE
AVAILABLE_TCH_EGSM tracks half rate TCHs in the same manner as full rate TCHs.
The TCH is available when its administrative state is unlocked or shutting down and its
operational state is enabled. The TCH is unavailable when its administrative state is locked
and its operational state is disabled.
This statistic is modified to exclude all PDTCHs, both switchable and reserved unless the
switchable PDTCH is configured as TCH.
This statistic is obtained by maintaining the current and total number of available TCH and the
amount of time each TCH is available over the statistical period. The corresponding mean
and maximum number of available TCH are then computed. The TCH is available when its
administrative state is unlocked or shutting down, and the operational state is enabled. It is
unavailable when its administrative state changes to locked or the operational state changes to
disabled. The available number of TCH is then incremented or decremented when there is a
change in TCH states as described earlier.
This statistic counts only those traffic channels, which are configured as TCH at the time of
measurement. Switchable PDTCHs are included only if they are configured as TCHs.
Pegging
The statistic pegs whenever there is a change in the channel configuration for any EGSM
channel in the cell. This covers channel allocation including reconfiguration to/from a generic
timeslot for assignment/clearing of a full rate call when half rate (GSM and/or AMR) is in use.
NOTE
An idle half rate capable TCH counts as two available resources.
4-50 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Analysis
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage This statistic tracks the mean and maximum number of available EGSM
TCHs that are in use or available for use within a cell.
Basis Cell.
Type Gauge.
68P02901W56-T 4-51
Jan 2010
AVAILABLE_TCH_HR Chapter 4: Cell statistics
AVAILABLE_TCH_HR
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The statistic reports a maximum and average value for the amount of half rate AMR and/or GSM
TCH channels in use or available to be used within the cell.
Pegging
The statistic pegs whenever there is a change in the half rate AMR and/or GSM channel
configuration in the cell (if the number of TCHs has not changed, it is pegged with the same
value as before).
NOTE
An idle generic timeslot is counted as one available full rate channel and two available
half rate channels.
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage Radio resource allocation, Quality of service monitoring, Network
planning, and Service retain ability.
Basis Cell.
Type Gauge statistic.
4-52 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application AVAILABLE_TCH_PGSM
AVAILABLE_TCH_PGSM
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The AVAILABLE_TCH_PGSM statistic tracks the mean and MAX number of available half rate
and full rate PGSM capable TCHs that are in use or available.
NOTE
AVAILABLE_TCH_PGSM tracks half rate TCHs in the same manner as full rate TCHs.
The TCH is available when its administrative state is unlocked or shutting down and its
operational state is enabled. The TCH is unavailable when its administrative state is locked
and its operational state is disabled.
This statistic is modified to exclude all PDTCHs, both switchable and reserved unless the
switchable PDTCH is configured as TCH.
This statistic is obtained by maintaining the current and total number of available TCH and the
amount of time each TCH is available over the statistical period. The corresponding mean
and maximum number of available TCH are then computed. The TCH is available when its
administrative state is unlocked or shutting down and the operational state is enabled. The
TCH is unavailable when its administrative state changes to locked or the operational state
changes to disabled. The available number of TCH is then incremented or decremented when
there is a change in TCH states as described earlier.
This statistic counts only those traffic channels, which are configured as TCH at the time of
measurement. Switchable PDTCHs are included only if they are configured as TCHs.
Pegging
The statistic pegs whenever there is a change in the channel configuration for any PGSM
channel in the cell. This covers channel allocation including reconfiguration to/from a generic
timeslot for assignment/clearing of a full rate call when half rate (GSM and/or AMR) is in use.
NOTE
An idle half rate capable TCH counts as two available resources.
68P02901W56-T 4-53
Jan 2010
Analysis Chapter 4: Cell statistics
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage This statistic tracks the mean and maximum number of available PGSM TCHs
that are in use or available for use within a cell.
Basis Cell.
Type Gauge.
4-54 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application BAD_HO_REFNUM_MS
BAD_HO_REFNUM_MS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The BAD_HO_REFNUM_MS statistic tracks the number of times an MS has accessed a channel
with a Handover Reference Number that the BSS was not expecting.
Pegging
This statistic is pegged once for each time an MS has accessed a channel with a Handover
Reference Number that the BSS was not expecting. This field is a non formatted random
number. The BSS compares only what it received with what it expected. For example, potentially
up to four times for each logical handover, detect it for the SDCCH processed at the BSS.
The MS continues to attempt access until a good Handover Reference Number is received,
therefore, the handover can be successful and the statistic pegs. This statistic pegs if the
handover fails and recovers, or fails and loses the MS.
Analysis
A threshold value should be assigned to this statistic which reflects the maximum number of MS
accesses of channels with Handover Reference Numbers that the BSS was not expecting that
are acceptable in normal system operations.
High values reported for this statistic are not because a handover access meant for one cell
can be detected by another. But because the channel at the target cell is susceptible for
detection during the time between the channel activation and when the MS arrives. This is like
Phantom RACHs.
If the specified threshold is exceeded, the 19. CELL: Bad HO reference numbers from the
MS - PM alarm is generated. Refer to the manual Maintenance Information: Alarm Handling at
the OMC-R (68P02901W26) for troubleshooting information.
68P02901W56-T 4-55
Jan 2010
BUSY_SDCCH Chapter 4: Cell statistics
BUSY_SDCCH
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The BUSY_SDCCH statistic tracks the number of SDCCHs allocated during an interval.
This is a weighted distribution statistic and produces a mean value indicating the average
number of SDCCHs in use during the interval.
The bin ranges may be changed using the chg_stat_prop command. The default bin ranges for
the BUSY_SDCCH statistic are shown in Table 4-11.
This statistic is affected by phantom RACHs. For more information refer Phantom RACHs
on page 20-7 .
Table 4-11 Default bin ranges for BUSY_SDCCH
Bin Range
0 0 - 0
1 1 - 2
2 3 - 4
3 5 - 6
4 7 - 8
5 9 - 10
6 11 - 12
7 13 - 14
8 15 - 16
9 17 - 400
Pegging
The individual bin values are incremented by the length of time that the number of allocated
SDCCHs fall within the bin range of values. Bin values are pegged each time an SDCCH is
allocated or de-allocated.
4-56 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Analysis
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of the amount of RF signaling traffic in the cell
SDCCHs. An analysis of the allocation information can be used to determine the requirement
for additional resources before problems occur.
68P02901W56-T 4-57
Jan 2010
BUSY_TCH Chapter 4: Cell statistics
BUSY_TCH
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The BUSY_TCH statistic tracks the number of full rate and half rate TCHs allocated during
an interval.
This is a weighted distribution statistic and produces a mean value indicating the average
number of TCHs in use during the interval. It is an indication of the average capacity for
additional traffic in the cell. This statistic includes TCHs used as a Dedicated Control CHannel
(DCCH) in immediate assignment mode. The BUSY_TCH time includes the guard time (the time
allowed between ending a call and being allowed to start another). Since the channel is not
available to be used again until the guard timer expires, it is not considered to be free until then.
The bin ranges may be changed using the chg_stat_prop command. The default bin ranges for
the BUSY_TCH statistic are shown in Table 4-12.
Bin Range
0 0 - 0
1 1 - 2
2 3 - 4
3 5 - 6
4 7 - 8
5 9 - 10
6 11 - 12
7 13 - 14
8 15 - 16
9 17 - 400
Pegging
The individual bin values are incremented by the length of time that the number of allocated
full rate and half rate TCHs fall within the bin range of values. Bin values peg each time a
TCH is allocated or de-allocated.
4-58 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Analysis
Analysis
The value of this statistic is not dependent on the number of transceivers. Rather it is dependent
on the number (however large) of simultaneously busy channels. The only dependence on the
number of transceivers is that the value reported may be larger if more traffic channels are
used simultaneously.
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of the amount of RF signaling traffic in the cell
TCHs. An analysis of the allocation information can be used to determine the requirement for
additional resources before problems occur.
68P02901W56-T 4-59
Jan 2010
BUSY_TCH_CARR Chapter 4: Cell statistics
BUSY_TCH_CARR
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The BUSY_TCH_CARR statistic tracks the number of full rate and half rate TCHs allocated
during an interval.
This is a gauge statistic and produces a mean value indicating the average number of TCHs in
use during the interval. It is an indication of the average capacity for additional traffic in the
cell. This statistic includes TCHs used as a Dedicated Control CHannel (DCCH) in immediate
assignment mode. The BUSY_TCH_CARR time includes the guard time (the time allowed
between ending a call and being allowed to start another). Since the channel is not available to
be used again until the guard timer expires, it is not considered to be free until then.
Pegging
This statistic pegs when a change in the number of full rate and half rate TCHs in use are
detected.
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of the amount of RF signaling traffic in the cell
TCHs. An analysis of the allocation information can be used to determine the requirement for
additional resources before problems occur.
4-60 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application BUSY_TCH_DCS1800
BUSY_TCH_DCS1800
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Pegging
The BUSY_TCH_DCS1800 statistic pegs each time a DCS1800 capable TCH is allocated or
de-allocated. This statistic pegs for both allocation and de-allocation of full rate and half rate
TCHs.
Analysis
The AMR Half Rate and GSM Half Rate channel modes are included when pegging this statistic.
Reference None.
Usage This statistic tracks the mean and maximum number of DCS1800 traffic
channels allocated during an interval.
Basis Cell.
Type Gauge.
68P02901W56-T 4-61
Jan 2010
BUSY_TCH_EGSM Chapter 4: Cell statistics
BUSY_TCH_EGSM
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Pegging
The BUSY_TCH_EGSM statistic pegs each time an EGSM capable TCH is allocated or
de-allocated. This statistic pegs for both allocation and de-allocation of full rate and half rate
TCHs.
Analysis
The AMR Half Rate and GSM Half Rate channel modes are included when pegging this statistic.
Reference None.
Usage This statistic tracks the mean and maximum number of EGSM traffic channels
allocated during an interval.
Basis Cell.
Type Gauge.
4-62 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application BUSY_TCH_HR
BUSY_TCH_HR
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The statistic reports a maximum and average value for the amount of half rate AMR and/or
GSM TCH channels in use.
Pegging
This statistic is updated each time an allocation or de-allocation of a half rate AMR and/or
GSM TCH channel occurs.
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage Radio resource allocation, Quality of service monitoring,
Network planning, Service retain ability and Key statistic
(TCH_MEAN_HOLDING_TIME).
Basis Cell.
Type Weighted distribution.
68P02901W56-T 4-63
Jan 2010
BUSY_TCH_PGSM Chapter 4: Cell statistics
BUSY_TCH_PGSM
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Pegging
The BUSY_TCH_PGSM statistic pegs each time a PGSM capable TCH is allocated or de-allocated.
This statistic pegs for both allocation and de-allocation of full rate and half rate TCHs.
Analysis
The AMR Half Rate and GSM Half Rate channel modes are included when pegging this statistic.
Reference None.
Usage This statistic tracks the mean and maximum number of PGSM traffic
channels allocated during an interval.
Basis Cell.
Type Gauge.
4-64 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application CALL_SP_VERS_DOWNGRADE_MONITOR
CALL_SP_VERS_DOWNGRADE_MONITOR
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
This statistic tracks the number of call rejects and call downgrades due to not supporting the
requested speech versions.
The statistic keeps a count of the number of times that the codec mode was downgraded for
EFR, HR AMR FR AMR and GSM HR calls on a per-BSS basis.
Table 4-13 CALL_SP_VERS_DOWNGRADE_MONITOR bins (0–2)
With the Half Rate feature unrestricted, the statistic also keeps a count of the number of times
that the codec mode was downgraded for GSM HR calls on a per-BSS basis. The additional
bin is as follows:
Table 4-14 CALL_SP_VERS_DOWNGRADE_MONITOR bins (3)
Pegging
The bin corresponding to the cause of the call downgrade or reject is as indicated in description
earlier.
68P02901W56-T 4-65
Jan 2010
Analysis Chapter 4: Cell statistics
Analysis
This statistic can be used for analysis of non-support of requested speech versions. No alarms
are raised by this statistic.
4-66 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application CALLS_QUEUED
CALLS_QUEUED
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The CALLS_QUEUED statistic tracks the Assignment Requests and Handover Requests that
are queued during an interval. If queuing has been allowed and no resources exist, the CRM
queues an assignment request and informs the RRSM with a force queue message.
Pegging
This statistic pegs when queuing is enabled for an assignment request and available queue
blocks are used to queue the call successfully. The bins pegged according to the assignment
request type are as shown in Table 4-15.
Table 4-15 CALLS_QUEUED bins
Analysis
A threshold value should be assigned to this statistic which reflects the maximum number of
calls queued for each cell on the BSS that are acceptable in normal system operations.
If the specified threshold is exceeded, the 20. CELL: Number of calls queued - PM alarm
is generated. Refer to the manual Maintenance Information: Alarm Handling at the OMC-R
(68P02901W26) for troubleshooting information.
68P02901W56-T 4-67
Jan 2010
CHAN_REQ_CAUSE_ATMPT Chapter 4: Cell statistics
CHAN_REQ_CAUSE_ATMPT
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Pegging
This statistic pegs the cause of each Channel Request message received by the network from
an MS.
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of the type of Channel Request messages that are
received from MSs. This information can be used to determine the requirement for additional
resources before problems occur.
4-68 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application CHAN_REQ_MS_BLK
CHAN_REQ_MS_BLK
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The CHAN_REQ_MS_BLK statistic tracks the number of times an MS has been refused
access to a channel.
An Immediate Assignment Reject message was sent to the MS on CCCH. This event indicates
that the MS has requested allocation of a dedicated channel, and the network has responded by
refusing immediate access to a channel. Pegging of this counter indicates that there are no
channels available for assignment in the cell. The counter pegs once for each Channel Request
Reference in the message announcing the blocking. The cell is therefore fully used, and it is not
possible to hand over existing calls into the cell or set up new calls in the cell.
If adjacent cells that are candidates for handover are unable to provide the MS with a radio
resource, it is impossible for the MS to initiate a call. Handover of calls may be prevented.
This results in call blocking and loss.
Pegging
This statistic pegs when an Immediate Assignment Reject message is sent to the MS on CCCH
thus indicating that there are no channels available for assignment in the cell.
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of the number of times channel access has been
denied. This information can be used to determine the requirement for additional resources.
NOTE
This statistic is affected by phantom RACHs. For more information refer Phantom
RACHs on page 20-7 .
68P02901W56-T 4-69
Jan 2010
CIPHER_MODE_FAIL Chapter 4: Cell statistics
CIPHER_MODE_FAIL
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The CIPHER_MODE_FAIL statistic pegs when an internal Motorola-defined timer in the BSS
expires to indicate that the MS did not respond to the Cipher Mode Command message with the
Cipher Mode Complete message within the allowable time period or responded improperly. It
indicates that the MS probably did not switch correctly into encrypted communication mode
when commanded to do so.
Pegging
This statistic pegs when the MS fails to respond to a Cipher Mode Command from the BSS.
Analysis
A threshold value should be assigned to this statistic which reflects the maximum number of
times that MS failures to respond to BSS Cipher Mode Command messages are acceptable in
normal system operations.
If the specified threshold is exceeded, the 6. CELL: Cipher mode command from MSC failed
- PM alarm is generated. Refer to the manual Maintenance Information: Alarm Handling at
the OMC-R (68P02901W26) for troubleshooting information.
4-70 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application CLASSMK_UPDATE_FAIL
CLASSMK_UPDATE_FAIL
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Pegging
This statistic pegs when the validation of the Classmark Update message from the MS fails.
Analysis
A threshold value should be assigned to this statistic which reflects the maximum number of
classmark updates containing errors that are acceptable in normal system operations.
If the specified threshold is exceeded, the 4. CELL: Class-mark update from MS protocol
error - PM alarm is generated. Refer to the manual Maintenance Information: Alarm Handling
at the OMC-R (68P02901W26) for troubleshooting information.
68P02901W56-T 4-71
Jan 2010
CLR_CMD_FROM_MSC Chapter 4: Cell statistics
CLR_CMD_FROM_MSC
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The CLR_CMD_FROM_MSC statistic separately tracks the number of Clear commands received
from the MSC for SDCCH and TCH resources thereby allowing the analysis of dropped calls.
Pegging
This statistic pegs when a Clear command is received from the MSC.
Table 4-17 CLR_CMD_FROM_MSC bins
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of the number of Clear commands received from the
MSC. This information can be used to identify and correct problems before they become serious.
Reference GSM 4.08, 3.8.0, 5.4.3. GSM 8.08, 3.9.2, 3.2.1.20. and 3.1.9.2.
Usage Radio resource allocation.
Quality of service monitoring.
Fault finding.
Network planning.
Basis Cell.
Type Counter array.
4-72 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application CLR_REQ_TO_MSC
CLR_REQ_TO_MSC
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The CLR_REQ_TO_MSC statistic separately tracks the number of Clear Request messages sent
to the MSC for SDCCH and TCH resources.
Generating
The Clear Request message may be generated due to one of the following:
• No radio resources available to allocate from the BSS, call queuing is enabled, and the
maximum call delay has been exceeded.
• Protocol error.
Sending
All Clear Requests are sent per GSM 8.08 specifications. The Clear Request messages are sent to
the MSC because of radio channel failure or a timeout during a procedure. In this case a timeout
means that a required message was not received during a procedure. The procedures are:
• Immediate Assignment.
• Assignment.
• Ciphering.
Pegging
This statistic pegs when the BSS sends a Clear Request message to the MSC.
CLR_REQ_TO_MSC is pegged for numerous reasons related to timer expiry. It is a mix of both
the GSM and internal Motorola timers. Normal release of a call either from an MS or Land site
never causes it to be pegged. A call must have at least been assigned to an SDCCH or TCH
for this to be pegged. It is not pegged when on an AGCH overload. RF loss is the major cause
of pegging.
68P02901W56-T 4-73
Jan 2010
Analysis Chapter 4: Cell statistics
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of the number of Clear Request messages sent to the
MSC. This information can be used to identify and correct problems before they become serious.
Reference GSM 4.08, 3.8.0, 5.4.3. GSM 8.08, 3.9.2, 3.2.1.20. and 3.1.9.2.
Usage Radio resource allocation.
Quality of service monitoring.
Fault finding.
Network planning.
Ladder: BSS initiated call clearing, handover (Intra-cell) fail/lost,
handover (Intra-BSS) fail/lost.
NOTE
Adding up the statistics in the ladder diagrams is not total
CLR_REQ_TO_MSC.
Basis Cell.
Type Counter array.
4-74 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application CLR_REQ_CALL_SETUP
CLR_REQ_CALL_SETUP
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
A Clear Request message is sent to MSC after Assignment Complete or Handover Complete
on traffic channel when the call is dropped. This statistic with four bins records the Clear
request messages sent to MSC in all conditions. The statistic represents the number of calls
dropped in every condition.
Pegging
Analysis
This statistic can be used for obtaining the number of dropped calls with respect to the number
of Clear Request messages sent to MSC.
Reference None.
Basis Cell.
Type Counter array.
68P02901W56-T 4-75
Jan 2010
CONGEST_EXIST_HO_ATMPT Chapter 4: Cell statistics
CONGEST_EXIST_HO_ATMPT
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Pegging
This statistic pegs each time a congestion relief handover is attempted. This statistic is pegged
for both internal inter-cell and external handovers.
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of the number of internal and external handover
attempts due to TCH congestion from source cells.
4-76 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application CONGEST_STAND_HO_ATMPT
CONGEST_STAND_HO_ATMPT
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Pegging
This statistic pegs each time a Directed Retry handover procedure is attempted for both
inter-cell and external handovers.
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of the number of attempted internal or external
handovers due to standard Directed Retry mechanisms caused by TCH congestion.
68P02901W56-T 4-77
Jan 2010
CONN_REFUSED Chapter 4: Cell statistics
CONN_REFUSED
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The CONN_REFUSED statistic tracks the number of SCCP connection refused (CREF)
messages received from the MSC.
Pegging
This statistic pegs when the MSC sends the BSS an SCCP Connection Refused (CREF) message.
The MSC may send an SCCP Connection Refused message in response to a BSS generated SCCP
Connection Request (CR) message, as a result of:
• MS access for a location update.
• SMS activity.
• IMSI detach.
• Call reestablishment.
For example, if an association exists for the identity of the MS requesting a connection, the
connection request is refused, and this statistic pegs.
NOTE
Some MSCs may generate a Connection Refused Message during a successful IMSI
Detach rather than a Connection Confirm, so a high value for the CONN_REFUSED
statistic cannot indicate a system problem. The MSC performance during IMSI Detach
procedures should be investigated before interpreting the CONN_REFUSED statistic.
4-78 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Analysis
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of the reasons for connections refused from the
MSC. This is an MSC procedure.
68P02901W56-T 4-79
Jan 2010
CONN_REQ_TO_MSC Chapter 4: Cell statistics
CONN_REQ_TO_MSC
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The CONN_REQ_TO_MSC statistic tracks the number of connection requests that the BSS
sends to the MSC.
Pegging
The statistic pegs only for connection establishments initiated by the BSS. This message is sent
by the MS when it is requesting set-up of the connections for several types of transactions,
including location updates, connection establishments (including reestablishment on failure,
short message transfer, and supplementary service requests), and paging responses.
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of the number of connection requests sent from
the BSS to the MSC.
4-80 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application CS_PAGING_MSGS_FROM_MSC
CS_PAGING_MSGS_FROM_MSC
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Pegging
This statistics is pegged when a CS paging request message is received between A interface
and Air interface.
Bin Description
0 number of received paging messages per cell at point 1 on SCCP_Pre MTL-LCF.
1 number of received paging messages per cell at point 2 on SCCP_Pre RSL-LCF.
2 number of received paging messages per cell at point 5 on RRSM.
3 number of received paging messages per cell at point 7 on RSS Abis.
4 number of received paging messages per cell at point 8 on RSS L1.
5 number of discard paging messages due to Cell OOS per cell at point 2 on SCCP_Pre
RSL-LCF.
6 number of discard paging messages due to exceed the limitation defined by
max_pagenum_per_sec.
NOTE
Each unit of bin value stands for 10 received messages, maximum value of each
bin is only 655340.
68P02901W56-T 4-81
Jan 2010
Analysis Chapter 4: Cell statistics
Analysis
This statistic provides mechanism to know the number of paging messages discarded between A
interface and Air interface.
Reference None.
Usage
Basis Cell.
Type Medium counter array.
4-82 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application DL_LLC_DATA_VOLUME
DL_LLC_DATA_VOLUME
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The DL_LLC_DATA_VOLUME statistic counts the volume of downlink LLC data sent on the air
interface per traffic class PDU’s for a given cell per traffic class.
Pegging
The DL_LLC_DATA_VOLUME statistic pegs during a given time interval. The bins represent the
volume of data on the downlink for various class types and ARP values as shown in Table 4-21.
The unit of measurement is 10 Kbytes for bins 0 to 5 and 1 Kbyte for bin 6.
NOTE
68P02901W56-T 4-83
Jan 2010
Analysis Chapter 4: Cell statistics
Analysis
This statistic is obtained by measuring the volume of downlink LLC data sent on the air
interface per traffic class.
Reference None.
Usage GPRS Quality of Service.
Basis Cell.
Type Medium counter array.
4-84 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application DL_LLC_TRANS_TIME
DL_LLC_TRANS_TIME
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
This statistic counts the cumulative length in the number of 10 seconds and 100 ms units
(depending on the bin) to transmit all DL LLC PDUs for a given cell per traffic class.
Pegging
The DL_LLC_TRANS_TIME statistic pegs during a given time interval. The bins represent the
volume of data on the downlink for various class types and ARP values as shown in Table 4-22.
Table 4-22 DL_LLC_TRANS_TIME bins
NOTE
68P02901W56-T 4-85
Jan 2010
Analysis Chapter 4: Cell statistics
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage
Basis Cell.
Type Medium counter array.
4-86 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application ER_INTRA_CELL_HO_ATMPT
ER_INTRA_CELL_HO_ATMPT
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
This statistic may be enabled only if the Extended Range Cell feature is unrestricted and
enabled for the cell.
Table 4-23 ER_INTRA_CELL_HO_ATMPT bins
Pegging
This statistic pegs each time a handover is attempted between a normal channel and an
extended channel in an extended range cell.
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of the attempted intra-cell handovers between the
normal and extended range channels in an extended range cell. The number of attempted
extended range intra-cell handovers can be used to determine the number of extended range
time slots to configure in an extended range cell.
Reference None.
Usage Quality of service.
Network planning.
Radio resource allocation.
Basis Cell.
Type Counter array.
68P02901W56-T 4-87
Jan 2010
ER_INTRA_CELL_HO_SUC Chapter 4: Cell statistics
ER_INTRA_CELL_HO_SUC
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
This statistic may be enabled only if the Extended Range Cell feature is unrestricted and
enabled for the cell.
Table 4-24 ER_INTRA_CELL_HO_SUC bins
Pegging
This statistic pegs each time a handover is successful between a normal channel and an
extended channel in an extended range cell. No other intra_cell handover statistic is pegged
when one of the bins of the ER_INTRA_CELL_HO_SUC statistic is pegged.
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of the successful intra-cell handovers between the
normal and extended range channels in an extended range cell. The number of successful
extended range intra-cell handovers can be used to determine the number of extended range
time slots to configure in an extended range cell.
Reference None.
Usage Quality of service.
Network planning.
Radio resource allocation.
Basis Cell.
Type Counter array.
4-88 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application FLOW_CONTROL_BARRED
FLOW_CONTROL_BARRED
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The FLOW_CONTROL_BARRED statistic tracks the duration for which access classes are
barred as a result of flow control. This statistic gives an indication when flow control actions
have been taken to prevent overload.
Pegging
The statistic duration is started when any of the access classes are barred due to flow control
and stopped when the last access class which was barred due to flow control is unbarred.
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of the access classes barred as a result of flow
control.
68P02901W56-T 4-89
Jan 2010
HO_FAIL_NO_RESOURCES Chapter 4: Cell statistics
HO_FAIL_NO_RESOURCES
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Pegging
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of the handover failures due to a lack of resources,
such as:
• The target cell is barred for some reason, such as hardware failure.
• The channel is unavailable; that is there is congestion at the target cell and the queue
timer is expired.
• The speech algorithm at the target BSS is not supported by the MS.
• An SCCP connection is not allocated; that is CRM runs out of SCCP numbers.
4-90 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Analysis
Reference Metric.
Usage Radio resource allocation.
Quality of service monitoring.
Network planning.
Basis Cell.
Type Counter array.
68P02901W56-T 4-91
Jan 2010
HO_REQ_FROM_MSC Chapter 4: Cell statistics
HO_REQ_FROM_MSC
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The HO_REQ_FROM_MSC statistic tracks the number of handover requests for each channel
type and speech version.
Bin Procedures
0 PM_FR
1 PM_EFR
2 PM_AMR_FR
3 PM_AMR_HR
4 PM_SDCCH_CHAN
5 PM_Other
When the Half Rate feature is unrestricted, the HO_REQ_FROM_MSC bin table introduces bin
procedure PM_GSM_HR as shown:
Bin Procedure
6 PM_GSM_HR
Pegging
This statistic pegs the handover request for each channel type and speech version in the
appropriate bin.
Analysis
4-92 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application HO_REQ_MSC_FAIL
HO_REQ_MSC_FAIL
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The HO_REQ_MSC_FAIL statistic tracks the number of handover request failure messages
sent to the MSC, except for, no channel resources available. This message is sent to notify
the MSC that the BSS could not reserve the radio resource that the MSC requested in the
Handover Request message.
Pegging
This statistic pegs in the source or target cell depending on where the failure occurs.
This statistic pegs in the source cell if the handover failure originates from the MS. This
indicates that the MS has reverted back to its original channel.
This statistic pegs in the target cell if the handover failure message originates from the target
cell. This could indicate one of the following problems: terrestrial circuit unavailable, terrestrial
circuit in use, ciphering algorithm not supported, or radio resources unavailable.
This statistic is not pegged if resources are not available in the target cell.
Analysis
A threshold value should be assigned to this statistic which reflects the maximum number of
handover failures for any reason other than lack of channel resources that are acceptable in
normal system operations.
If the specified threshold is exceeded, the 18. CELL: HO failure to the MSC due to
all possible errors except no channels - PM alarm is generated. Refer to the manual
Maintenance Information: Alarm Handling at the OMC-R (68P02901W26) for troubleshooting
information.
NOTE
If the cell has never been the target for a failed handover. HO_REQ_MSC_FAIL
can be equal to INTER_BSS_MS_FAIL
68P02901W56-T 4-93
Jan 2010
HO_REQ_ACK_TO_MSC Chapter 4: Cell statistics
HO_REQ_ACK_TO_MSC
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
NOTE
This statistic was previously named HO_REQ_MSC_OK.
Description
When the Half Rate feature is unrestricted, the HO_REQ_ACK_TO_MSC bin table introduces
bin procedure PM_GSM_HR as shown:
Table 4-29 HO_REQ_ACK_TO_MSC bins (6)
4-94 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Pegging
Pegging
This statistic pegs for each channel type and speech version when the BSS sends a Handover
Request Acknowledge message to the MSC. This message is sent to notify the MSC that the BSS
has reserved the radio resource that the MSC asked for in the Handover Request message.
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of successful radio resource reservations per
channel type and speech version by the BSS in response to MSC Handover Request messages.
68P02901W56-T 4-95
Jan 2010
IA_IAR_MSGS_PER_AGCH Chapter 4: Cell statistics
IA_IAR_MSGS_PER_AGCH
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Bin Description
0 the number of IA CS messages sent over CCCH.
1 the number of IA PS messages sent over CCCH.
2 the number of IAR CS messages sent over CCCH.
3 the number of IAR PS messages sent over CCCH.
4 the number of IA CS messages discarded.
5 the number of IA PS messages discarded.
6 the number of IAR CS messages discarded.
7 the number of IAR PS messages discarded.
Pegging
This statistic pegs the appropriate bin for each occurrence of Immediate Assignment (IA) or
Immediate Assignment Reject (IAR) message for each of the following causes:
• IA or IAR message is packing on CCCH.
Analysis
This statistic provides an indication of the number of IA and IAR messages servicing on CCCH
for various causes.
Reference None.
Usage
Basis Cell.
Type Medium counter array.
4-96 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application IDLE_TCH_INTF_BAND0
IDLE_TCH_INTF_BAND0
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The IDLE_TCH_INTF_BAND0 statistic tracks the maximum and mean number of idle traffic
channels (TCHs) for interference band 0. An idle TCH falls into band 0 if its average interference
band is less than the value of the element interfer_bands, 0.
NOTE
• Idle TCHs are allocated to five interference bands. Each band has an associated
statistic for tracking idle TCHs.
• The value of this statistic may decrease because the idle TCH may be configured
as the additional switchable PDTCH.
Pegging
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of idle traffic channels.
68P02901W56-T 4-97
Jan 2010
IDLE_TCH_INTF_BAND1 Chapter 4: Cell statistics
IDLE_TCH_INTF_BAND1
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The IDLE_TCH_INTF_BAND1 statistic tracks the maximum and mean number of idle traffic
channels (TCHs) for interference band 1. An idle TCH falls into band 1 if its average interference
band is less than the value of the element interfer_bands, 1.
NOTE
• Idle TCHs are allocated to five interference bands. Each band has an associated
statistic for tracking idle TCHs.
• The value of this statistic may decrease because the idle TCH may be configured
as the additional switchable PDTCH.
Pegging
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of idle traffic channels.
4-98 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application IDLE_TCH_INTF_BAND2
IDLE_TCH_INTF_BAND2
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The IDLE_TCH_INTF_BAND2 statistic tracks the maximum and mean number of idle traffic
channels (TCHs) for interference band 2. An idle TCH falls into band 2 if its average interference
band is less than the value of the element interfer_bands, 2.
NOTE
• Idle TCHs are allocated to five interference bands. Each band has an associated
statistic for tracking idle TCHs.
• The value of this statistic may decrease because the idle TCH may be configured
as the additional switchable PDTCH.
Pegging
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of idle traffic channels.
68P02901W56-T 4-99
Jan 2010
IDLE_TCH_INTF_BAND3 Chapter 4: Cell statistics
IDLE_TCH_INTF_BAND3
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The IDLE_TCH_INTF_BAND3 statistic tracks the maximum and mean number of idle traffic
channels (TCHs) for interference band 3. An idle TCH falls into band 3 if its average interference
band is less than the value of the element interfer_bands, 3.
NOTE
• Idle TCHs are allocated to five interference bands. Each band has an associated
statistic for tracking idle TCHs.
• The value of this statistic may decrease because the idle TCH may be configured
as the additional switchable PDTCH.
Pegging
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of idle traffic channels.
4-100 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application IDLE_TCH_INTF_BAND4
IDLE_TCH_INTF_BAND4
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The IDLE_TCH_INTF_BAND4 statistic tracks the maximum and mean number of idle traffic
channels (TCHs) for interference band 4. An idle TCH falls into band 4 if its average interference
band is less than the value of the element interfer_bands, 4.
NOTE
• Idle TCHs are allocated to five interference bands. Each band has an associated
statistic for tracking idle TCHs.
• The value of this statistic may decrease because the idle TCH may be configured
as the additional switchable PDTCH.
Pegging
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of idle traffic channels.
68P02901W56-T 4-101
Jan 2010
IN_INTER_BSS_HO Chapter 4: Cell statistics
IN_INTER_BSS_HO
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Pegging
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of incoming inter-BSS handover procedures on a
per scenario basis.
4-102 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application IN_INTRA_BSS_HO
IN_INTRA_BSS_HO
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Pegging
68P02901W56-T 4-103
Jan 2010
Analysis Chapter 4: Cell statistics
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of incoming intra-BSS handover procedures on a
per scenario basis.
4-104 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application INTERBAND_ACTIVITY
INTERBAND_ACTIVITY
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Pegging
This individual bins are incremented on a per-cause basis. For inter-band handovers, the bin of
the destination frequency is pegged.
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of inter-band handover attempts in the BSS on a
per-cause basis.
Reference None.
68P02901W56-T 4-105
Jan 2010
INTRA_CELL_HO Chapter 4: Cell statistics
INTRA_CELL_HO
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
A total value for this statistic is not meaningful and is not displayed.
Continued
4-106 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Pegging
Pegging
NOTE
The intracell handover bin pegged depends on the speech rate involved and may
include the change of speech rate, which pegs the associated bin (FR_FR, HR_HR,
HR_FR, or FR_HR).
INTRA_CELL_HO_SUC is pegged each time a handover performed message is sent to the MS.
68P02901W56-T 4-107
Jan 2010
Analysis Chapter 4: Cell statistics
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of intra-cell handovers on a per scenario basis.
4-108 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application MA_CMD_TO_MS
MA_CMD_TO_MS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The MA_CMD_TO_MS statistic tracks the number of Assignment Commands sent to the MS.
Pegging
This statistic pegs when the BSS initiates the channel assignment procedure by sending an
Assignment Command to the MS on the main SDCCH. Assignment Command is sent to the MS
at call setup (traffic channel assignment) and at intra-cell handovers. This causes the MS to:
• Release its link layer connections.
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of BSS initiated channel assignment procedures
to the MS.
68P02901W56-T 4-109
Jan 2010
MA_COMPLETE_FROM_MS Chapter 4: Cell statistics
MA_COMPLETE_FROM_MS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Pegging
This statistic pegs when the BSS receives an Assignment Complete message from the MS.
Analysis
4-110 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application MA_COMPLETE_TO_MSC
MA_COMPLETE_TO_MSC
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
When the Half Rate feature is unrestricted, the MA_COMPLETE_TO_MSC bin table introduces
bin procedure PM_GSM_HR as shown:
Table 4-36 MA_COMPLETE_TO_MSC bins (6)
Pegging
This statistic pegs when the Assignment Complete message from the MS is forwarded on to
the MSC.
68P02901W56-T 4-111
Jan 2010
Analysis Chapter 4: Cell statistics
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of successful assignment completions per channel
type and speech version.
4-112 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application MA_FAIL_FROM_MS
MA_FAIL_FROM_MS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The MA_FAIL_FROM_MS statistic tracks the number of Assignment Failure messages received
from MSs. An Assignment Failure message can be received at call setup (traffic channel
assignment) and at intra cell handovers.
Pegging
This statistic pegs when the BSS receives an Assignment Failure message from the MS. If the
MS detects a lower layer failure on the new channels before the Assignment Complete message
has been sent:
• It deactivates the new channels.
• It then sends the Assignment Failure message on the main DCCH. This statistic pegs for
channel assignment failures at intra-cell handovers for new calls and channel assignment
failures at handover.
Analysis
A threshold value should be assigned to this statistic which reflects the maximum number of
assignment failures for MSs that are acceptable in normal system operations.
If the specified threshold is exceeded, the 23. CELL: Mobile assignment failure from MS
- PM alarm is generated. Refer to the manual Maintenance Information: Alarm Handling at
the OMC-R (68P02901W26) for troubleshooting information.
68P02901W56-T 4-113
Jan 2010
MA_REQ_FROM_MSC Chapter 4: Cell statistics
MA_REQ_FROM_MSC
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The MA_REQ_FROM_MSC statistic tracks the number of times the MSC asked the BSS to
allocate radio resources. The MSC sends the BSS an Assignment request message containing
details of the type of resource required. The type of resource is based on the MSC analysis of
the call control information received from the MS.
Table 4-37 MA_REQ_FROM_MSC bins (0–5)
When the Half Rate feature is unrestricted, the MA_REQ_FROM_MSC bin table introduces bin
procedure PM_GSM_HR as shown:
Table 4-38 MA_REQ_FROM_MSC bins (6)
Pegging
This statistic pegs the radio resource request for each preferred speech version made to
a BSS by the MSC.
4-114 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Analysis
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of MSC request to the BSS to allocate radio
resources.
68P02901W56-T 4-115
Jan 2010
MA_CMD_TO_MS_BLKD Chapter 4: Cell statistics
MA_CMD_TO_MS_BLKD
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The MA_CMD_TO_MS_BLKD statistic tracks the number of times an assignment request from
the MSC could not be processed (assignment command could not be generated and sent to the
MS) as there were no traffic channels available at the cell due to congestion or lack of essential
resources, for instance, extended timeslots.
Pegging
This statistic is pegged by the BSS when the MSC requests the BSS to allocate radio resource to
an MS, and the BSS finds it has no channels available to allocate. The pegging of this statistic
indicates no channels were available in the currently allocated cell. It is indicated by an
Assignment Failure message with cause: No radio resource available.
The statistic is pegged into appropriate bin when the BSP CPU is overloaded.
If queuing is enabled the statistic is pegged when the BSS queuing related timer bss_t11
expires. If the BSS assignment_successful timer is set shorter than the BSS bssmap_t11 timer
then this statistic is not pegged. It is recommended that the assignment_successful timer be
always set greater than the bssmap_t11 timer.
Analysis
A threshold value should be assigned to this statistic which reflects the maximum number of
times traffic channels that may be congested due to a lack of radio resources that are acceptable
in normal system operations.
The alarm, CELL: Mobile Assign Command to MS Blocked (No Channel Available) - PM
is raised if the threshold for bin 0 is reached.
The alarm CELL: Mobile Assign Command to MS Blocked BSP CPU Overload - PM is
raised if the threshold for bin 1 is reached. The procedure for PM alarm process is followed
by these two alarms.
NOTE
In the formula of key statistic CALL_SETUP_BLOCKING_RATE, the row statistic
MA_CMD_TO_MS_BLKD represents the sum of two bins.
4-116 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Analysis
68P02901W56-T 4-117
Jan 2010
MS_ACCESS_BY_TYPE Chapter 4: Cell statistics
MS_ACCESS_BY_TYPE
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The MS_ACCESS_BY_TYPE statistic tracks the number of system accesses by the various types
of MSs. The type of MS is included in the MS Classmark 3 information.
This statistic may be enabled only if the Multiband feature is unrestricted and enabled for
the cell.
Table 4-39 MS_ACCESS_BY_TYPE bins (0–7)
Pegging
The MS_ACCESS_BY_TYPE statistic is pegged by RRSM after the sending of the initial layer 3
information by the MS, on receipt of the classmark of the MS. It can also be pegged if the MS
sends a CLASSMARK CHANGE message while in dedicated mode.
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of system accesses by MS type.
4-118 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application MS_TCH_USAGE_BY_TYPE
MS_TCH_USAGE_BY_TYPE
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The MS_TCH_USAGE_BY_TYPE statistic tracks the length of time spent on TCHs by the
various types of MSs. Duration is measured in deciminutes. (One deciminute equals six seconds.
For example, if MS_TCH_USAGE_BY_TYPE = 31, the call duration was 3.1 minutes or 186
seconds). The type of MS is included in the MS Classmark 3 information.
This statistic may only be enabled if the Multiband feature is unrestricted and enabled for
the cell.
Table 4-40 MS_TCH_USAGE_BY_TYPE bins
Pegging
Each bin is updated by the cell resource manager when the duration for an active channel is
recorded. A total duration is calculated which is the sum for all channels usage time by MSs
in a given cell.
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of active channel usage. This information can be
used to identify problems before they can affect service.
68P02901W56-T 4-119
Jan 2010
MS_TCH_USAGE_BY_TYPE_PCS Chapter 4: Cell statistics
MS_TCH_USAGE_BY_TYPE_PCS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The MS_TCH_USAGE_BY_TYPE_PCS statistic tracks the length of time spent on TCHs by the
various types of MSs. Duration is measured in deciminutes. (One deciminute equals six seconds.
For example, if MS_TCH_USAGE_BY_TYPE_PCS = 31, the call duration was 3.1 minutes or 186
seconds). The type of MS is included in the MS Classmark 3 information.
This statistic may only be enabled if either the PCS1900 or GSM850 frequency band is allowed
on the BSS and the Multiband feature is unrestricted and enabled for the cell.
Table 4-41 MS_TCH_USAGE_BY_TYPE_PCS bins
Bin Description
0 GSM850 only capable MSs.
1 DCS1800-PCS1900 capable MSs.
2 PGSM-DCS1800-PCS1900 capable MSs.
3 PGSM-EGSM-DCS1800-PCS1900 capable MSs.
4 PGSM-GSM850 capable MSs.
5 PGSM-EGSM-GSM850 capable MSs.
6 GSM850-DCS1800 capable MSs.
7 PGSM-GSM850-DCS1800 capable MSs.
8 PGSM-EGSM-GSM850-DCS1800 capable MSs.
9 GSM850-PCS1900 capable MSs.
10 PGSM-GSM850-PCS1900 capable MSs.
11 PGSM-EGSM-GSM850-PCS1900 capable MSs.
12 GSM850-PCS1900-DCS1800 capable MSs.
13 PGSM-GSM850-PCS1900-DCS1800 capable MSs.
14 PGSM-EGSM-GSM850-PCS1900-DCS1800 capable MSs.
Pegging
Each bin is updated by the cell resource manager when the duration for an active channel is
recorded. A total duration is calculated which is the sum for all channels usage time by MSs
in a given cell.
4-120 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Analysis
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of active channel usage. This information can be
used to identify problems before they can affect service.
68P02901W56-T 4-121
Jan 2010
MT_LCS_ON_SDCCH Chapter 4: Cell statistics
MT_LCS_ON_SDCCH
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
This statistic counts the number of MS-terminated SDCCH sessions for Location Services.
Pegging
It is also pegged for a MT call when any LCS transaction occurs while the MS is on an SDCCH
or TCH-signaling. Any of the following messages received over the A-interface are considered
LCS transaction initiations:
• BSSLAP TA Request.
• BSSMAP Perform Location Request (only applies in the case of a BSS based SMLC).
Analysis
4-122 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application MT_SUPP_ON_SIGNALLING
MT_SUPP_ON_SIGNALLING
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
This statistic is subtracted from the denominator of the Call Set-Up Success Rate calculation
to ensure that the accuracy of the Call Set-Up Success rate is not compromised by mobile
terminated supplementary service transactions initiated by the MSC. This statistic is pegged
once per connection.
Pegging
This statistic is pegged when the first DTAP REGISTER message is received from the MSC
for a mobile terminated connection (a connection originally established through the paging
procedure) that is completed through the use of an SDCCH or signalling TCH, without a SAPI 3
(SMS) or CS call connection being established.
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage Fault finding.
Key statistic:
CALL_SETUP_SUCCESS_RATE.
Basis Cell.
Type Counter.
68P02901W56-T 4-123
Jan 2010
NUM_CELL_RESEL_CELL Chapter 4: Cell statistics
NUM_CELL_RESEL_CELL
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The NUM_CELL_RESEL_CELL statistic measures the total number of PCCC and PCCO attempts
to a cell due to either congestion relief or RF based cell reselection.
One unit represents ten attempts by the BSS to send a PCCC or PCCO message.
Pegging
The NUM_CELL_RESEL_CELL statistic pegs on a per-cell basis. Table 4-42 shows the scenarios
used to update the counter bins associated with this statistic. The corresponding per neighbor
statistics are pegged using a separate counter: NUM_CELL_RESEL_NEI on page 5-10.
Table 4-42 Bin update scenarios for NUM_CELL_RESEL_CELL
Bin Scenario
0 Attempted PCCC due to NACC network agrees with the MSs decision.
1 Attempted PCCO due to NACC network overrides the MSs decision.
2 Attempted PCCO due to microcellular algorithm.
3 Attempted PCCO due to congestion relief.
4 Attempted PCCO due to RF based NC2.
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage Cell change information tracking.
Basis Cell.
Type Counter array.
4-124 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application NUM_CELL_RESEL_CELL_PCCN
NUM_CELL_RESEL_CELL_PCCN
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Pegging
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage Cell change information tracking.
Basis Cell.
Type Counter.
68P02901W56-T 4-125
Jan 2010
NUM_CELL_RESEL_CELL_SUCC Chapter 4: Cell statistics
NUM_CELL_RESEL_CELL_SUCC
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
• Cell change taking too long so that the previous context is deleted at the PCU.
Pegging
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage Cell change information tracking.
Basis Cell.
Type Counter.
4-126 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application NUM_EMERG_ACCESS
NUM_EMERG_ACCESS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The NUM_EMERG_ACCESS statistic tracks the number of emergency calls that access the
system.
Pegging
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of emergency call accesses.
68P02901W56-T 4-127
Jan 2010
NUM_EMERG_REJECTED Chapter 4: Cell statistics
NUM_EMERG_REJECTED
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The NUM_EMERG_REJECTED statistic tracks the number of times an emergency call accesses
the system and has to be immediately rejected because there are no resources and another
call cannot be preempted to allow it access.
Pegging
This statistic pegs the number of emergency calls that are rejected because all channels were
occupied by other emergency or high priority calls.
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of emergency call accesses that failed because all
channels were occupied by other emergency or high priority calls.
4-128 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application NUM_EMERG_TCH_KILL
NUM_EMERG_TCH_KILL
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The NUM_EMERG_TCH_KILL statistic tracks the number of times a call is lost due to
emergency call preemption and not to other factors, such as RF losses.
The active channel with the lowest priority is the one that releases a TCH. Additionally,
emergency calls are not preempted by other emergency calls.
Pegging
This statistic pegs the number of active calls that are terminated in order to make a TCH
available for an emergency call. This situation arises if all TCHs are occupied and an emergency
access requires a channel. This statistic pegs only if the emergency preemption feature is
enabled.
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of the number of times that calls are lost due
to emergency call preemption only.
68P02901W56-T 4-129
Jan 2010
NUM_EMERG_TERM_SDCCH Chapter 4: Cell statistics
NUM_EMERG_TERM_SDCCH
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Pegging
This statistic pegs each time an emergency call is assigned to an SDCCH but must be terminated
because no TCHs are available to complete the call. This statistic is pegged regardless of the
status of the emergency preemption feature.
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of the number of times that emergency accesses are
terminated after SDCCH congestion.
4-130 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application NUM_HO_3G_ATTEMPTS
NUM_HO_3G_ATTEMPTS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The NUM_HO_3G_ATTEMPTS statistic counts the number of handover attempts made into a
3G cell from a 2G network.
Pegging
The BSS pegs the NUM_HO_3G_ATTEMPTS statistic after sending a BSSMAP HANDOVER
REQUIRED message containing a Cell Identification Discriminator value of 1000 to the MSC.
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage Handover.
Basis Cell.
Type Counter.
68P02901W56-T 4-131
Jan 2010
NUM_HO_FROM_3G_ATTEMPTS Chapter 4: Cell statistics
NUM_HO_FROM_3G_ATTEMPTS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
NOTE
The 3G network can be either WCDMA or TD-SCDMA technology.
Pegging
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage Handover.
Basis Cell.
Type Counter.
4-132 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application NUM_HO_FROM_3G_SUCCESS
NUM_HO_FROM_3G_SUCCESS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
NOTE
The 3G network can be either WCDMA or TD-SCDMA technology.
Pegging
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage Handover.
Basis Cell.
Type Counter.
68P02901W56-T 4-133
Jan 2010
NUM_HO_TO_3G_RES_ALLOC_SUCC Chapter 4: Cell statistics
NUM_HO_TO_3G_RES_ALLOC_SUCC
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Pegging
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage Handover.
Basis Cell.
Type Counter.
4-134 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application NUM_HO_TO_3G_SUCCESS
NUM_HO_TO_3G_SUCCESS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Pegging
The BSS pegs the NUM_HO_TO_3G_SUCCESS statistic after receiving a BSSMAP CLEAR
COMMAND from the MSC which corresponds to a BSSMAP HANDOVER COMMAND where the
Layer 3 information contained the HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMMAND.
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage Handover.
Basis Cell.
Type Counter.
68P02901W56-T 4-135
Jan 2010
NUM_MULTIRAT_MS_ORIG_CALL Chapter 4: Cell statistics
NUM_MULTIRAT_MS_ORIG_CALL
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Pegging
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage Handover.
Basis Cell.
Type Counter.
4-136 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application NUM_OF_SMS_INIT
NUM_OF_SMS_INIT
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The statistic NUM_OF_SMS_INIT tracks the number of times a SAPI3 connection occurs on an
SDCCH or a signaling TCH, the number of times a SAPI3 successful connection relates to an
SDCCH or a signaling TCH, and also tracks the number of times a successful incoming handover
SAPI3 connection occurred or is successfully established on an SDCCH or a signaling TCH.
Table 4-43 NUM_OF_SMS_INIT bins
Continued
68P02901W56-T 4-137
Jan 2010
Pegging Chapter 4: Cell statistics
Pegging
4-138 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application OK_ACC_PROC
OK_ACC_PROC
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The OK_ACC_PROC tracks successful accesses by procedure. A total count of all successful
accesses is also maintained.
Table 4-44 OK_ACC_PROC bins
NOTE
LOCATION_SERVICES is stored in column cm_lcs_request of the OMC database.
Pegging
This statistic pegs the total number of successful results per procedure including location
services.
68P02901W56-T 4-139
Jan 2010
Analysis Chapter 4: Cell statistics
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of the number of successful accesses by procedure.
4-140 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application OK_ACC_PROC_SUC_RACH
OK_ACC_PROC_SUC_RACH
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
This message is used by the MS to request allocation of a dedicated channel (to be used as an
SDCCH) by the network, in response to a paging message (incoming call) from the network or
as a result of an outgoing call/supplementary short message service dialed from the MS.
Pegging
This statistic pegs what it determines to be a valid Channel Request (RACH). This does not
necessarily result in a seizure attempt of an SDCCH.
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of the number of successful channel requests on
the RACH of a cell.
Reference GSM 4.08, 3.8.0, 3.3.1. 3.3.2.2, 4.5.1.6, 5.5.4, 9.1.8 and 9.2.4.
GSM 12.04, 3.1.0, B.1.2.1.
Usage Radio resource allocation. Ladder: Immediate assignment
successful, Immediate assignment blocked, Immediate
assignment failure.
Key statistics:
ATTEMPT_IMMED_ASSIGN_PROC,
SUCCESS_IMMED_ASSIGN_PROC.
Basis Cell.
Type Counter.
NOTE
This statistic is affected by phantom RACHs. For more information refer Phantom
RACHs on page 20-7 .
68P02901W56-T 4-141
Jan 2010
OUT_INTER_BSS_HO Chapter 4: Cell statistics
OUT_INTER_BSS_HO
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Pegging
4-142 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Analysis
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of inter-BSS handovers on a per handover scenario
basis.
Reference GSM 8.08, 3.9.2, 3.1.5.3.1 and 3.2.1.11. GSM 4.08, 3.8.0,
9.1.16 and 3.4.4.4.
GSM 3.1.5.1.1 and 3.2.1.9.
GSM 12.04, 3.2.0, B.1.1.8.
GSM 3.1.9.3 and 3.2.1.21.
Metrica.
Usage Radio resource allocation.
Quality of service monitoring.
Network planning.
Fault finding.
Service retainability.
Key statistics:
HANDOVER_FAILURE_RATE,
HANDOVER_SUCCESS_RATE.
Basis Cell.
Type Counter array.
68P02901W56-T 4-143
Jan 2010
OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO Chapter 4: Cell statistics
OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO statistic tracks a range of handover actions associated with outgoing
intra-BSS handovers. A total value for this statistic is not meaningful and is not displayed.
Table 4-46 OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO bins
Pegging
4-144 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Analysis
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of intra-BSS handovers on a per (handover) scenario
basis.
68P02901W56-T 4-145
Jan 2010
PACKET_SYSINFO_REQ Chapter 4: Cell statistics
PACKET_SYSINFO_REQ
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Pegging
The BSS pegs the PACKET_SYSINFO_REQ statistic whenever a request for BCCH/PBCCH
GPRS system information is received from the MS.
For a given PACKET SI/PSI STATUS request, only one bin in the counter array is pegged. The
bin definitions are shown in Table 4-47.
Table 4-47 PACKET_SYSINFO_REQ bins
Bin Description
0 Valid normal PACKET SI STATUS message or valid normal PACKET PSI STATUS
message received from the MS. For the purposes of this statistic, a valid, normal
message is any valid PACKET SI/PSI STATUS request which is not recorded by bin
1, bin 2, or bin 3.
1 Invalid PACKET SI STATUS message or invalid PACKET PSI STATUS message received
from the MS. Unexpected messages are also considered invalid.
2 PACKET SI STATUS message or PACKET PSI STATUS message not handled because
of resource limitations [for example, congestion, or an event which indicates that the
MS cannot handle BSS response messages (for example, abnormal release of an
MS's TBFs or MS changes serving cells)].
3 Valid PACKET SI STATUS message or valid PACKET PSI STATUS message received
from the MS requesting GPRS system information changemarks.
Analysis
Reference 3GPP TS GERAN 44.060 Mobile Station (MS) – Base Station System
(BSS) interface; Radio Link Control/ Medium Access Control (RLC/MAC)
protocol section 5.5.1.4 and 5.5.1.4.3.
Usage GPRS system information/Packet system information.
Basis Cell.
Type Counter array.
4-146 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application PACKET_SYSINFO_RESP
PACKET_SYSINFO_RESP
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Pegging
The BSS pegs the PACKET_SYSINFO_RESP statistic for each RLC/MAC block sent in response
to an MS request for PBCCH/BCCH GPRS system information.
Each PACKET SI/PSI STATUS request generates zero or more response messages.
For a given downlink control message, only one bin in the counter array is pegged. The bin
definitions are shown in Table 4-48.
Bin Description
0 PACKET SERVING CELL DATA message scheduled in response to a PACKET SI
STATUS or PACKET PSI STATUS message.
1 Non encapsulated PSI message scheduled in response to a PACKET PSI STATUS
message.
2 PSI1 or PSI13 message scheduled in response to an MS request with an out of date
PBCCH_CHANGE_MARK or BCCH_CHANGE_MARK.
Analysis
Reference 3GPP TS GERAN 44.060 Mobile Station (MS) – Base Station System
(BSS) interface; Radio Link Control/ Medium Access Control (RLC/MAC)
protocol section 5.5.1.4 and 5.5.1.4.3.
Usage GPRS system information/Packet system information.
Basis Cell.
Type Counter array
68P02901W56-T 4-147
Jan 2010
PAGE_REQ_FROM_MSC Chapter 4: Cell statistics
PAGE_REQ_FROM_MSC
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The PAGE_REQ_FROM_MSC statistic tracks the number of paging requests received from the
MSC or CS paging request received from the SGSN with Gs interface. This message is sent by
the network when attempting to locate the MS. Each Page message refers to only one MS. The
BSS in turn transmits a paging message which may include identities for more than one MS
(see ACCESS_PER_PCH).
Pegging
This statistic pegs the number of Paging messages received from the MSC or CS paging request
messages received from SGSN with Gs interface by the BSS. This statistic is pegged when a
Paging message is received pertaining to the cell in which the MS is paged.
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of the number of paging requests received from the
MSC or the CS paging request messages from SGSN with Gs interface.
Reference GSM 4.08, 3.8.0, 3.3.2.1. GSM 8.08, 3.9.2, 3.1.10 and 3.2.1.19.
Usage Quality of service monitoring: Paging analysis.
Basis Cell.
Type Counter.
4-148 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application PAGING_REQUESTS_CS
PAGING_REQUESTS_CS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
This statistic is obtained by measuring the number of paging requests received from the
network for transmission on the PCH.
This statistic accounts for any Circuit Switched (CS) paging message that makes use of a PCH
block. This statistic is like PCH_Q_PAGE_DISCARD except that the messages are sent, not
discarded.
Pegging
This statistic pegs every multiframe for each message going over a paging block (PCH).
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of the number of paging requests received.
68P02901W56-T 4-149
Jan 2010
PAGING_REQUESTS_PS Chapter 4: Cell statistics
PAGING_REQUESTS_PS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
This statistic is obtained by measuring the number of paging requests received from the
network for transmission to the PCH.
This statistic accounts for any Packet Switched (PS) paging message that makes use of a PCH
block. This statistic is like PCH_Q_PAGE_DISCARD except that the messages are sent, not
discarded.
Pegging
This statistic pegs every multiframe for each message going over a paging block (PCH).
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of Paging Request messages sent on the PCH of
a cell.
4-150 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application PCH_AGCH_Q_LENGTH
PCH_AGCH_Q_LENGTH
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The PCH_AGCH_Q_LENGTH statistic tracks the mean number of messages reported in the
PCH-AGCH queue.
Pegging
This statistic pegs once per paging multiframe, by summing the total number of messages in
the paging queue. At the end of the interval, the mean number of messages are calculated and
reported.
Analysis
The 12.04 statistic B.2.1.1 is the mean of the number of messages in the PCH-AGCH queue.
68P02901W56-T 4-151
Jan 2010
PCH_Q_PAGE_DISCARD Chapter 4: Cell statistics
PCH_Q_PAGE_DISCARD
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The PCH_Q_PAGE_DISCARD statistic tracks the number of paging messages discarded from
the PCH queue before they could be transmitted.
A page may be discarded from the queue for the following reasons: queue overflow, priority
insertion causing an overflow, and an in_queue timer expiry. The only cause for discarding
pages in the Motorola BSS is queue overflow.
The statistic is modified to count both Circuit Switched (CS) and Packet Switch (PS) pages.
• PS pages discarded.
This statistic is obtained by measuring the number of Paging requests, which are discarded from
the PCH queue before they could be transmitted. Pages can be discarded from the queues
(assuming that queuing is in operation) for some reasons, including queue overflow, priority
insertion in the queue causing an overflow and in-queue timer expiry.
Pegging
This statistic pegs each time a page from the MSC is overwritten while in the queue.
The statistic also pegs for CS and PS pages as well as the assignments which the BSS was
going to send over the PCH.
Analysis
A threshold value should be assigned to this statistic which reflects the maximum number of
paging messages that may be discarded from the PCH queue that are acceptable in normal
system operations.
4-152 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application PFC_ADMISSION
PFC_ADMISSION
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Pegging
The PFC_ADMISSION statistic is pegged every time an admission of a PFC is successful with or
without self downgrade. The bin pegged depends on the the ARP IE or traffic class/precedence
class of the PFC as shown in Table 4-49.
NOTE
68P02901W56-T 4-153
Jan 2010
Analysis Chapter 4: Cell statistics
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage GPRS Quality of Service.
Basis Cell.
Type Extra large counter array.
4-154 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application PFC_ADMISSION_TRAFFIC_CLASS
PFC_ADMISSION_TRAFFIC_CLASS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Pegging
Bin 0 is not pegged when Streaming is disabled. The Conversational PFCs is admitted as the
Streaming traffic class and pegged in bin 0. The Best Effort and PFC_unaware are pegged
in the same bin, since if PFC_unaware MS arrives in downlink first and its downlink data is
tagged with PFI of 0, BSS has to peg its admission under the PFC as Best Effort.
Table 4-50 PFC_ADMISSION_TRAFFIC_CLASS bins
Bin Description
0 Admission successful - Streaming.
1 Admission successful - Interactive THP1.
2 Admission successful - Interactive THP2.
3 Admission successful - Interactive THP3.
4 Admission successful - Background.
5 Admission successful - SMS.
6 Admission successful - Signaling.
7 Admission successful - Best Effort and PFC_unaware.
NOTE
68P02901W56-T 4-155
Jan 2010
Analysis Chapter 4: Cell statistics
Analysis
This statistic is pegged every time an admission of a PFC is successful with or without self
downgrade.
Reference None.
Usage GPRS Quality of Service.
Basis Cell.
Type Medium counter array.
4-156 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application PFC_DOWNGRADE_FAILURE
PFC_DOWNGRADE_FAILURE
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Pegging
The PFC_DOWNGRADE_FAILURE statistic is pegged every time a PFC downgrade fails. The
bin pegged depends on the priority level of the PFC as shown in Table 4-51.
NOTE
• When ARP is disabled, all downgrade successes are pegged against ARP3.
• When QoS is disabled, no bins are pegged.
68P02901W56-T 4-157
Jan 2010
Analysis Chapter 4: Cell statistics
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage GPRS Quality of Service.
Basis Cell.
Type Extra large counter array.
4-158 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application PFC_DOWNGRADE_SUCCESS
PFC_DOWNGRADE_SUCCESS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Pegging
NOTE
When QoS is disabled, no bins are pegged.
68P02901W56-T 4-159
Jan 2010
Analysis Chapter 4: Cell statistics
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage GPRS Quality of Service.
Basis Cell.
Type Extra large counter array.
4-160 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application PFC_GBR_DL
PFC_GBR_DL
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The PFC_GBR_DL statistic is pegged every time a real-time traffic class PFC is admitted. The
bin pegged depends on the guaranteed bit rate in the negotiated ABQP of the PFC for downlink.
No bins are pegged when streaming_enabled equals 0.
Pegging
The bins are pegged based on the guaranteed bit rate of the PFC for downlink.
Table 4-53 PFC_GBR_DL bins
68P02901W56-T 4-161
Jan 2010
Analysis Chapter 4: Cell statistics
Analysis
The PFC_GBR_DL statistic counts the number of real-time traffic class PFCs which are admitted
with guaranteed bit rate for downlink in the ABQP parameters.
Reference None.
Usage GPRS Quality of Service.
Basis Cell.
Type Extra large counter array.
4-162 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application PFC_GBR_UL
PFC_GBR_UL
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The PFC_GBR_UL statistic is pegged every time a real-time traffic class PFC is admitted. The
bin pegged depends on the guaranteed bit rate in the negotiated ABQP of the PFC for uplink.
No bins are pegged when streaming_enabled equals 0.
Pegging
The bins are pegged based on the guaranteed bit rate of the PFC for downlink.
Table 4-54 PFC_GBR_UL bins
68P02901W56-T 4-163
Jan 2010
Analysis Chapter 4: Cell statistics
Analysis
The PFC_GBR_UL statistic counts the number of real-time traffic class PFCs which are admitted
with guaranteed bit rate for uplink in the ABQP parameters.
Reference None.
Usage GPRS Quality of Service.
Basis Cell.
Type Extra large counter array.
4-164 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application PFC_PREEMPTIONS
PFC_PREEMPTIONS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The PFC_PREEMPTIONS statistic counts the number of PFCs preempted in each traffic class,
for each ARP value.
When the total cell resources are sufficient, but 64k resources are insufficient, egprs mobiles
with low priority may be preempted and move from 64k PDs to 16k/32k PDs. This may also
cause some rejections. BSC statistics rejection and preemption due to lack of cell resources
are pegged.
Pegging
The PFC_PREEMPTIONS statistic is pegged every time PFCs are preempted due to admission
control or retention procedures. The bin pegged depends on the traffic class as shown in
Table 4-55.
68P02901W56-T 4-165
Jan 2010
Analysis Chapter 4: Cell statistics
NOTE
• Preemption of PFC_unaware PFCs is pegged against the bins for Best Effort
PFCs.
• When ARP is disabled, all preemption are pegged against ARP3.
• Since the BSS does not preempt PFCs with ARP rank 6, bins 0, 3, 6 and 12
are not pegged.
• When QoS is disabled, no bins are pegged.
Analysis
The PFC_PREEMPTIONS statistic counts the number of PFCs preempted in each traffic class,
for each ARP priority level value.
Reference None.
Usage GPRS Quality of Service.
Basis Cell.
Type Extra large counter array.
4-166 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application PFC_PREEMPTIONS_TRAFFIC_CLASS
PFC_PREEMPTIONS_TRAFFIC_CLASS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Pegging
The bins are pegged based on the traffic class of the PFC as shown inTable 4-56.
Table 4-56 PFC_PREEMPTIONS_TRAFFIC_CLASS bins
Analysis
This statistic is pegged every time a PFC is preempted due to admission control or retention
procedures.
Reference None.
Usage GPRS Quality of Service
Basis Cell.
Type Medium counter array.
68P02901W56-T 4-167
Jan 2010
PFC_REJ_DGRD_PRMPT_CELL Chapter 4: Cell statistics
PFC_REJ_DGRD_PRMPT_CELL
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
When the total cell resources are sufficient, but 64k resources are insufficient, egprs mobiles
with low priority may be preempted and move from 64k PDs to 16k/32k PDs. This may also
cause some rejections. BSC statistics rejection and preemption due to lack of cell resources
are pegged.
Pegging
2 Downgrade due The PCU does not have enough MTBR Adjust the MTBR
to lack of cell in the cell to maintain a PFC’s current commitments for
resources. commitment and has reduced the different traffic classes.
PFC’s MTBR due to the admission of
a higher priority PFC.
3 Downgrade due The PCU does not have enough MTBR Adjust the MTBR
to lack of PRP on the PRP to maintain a PFC’s commitments for
resources. current commitment and has reduced different traffic classes.
the PFC’s MTBR due to the admission
of a higher priority PFC.
Continued
4-168 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Analysis
NOTE
Bins 7 and 9 are not pegged.
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage GPRS Quality of Service
Basis Cell.
Type Counter array.
68P02901W56-T 4-169
Jan 2010
PFC_REJECT_CAUSES Chapter 4: Cell statistics
PFC_REJECT_CAUSES
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The PFC_REJECT_CAUSES statistic counts the number of PFC requests rejected by the PCU.
When the total cell resources are sufficient, but 64k resources are insufficient, egprs mobiles
with low priority may be preempted and move from 64k PDs to 16k/32k PDs. This may also
cause some rejections. BSC statistics rejection and preemption due to lack of cell resources
are pegged.
Pegging
The PFC_REJECT_CAUSES statistic is pegged whenever PCU rejects a PFC request due to a
lack of resources. The bin pegged depends on the problem resource. Table 4-58 describes
the causes for rejection and the action the operator can take to reduce the number of PFC
rejections in the future.
Remedial
Bin Display Name Cause Description of cause
action
0 PFC_MAX_PER_ Maximum Other than the pre-defined Reduce the
MS_EXCEEDED PFCs per MS PFCs, the BSS supports up to 4 number of
exceeded. negotiable PFCs simultaneously simultaneous
for each MS. Any subsequent negotiable
negotiable PFC requests from PFCs an MS
that MS is rejected under this is trying to
limitation. activate.
1 PFC_OUT_OF_ Out of TBF The PCU does not have all TBF
TBF_THP1 resources for resources required to service the
THP1. TBF for the requested THP/traffic
class; this includes timeslot
availability, USFs, TAIs and TFIs.
2 PFC_OUT_OF_ Out of TBF The PCU does not have all TBF
TBF_THP2 resources for resources required to service the
THP2. TBF for the requested THP/traffic
class; this includes timeslot
availability, USFs, TAIs, and TFIs.
3 PFC_OUT_OF_ Out of TBF The PCU does not have all TBF
TBF_THP3 resources for resources required to service the
THP3. TBF for the requested THP/traffic
class; this includes timeslot
availability, USFs, TAIs, and TFIs.
Continued
4-170 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Pegging
NOTE
When QoS is disabled, no bins are pegged.
68P02901W56-T 4-171
Jan 2010
Analysis Chapter 4: Cell statistics
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage GPRS Quality of Service.
Basis Cell.
Type Extra large counter array.
4-172 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application PFC_REJECTION
PFC_REJECTION
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
When the total cell resources are sufficient, but 64k resources are insufficient, egprs mobiles
with low priority may be preempted and move from 64k PDs to 16k/32k PDs. This may also
cause some rejections. BSC statistics rejection and preemption due to lack of cell resources
are pegged.
Pegging
The PFC_REJECTION statistic is pegged every time an admission of a negotiable or Best Effort
PFC is unsuccessful. The bin pegged depends on the priority level of the PFC as shown in
Table 4-59.
NOTE
• When ARP is disabled, all unsuccessful admissions are pegged against ARP3.
• When QoS is disabled, no bins are pegged.
68P02901W56-T 4-173
Jan 2010
Analysis Chapter 4: Cell statistics
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage GPRS Quality of Service.
Basis Cell.
Type Extra large counter array.
4-174 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application PFC_REJECTION_TRAFFIC_CLASS
PFC_REJECTION_TRAFFIC_CLASS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Pegging
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage GPRS Quality of Service.
Basis Cell.
Type Medium counter array.
68P02901W56-T 4-175
Jan 2010
PFC_TRANSFER_DELAY Chapter 4: Cell statistics
PFC_TRANSFER_DELAY
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The PFC_TRANSFER_DELAY statistic is pegged every time a real-time traffic class PFC is
admitted. The bin pegged depends on the transfer delay value in the negotiated ABQP of the
PFC. No bins are pegged when streaming_enabled equals 0.
Pegging
The bins are pegged based on the transfer delay value of the PFC as shown in Table 4-61.
Table 4-61 PFC_TRANSFER_DELAY bins
Continued
4-176 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Analysis
Analysis
The PFC_TRANSFER_DELAY statistic counts the number of real-time traffic class PFCs which
are admitted with transfer delay in the ABQP parameters.
Reference None.
Usage GPRS Quality of Service.
Basis Cell.
Type Extra large counter array.
68P02901W56-T 4-177
Jan 2010
PFC_UPGRADE Chapter 4: Cell statistics
PFC_UPGRADE
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The PFC_UPGRADE statistic counts the number of upgraded PFCs in a given statistical
measurement interval.
Pegging
The PFC_UPGRADE statistic pegs every time PFC is upgraded. The bin pegged depends on the
priority level of the PFC as shown in Table 4-62.
Continued
4-178 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Analysis
NOTE
• When ARP is disabled, all upgrades are pegged against ARP3.
• When QoS is disabled, no bins are pegged.
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage GPRS Quality of Service.
Basis Cell.
Type Extra large counter array.
68P02901W56-T 4-179
Jan 2010
PPCH_Q_PAGE_DISCARD Chapter 4: Cell statistics
PPCH_Q_PAGE_DISCARD
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The PPCH_Q_PAGE_DISCARD statistic tracks the number of Packet Paging Request messages
discarded from the PPCH queue before they could be transmitted.
A page may be discarded from the queue for the following reasons: queue overflow, priority
insertion causing an overflow, and an in_queue timer expiry. The only cause for discarding
pages in the Motorola BSS is queue overflow.
Bin Description
0 CS pages discarded.
1 PS pages discarded.
Pegging
This statistic pegs each time a Packet Paging Request is discarded from the PPCH queue.
Analysis
4-180 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application PREEMPT_CAP
PREEMPT_CAP
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The PREEMPT_CAP statistic represents the number of calls that have the capability (pci=1)
to trigger preemption within the BSS. This statistic can only be enabled if the eMLPP feature
is unrestricted.
Pegging
The PREEMPT_CAP statistic is split into four bins which are pegged depending on the type of
preemption capable request received from the MSC. Details are shown in Table 4-64.
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage GPRS Quality of Service.
Network planning.
Basis Cell.
Type Counter array.
68P02901W56-T 4-181
Jan 2010
QUEUE_PREEMPT_ATMPT Chapter 4: Cell statistics
QUEUE_PREEMPT_ATMPT
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The QUEUE_PREEMPT_ATMPT statistic tracks the number of times the Queuing preemption
mechanism removes a lower priority queued request from the queue to enable a higher priority
request to be queued.
Pegging
The QUEUE_PREEMPT_ATMPT statistic is split into three bins which are pegged depending
on the type of service being removed from the queue due to preemption. Details are shown in
Table 4-65.
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage GPRS Quality of Service.
Network planning.
Basis Cell.
Type Counter array.
4-182 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application RF_LOSSES_SD
RF_LOSSES_SD
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The RF_LOSSES_SD statistic tracks the number of calls lost while using an SDCCH. If a TCH is
reconfigured as an SDCCH, only the SDCCH statistics are configured.
Pegging
The RF_LOSSES_SD statistic pegs the number of calls terminated on the SDCCH due to RF
problems.
This statistic pegs the lost calls after the call has been established on SDCCH, but not when
the CHAN_REQ_MS_FAIL statistic is pegged. It is subdivided into five bins, according to the
cause, as listed in Table 4-66.
Table 4-66 RF_LOSSES_SD bins
Bin Description
0 RX quality in uplink direction
1 RX quality in downlink direction
2 RX level in uplink direction
3 RX level in downlink direction
4 Others
The BTS implements an algorithm to determine the bin to be pegged. The Others bin includes
the following:
• After analyzing the measurement report, the statistic cannot be classified to bin 0 to bin 3.
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 4-183
Jan 2010
Analysis Chapter 4: Cell statistics
If the specified threshold is exceeded, the 0. CELL: Radio frequency losses while using
an SDCCH - PM alarm is generated. Refer to the manual Maintenance Information: Alarm
Handling at the OMC-R (68P02901W26) for troubleshooting information.
4-184 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application RF_LOSSES_TCH
RF_LOSSES_TCH
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The RF_LOSSES_TCH statistic tracks the number of calls lost while using a full rate or half rate
TCH, excluding in signaling mode.
NOTE
RF_LOSSES_TCH is the BSS MMI name of the statistic kept by the BSS on a per
timeslot level. The OMC-R rolls the information up to the cell level and refers to this
information as RF_LOSSES_TCH_ROLL.
Pegging
The RF_LOSSES_TCH statistic pegs the number of full rate and half rate calls that were
terminated on TCH due to RF problems.
The RF_LOSSES_TCH statistic is the total number of all bin values. It is composed of calls lost
while using a TCH, excluding in signaling mode. If a TCH is reconfigured as an SDCCH, only the
SDCCH statistics are configured. The statistic counts the number of call drops and is further
subdivided into seven bins, according to the cause, as listed in Table 4-67.
Table 4-67 RF_LOSSES_TCH bins
Bin Description
0 RX quality in uplink direction
1 RX quality in downlink direction
2 RX level in uplink direction
3 RX level in downlink direction
4 Timing Advance (not implemented in GSR10)
5 Sharp decrease of signal level
6 Others
The BTS implements an algorithm to determine the bin to be pegged. The Others bin includes
the following:
• After analyzing the measurement report, the statistic cannot be classified to bin 0 to bin 5.
68P02901W56-T 4-185
Jan 2010
Analysis Chapter 4: Cell statistics
Analysis
If the specified threshold is exceeded, the 0. TIMESLOT: Radio frequency losses while
using a TCH– PM for RF_LOSSES_TCH statistic is generated.
NOTE
RF_LOSSES_TCH is not pegged with any handover failure statistic. In a frequency
hopping environment, this statistic cannot be useful at channel level; therefore, roll to
cell level.
4-186 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application RF_LOSSES_TCH_HR
RF_LOSSES_TCH_HR
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The statistic tracks the number of calls lost while using a half rate AMR and/or GSM TCH.
Pegging
This statistic pegs the number of the calls that were terminated on AMR or GSM TCH due
to RF problems.
The statistic is further subdivided into seven bins, according to the cause for the call being
dropped, as listed in Table 4-68.
Table 4-68 RF_LOSSES_TCH_HR bins
Bin Description
0 RX quality in uplink direction
1 RX quality in downlink direction
2 RX level in uplink direction
3 RX level in downlink direction
4 Timing Advance (not implemented in GSR10)
5 Sharp decrease of signal level
6 Others
The BTS implements an algorithm to determine the bin to be pegged. The Others bin includes
the following:
• After analyzing the measurement report, the statistic cannot be classified to bin 0 to bin 5.
Analysis
Reference None
Continued
68P02901W56-T 4-187
Jan 2010
Analysis Chapter 4: Cell statistics
Usage RF loss.
Congestion.
Quality of service monitoring.
Fault finding.
Installation and commissioning.
Basis Timeslot.
Type Medium counter array.
4-188 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application RF_LOSSES_TCH_SIG
RF_LOSSES_TCH_SIG
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The RF_LOSSES_TCH_SIG statistic tracks the number of calls lost while using a full rate or
half rate TCH in signaling mode.
NOTE
RF_LOSSES_TCH_SIG is the BSS MMI name of the statistic kept by the BSS on a
per timeslot level. The OMC-R rolls the information up to the cell level and refers
to this information as RF_LOSSES_TCH_SIG_ROLL.
Pegging
This statistic pegs the number of full rate and half rate calls that were terminated in signaling
mode because of RF problems. It is composed of calls lost while using a TCH in signaling mode.
If a TCH is reconfigured as an SDCCH, only the SDCCH statistics are configured.
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 4-189
Jan 2010
RSS_ALLOC_RESERVE_BLOCK Chapter 4: Cell statistics
RSS_ALLOC_RESERVE_BLOCK
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The RSS_ALLOC_RESERVE_BLOCK statistic is used to account for the change in the system
behavior with software upgrade. With the new cell statistic, the formula for evaluating the
two-phase access-success-rate accounts for the fact that not all single blocks request for a
two-phase access. The formula is defined by the key statistic UL_TBF_SUCCESS_RATE.
Pegging
This statistic is pegged when a single block requests for a two-phase access in an RSS function.
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage System information.
Fault finding.
Basis Cell.
Type Counter.
4-190 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application SDCCH_CONGESTION
SDCCH_CONGESTION
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The SDCCH_CONGESTION statistic tracks the amount of time that no SDCCH channel was
available in a cell.
Pegging
This statistic records the sum of the duration of periods when all the SDCCH channels in a
cell were busy. The statistic also collects the mean, maximum, and minimum time of SDCCH
congestion. If a TCH is reconfigured as an SDCCH, only the SDCCH statistics are recorded.
Although the mean, maximum and minimum values are collected for this statistic, they can only
be viewed through the MMI using the disp_stats command.
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of the length of time during which SDCCH channels
were not available.
NOTE
This statistic is affected by phantom RACHs. For more information refer Phantom
RACHs on page 20-7 .
68P02901W56-T 4-191
Jan 2010
SECOND_ASSIGN_ATMPT Chapter 4: Cell statistics
SECOND_ASSIGN_ATMPT
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The SECOND_ASSIGN_ATMPT statistic tracks the number of times the network initiated a
second assignment procedure on receipt of an Assignment Failure message from the MS.
Pegging
The BSS only attempts (initiates) a second assignment procedure on receipt of an Assignment
Failure message if the per BSS element second_asgnmnt is set.
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage Congestion.
Basis Cell.
Type Counter.
4-192 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application SDCCH_HANDOVER
SDCCH_HANDOVER
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Pegging
The SDCCH_HANDOVER statistic is pegged when any of the following conditions occur:
• A Clear Command is received in state 12 with cause value Handover Successful for an
SDCCH handover (outgoing inter BSS handover).
• A successful internal inter cell SDCCH handover (incoming and outgoing intra BSS SDCCH
handover).
The SDCCH_HANDOVER statistic pegs the appropriate bin once for each occurrence of an
SDCCH handover and also keeps a total of all of the bins. The bins are shown in Table 4-69.
Table 4-69 SDCCH_HANDOVER bins
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage Originated call and service/connection request.
Basis Cell.
Type Counter array.
68P02901W56-T 4-193
Jan 2010
SECOND_ASSIGN_SUC Chapter 4: Cell statistics
SECOND_ASSIGN_SUC
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The SECOND_ASSIGN_SUC statistic tracks the number of times that a second assignment
procedure initiated by the network is successfully completed, upon receipt of an Assignment
Complete message from the MS.
Pegging
The BSS only attempts (initiates) a second assignment procedure on receipt of an Assignment
Failure message if the per BSS element second_asgnmnt is set.
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage Congestion.
Basis Cell.
Type Counter.
4-194 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application SMS_INIT_ON_SDCCH_HO_OUT
SMS_INIT_ON_SDCCH_HO_OUT
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Pegging
• RRSM transition 40, when RRSM receives an Initiate Handover message from SSM for
an internal or external inter cell handover.
The SMS_INIT_ON_SDCCH_HO_OUT statistic pegs the appropriate bin once for each
occurrence of an sms disconnection on an SDCCH handover-out and also keeps a total of all of
the bins. The bins are shown in Table 4-70.
Table 4-70 SMS_INIT_ON_SDCCH_HO_OUT bins
Analysis
Reference None
Usage Originated call and service/connection request.
Basis Cell.
Type Counter array.
68P02901W56-T 4-195
Jan 2010
SIGNALLING_HANDOVER Chapter 4: Cell statistics
SIGNALLING_HANDOVER
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The SIGNALLING_HANDOVER statistic tracks the number of SDCCH handovers and TCH
signalling handovers.
Table 4-71 SIGNALLING_HANDOVER bins
Continued
4-196 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Pegging
Pegging
68P02901W56-T 4-197
Jan 2010
SMS_INIT_ON_TCH Chapter 4: Cell statistics
SMS_INIT_ON_TCH
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The SMS_INIT_ON_TCH statistic tracks how many Short Message Service (SMS) transactions
occurred on a cell related to a TCH.
This statistic can be used to keep track of the number of times a Service Access Point (SAPI3)
connection is created, an sms requires a logical SAPI3 connection. Additionally, the statistic
can be used to determine how TCHs are being utilized (for example, for SMS as opposed to
normal voice traffic).
Pegging
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of how many SMS transactions occurred on a
cell related to a TCH.
4-198 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application SMS_NO_BCAST_MSG
SMS_NO_BCAST_MSG
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The SMS_NO_BCAST_MSG statistic tracks the number of times that a message has been
broadcast on a per cell basis.
Pegging
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of how many times a message has been broadcast
on a per cell basis.
68P02901W56-T 4-199
Jan 2010
T Chapter 4: Cell statistics
T
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The T statistic tracks the number of handover attempts per cell per cause. The handover
attempts include cases involving outgoing inter-cell handovers.
Table 4-72 T bins
Pegging
This statistic pegs the total number of handover attempts out of a specific cell and the cause
for each attempt. This statistic is pegged at the source cell.
4-200 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Analysis
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of the number of handover attempts per cell per
cause.
Usage Handover.
Quality of service.
Network planning.
Ladder: Intra-BSS handover.
Optimization.
Fault finding.
Basis Cell.
Type Counter array.
68P02901W56-T 4-201
Jan 2010
TCH_CONG_INNER_ZONE Chapter 4: Cell statistics
TCH_CONG_INNER_ZONE
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The TCH_CONG_INNER_ZONE statistic tracks the total length of time in which all of the full
rate TCHs in the inner zone of a concentric cell are busy. The Concentric Cell option must be
enabled for this statistic to be enabled, disabled, or displayed.
Pegging
The timer for this statistic is started when all TCHs belonging to full rate TCHs in the inner zone
are busy. The timer is stopped when an inner zone full rate TCH is freed.
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of the length of time in which all of the full rate
TCHs in the inner zone of a concentric cell are busy.
Reference None.
Usage Network planning.
Basis Cell.
Type Duration.
4-202 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application TCH_CONG_INNER_ZONE_HR
TCH_CONG_INNER_ZONE_HR
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The statistic tracks the duration of time when there are no half rate AMR and/or GSM TCHs
available in the inner zone of a concentric cell or dual band cell.
Pegging
When the last inner zone half rate AMR and/or GSM TCH available is allocated a timer is
started. This timer is stopped when at least one inner zone half rate TCH becomes idle.
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage Radio resource allocation.
Quality of service monitoring.
Network planning.
Service retainability.
Basis Cell.
Type Duration.
68P02901W56-T 4-203
Jan 2010
TCH_CONGESTION Chapter 4: Cell statistics
TCH_CONGESTION
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The TCH_CONGESTION statistic indicates the amount of time that no full rate TCH channels
were available in that cell.
The TCH_CONGESTION statistic is used only for outer zone resources when full rate TCH
congestion is being measured for Concentric Cells.
A congestion (or blocking) state occurs when all full rate channels available to traffic within a
cell (the number may vary over time due to failure or maintenance actions) are busy, where
busy means unavailable for allocation to a new call attempt.
Pegging
This statistic pegs the sum of the duration of periods when all full rate TCHs were busy.
The statistic also reports the mean, maximum and minimum time of full rate TCH congestion. If
a full rate TCH is configured as an SDCCH only the SDCCH statistics are configured.
Analysis
4-204 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application TCH_CONGESTION_EN
TCH_CONGESTION_EN
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The TCH_CONGESTION_EN statistic indicates the time during which the incoming full rate
call is not served immediately as there are no TCH channels available in the cell.
Pegging
When the external queue is not set, the pegging timer for the enhancement TCH Congestion
statistic starts when an incoming full rate call is not served since there are no idle TCH channels
available in the cell. The timer stops when an idle channel is available.
When the external queue is set, the pegging timer for the enhancement TCH Congestion statistic
starts when an incoming full rate call is not served since there are no idle TCH channels available
in the cell. The timer stops when the incoming call gets the TCH channel or the call is dropped.
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 4-205
Jan 2010
TCH_CONGESTION_HR Chapter 4: Cell statistics
TCH_CONGESTION_HR
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The statistic tracks the duration of time when there are no half rate AMR and/or GSM TCH
channels available. For concentric cell or dual band cells, this measurement indicates half rate
AMR and/or GSM TCH congestion for the outer zone.
Pegging
When the last available half rate AMR and/or GSM TCH channel is allocated, a timer is started.
This timer is stopped when at least one half rate TCH channel becomes idle.
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage Radio resource allocation.
Quality of service monitoring.
Network planning.
Service retainability.
Basis Cell.
Type Duration.
4-206 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application TCH_DELAY
TCH_DELAY
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The TCH_DELAY statistic tracks the mean delay and the statistical distribution of the delay
between an assignment request or handover request and a TCH being allocated for each cell
on the BSS.
As more calls (in proportion to the total number of calls) are queued, the mean delay is longer.
Queuing is only done if the assignment or Handover Request indicates that queuing is allowed
for that request. This statistic measures the queuing delay effectively. It is possible to have
assignments and handovers for which there is no delay in resource allocation. These no-delay
assignments are included in the mean delay statistic.
Pegging
A timer is started when the request is queued and stopped when the request is allocated.
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of the queuing delay for a traffic channel being
allocated to a cell.
68P02901W56-T 4-207
Jan 2010
TCH_PREEMPT_ATMPT Chapter 4: Cell statistics
TCH_PREEMPT_ATMPT
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The TCH_PREEMPT_ATMPT statistic tracks the number of times the TCH preemption
mechanism is successful in finding and releasing resource(s) to satisfy a preempting
request. A single preempting request may preempt up to two active candidates to satisfy
the incoming request. For example, an FR only request preempts two HR candidates. The
TCH_PREEMPT_ATMPT statistic also captures the service type of the request causing the
preemption and the service type(s) of the preempted candidates.
Pegging
The TCH_PREEMPT_ATMPT statistic is split into four bins which are pegged depending on
the type of service triggering the preemption and the type of service being preempted. Details
are shown in Table 4-73.
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage GPRS Quality of Service.
Network planning.
Basis Cell.
Type Counter array.
4-208 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application TCH_PREEMPT_FAIL_NO_CAND
TCH_PREEMPT_FAIL_NO_CAND
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The TCH_PREEMPT_FAIL_NO_CAND statistic tracks the number of times the TCH preemption
mechanism is unsuccessful due to the inability of finding a candidate resource to preempt.
Pegging
Analysis
A threshold value should be assigned to this statistic which reflects the maximum number of
times the TCH preemption mechanism is unsuccessful.
If the specified threshold is exceeded, the 28. CELL: TCH Preemption Failure Statistic
Alarm is generated. Refer to the manual Maintenance Information: Alarm Handling at the
OMC-R (68P02901W26) for troubleshooting information.
Reference None.
Usage GPRS Quality of Service.
Network planning.
Basis Cell.
Type Counter.
68P02901W56-T 4-209
Jan 2010
TCH_PREEMPT_FAIL_TIMEOUT Chapter 4: Cell statistics
TCH_PREEMPT_FAIL_TIMEOUT
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Pegging
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage GPRS Quality of Service.
Network planning.
Basis Cell.
Type Counter.
4-210 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application TCH_PREEMPT_RQD
TCH_PREEMPT_RQD
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The TCH_PREEMPT_RQD statistic tracks the number of times the TCH preemption mechanism
is triggered.
The BSS triggers TCH preemption when a request with preemption capability (PCI = 1 and
priority level less than 14) is unable to be allocated a resource immediately. Triggering of the
TCH preemption mechanism is dependent on the eMLPP feature being unrestricted and enabled.
Pegging
The TCH_PREEMPT_RQD statistic is split into four bins which are pegged depending on the
type of request which is triggering the TCH preemption mechanism. Details are shown in
Table 4-74.
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage GPRS Quality of Service.
Network planning.
Basis Cell.
Type Counter array.
68P02901W56-T 4-211
Jan 2010
TCH_PREEMPT_NO_Q_ALLOC Chapter 4: Cell statistics
TCH_PREEMPT_NO_Q_ALLOC
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
This statistic tracks the number of times the TCH preemption mechanism successfully allocates
a traffic channel after TCH preemption without queuing has been triggered. This statistic
contributes to the overall TCH blocking rate calculation.
Pegging
The BSS pegs the TCH_PREEMPT_NO_Q_ALLOC statistic when the BSS successfully allocates
a TCH after triggering TCH preemption without external queuing.
Successful TCH allocation after preemption without external queuing in the outer
zone can be calculated by subtracting the TCH_PREEMPT_NO_Q_ALLOC_IZ from
TCH_PREEMPT_NO_Q_ALLOC_ALL.
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage Quality of service monitoring.
Network planning.
Fault finding.
Basis Cell.
Type Small Counter Array.
4-212 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application TCH_Q_LENGTH
TCH_Q_LENGTH
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The TCH_Q_LENGTH statistic tracks the arithmetic mean of the number of queued TCH
assignment procedures. Queuing is done due to the Call Queuing feature, Emergency Call
Preemption, EGSM, and Directed Retry.
Pegging
This measurement is obtained by sampling the TCH queue length and reporting the current
length. The mean TCH queue length includes the number of queued assignment and external
handover requests.
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of the number of queued TCH assignment
procedures.
68P02901W56-T 4-213
Jan 2010
TCH_Q_REMOVED Chapter 4: Cell statistics
TCH_Q_REMOVED
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The TCH_Q_REMOVED statistic tracks when a queued call is assigned to a Traffic Channel
(TCH).
Pegging
These bins are pegged upon removal of either an assignment request or handover request
from the TCH queue.
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of the number of queued TCH assignment
procedures.
Reference None.
Usage Quality of service: Network accessibility.
Network planning.
Optimization.
Key statistics:
TCH_BLOCKING_RATE,
TCH_BLOCKING_RATE_INNER_Z,
TCH_BLOCKING_RATE_OUT_ZONE,
TCH_MEAN_ARRIVAL_RATE.
Basis Cell.
Type Counter array.
4-214 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application TCH_USAGE
TCH_USAGE
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The TCH_USAGE statistic gives an indication of the total amount of traffic carried by the cell.
Active means connected (capable of transmitting circuit mode user data) and activated, for
example, used as a DCCH.
The TCH_USAGE statistic is used only for outer zone resources when TCH usage is being
measured for Concentric Cells.
The TCH_USAGE statistic measures only the usage of normal range channels in Extended
Range Cells.
Both TCH_USAGE and BUSY_TCH include the guard timer value. This is a counter value. The
sum equals the amount of time in milliseconds the TCH was busy, kept by internal timers.
Therefore, when the interval expires, TCH usage cannot be reported until the next interval.
Exercise caution if using this value over short interval periods. For example:
• Interval 0 starts.
• Interval 0 expires.
The value reported for the interval only includes the call for TCH0.
• Interval 1 starts.
Pegging
This statistic is the sum of the time that each TCH was active with a call for all TCHs on the cell.
If a TCH is reconfigured as an SDCCH, only the SDCCH statistics are configured.
68P02901W56-T 4-215
Jan 2010
Analysis Chapter 4: Cell statistics
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of the total amount of traffic carried by the cell.
4-216 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application TCH_USAGE_EXT_RANGE
TCH_USAGE_EXT_RANGE
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The TCH_USAGE_EXT_RANGE statistic tracks the number of extended range traffic channels
in use.
This statistic may only be enabled if the Extended Range Cell feature is unrestricted and
enabled for the cell.
Pegging
This statistic pegs each time an extended range traffic channel is used.
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of the number of extended range traffic channels
in use.
Reference None.
Usage Quality of service.
Network planning.
Radio resource allocation.
Basis Cell.
Type Counter.
68P02901W56-T 4-217
Jan 2010
TCH_USAGE_INNER_ZONE Chapter 4: Cell statistics
TCH_USAGE_INNER_ZONE
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The TCH_USAGE_INNER_ZONE statistic tracks the usage of TCHs belonging to carriers in the
inner zone of a concentric cell. The Concentric Cell option must be enabled for this statistic to
be enabled, disabled, or displayed.
The TCH_USAGE statistic is used only for outer zone resources when the Concentric Cells
feature is unrestricted.
Pegging
This statistic pegs when a TCH belonging to a carrier in the inner zone is used.
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of the usage of TCHs belonging to carriers in
the inner zone of a concentric cell.
Reference None.
Usage Network planning.
Basis Cell.
Type Counter.
4-218 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application TIMER_EXP_PAP_CONV
TIMER_EXP_PAP_CONV
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
• PFT expires.
• The number of times a PAP flow is converted to Best Effort due to final T6 expiry.
• The PAPs created due to the MS sending another channel request because of T3168 expiry.
Pegging
The TIMER_EXP_PAP_CONV statistic is pegged every time T5, T6, T8, PFT expires or there is a
PAP to Best Effort conversion. Table 4-76 shows the bins associated with this statistic.
Bin Description
0 T5 expires.
1 T6 expires.
2 T8 expires.
3 PFT expiry with Downlink TBF active.
4 PAP created on T3168 expiry.
5 PAP to Best Effort conversion on final T6 expiry.
NOTE
When QoS is disabled, only bin 0 (T5 expires) is pegged.
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage GPRS Quality of Service.
Basis Cell.
Type Counter array.
68P02901W56-T 4-219
Jan 2010
TOTAL_CALLS Chapter 4: Cell statistics
TOTAL_CALLS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The TOTAL_CALLS statistic tracks the total number of calls originated for each cell on the BSS.
Pegging
This statistic indicates the number of circuit-oriented calls that are originated in the cell. It is
pegged only once per connection at the time of the first successful TCH assignment procedure.
Subsequent channel changes, for example voice to data, are not counted.
This statistic does not necessarily peg all successful calls. It only pegs calls that have been
assigned to the TCH. For example, if the call fails to send a Direct Transfer Application Part
(DTAP) Connect Acknowledge, it still looks successful to the base.
NOTE
This statistic is not pegged on the short message service
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of the total number of calls originated for each
cell on the BSS.
4-220 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application UL_RLC_NACK_BLKS
UL_RLC_NACK_BLKS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The UL_RLC_NACK_BLKS statistic counts the GPRS/EGPRS RLC blocks that are sent due
to an explicit NACK from the BSS.
100 RLC radio blocks represent 1 unit. The translation of actual radio blocks are counted to
units at the end of the statistic interval. The maximum statistical interval is 60 minutes.
Pegging
The RLC radio blocks are counted as per the coding scheme.
Table 4-77 UL_RLC_NACK_BLKS bins
Bin
0 CS-1
1 CS-2
2 CS-3
3 CS-4
4 MCS-1
5 MCS-2
6 MCS-3
7 MCS-4
8 MCS-5
9 MCS-6
10 MCS-7
11 MCS-8
12 MCS-9
NOTE
Refer DL_RLC_NACK_BLKS on page 13-85 statistic for detailed bin description.
68P02901W56-T 4-221
Jan 2010
Analysis Chapter 4: Cell statistics
Analysis
Reference None.
4-222 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application UL_RLC_STALLED_BLKS
UL_RLC_STALLED_BLKS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The UL_RLC_STALLED_BLKS statistic counts the GPRS/EGPRS UL RLC blocks sent due to
any RLC window stall in the cell.
100 RLC radio blocks represents 1 unit. The translation of actual radio blocks are counted to
units at the end of the statistic interval. The maximum statistical interval is 60 minutes.
Pegging
When the window is stalled, all UL radio blocks sent during this period are pegged as stalled.
The RLC radio blocks are counted as per the coding scheme.
Table 4-78 UL_RLC_STALLED_BLKS bins
Bin
0 CS-1
1 CS-2
2 CS-3
3 CS-4
4 MCS-1
5 MCS-2
6 MCS-3
7 MCS-4
8 MCS-5
9 MCS-6
10 MCS-7
11 MCS-8
12 MCS-9
NOTE
Refer DL_RLC_STALLED_BLKS on page 13-89 statistic for detailed bin description.
68P02901W56-T 4-223
Jan 2010
Analysis Chapter 4: Cell statistics
Analysis
Reference None.
4-224 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application UL_LLC_DATA_VOLUME
UL_LLC_DATA_VOLUME
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The UL_LLC_DATA_VOLUME statistic counts the volume of uplink LLC data sent on the air
interface per traffic class PDUs for a given cell per traffic class.
Pegging
The UL_LLC_DATA_VOLUME statistic pegs during a given time interval. The bins represent
the volume of data on the uplink for various class types and ARP values as shown in Table 4-79.
The unit of measurement for the bins is 10 Kbytes for bins 0 to 5 and 1 Kbyte for bin 6.
NOTE
68P02901W56-T 4-225
Jan 2010
Analysis Chapter 4: Cell statistics
Analysis
Reference None.
4-226 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application UL_LLC_TRANS_TIME
UL_LLC_TRANS_TIME
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
This statistic counts the cumulative length in the number of 100 ms units to transmit all UL
LLC PDUs for a given cell per traffic class.
Pegging
The UL_LLC_TRANS_TIME statistic pegs during a given time interval. The bins represent the
volume of data on the uplink for various class types and ARP values as shown in Table 4-80. The
measurement unit is 10 seconds for bins 0 to 5 and 100 ms for bin 6.
NOTE
68P02901W56-T 4-227
Jan 2010
Analysis Chapter 4: Cell statistics
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage
Basis Cell.
Type Medium counter array.
4-228 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application ZONE_CHANGE_ATMPT
ZONE_CHANGE_ATMPT
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The ZONE_CHANGE_ATMPT statistic tracks attempts of each type of concentric cell specific
handover. The Concentric Cell option must be enabled for this statistic to be enabled, disabled,
or displayed.
Pegging
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of the attempts of each type of concentric cell
specific handover.
Reference None.
Usage Network planning.
Basis Cell.
Type Counter array.
68P02901W56-T 4-229
Jan 2010
ZONE_CHANGE_SUC Chapter 4: Cell statistics
ZONE_CHANGE_SUC
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The ZONE_CHANGE_SUC statistic tracks each type of successful Concentric Cell specific
handover. The Concentric Cell option must be enabled for this statistic to be enabled, disabled,
or displayed.
Pegging
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of each type of successful concentric cell specific
handover.
Reference None.
Usage Network planning.
Basis Cell.
Type Counter array.
4-230 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Chapter
Neighbor statistics
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
When the BSS is configured to control inter-cell handovers and events occurring in the network
assist cell, there are statistics which may be used to track these events.
The inter-cell handover statistics provide the destination cell of an outgoing handover or the
origination cell of an incoming handover. The statistics also track handover information for a
pair of source and neighbor cells.
68P02901W56-T 5-1
Jan 2010
Introduction to neighbor statistics Chapter 5: Neighbor statistics
• Target cell - the neighbor cell into which the MS may be handed over. There is no limit on
the number of source cells that may handover calls to a target cell.
When the copy_cell command is used to copy a cell for which one or more of the neighbor
statistics is enabled, all the statistics for the cell created by the copy_cell command is
disabled. The individual statistics for the new cell are enabled individually including the
neighbor statistics.
• If the BSS is configured to have the MSC control intra-BSS handovers, the incoming per
cell statistics are affected, and cannot be used to track handovers.
Outgoing neighbor statistics track the number of attempted and successful handovers from a
source cell into a neighbor cell. The outgoing neighbor statistics are:
• OUT_HO_NC_CAUSE_ATMPT on page 5-13.
In this example, cell_0 has 32 neighbors (cell_1 through cell_32), and the
OUT_HO_NC_CAUSE_ATMPT statistic is enabled at cell_0.
The BSS tracks the intra-BSS handover attempts originating in cell_0 that hand into cell_1
through cell_32.
If the del_neighbor command is used to delete one of the neighbor cells of a source cell, only
the statistics for the remaining neighbor cells are pegged.
5-2 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Incoming neighbor statistics
In this example, cell_0 has 32 neighbors (cell_1 through cell_32), and the
OUT_HO_NC_CAUSE_ATMPT statistic is enabled at cell_0. The del_neighbor command is
used to delete cell_32 as a neighbor cell of cell_0.
The BSS tracks intra-BSS handover attempts originating in cell_0 that hand into cell_1 through
cell_31.
If the del_neighbor command is used to delete one of the neighbor cells of a source cell, only
the statistics for the remaining neighbor cells are pegged.
In this example, cell_0 has 31 neighbors (cell_1 through cell_31), and the
OUT_HO_NC_CAUSE_ATMPT statistic is enabled at cell_0. The add_neighbor command is
used to add cell_32 as a neighbor cell of cell_0.
The BSS tracks intra-BSS handover attempts originating in cell_0 that hand into cell_1 through
cell_32.
Incoming neighbor statistics track the number of attempted and successful handovers into a
neighbor cell from a source cell. Handovers are tracked for only 32 cells for each neighbor cell,
even if a neighbor cell has more than 32 source cells. The incoming neighbor statistics are:
• IN_INTRA_BSS_NC_ATMPT on page 5-8.
An algorithm chooses which source cells to track for the incoming neighbor statistics. The
source cells are chosen with the following priority:
• Reciprocal neighbors are chosen. A reciprocal neighbor occurs when both the source cell
and the target cell have each other as a neighbor.
• Each cell is sequentially checked, starting at 0 (local cell ID), until a source which has
not been selected is found.
When neighbor cells are added or deleted from a cell in which the incoming neighbor statistics
are enabled, the following checks are performed:
• If the cell is tracking 32 source cells, no changes are made.
• If the cell is not tracking 32 source cells, a check is done to see if new ones can be tracked.
• If new source cells can be added, reciprocal neighbors are added first, followed by
non-reciprocal neighbors, which are chosen by sequentially looking through the database.
68P02901W56-T 5-3
Jan 2010
Incoming neighbor statistics Chapter 5: Neighbor statistics
In this example, the BSS has 90 cells (cell_0 through cell_89), cell_1 through cell_10 have cell_0
as a neighbor, and the IN_INTRA_BSS_NC_ATMPT statistic is enabled at cell_0.
The BSS tracks intra-BSS handover attempts that hand into cell_0 originating from cell_1
through cell_10.
In this example, the network has 50 cells. Cell_0 has cell_1 through cell_16 as neighbors. Cell_1
through cell_50 each have cell_0 as a neighbor. The incoming neighbor statistics are enabled at
cell_0. While cell_1 through cell_50 can hand into cell_0, the BSS can only track 32 of these cells.
The reciprocal neighbors (cell_1 through cell_16) are chosen for tracking first. Because another
16 cells may be tracked, cell_17 through cell_32 are chosen. Cell_33 through cell_50 are not
tracked because the 32 cell limit has been reached.
In this example, the network has 50 cells. Cell_0 has cell_1 through cell_16 as neighbors. Cell_1
through cell_50 each have cell_0 as a neighbor. The incoming neighbor statistics are enabled at
cell_0. While cell_1 through cell_50 can hand into cell_0, the BSS can only track 32 of these cells.
The reciprocal neighbors (cell_1 through cell_16) are chosen for tracking first. Because another
16 cells may be tracked, cell_17 through cell_32 are chosen. Cell_33 through cell_50 are tracked
because the 32 cell limit has been reached.
A new neighbor (cell_45) is added to cell_0. Cell_0 and cell_45 now make a reciprocal neighbor
pair. The cells being tracked is not changed just because a new reciprocal neighbor pair has
been added because it is at the maximum number of cells it can track.
In this example, the network has 50 cells. Cell_0 has cell_1 through cell_16 as neighbors. Cell_1
through cell_50 each have cell_0 as a neighbor. The incoming neighbor statistics are enabled at
cell_0. While cell_1 through cell_50 can hand into cell_0, the BSS can only track 32 of these cells.
The reciprocal neighbors (cell_1 through cell_16) are chosen for tracking first. Because another
16 cells may be tracked, cell_17 through cell_32 are chosen. Cell_33 through cell_50 are tracked
because the 32 cell limit has been reached.
A new neighbor (cell_45) is added to cell_0. Cell_0 and cell_45 now make a reciprocal neighbor
pair. The cells being tracked is not changed just because a new reciprocal neighbor pair has
been added because it is at the maximum number of cells it can track.
Neighbor cell_0 is deleted from cell_18. When this cell is deleted, cell_0 only tracks 31 source
cells. Because 32 cells may be tracked, a search is done to see if there are any reciprocal
neighbors.
Since cell_45 was added creating a reciprocal pair, cell_45 would now be tracked. If a reciprocal
pair had not been available, cell_33 would have been chosen as the next non-reciprocal source
not tracked.
5-4 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Examples of notation and initial situation
The following are examples of typical handover situations to show how neighbor cell statistics
are pegged.
Notation
IN_INTRA_BSS_NC_ATMPT: 0 (B-A)
Initial situation
Table 5-1 shows an example of three cells: cell_A, cell_B, and cell_C. All four neighbor cell
statistics are enabled at cell_A. For this example, all cells are internal to the same BSS as
shown in Figure 5-2.
cell_A cell_B
cell_C
ti-GSM-Internal cells-00347-ai-sw
68P02901W56-T 5-5
Jan 2010
Examples of notation and initial situation Chapter 5: Neighbor statistics
an MS that originated in cell_B performs a successful handover into cell_A. The following
statistics are updated:
IN_INTRA_BSS_NC_ATMPT 1 (B-A)
IN_INTRA_BSS_NC_SUC 1 (B-A)
IN_INTRA_BSS_NC_ATMPT 0 (C-A)
IN_INTRA_BSS_NC_SUC 0 (C-A)
OUT_HO_NC_CAUSE_ATMPT 0 (A-B)
OUT_HO_NC_SUC 0 (A-B)
OUT_HO_NC_CAUSE_ATMPT 0 (A-C)
OUT_HO_NC_SUC 0 (A-C)
The MS, which is now in cell_A, performs another successful handover into cell_C. The following
statistics are update:
IN_INTRA_BSS_NC_ATMPT 1 (B-A)
IN_INTRA_BSS_NC_SUC 1 (B-A)
IN_INTRA_BSS_NC_ATMPT 0 (C-A)
IN_INTRA_BSS_NC_SUC 0 (C-A)
OUT_HO_NC_CAUSE_ATMPT 0 (A-B)
OUT_HO_NC_SUC 0 (A-B)
OUT_HO_NC_CAUSE_ATMPT 1 (A-C)
OUT_HO_NC_SUC 1 (A-C)
5-6 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Network assist neighbor cell change statistics
The MS in cell_C attempts a handover into cell_A, but is unsuccessful. The following statistics
are updated:
IN_INTRA_BSS_NC_ATMPT 1 (B-A)
IN_INTRA_BSS_NC_SUC 1 (B-A)
IN_INTRA_BSS_NC_ATMPT 1 (C-A)
IN_INTRA_BSS_NC_SUC 0 (C-A)
OUT_HO_NC_CAUSE_ATMPT 0 (A-B)
OUT_HO_NC_SUC 0 (A-B)
OUT_HO_NC_CAUSE_ATMPT 1 (A-C)
OUT_HO_NC_SUC 1 (A-C)
Network assist cell change statistics are captured from the events occurring in the network
assist cell. The following are the statistics which track PCCC and PCCO attempts to the
neighbor cells:
• NUM_CELL_RESEL_NEI on page 5-10.
NOTE
There are statistics that capture PCCC and PCCO attempts to non-neighbor cells.
These are shown in Network assist cell change on page 4-8.
68P02901W56-T 5-7
Jan 2010
IN_INTRA_BSS_NC_ATMPT Chapter 5: Neighbor statistics
IN_INTRA_BSS_NC_ATMPT
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
This statistic can be enabled for a maximum of 16 cells. For each cell where the statistic is
enabled, a maximum of 32 source cells can be tracked.
Pegging
This statistic is pegged in the target cell against a specific source cell. This is done each time
the SSM decides to perform an intra-BSS handover where the target is an internal neighbor
which is first placed in the Handover Recognized message.
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of the number of handover attempts into a cell and
the location of the cells originating the handover attempts.
5-8 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application IN_INTRA_BSS_NC_SUC
IN_INTRA_BSS_NC_SUC
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
This statistic can be enabled for a maximum of 16 cells. For each cell where the statistic is
enabled, a maximum of 32 source cells can be tracked.
Pegging
This statistic is pegged in the target cell upon notification of a successful intra-BSS handover
from a specific cell.
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of incoming internal inter-cell handovers per
originating cell.
68P02901W56-T 5-9
Jan 2010
NUM_CELL_RESEL_NEI Chapter 5: Neighbor statistics
NUM_CELL_RESEL_NEI
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The NUM_CELL_RESEL_NEI statistic measures the total number of PCCC and PCCO attempts
to a neighbor cell due to either congestion relief or RF based cell reselection. This statistic is
supported for a maximum of 16 cells with 32 GPRS neighbor cells for each cell.
One unit represents one attempt by the BSS to send a PCCC or PCCO message.
Pegging
NCRM pegs the NUM_CELL_RESEL_NEI statistic on a per-neighbor basis. Table 5-2 shows the
scenarios used to update the counter bins associated with this statistic. The corresponding per
cell statistic is pegged using a separate counter: NUM_CELL_RESEL_CELL on page 4-124.
Bin Scenario
0 Attempted PCCC due to NACC network agrees with the MSs decision.
1 Attempted PCCO due to NACC network overrides the MSs decision.
2 Attempted PCCO due to microcellular algorithm.
3 Attempted PCCO due to congestion relief.
4 Attempted PCCO due to RF based NC2.
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage Cell change information tracking.
Basis NCell (Neighbor cell).
Type Counter array.
5-10 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application NUM_CELL_RESEL_NEI_PCCN
NUM_CELL_RESEL_NEI_PCCN
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Pegging
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage Cell change information tracking.
Basis NCell (Neighbor cell).
Type Counter.
68P02901W56-T 5-11
Jan 2010
NUM_CELL_RESEL_NEI_SUCC Chapter 5: Neighbor statistics
NUM_CELL_RESEL_NEI_SUCC
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
• Cell change taking too long so that the previous context is deleted at the PCU.
This statistic is supported for a maximum of 16 cells with 32 GPRS neighbor cells for each cell.
Pegging
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage Cell change information tracking.
Basis NCell (Neighbor cell).
Type Counter.
5-12 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application OUT_HO_NC_CAUSE_ATMPT
OUT_HO_NC_CAUSE_ATMPT
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The OUT_HO_NC_CAUSE_ATMPT statistic tracks the number of handovers per neighbor per
cause. This statistic can be enabled for a maximum of 16 cells. For each cell where the statistic
is enabled, a maximum of 32 target cells can be tracked.
This statistic provides information to determine quality of service and to support optimization. It
allows study of the handover performance of a specific cell for each of its neighboring target
cells.
Inter-band handovers are also tracked when the Multiband Handover feature is enabled. (Refer
to the description for Bin 10.)
Pegging
This statistic pegs the total number of handover attempts out of a specific cell, the location of
the target cell, and the cause for each attempt. This statistic is pegged at the source cell.
68P02901W56-T 5-13
Jan 2010
Analysis Chapter 5: Neighbor statistics
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of handover attempts per neighbor on a per cause
basis.
5-14 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application OUT_HO_NC_SUC
OUT_HO_NC_SUC
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The OUT_HO_NC_SUC statistic tracks the number of successful outgoing inter-cell handovers
per target cell. This statistic can be enabled for a maximum of 16 cells. For each cell where the
statistic is enabled, a maximum of 32 target cells can be tracked.
Pegging
This statistic pegs the total number of successful handovers out of a specific cell and the location
of the target cell for each successful handover.
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of handover performance of specific cells for each of
its neighboring target cells.
68P02901W56-T 5-15
Jan 2010
Analysis Chapter 5: Neighbor statistics
5-16 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Chapter
Carrier and timeslot statistics are captured from events occurring in a carrier. They are
categorized into subgroups, each of which are described in Carrier and timeslot statistics
subgroups on page 6-2.
68P02901W56-T 6-1
Jan 2010
Carrier and timeslot statistics subgroups Chapter 6: Carrier and timeslot statistics
Carrier and timeslot statistics are organized into the following major subgroups:
• Downlink RXQUAL (BER) on page 6-2.
Downlink receive quality statistics are used to track the Bit Error Rate (BER) of active channels.
The statistic BER on page 6-6 is the only downlink RXQUAL statistic.
Uplink receive quality statistics are used to track the Bit Error Rate (BER) of active channels.
The statistic U_BER on page 6-34 is the only uplink RXQUAL statistic.
Link balance verification statistics are used to track the link balance between air interface of
the uplink and downlink path loss. The following are the link balance statistics:
• CHAN_DL_TX_PWR_LVL on page 6-10.
Timing advance
The timing advance statistic ROC on page 6-32 is used to monitor the timing advance
measurements.
6-2 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Miscellaneous
Miscellaneous
Miscellaneous statistics are used to track several unrelated carrier and timeslot statistics. The
following are the miscellaneous carrier statistics:
• CHAN_REQ_MS_FAIL on page 6-11.
NOTE
If many statistics have been enabled for some BSS configurations, missing statistics
at the OMC PM report is displayed for the affected statistic intervals.
VersaTRAU
VersaTRAU statistics measure backhaul data associated with the VersaTRAU feature. The
following are the VersaTRAU statistics:
• DL_EGPRS_BACKHAUL_DEMAND on page 6-14.
Usage congestion
Usage congestion statistics track the congestion processes not related to the directed retry
feature. The following are the usage congestion statistics:
• BUSY_TCH_CARR on page 6-8.
68P02901W56-T 6-3
Jan 2010
ALLOC_SDCCH_CARR Chapter 6: Carrier and timeslot statistics
ALLOC_SDCCH_CARR
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The ALLOC_SDCCH_CARR statistic is the sum of the number of SDCCH allocations per
carrier within a cell.
Pegging
This statistic pegs each time an Immediate Assignment message is sent by the BSS. An
Immediate Assignment message is sent upon:
• Successful handover on an SDCCH channel.
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of SDCCH allocations and allows the calculation of
the mean hold time of an SDCCH per carrier.
NOTE
This statistic is affected by phantom RACHs. For more information refer Phantom
RACHs on page 20-7.
6-4 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application ALLOC_TCH_CARR
ALLOC_TCH_CARR
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The ALLOC_TCH_CARR statistic provides the number of successful TCH allocations per carrier
within a cell for both call originations and hand-ins.
Pegging
This statistic pegs for successful TCH allocations per carrier within a cell as a result of a call
establishment or hand-in attempt:
• Successful allocation due to call establishment including successful allocations due to
directed retries.
This statistic is pegged before the transmission of the assignment/handover command to the
MS and, therefore, does not take into account the success or failure of the assignment/hand
in from an RF perspective.
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of TCH allocations and allows the calculation of the
mean hold time of a TCH per carrier.
68P02901W56-T 6-5
Jan 2010
BER Chapter 6: Carrier and timeslot statistics
BER
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The BER statistic tracks the minimum, maximum, and mean Bit Error Rate (BER) for active
channels. The bit error rate value corresponds to the RXQUAL downlink measurement reports.
BER statistic measurements are reported only when the channel is active.
NOTE
BER on SDCCH channels are affected by phantom RACHs. BER on TCHs are not
affected. For a cell with a non-combined BCCH configuration, there are no values
presented on timeslot 0.
Pegging
Units
This statistic is reported using values 0 to 7 that are derived from the RXQUAL values:
Table 6-1 Statistic values
NOTE
The bin ranges for this statistic cannot be changed.
6-6 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Analysis
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of the BER for active channels.
68P02901W56-T 6-7
Jan 2010
BUSY_TCH_CARR Chapter 6: Carrier and timeslot statistics
BUSY_TCH_CARR
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The BUSY_TCH_CARR statistic tracks the number of full rate and half rate TCHs allocated
during an interval.
This is a gauge statistic and produces a mean value indicating the average number of TCHs in
use during the interval. It is an indication of the average capacity for additional traffic in the
cell. This statistic includes TCHs used as a Dedicated Control CHannel (DCCH) in immediate
assignment mode. The BUSY_TCH_CARR time includes the guard time (the time allowed
between ending a call and starting another). Since the channel is not available to be used again
until the guard timer expires, it is not considered to be free until then.
Pegging
This statistic pegs when a change in the number of full rate and half rate TCHs in use are
detected.
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of the amount of RF signaling traffic in the cell
TCHs. An analysis of the allocation information can be used to determine the requirement for
additional resources before problems occur.
6-8 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application BUSY_TCH_CARR_HR
BUSY_TCH_CARR_HR
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The statistic reports a maximum and average value for the amount of half rate AMR and/or GSM
TCH channels in use on a per-carrier basis.
Pegging
This statistic is updated each time an allocation or deallocation of a half rate AMR and/or
GSM TCH channel occurs.
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage Radio resource allocation.
Quality of service monitoring.
Network planning.
Service retain ability.
Basis Carrier.
Type Gauge statistic.
68P02901W56-T 6-9
Jan 2010
CHAN_DL_TX_PWR_LVL Chapter 6: Carrier and timeslot statistics
CHAN_DL_TX_PWR_LVL
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The CHAN_DL_TX_PWR_LVL statistic tracks the maximum, mean, and minimum BSS
(downlink) transmit power level. The reported value is in dBm units.
Pegging
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of mean BSS transmit power levels.
6-10 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application CHAN_REQ_MS_FAIL
CHAN_REQ_MS_FAIL
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The CHAN_REQ_MS_FAIL statistic tracks the number of times the BSS times out while waiting
for the MS to establish on the TCH/SDCCH, that was assigned to it during the immediate
assignment procedure.
An Immediate Assign message is sent to the MS on the Access Grant Channel (AGCH) and a
TCH/SDCCH is allocated. When the MS does not reply with a SABM on that TCH/SDCCH, the
allocated channel is relinquished, and the request forgotten.
This may be a normal occurrence on few occasions such as, when the MS is moving out of range,
the MS is failing, or the MS is switched off. However, frequent occurrences of this event within
a short period and/or geographically clustered may indicate a hardware failure.
NOTE
CHAN_REQ_MS_FAIL is the BSS MMI name of the statistic kept by the BSS on a
per-timeslot level. The OMC-R rolls the information up to the cell level and refers
to this information as CHAN_REQ_MS_FAIL_ROLL.
Pegging
This statistic pegs when the MS does not reply with Set Asynchronous Balanced Mode (SABM)
on the TCH/SDCCH. The bin pegged depends on the channel type that the MS failed on as
shown in Table 6-2.
Bin Description
0 MS failed while on an SDCCH.
1 MS failed while on a half rate TCH.
2 MS failed while on a full rate TCH.
68P02901W56-T 6-11
Jan 2010
Analysis Chapter 6: Carrier and timeslot statistics
Analysis
A threshold value should be assigned to this statistic which reflects the maximum number of
BSS timeouts while waiting for an MS to establish on the TCH/SDCCH assigned during the
immediate assignment procedure that are acceptable in normal system operations.
If the specified threshold is exceeded, the 1. CELL: Attempt at allocating an SDCCH failed
- PM alarm is generated. Refer to the manual Maintenance Information: Alarm Handling at
the OMC-R (68P02901W26) for troubleshooting information.
NOTE
This statistic is affected by phantom RACHs. For more information refer Phantom
RACHs on page 20-7.
6-12 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application CHAN_UL_TX_PWR_LVL
CHAN_UL_TX_PWR_LVL
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The CHAN_UL_TX_PWR_LVL statistic tracks the maximum, mean, and minimum MS (uplink)
transmit power levels. The value is reported in dBm units.
Pegging
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of mean MS transmit power levels.
68P02901W56-T 6-13
Jan 2010
DL_EGPRS_BACKHAUL_DEMAND Chapter 6: Carrier and timeslot statistics
DL_EGPRS_BACKHAUL_DEMAND
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Pegging
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage VersaTRAU.
Basis Carrier.
Type Gauge.
Units
The unit for DL_EGPRS_BACKHAUL_DEMAND is in bytes. It includes the RLC blocks as well as
the VersaTRAU header, sampled every 20 ms RLC block period.
6-14 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application DL_EGPRS_BACKHAUL_USED
DL_EGPRS_BACKHAUL_USED
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The DL_EGPRS_BACKHAUL_USED statistic measures the mean and maximum value for the
actual amount of downlink backhaul used for an EGPRS RTF. This is the actual backhaul that
the system used to service all the active data transfers on an EGPRS carrier, after accounting
for any coding scheme downgrades and radio block omissions in the downlink. It is obtained
by maintaining the mean and maximum values for backhaul usage for the downlink backhaul
associated with an EGPRS over the statistical period.
Pegging
The DL_EGPRS_BACKHAUL_USED statistic pegs every block period based on the amount
of backhaul used (accounting for any downgrades or preemptions due to backhaul related
restrictions) in the downlink by PDCHs on an EGPRS carrier.
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage VersaTRAU.
Basis Carrier.
Type Gauge.
Units
The unit for DL_EGPRS_BACKHAUL_USED is in bytes. It includes the RLC blocks as well as
the VersaTRAU header, sampled every 20 ms RLC block period.
68P02901W56-T 6-15
Jan 2010
EGPRS_64K_CHANNEL_WIDTH Chapter 6: Carrier and timeslot statistics
EGPRS_64K_CHANNEL_WIDTH
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The EGPRS_64K_CHANNEL_WIDTH statistic measures the mean and maximum value for the
VersaChannel width on a per-carrier basis for an EGPRS carrier. It is obtained by maintaining
the current width of the VersaChannel and the amount of time the width is unchanged over
the statistical period.
Pegging
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage VersaTRAU.
Basis Carrier.
Type Gauge.
Units
The unit for EGPRS_64K_CHANNEL_WIDTH is in bytes. It includes the RLC blocks as well as
the VersaTRAU header, sampled every 20 ms RLC block period.
6-16 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application FER_AMR_FR
FER_AMR_FR
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The uplink FER_AMR_FR Quality statistic is derived from a ratio of successfully decoded
good speech frames against unsuccessfully decoded bad frames for AMR full- rate calls. The
measurement period over which the calculation is made is a multiple of 480 ms.
During this FER measuring period, a multiple of 24 speech frames are decoded and the ratio is
calculated. The multiple is configured through the fer_meas_period parameter. The lookup
table is constructed based on the fer_meas_period parameter value. The ratio is converted to a
FER_AMR_FR Quality number between 0 and 9 using the lookup table.
For example:
• If fer_meas_period = 1, two bad frames out of 24 result in a ratio of 0.083:1. From
Table 6-4, this relates to an FER_AMR_FR Quality number of 2.
Pegging
This statistic pegs the uplink frame erasure rate for AMR full-rate calls for each carrier in a cell.
Table 6-3 FER_AMR_FR bins
Bin Description
0 Number of Erased frames per 24*N speech frame period is 0.
1 Number of Erased frames per 24*N speech frame period is 1.
2 Number of Erased frames per 24*N speech frame period is 2.
3 Number of Erased frames per 24*N speech frame period is 3.
4 Number of Erased frames per 24*N speech frame period is 4.
5 Number of Erased frames per 24*N speech frame period is 5.
6 Number of Erased frames per 24*N speech frame period is 6.
7 Number of Erased frames per 24*N speech frame period is 7.
8 Number of Erased frames per 24*N speech frame period is 8.
9 Number of Erased frames per 24*N speech frame period is 9~24*N.
68P02901W56-T 6-17
Jan 2010
Units Chapter 6: Carrier and timeslot statistics
Units
FER_AMR_HR
Quality FER ratio (min:1 to max:1)
number
0 0.0000 to 0.0416/n
1 0.0417/n to 0.0832/n
2 0.0833/n to 0.1249/n
3 0.1250/n to 0.1666/n
4 0.1667/n to 0.2082/n
5 0.2083/n to 0.2499/n
6 0.2500/n to 0.2916/n
7 0.2917/n to 0.3332/n
8 0.3333/n to 0.3749/n
9 0.3750/n to 1.0000
NOTE
For a cell with a non-combined BCCH configuration, there are no values presented
on TS 0.
FER_AMR_FR Quality is measured on a carrier basis for active channels after decoding
de-interleaving and error correction. Data for this statistic is reported by firmware to the
RSS/HO software process where it is pegged.
There are common adjustable bins for all FER counters. The values of the bins can be adjusted
by the operator.
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis for target optimization effects on cell/radios with
regards to quality.
Reference None.
Usage Quality of service, Fault finding, RF loss, Congestion.
Basis Carrier.
Type Normal distribution.
6-18 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application FER_AMR_HR
FER_AMR_HR
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The uplink FER_AMR_HR Quality statistic is derived from a ratio of successfully decoded
good speech frames against unsuccessfully decoded bad frames for AMR half rate calls. The
measurement period over which the calculation is made is a multiple of 480 ms.
During this FER measuring period, a multiple of 24 speech frames are decoded and the ratio is
calculated. The multiple is configured through the fer_meas_period parameter. The lookup
table is constructed based on the fer_meas_period parameter value. The ratio is converted to a
FER_AMR_HR Quality number between 0 and 9 using the lookup table.
For example:
• If fer_meas_period= 1, 2 bad frames out of 24 result in a ratio of 0.083:1. From Table 6-6,
this relates to an FER_AMR_HR Quality number of 2.
• If fer_meas_period= 2, then two bad frames out of 48 (24*2) result in a ratio of 0.0417:1.
From Table 6-6, this relates to an FER_AMR_HR Quality number of 2 (the ratio range is
from 0.0832/2 to 0.1240/2).
Pegging
This statistic pegs the uplink frame erasure rate for AMR half rate calls for each carrier in a cell.
Table 6-5 FER_AMR_HR bins
Bin Description
0 Number of Erased frames per 24*N speech frame period is 0.
1 Number of Erased frames per 24*N speech frame period is 1.
2 Number of Erased frames per 24*N speech frame period is 2.
3 Number of Erased frames per 24*N speech frame period is 3.
4 Number of Erased frames per 24*N speech frame period is 4.
5 Number of Erased frames per 24*N speech frame period is 5.
6 Number of Erased frames per 24*N speech frame period is 6.
7 Number of Erased frames per 24*N speech frame period is 7.
8 Number of Erased frames per 24*N speech frame period is 8.
9 Number of Erased frames per 24*N speech frame period is 9~24*N.
68P02901W56-T 6-19
Jan 2010
Units Chapter 6: Carrier and timeslot statistics
Units
FER_AMR_HR
Quality FER ratio (min:1 to max:1)
number
0 0.0000 to 0.0416/n
1 0.0417/n to 0.0832/n
2 0.0833/n to 0.1249/n
3 0.1250/n to 0.1666/n
4 0.1667/n to 0.2082/n
5 0.2083/n to 0.2499/n
6 0.2500/n to 0.2916/n
7 0.2917/n to 0.3332/n
8 0.3333/n to 0.3749/n
9 0.3750/n to 1.0000
NOTE
For a cell with a non-combined BCCH configuration, there are no values presented
on TS 0.
FER_AMR_HR Quality is measured on a carrier basis for active channels after decoding
de-interleaving and error correction. Data for this statistic is reported by firmware to the
RSS/HO software process where it is pegged.
There are common adjustable bins for all FER counters. The values of the bins can be adjusted
by the operator.
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis for target optimization effects on cell/radios with
regards to quality.
Reference None.
Usage Quality of service, Fault finding, RF loss, Congestion.
Basis Carrier.
Type Normal distribution.
6-20 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application FER_GSM_FR_EFR
FER_GSM_FR_EFR
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
NOTE
This statistic was previously named FER.
Description
The uplink FER_GSM_FR_EFR Quality statistic is derived from a ratio of successfully decoded
good speech frames against unsuccessfully decoded bad frames for non-AMR calls. The
measurement period over which the calculation is made is a multiple of 480 ms.
During this FER measuring period, a multiple of 24 speech frames are decoded and the ratio is
calculated. The multiple is configured through the fer_meas_period parameter. The lookup
table is constructed based on the fer_meas_period parameter value. The ratio is converted to a
FER_GSM_FR_EFR Quality number between 0 and 9 using the lookup table.
For example:
• If fer_meas_period= 1, 2 bad frames out of 24 result in a ratio of 0.083:1. From Table 6-8,
this relates to an FER_GSM_FR_EFR Quality number of 2.
Pegging
This statistic pegs the uplink frame erasure rate for non_AMR calls for each carrier in a cell.
Table 6-7 FER_GSM_FR_EFR bins
Bin Description
0 Number of Erased frames per 24*N speech frame period is 0.
1 Number of Erased frames per 24*N speech frame period is 1.
2 Number of Erased frames per 24*N speech frame period is 2.
3 Number of Erased frames per 24*N speech frame period is 3.
4 Number of Erased frames per 24*N speech frame period is 4.
5 Number of Erased frames per 24*N speech frame period is 5.
Continued
68P02901W56-T 6-21
Jan 2010
Units Chapter 6: Carrier and timeslot statistics
Units
FER_GSM_FR_EFR
FER ratio (min:1 to max:1)
Quality number
0 0.0000 to 0.0416/n
1 0.0417/n to 0.0832/n
2 0.0833/n to 0.1249/n
3 0.1250/n to 0.1666/n
4 0.1667/n to 0.2082/n
5 0.2083/n to 0.2499/n
6 0.2500/n to 0.2916/n
7 0.2917/n to 0.3332/n
8 0.3333/n to 0.3749/n
9 0.3750/n to 1.0000
NOTE
For a cell with a non-combined BCCH configuration, there are no values presented
on TS 0.
FER_GSM_FR_EFR Quality is measured on a carrier basis for active channels after decoding
de-interleaving and error correction. Data for this statistic is reported by firmware to the
RSS/HO software process where it is pegged.
There are common adjustable bins for all FER counters. The values of the bins can be adjusted
by the operator.
6-22 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Analysis
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis for target optimization effects on cell/radios with
regards to quality.
Reference None.
Usage Quality of service, Fault finding, RF loss, and Congestion.
Basis Carrier.
Type Normal distribution.
68P02901W56-T 6-23
Jan 2010
FER_GSM_HR Chapter 6: Carrier and timeslot statistics
FER_GSM_HR
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The uplink FER_GSM_HR Quality statistic is derived from a ratio of successfully decoded
good speech frames against unsuccessfully decoded bad frames for GSM half rate calls. The
measurement period over which the calculation is made is a multiple of 480 ms.
During this FER measuring period, a multiple of 24 speech frames are decoded and the ratio is
calculated. The multiple is configured through the fer_meas_period parameter. The lookup
table is constructed based on the fer_meas_period parameter value. The ratio is converted to a
FER_GSM_HR Quality number between 0 and 9 using the lookup table.
For example:
• If fer_meas_period= 1, 2 bad frames out of 24 result in a ratio of 0.083:1. From
Table 6-10, this relates to an FER_GSM_HR Quality number of 2.
Pegging
This statistic pegs the uplink frame erasure rate for GSM half rate calls for each carrier in a cell.
Table 6-9 FER_GSM_HR bins
Bin Description
0 Number of Erased frames per 24*N speech frame period is 0.
1 Number of Erased frames per 24*N speech frame period is 1.
2 Number of Erased frames per 24*N speech frame period is 2.
3 Number of Erased frames per 24*N speech frame period is 3.
4 Number of Erased frames per 24*N speech frame period is 4.
5 Number of Erased frames per 24*N speech frame period is 5.
6 Number of Erased frames per 24*N speech frame period is 6.
7 Number of Erased frames per 24*N speech frame period is 7.
8 Number of Erased frames per 24*N speech frame period is 8.
9 Number of Erased frames per 24*N speech frame period is 9~24*N.
6-24 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Units
Units
FER_GSM_HR
FER ratio (min:1
Quality
to max:1)
number
0 0.0000 to 0.0416/n
1 0.0417/n to 0.0832/n
2 0.0833/n to 0.1249/n
3 0.1250/n to 0.1666/n
4 0.1667/n to 0.2082/n
5 0.2083/n to 0.2499/n
6 0.2500/n to 0.2916/n
7 0.2917/n to 0.3332/n
8 0.3333/n to 0.3749/n
9 0.3750/n to 1.0000
NOTE
For a cell with a non-combined BCCH configuration, there are no values presented
on TS 0.
FER_GSM_HR Quality is measured on a carrier basis for active channels after decoding,
de-interleaving, and error correction. Data for this statistic is reported by firmware to the
RSS/HO software process where it is pegged.
There are common adjustable bins for all FER counters. The values of the bins can be adjusted
by the operator.
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis for target optimization effects on cell/radios with
regards to quality.
Reference None.
Usage Quality of service, Fault finding, RF loss, Congestion.
Basis Carrier.
Type Normal distribution.
68P02901W56-T 6-25
Jan 2010
INTF_ON_IDLE Chapter 6: Carrier and timeslot statistics
INTF_ON_IDLE
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The INTF_ON_IDLE statistic indicates the maximum, minimum, and mean interference levels
experienced on idle channels as determined by the BSS.
The bin ranges may be changed using the chg_stat_prop command. The default bin ranges for
the INTF_ON_IDLE statistic are shown in Table 6-11.
Bin Range
0 0 - 5
1 6 - 10
2 11 - 15
3 16 - 20
4 21 - 25
5 26 - 30
6 31 - 35
7 36 - 40
8 41 - 45
9 46 - 65
6-26 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Pegging
Pegging
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of interference levels experienced on idle channels.
68P02901W56-T 6-27
Jan 2010
PATH_BALANCE Chapter 6: Carrier and timeslot statistics
PATH_BALANCE
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The PATH_BALANCE statistic tracks the maximum, minimum, and mean link balance on the air
interface between the uplink and downlink path loss.
NOTE
The actual value for path_balance depends on the type of RF combining used.
Pegging
where:
where:
NOTE
The RXLEV_ul and RXLEV_dl values reflect the latest reported value and are not
averaged values. PATH_BALANCE is not pegged when either RXLEV_ul or RXLEV_dl
is equal to 63 (-47 dBm).
The range of values for this statistic is 0 to 220 with a long-term average of 110 with normal
use. A deviation of ±10 is acceptable, but this is to be understood as a practical guide and not
as product tolerance. If the deviation is greater than ±10, the RF path should be checked.
NOTE
If a low noise amplifier (LNA) is fitted, a deviation of -20 is possible.
6-28 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Mismatch of Horizon and Horizon macro database and hardware
Typically, the path loss should be similar in both the uplink and downlink directions. When
diversity gain is enabled, the path balance is just below 110, indicating a lower uplink path loss.
The path_balance statistic is incorrect if the Horizon and Horizon macro cabinet and database
are mismatched. The following table describes the two mismatch scenarios between the cabinet
and database.
If Then
the Horizon cabinet is the SITE alarm 28 data configuration and Horizon
equipped with Horizon macro hardware mismatch is generated. Operators should change
database, the path_balance either the hardware or the database accordingly.
statistic is incorrect. Consult the manual, Maintenance Information: Alarm
Handling At The OMC-R (68P02901W26).
the Horizon macro cabinet the SITE alarm 28 data configuration and Horizon
is equipped with Horizon hardware mismatch is generated. Operators should change
database, the path_balance either the hardware or the database accordingly.
statistic is incorrect. Consult the manual, Maintenance Information: Alarm
Handling At The OMC-R (68P02901W26).
NOTE
If the Horizon macro booster unit is faulty or not present, the path_balance statistic
is incorrect. Operators should disregard this statistic until the booster is replaced.
Network planners should check with the OMC operator to determine if any Horizon
macro alarms (SITE alarms 25, 26 or 27) have been generated.
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of the link balance on the air interface between
the uplink and downlink path loss.
Reference None.
Usage Quality of service: Service integrity.
Optimization.
Fault finding.
Basis Carrier.
Type Normal distribution.
Unit dB.
68P02901W56-T 6-29
Jan 2010
RBER Chapter 6: Carrier and timeslot statistics
RBER
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The RBER (Residual Bit Error Rate) Quality statistic is derived from a ratio of the number of
bits in the error to total number of bits received, within error detected speech frames defined as
good. The measurement period over which the calculation is made is 480 ms.
During this period, 24 speech frames are decoded and the ratio is calculated. By referring to a
lookup table, the ratio is converted to an RBER Quality number between 0 and 7.
NOTE
RBER is supported only by MMI actions. It not reported to the OMC-R at the end of
the statistical interval period.
Pegging
Every 480 ms, during the SACCH multi-frame by the RSS/HO process.
Units
RBER
RBER ratio (min:1
Quality
to max:1)
number
0 0 to 0.2
1 0.2 to 0.4
2 0.4 to 0.8
3 0.8 to 1.6
4 1.6 to 3.2
5 3.2 to 6.4
6 6.4 to 12.8
7 12.8 or greater
The bin ranges for this statistic are fixed and cannot be altered by the operator.
6-30 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Analysis
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis for target optimization effects on cell/radios with
regards to quality.
Reference None.
Usage Quality of service.
Fault finding.
RF loss.
Congestion.
Basis Carrier.
Type Normal distribution.
68P02901W56-T 6-31
Jan 2010
ROC Chapter 6: Carrier and timeslot statistics
ROC
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The ROC statistic tracks the maximum, minimum and mean Range Of Carrier between BSS and
MS on a per-carrier basis. The range of carrier value corresponds to the Timing Advance (TA)
measurement reports. ROC statistic measurements are only reported for active channels.
The bin ranges for the ROC statistic correspond to some user definable TA ranges up to a
maximum of ten bins. The default bin ranges are shown in Table 6-14.
Bin TA Range
0 0 to 6
1 7 to 13
2 14 to 20
3 21 to 27
4 28 to 34
5 35 to 41
6 42 to 48
7 49 to 54
8 55 to 63
9 64 to 219
NOTE
These bins are not displayed at the OMC but can be displayed at the MMI. To set and
display the bin ranges refer to the chg_stat_prop and disp_stat_prop commands
in Chapter 2.
Pegging
6-32 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Analysis
Analysis
Basis Carrier.
Type Normal distribution.
68P02901W56-T 6-33
Jan 2010
U_BER Chapter 6: Carrier and timeslot statistics
U_BER
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The U_BER statistic tracks the minimum, maximum, and mean Bit Error Rate (BER) for active
channels. The bit error rate value corresponds to the RXQUAL uplink measurement reports.
U_BER statistic measurements are reported only when the channel is active.
NOTE
For a cell with a non-combined BCCH configuration, there are no values presented
on timeslot 0.
Pegging
Units
This statistic is reported using values 0 to 7 that are derived from the RXQUAL values:
NOTE
The bin ranges for this statistic cannot be changed.
6-34 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Analysis
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 6-35
Jan 2010
UL_EGPRS_BACKHAUL_DEMAND Chapter 6: Carrier and timeslot statistics
UL_EGPRS_BACKHAUL_DEMAND
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Pegging
The UL_EGPRS_BACKHAUL_DEMAND statistic pegs every block period based on the amount
of backhaul requested (before any backhaul related restriction) and switches applied in the
uplink by PDCHs on an EGPRS carrier.
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage VersaTRAU.
Basis Carrier.
Type Gauge.
Units
The unit for UL_EGPRS_BACKHAUL_DEMAND is in bytes. It includes the RLC blocks as well
as the VersaTRAU header, sampled every 20 ms RLC block period.
6-36 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application UL_EGPRS_BACKHAUL_USED
UL_EGPRS_BACKHAUL_USED
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The UL_EGPRS_BACKHAUL_USED statistic measures the mean and maximum value for the
actual amount of uplink backhaul used for an EGPRS RTF. This is the actual backhaul that the
system used to service all the active data transfers on an EGPRS carrier, after accounting
for any coding scheme downgrades and radio block omissions in the uplink. It is obtained
by maintaining the mean and maximum values for backhaul usage for the uplink backhaul
associated with an EGPRS over the statistical period.
Pegging
The UL_EGPRS_BACKHAUL_USED statistic pegs every block period based on the amount
of backhaul used (accounting for any substitutions or omissions due to backhaul related
restrictions) in the uplink by PDCHs on an EGPRS carrier.
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage VersaTRAU.
Basis Carrier.
Type Gauge.
Units
The unit for UL_EGPRS_BACKHAUL_USED is in bytes. It includes the RLC blocks as well as
the VersaTRAU header, sampled every 20 ms RLC block period.
68P02901W56-T 6-37
Jan 2010
UPLINK_PATH_LOSS Chapter 6: Carrier and timeslot statistics
UPLINK_PATH_LOSS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The UPLINK_PATH_LOSS statistic tracks the minimum, mean, and maximum uplink losses on
a per-carrier basis. Reported values can be used to create a profile of the radio link propagation
losses experienced by MSs served in the cell.
Pegging
This statistic is pegged every SACCH multiframe for each active call.
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of the uplink losses on a per carrier basis.
Reference None.
Usage RF Loss.
Quality of Service.
Basis Carrier.
Type Normal distribution.
6-38 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Chapter
GPROC and DPROC statistics track the utilization of the processing units found in various
hardware components in the BSS, for example GPROC and DPROC devices. The following
GPROC/DPROC statistics are described here:
• CPU_USAGE on page 7-2.
NOTE
If CTU2 is used in the system, processor utilization statistics are not supported.
68P02901W56-T 7-1
Jan 2010
CPU_USAGE Chapter 7: GPROC and DPROC statistics
CPU_USAGE
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The CPU_USAGE statistic tracks CPU usage. Monitoring of CPU usage allows the operator to
determine if the GPROC, DPROC, MPROC, PPROC or BBU devices at a particular site are being
over utilized, under utilized or properly utilized.
This statistic is updated from the reports generated by the internal executive system, which
tracks when CPU usage changes.
Pegging
{34371G}
This statistic records the maximum, minimum, and mean values of the short-term processor
utilization measurement (from which the 30 minute mean or 60 minutes mean, statistic Mean
Utilization, is calculated). This statistic is recorded for each GPROC , DPROC, MPROC, PPROC,
or BBU under the control of a BSS.
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of GPROC, DPROC, MPROC, PPROC, or BBU
utilization.
NOTE
{34371G}
7-2 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application DSP_USAGE
DSP_USAGE
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
{34371G}
Description
The DSP_USAGE statistic tracks the DSP usage. Monitoring the DSP usage allows the operator
to determine if each DSP core on the BBUs is being over utilized, under utilized or properly
utilized.
This statistic is updated from the reports generated by the firmware, which tracks when the
DSP usage changes.
Pegging
This statistic records the maximum, minimum, and mean values of the short-term processor
utilization measurement, from which the 30-minute mean or 60 minute mean, statistic Mean
Utilization, is calculated.
This statistic is recorded for each DSP core under the control of a BBU.
This statistic includes ten bins. 0 to 9 bins of these statistics represent a range between 0% to
100%. Each time the firmware reports a value, the BSS increments the bin corresponding to the
reported value by one. The BSS also increments the sample count by one and calculates the
total of all the reported values during the interval.
NOTE
The pegging interval for DSP usage messages from the firmware to the RSS is 30
seconds.
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of DSP core utilization.
Reference None
Usage Processor utilization.
Network planning.
Optimization.
Basis {34371G} DSP Core.
Type Normal distribution.
68P02901W56-T 7-3
Jan 2010
GCI_FOR_16KPD_DEMAND Chapter 7: GPROC and DPROC statistics
GCI_FOR_16KPD_DEMAND
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
NOTE
The demanded number of GCIs presented by this statistic could be greater than the
in-service resources of PRP/PXP DPROCs or PPROCs or GDSs.
Pegging
This statistic is pegged by CB whenever GCI demand for 16K PDTCH is increased or decreased
on a PRP/PXP DPROC or PPROC. The count is increased/decreased by 1 for every 16K PDTCH
supported; it also pegs at the end of an interval.
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage This statistic indicates the mean and maximum number of GCIs
demanded for 16K PDTCHs on a PRP/PXP DPROC or PPROC.
Basis PRP/PXP DPROC and PPROC.
Type Gauge.
7-4 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application GCI_FOR_32KPD_DEMAND
GCI_FOR_32KPD_DEMAND
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
NOTE
The demanded number of GCIs presented by this statistic could be greater than the
in-service resources of PRP/PXP DPROCs or PPROCs or GDSs.
Pegging
This statistic is pegged by CB whenever GCI demand for 32K PDTCH is increased or decreased
on a PRP/PXP DPROC or PPROC. The count is increased/decreased by 2 for every 32K PDTCH
supported; it also pegs at the end of an interval.
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage This statistic indicates the mean and maximum number of GCIs
demanded for 32K PDTCHs on a PRP/PXP DPROC or PPROC.
Basis PRP/PXP DPROC and PPROC.
Type Gauge.
68P02901W56-T 7-5
Jan 2010
GCI_FOR_64KPD_DEMAND Chapter 7: GPROC and DPROC statistics
GCI_FOR_64KPD_DEMAND
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
NOTE
The demanded number of GCIs presented by this statistic could be greater than the
in-service resources of PRP/PXP DPROCs or PPROCs or GDSs.
Pegging
This statistic is pegged by CB whenever GCI demand for 64K PDTCH (4 GCIs) is increased or
decreased on a PRP/PXP DPROC or PPROC. The count is increased/decreased by 4 for every
64K PDTCH supported; it also pegs at the end of an interval.
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage This statistic indicates the mean and maximum number of GCIs
demanded for 64K PDTCHs on a PRP/PXP DPROC or PPROC.
Basis PRP/PXP DPROC and PPROC.
Type Gauge.
7-6 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application MSGS_DISCARD_ON_GPROC
MSGS_DISCARD_ON_GPROC
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
This statistic counts the number of messages discarded on each destination GPROC by RSL
congestion control operation or token ring congestion.
Pegging
This statistic is pegged each time a downlink message (including MTL-LCF to RSL-LCF, MCU to
DRI) is discarded on a GPROC by the RSL Congestion Control operation.
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 7-7
Jan 2010
PFC_REJ_DGRD_PRMPT_PRP Chapter 7: GPROC and DPROC statistics
PFC_REJ_DGRD_PRMPT_PRP
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
When the total cell resources are sufficient, but 64k resources are insufficient, egprs mobiles
with low priority may be preempted and move from 64k PDs to 16k/32k PDs. This may also
cause some rejections. BSC statistics rejection and preemption due to lack of cell resources
are pegged.
Pegging
0 Rejection due The PCU does not have enough Increase the number of
to lack of cell MTBR in the cell to admit a PFC or GPRS time slots in the
resources. BSS cannot admit the PFC due to cell.
MS’s capability.
1 Rejection due The PCU does not have enough Adjust the MTBR
to lack of PRP MTBR in the board to admit a PFC. commitments for
resources. different traffic classes.
2 Downgrade due The PCU does not have enough Adjust the MTBR
to lack of cell MTBR in the cell to maintain a commitments for
resources. PFC’s current commitment and has different traffic classes.
reduced the PFC’s MTBR due to
the admission of a higher priority
PFC.
3 Downgrade due The PCU does not have enough Adjust the MTBR
to lack of PRP MTBR in the PRP to maintain a commitments for
resources. PFC’s current commitment and has different traffic classes.
reduced the PFC’s MTBR due to
the admission of a higher priority
PFC.
Continued
7-8 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Pegging
4 Preemption due The PCU does not have enough Adjust the MTBR
to lack of cell MTBR in the cell to maintain commitments for
resources. a PFC’s commitments due to a different traffic classes.
change in available resources or
admission of a higher priority PFC
and has preempted the PFC.
5 Preemption due The PCU does not have enough Adjust the MTBR
to lack of PRP MTBR on the PRP to maintain commitments for
resources. a PFC’s commitments due to different traffic classes.
admission of a higher priority PFC
and has preempted the PFC.
6 Downgrade due to The PCU does not have enough Increase the resources in
cell retention. MTBR in the cell to retain all the the cell.
active PFCs’ commitments in the
event of resource shrinkage and
has reduced the PFC’s MTBR for
cell retention purposes.
7 Downgrade due to The PCU does not have enough Increase the resources
PRP retention. MTBR on the PRP to retain all the on the PRP.
active PFCs’ commitments in the
event of resource shrinkage and
has reduced the PFC’s MTBR for
PRP retention purposes.
8 Preemption due to The PCU does not have enough Increase the resources in
cell retention. MTBR in the cell to maintain the cell.
a PFC’s commitments in the
event of resource shrinkage and
has preempted the PFC for cell
retention purposes.
9 Preemption due to The PCU does not have enough Increase the resources
PRP retention. MTBR on the PRP to maintain on the PRP.
a PFC’s commitments in the
event of resource shrinkage and
has preempted the PFC for PRP
retention purposes.
NOTE
Bins 7 and 9 are not pegged.
68P02901W56-T 7-9
Jan 2010
Analysis Chapter 7: GPROC and DPROC statistics
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage GPRS Quality of Service.
Basis PRP/PXP DPROC and PPROC.
Type Counter array.
7-10 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application PROCESSOR_CRITICAL_OVERLOAD
PROCESSOR_CRITICAL_OVERLOAD
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The critical-overload state of a BSP board occurs when BSP CPU utilization is above the
BSP critical-overload threshold.
The BSP overload protection mechanism attempts to move the BSP from critical-overload
state into safe-overload state by dropping non-imperative handover messages from the BTS
and rejecting assignment request from MSC.
Pegging
This statistic is started when the BSP CPU utilization is above the BSP critical-overload
threshold, and the statistic is stopped when BSP CPU utilization falls below the BSP
critical-overload threshold.
Analysis
Reference None
Usage Quality of service monitoring
Basis BSC GPROC
Type Duration
68P02901W56-T 7-11
Jan 2010
PROCESSOR_SAFE_OVERLOAD Chapter 7: GPROC and DPROC statistics
PROCESSOR_SAFE_OVERLOAD
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The safe-overload state of a BSP board occurs when BSP CPU utilization is above the BSP
safe-overload threshold and below the critical-overload threshold.
The BSP overload protection mechanism attempts to prevent the BSP moving from
safe-overload state into critical-overload state by dropping non-imperative handover
messages and rejecting assignment request from MSC.
Pegging
This statistic is pegged when the BSP CPU utilization is above the BSP safe-overload threshold
and below BSP critical-overload threshold.
Analysis
This statistic provides a measurement of total time of a processor working in the safe-overload
state.
Reference None
Usage Quality of service monitoring
Basis BSC GPROC
Type Duration
7-12 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application PRP_PD_DEMAND
PRP_PD_DEMAND
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
NOTE
• The demanded PDTCHs may be INS or OOS. Therefore, this statistic does not
indicate if there is data transfer in the demanded PDTCHs.
• The demanded number of PRP PDTCHs presented by this statistic could be
greater than the in-service resources of PRP/PXP DPROCs or PPROCs or GDSs.
Pegging
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage This statistic tracks the mean and maximum number of PRP PDTCHs
demanded on a per PRP basis.
Basis PRP/PXP DPROC and PPROC.
Type Gauge.
68P02901W56-T 7-13
Jan 2010
RSL_LCF_CONGESTION Chapter 7: GPROC and DPROC statistics
RSL_LCF_CONGESTION
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
This statistic indicates the amount of time that an RSL-LCF board is in a congested state. The
BSS sends this duration statistic to the OMC-R periodically.
Pegging
The timer for this statistic is started when more than a certain percentage of RSLs on an LCF
board is congested, and the timer is stopped when less than a certain percentage of RSLs on
an LCF board is congested.
Analysis
This statistic is used for trend analysis of RSL congestion status on an LCF basis.
A threshold value should be assigned to this statistic reflecting the maximum percentage of
congested RSLs on an LCF board at which the timer is started, and the minimum percentage of
congested RSLs on an LCF board at which the timer is stopped.
Whenever this statistic timer is started, the 19:GPROC: RSL links congestion alarm is
generated until the timer stops, indicating that normal state has resumed. Refer to the manual
Maintenance Information: Alarm Handling at the OMC-R (68P02901W26) for troubleshooting
information.
7-14 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application TOTAL_GCI_FOR_PD_DEMAND
TOTAL_GCI_FOR_PD_DEMAND
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
NOTE
The demanded number of GCIs presented by this statistic could be greater than the
in-service resources of PRP/PXP DPROCs or PPROCs or GDSs.
Pegging
This statistic is pegged by CB whenever GCI demand for any PDTCH (16K, 32K, 64K) is
increased or decreased on a PRP/PXP DPROC or PPROC; it also pegs at the end of an interval
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage This statistic indicates the mean and maximum number of total GCIs
demanded for all PDTCHs on a PRP/PXP DPROC or PPROC.
Basis PRP/PXP and PPROC.
Type Gauge.
68P02901W56-T 7-15
Jan 2010
Analysis Chapter 7: GPROC and DPROC statistics
7-16 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Chapter
Ethernet statistics
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Ethernet statistics track the processor utilization of the Ethernet link. The following Ethernet
statistics are described here:
• ETH_RX_BYTE on page 8-2.
68P02901W56-T 8-1
Jan 2010
ETH_RX_BYTE Chapter 8: Ethernet statistics
ETH_RX_BYTE
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The ETH_RX_BYTE statistic tracks the total number of bytes of data received on the Ethernet
Link.
1000 bytes is equal to one unit. The translation of actual bytes counted to units is done at the
end of the statistic interval.
Pegging
The statistic counts each byte in the Ethernet packet that is received on the Ethernet link
of the PSI board or DPROC board.
Analysis
The ETH_RX_BYTE statistic counts the total number of received bytes per ETH device on a PSI
card or DPROC card. The count is taken for every 1000 events.
Reference None.
Usage Processor utilization.
Basis ETH.
Type Counter.
8-2 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application ETH_RX_ERROR
ETH_RX_ERROR
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The ETH_RX_ERROR statistic tracks the number of times erroneous Ethernet packets are
received on the Ethernet Link.
Pegging
The statistic pegs each time an erroneous Ethernet packet is received on the Ethernet link of
the PSI/DPROC(PXP) board.
Analysis
The ETH_RX_ERROR statistic counts the number of Ethernet receive errors per ETH device on
a PSI card or DPROC card.
Reference None.
Usage Processor utilization.
Basis ETH.
Type Counter.
68P02901W56-T 8-3
Jan 2010
ETH_RX_PKT Chapter 8: Ethernet statistics
ETH_RX_PKT
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The ETH_RX_PKT statistic tracks the total number of Ethernet packets received on the
Ethernet link.
Pegging
The statistic pegs each time an Ethernet packet is received on the Ethernet link of the
PSI/DPROC(PXP) board.
Analysis
The ETH_RX_PKT statistic counts the number of received packets per ETH device on a PSI
card or DPROC card.
Reference None.
Usage Processor utilization.
Basis ETH.
Type Counter.
8-4 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application ETH_TX_BYTE
ETH_TX_BYTE
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The ETH_TX_BYTE statistic tracks the total number of bytes of data transmitted on the
Ethernet Link.
1000 bytes is equal to one unit. The translation of actual bytes counted to units is done at the
end of the statistic interval.
Pegging
The statistic counts each byte in the Ethernet packet that is transmitted on the Ethernet link of
the PSI/DPROC(PXP) board.
Analysis
The ETH_TX_BYTE statistic counts the number of transmitted bytes per ETH device on a PSI
card or DPROC card. The count is taken for every 1000 events.
Reference None.
Usage Processor utilization.
Basis ETH.
Type Counter.
68P02901W56-T 8-5
Jan 2010
ETH_TX_ERROR Chapter 8: Ethernet statistics
ETH_TX_ERROR
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The ETH_TX_ERROR statistic tracks the number of erroneous packets transmitted on the
Ethernet Link.
Pegging
The statistic pegs each time the transmitted erroneous packets on the Ethernet link of the
PSI/DPROC(PXP) board.
Analysis
The ETH_TX_ERROR statistic counts the number of Ethernet Transmit errors per ETH device
on a PSI card or DPROC card.
Reference None.
Usage Processor utilization.
Basis ETH.
Type Counter.
8-6 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application ETH_TX_PKT
ETH_TX_PKT
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The ETH_TX_PKT statistic tracks the total number of Ethernet packets transmitted on the
Ethernet link.
Pegging
The statistic pegs each time an Ethernet packet is transmitted on the Ethernet link of the
PSI/DPROC(PXP) board.
Analysis
The ETH_TX_PKT statistic counts the number of transmitted packets per ETH device on a
PSI card or DPROC card.
Reference None.
Usage Processor utilization.
Basis ETH.
Type Counter.
68P02901W56-T 8-7
Jan 2010
PSI_TRAU_FILL_FRAME_TX Chapter 8: Ethernet statistics
PSI_TRAU_FILL_FRAME_TX
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The PSI_TRAU_FILL_FRAME_TX statistic tracks the total number of the fill frames replacing
TRAU data. When a TRAU frame through the Ethernet link is not received from the PCU in time,
a fill frame sent to the channel coder is required to keep the TRAU in synchronization.
Pegging
The statistic pegs each time a TRAU fill frame is sent to the channel coder.
Analysis
The PSI_TRAU_FILL_FRAME_TX statistic counts the TRAU fill transmit frames generated on a
per ETH device basis on the PSI board or DPROC board.
Reference None.
Usage Network utilization.
Basis ETH.
Type Counter.
8-8 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Chapter
LMTL statistics
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Location Services Message Transfer Link (LMTL) statistics are used to track the events for the
Location Services Message Transfer Part (LMTP) of the ITU-TSS No. 7 protocol on the BSC
to MSC interface. They are categorized into subgroups, each of which are described in LMTL
statistics subgroups on page 9-2.
68P02901W56-T 9-1
Jan 2010
LMTL statistics subgroups Chapter 9: LMTL statistics
LMTP C7 availability
LMTP C7 availability statistics are used to track the duration of signaling link outages and
inhibitions (local and remote) for the LMTP of the ITU-TSS Number 7 protocol on the BSC to
MSC interface. The following are the MTP C7 availability statistics:
• LMTP_LINKFAIL on page 9-10.
LMTP C7 performance
LMTP C7 performance statistics are used to track the different types of failure and recovery
situations for the LMTP of the ITU-TSS Number 7 protocol on the BSC to MSC interface. The
following are the LMTP C7 performance statistics:
• LMTP_CHANGEBACK on page 9-6.
9-2 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application LMTP C7 utilization
LMTP C7 utilization
LMTP C7 utilization statistics are used to track the number of messages received, transmitted,
and retransmitted on signaling links, and supply information on signaling link congestion for
the LMTP of the ITU-TSS Number 7 protocol on the BSC to MSC interface. The following are
the LMTP C7 utilization statistics:
• LMTP_CONGESTION_LOST_MSU on page 9-4.
68P02901W56-T 9-3
Jan 2010
LMTP_CONGESTION_LOST_MSU Chapter 9: LMTL statistics
LMTP_CONGESTION_LOST_MSU
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Pegging
This statistic pegs for each congestion event on the Lb-interface which results in MSUs being
lost.
Analysis
A threshold value should be assigned to this statistic which reflects the maximum number of lost
MSUs due to SL congestion, that are acceptable in normal system operations.
If the specified threshold is exceeded, the 11. LMTL: SL congestion events resulting in
loss of MSUs - PM alarm is generated. Refer to the manual Maintenance Information: Alarm
Handling at the OMC-R (68P02901W26) for troubleshooting information.
9-4 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application LMTP_MSU_DISCARDED
LMTP_MSU_DISCARDED
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Pegging
This statistic pegs each time an MSU is discarded due to Lb-interface SL congestion.
Analysis
A threshold value should be assigned to this statistic which reflects the maximum number of
MSUs being discarded due to SL congestion, that are acceptable in normal system operations.
If the specified threshold is exceeded, the 10. LMTL: MSUs discarded due to SL congestion
- PM alarm is generated. Refer to the manual Maintenance Information: Alarm Handling at
the OMC-R (68P02901W26) for troubleshooting information.
68P02901W56-T 9-5
Jan 2010
LMTP_CHANGEBACK Chapter 9: LMTL statistics
LMTP_CHANGEBACK
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The LMTP_CHANGEBACK statistic tracks the number of local automatic change backs that
have been successfully completed.
Pegging
This statistic pegs when MTP traffic that has been changed over to an alternate Signaling
Link (SL) is diverted back to the original SL.
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of automatic change backs that have been
successfully completed.
9-6 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application LMTP_CHANGEOVER
LMTP_CHANGEOVER
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The LMTP_CHANGEOVER statistic tracks the number of local automatic changeovers that
have been successfully completed. This indicates that MTP traffic is being transferred from a Lb
interface Signaling Link (SL) that is going out-of-service to an alternate SL.
Pegging
This statistic pegs when MTP traffic is changed over to an alternate Lb interface SL.
Analysis
A threshold value should be assigned to this statistic which reflects the maximum number of
out of sequence messages between a BSS and an SMLC that are acceptable in normal system
operations.
If the specified threshold is exceeded, the 7. LMTL: SL number of negative acks received
- PM alarm is generated. Refer to the manual Maintenance Information: Alarm Handling at
the OMC-R (68P02901W26) for troubleshooting information.
68P02901W56-T 9-7
Jan 2010
LMTP_LOCAL_SL_CONGESTION Chapter 9: LMTL statistics
LMTP_LOCAL_SL_CONGESTION
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The LMTP_LOCAL_SL_CONGESTION statistic tracks once for each onset of congestion across
the Lb-interface Signaling Link (SL).
There are two types of congestion that may occur across a Lb interface SL: local congestion (that
is, the MTP L2 of the BSS detects that the TX queue is full) and remote congestion (that is, the
BSS-based SMLC is congested). Both types of congestion may exist across a Lb-interface SL at
one time; however, regardless of congestion type, the statistic is pegged only upon the entrance
into the congested state of the Lb-interface SL. Thus, if the Lb-interface SL is locally congested
and remote congestion is detected, the statistic is not pegged. Likewise, if the Lb-interface SL is
remotely congested and local congestion is detected, the statistic is not pegged.
Pegging
The statistic pegs each time the Lb-interface SL goes into the congestion state at the local site.
Analysis
A threshold value should be assigned to this statistic which reflects the maximum number of
congestion onsets that are acceptable in normal system operations.
9-8 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application LMTP_LINK_INS
LMTP_LINK_INS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The LMTP_LINK_INS statistic tracks the length of time that a Lb-interface Signaling Link (SL)
is in the in-service state.
Pegging
The timer for this statistic is started when an SL is brought into service. The timer is stopped
when the Lb-interface SL is removed from service.
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of the utilization of in-service SLs.
68P02901W56-T 9-9
Jan 2010
LMTP_LINKFAIL Chapter 9: LMTL statistics
LMTP_LINKFAIL
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The LMTP_LINKFAIL statistic tracks the duration of the Lb-interface Signaling Link (SL)
unavailability due to SL failure. It records the total time a particular SL is out-of-service while
trying to align to the SMLC.
Pegging
This statistic timer is started when the SL fails. It is stopped when the SL comes back into
service.
Analysis
9-10 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application LMTP_LOCAL_BUSY
LMTP_LOCAL_BUSY
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The LMTP_LOCAL_BUSY statistic tracks the total time congestion present on the local end of
the Lb-interface Signaling Link (SL).
Pegging
This statistic is started when a congestion is detected on a Lb-interface SL. The statistic is
stopped when normal operation is resumed.
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis on congestion duration on the local end of the SL.
68P02901W56-T 9-11
Jan 2010
LMTP_LOCAL_MGT Chapter 9: LMTL statistics
LMTP_LOCAL_MGT
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The LMTP_LOCAL_MGT statistic tracks the total time that a local Lb-interface Signaling Link
(SL) is inhibited due to local management actions.
Pegging
This statistic is started each time the SL is inhibited due to local management actions, and
stopped when the link is enabled.
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis on inhibited local SLs due to local management
action.
9-12 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application LMTP_MGT_INHIBIT
LMTP_MGT_INHIBIT
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The LMTP_MGT_INHIBIT statistic tracks the number of times the Lb-interface Signaling Link
(SL) is inhibited by the operator.
Pegging
This statistic is started each time the Lb-interface SL is inhibited by the operator.
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis on inhibited SLs using the shutdown command on
the associated MTP link.
68P02901W56-T 9-13
Jan 2010
LMTP_MGT_UNINHIBIT Chapter 9: LMTL statistics
LMTP_MGT_UNINHIBIT
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The LMTP_MGT_UNINHIBIT statistic tracks the number of times the Lb-interface Signaling
Link (SL) is uninhibited by the operator.
Pegging
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis on uninhibited SLs using the unlock command on
the associated MTP link.
9-14 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application LMTP_MSU_RX
LMTP_MSU_RX
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The LMTP_MSU_RX statistic tracks the number of Message Signal Units (MSUs) received on a
Lb-interface signaling link.
Pegging
This statistic pegs each time MSUs are received over the Lb-interface signaling link.
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 9-15
Jan 2010
LMTP_MSU_TX Chapter 9: LMTL statistics
LMTP_MSU_TX
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The LMTP_MSU_TX statistic tracks the number of Message Signal Units (MSUs) transmitted
on a Lb-interface signaling link.
Pegging
This statistic pegs each time MSUs are transmitted over the Lb-interface signaling link.
Analysis
9-16 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application LMTP_NEG_ACKS
LMTP_NEG_ACKS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The LMTP_NEG_ACKS statistic tracks the number of out-of-sequence messages between a BSS
and the BSS-based SMLC across the Lb-interface signaling link.
Pegging
This statistic pegs when the BSS detects out of order messages to the SMLC and requests
retransmission.
Analysis
A threshold value should be assigned to this statistic which reflects the maximum number of
out of sequence messages between a BSS and an SMLC that are acceptable in normal system
operations.
If the specified threshold is exceeded, the 7. LMTL: SL number of negative acks received
- PM alarm is generated. Refer to the manual Maintenance Information: Alarm Handling at
the OMC-R (68P02901W26) for troubleshooting information.
68P02901W56-T 9-17
Jan 2010
LMTP_RE_TX Chapter 9: LMTL statistics
LMTP_RE_TX
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The LMTP_RE_TX statistic tracks the number of octets that the BSS has retransmitted to the
SMLC because the SMLC has requested retransmission. This indicates how much the BSS and
an SMLC are off in message sequencing by the number of octets retransmitted.
Pegging
This statistic pegs the number of octets retransmitted by the BSS to the SMLC.
Analysis
A threshold value should be assigned to this statistic which reflects the maximum number of
octet retransmissions that are acceptable in normal system operations.
9-18 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application LMTP_REMOTE_MGT
LMTP_REMOTE_MGT
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The LMTP_REMOTE_MGT statistic tracks the total time a Lb-interface Signaling Link (SL) is
remotely inhibited by the SMLC.
Pegging
This statistic pegs the duration of the Lb-interface SL inhibition due to remote management
action.
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of remote management SL inhibition actions.
68P02901W56-T 9-19
Jan 2010
LMTP_REMOTE_PROC Chapter 9: LMTL statistics
LMTP_REMOTE_PROC
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The LMTP_REMOTE_PROC statistic tracks the time that a remote processor is out of service.
Pegging
This statistic pegs when a remote processor outage is identified, and stopped when the
processor outage condition ceases.
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of remote processor outage occurrences in the
BSS-based SMLC.
9-20 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application LMTP_RESTORATION
LMTP_RESTORATION
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The LMTP_RESTORATION statistic tracks the number of times user traffic is allowed on a
Lb-interface Signaling Link (SL) that is in service and not inhibited. This statistic does not
track recovery from link fail.
Pegging
This statistic pegs when the Lb-interface SL starts carrying user traffic. This happens when the
Lb-interface SL comes into service, is uninhibited, or recovers from a remote processor outage.
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of used traffic being allowed on an SL.
68P02901W56-T 9-21
Jan 2010
LMTP_SIF_SIO_RX Chapter 9: LMTL statistics
LMTP_SIF_SIO_RX
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The LMTP_SIF_SIO_RX statistic tracks the number of Signal Information Fields (SIF) or
Service Information Octets (SIO) that are received over a Lb-interface signaling link.
Pegging
This statistic pegs each time an SIF or SIO is received over a Lb-interface signaling link.
Analysis
9-22 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application LMTP_SIF_SIO_TX
LMTP_SIF_SIO_TX
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The LMTP_SIF_SIO_TX statistic tracks the number of Signal Information Fields (SIF) or Service
Information Octets (SIO) that are transmitted over a signaling link by the BSC to the SMLC.
Pegging
This statistic pegs each time an SIF or SIO are transmitted over a signaling link by the BSC to
the SMLC.
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 9-23
Jan 2010
LMTP_SL_ACK Chapter 9: LMTL statistics
LMTP_SL_ACK
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The LMTP_SL_ACK statistic tracks the number of times that the link was lost due to a
Lb-interface MTP layer 2 T7 timer expiry.
Pegging
This statistic pegs each time the link is lost due to a timer that expires when an acknowledgment
from the BSS-based SMLC is not received.
Analysis
A threshold value should be assigned to this statistic which reflects the maximum number of
acknowledgments of MSUs not being received by the BSC that are acceptable in normal system
operations.
If the specified threshold is exceeded, the 2. LMTL: SL failure - excessive delay of ACK -
PM alarm is generated. Refer to the manual Maintenance Information: Alarm Handling at the
OMC-R (68P02901W26) for troubleshooting information.
9-24 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application LMTP_SL_ALIGNMENT
LMTP_SL_ALIGNMENT
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Pegging
This statistic pegs each time an out-of-service Signaling Link (SL) unsuccessfully tries to align
with the Lb-interface.
Analysis
A threshold value should be assigned to this statistic which reflects the maximum number of
unsuccessful attempts to align an out-of-service SL to the Lb-interface that are acceptable in
normal system operations.
68P02901W56-T 9-25
Jan 2010
LMTP_REMOTE_SL_CONGESTION Chapter 9: LMTL statistics
LMTP_REMOTE_SL_CONGESTION
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Pegging
This statistic pegs each time the remote congestion timer expires.
Analysis
A threshold value should be assigned to this statistic reflecting the maximum number of
occurrences of excessive congestion duration at the remote Signaling Link (SL) that are
acceptable in normal system operations.
9-26 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application LMTP_SL_ERROR_RATE
LMTP_SL_ERROR_RATE
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The LMTP_SL_ERROR_RATE statistic tracks the number of times that a Lb-interface Signaling
Link (SL) is lost due to the expiration of the Signal Unit Error Rate Monitor (SUERM) timer.
Pegging
This statistic pegs each time the Lb-interface SL is lost due to the SUERM timer expiration.
Analysis
A threshold value should be assigned to this statistic reflecting the maximum number of times an
SL may be lost due to SUERM timer expiration that are acceptable in normal system operations.
If the specified threshold is exceeded, the 3. LMTL: SL failure - excessive error rate - PM
alarm is generated. Refer to the manual Maintenance Information: Alarm Handling at the
OMC-R (68P02901W26) for troubleshooting information.
68P02901W56-T 9-27
Jan 2010
LMTP_SL_FAIL Chapter 9: LMTL statistics
LMTP_SL_FAIL
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The LMTP_SL_FAIL statistic tracks the Lb-interface Signaling Link (SL) failure for all causes
except, operator interaction, through the MMI.
Pegging
This statistic is pegged when a Lb-interface SL fails for any reason except operator interaction
through the MMI.
Analysis
A threshold value should be assigned to this statistic reflecting the maximum number of SL
failures, excluding those caused by the operator's interaction with the MMI, that are acceptable
in normal system operations.
If the specified threshold is exceeded, the 0. LMTL: SL failure - all reasons - PM alarm is
generated. Refer to the manual Maintenance Information: Alarm Handling at the OMC-R
(68P02901W26) for troubleshooting information.
9-28 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application LMTP_SL_FIBR
LMTP_SL_FIBR
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The LMTP_SL_FIBR statistic tracks the number of out-of-sequence messages between a BSC
and the BSS-based SMLC that result in a Lb-interface Signaling Link (SL) going out-of-service.
This statistic is like the LMTP_NEG_ACKS statistic, but signals a more severe condition.
Pegging
This statistic pegs when the SL is lost due to the detection of an abnormal Forward Indicator
Bit (FIB) caused by the de-synchronization of the Backward Sequence Number (BSN) and
Forward Sequence Number (FSN).
Analysis
A threshold value should be assigned to this statistic reflecting the maximum number of times
an SL may be lost due to the detection of an abnormal FIB that are acceptable in normal system
operations.
68P02901W56-T 9-29
Jan 2010
LMTP_START_RPO Chapter 9: LMTL statistics
LMTP_START_RPO
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The LMTP_START_PRO statistic tracks the number of times a processor outage occurs in
the BSS-based SMLC.
Pegging
This statistic is pegged each time the BSS is notified that the BSS-based SMLC has experienced
a processor outage.
Analysis
A threshold value should be assigned to this statistic reflecting the maximum number of remote
processor outages that are acceptable in normal system operations.
If the specified threshold is exceeded, the 8. LMTL: Start of remote processor outage
- PM alarm is generated. Refer to the manual Maintenance Information: Alarm Handling at
the OMC-R (68P02901W26) for troubleshooting information.
9-30 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application LMTP_STOP_RPO
LMTP_STOP_RPO
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The LMTP_STOP_RPO statistic tracks the number of times a processor outage condition
has ceased in the BSS-based SMLC.
Pegging
This statistic pegs each time the remote processor outage stops.
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of remote processor outage condition is no longer
present.
68P02901W56-T 9-31
Jan 2010
LMTP_SU_ERROR Chapter 9: LMTL statistics
LMTP_SU_ERROR
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The LMTP_SU_ERROR statistic tracks the number of times erroneous signal units are received
on the Lb-interface Signaling Link (SL).
Pegging
This statistic pegs each time an erroneous signal unit is received on the Lb-interface SS7 SL.
Analysis
A threshold value should be assigned to this statistic reflecting the maximum number of times
erroneous signal units may be received on the SL that are acceptable in normal system
operations.
If the specified threshold is exceeded, the 6. LMTL: Number of signal units in error - PM
alarm is generated. Refer to the manual Maintenance Information: Alarm Handling at the
OMC-R (68P02901W26) for troubleshooting information.
9-32 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application LMTP_UNAVAILABLE
LMTP_UNAVAILABLE
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The LMTP_UNAVAILABLE statistic tracks the total time a Lb-interface Signaling Link (SL) is
out-of-service for all reasons including those caused by operator intervention.
Pegging
This statistic records the duration of Lb-interface SL unavailability for all reasons, including
those caused by operator intervention through the MMI.
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of the duration of SL outages, including those
caused by operator interaction.
68P02901W56-T 9-33
Jan 2010
LMTP_SIB_RX Chapter 9: LMTL statistics
LMTP_SIB_RX
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The LMTP_SIB_RX statistic tracks the number of Status Indication Busy LSSU messages
received over a Lb-interface Signaling Link (SL).
Pegging
This statistic is pegged each time the BSS receives a Status Indication Busy (SIB) LSSU message
across the Lb-interface signaling link.
Analysis
9-34 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application LMTP_CONGESTION
LMTP_CONGESTION
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The LMTP_CONGESTION statistic tracks the time the Lb-interface Signaling Link (SL) is
congested.
Pegging
The timer for this statistic is started when a congestion is detected on a Lb interface signaling
link. The timer is stopped when normal operation is resumed.
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 9-35
Jan 2010
LMTP_SIB_TX Chapter 9: LMTL statistics
LMTP_SIB_TX
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The LMTP_SIB_TX statistic tracks the number of Status Indication Busy LSSU messages
transmitted over a Lb-interface Signaling Link (SL).
Pegging
This statistic is pegged each time the BSS transmits a Status Indication Busy (SIB) LSSU
message across the Lb-interface signaling link.
Analysis
9-36 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Chapter
10
BSS statistics for Location Services (LS) support are collected and used for the supported BSS
LS. Existing cell connection establishment statistics as described in are pegged for location
services and specific LS events are captured using BSS LS statistics described in this chapter.
These subgroups are described in BSS statistics for Location Services support subgroups on
page 10-2.
68P02901W56-T 10-1
Jan 2010
BSS statistics for Location Services support subgroups Chapter 10: BSS statistics for Location Services support
BSS statistics for Location Services (LS) support are organized into the following subgroups:
• Connection establishment on page 10-2.
Connection establishment
Connection establishment statistics track access and channel request functions. The following
statistics are connection establishment statistics and are pegged for location services:
• CHAN_REQ_CAUSE_ATMPT on page 4-68.
Location service
10-2 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Location service
68P02901W56-T 10-3
Jan 2010
BSSLAP_ABORT_RCV Chapter 10: BSS statistics for Location Services support
BSSLAP_ABORT_RCV
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The BSSLAP_ABORT_RCV statistic tracks the number of BSSLAP abort messages received.
Pegging
Analysis
10-4 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application BSSLAP_ABORT_SENT
BSSLAP_ABORT_SENT
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The BSSLAP_ABORT_SENT statistic tracks the number of BSSLAP abort messages sent.
Pegging
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 10-5
Jan 2010
BSSLAP_MS_POS_CMD Chapter 10: BSS statistics for Location Services support
BSSLAP_MS_POS_CMD
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Pegging
This statistic pegs each time a BSSLAP MS position command message is received.
Analysis
10-6 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application BSSLAP_MS_POS_RESP
BSSLAP_MS_POS_RESP
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Pegging
This statistic pegs each time a BSSLAP MS position response message is sent.
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 10-7
Jan 2010
BSSLAP_REJ Chapter 10: BSS statistics for Location Services support
BSSLAP_REJ
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The BSSLAP_REJ statistic tracks the number of BSSLAP reject messages sent.
Pegging
Analysis
10-8 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application BSSLAP_RESET
BSSLAP_RESET
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The BSSLAP_RESET statistic tracks the number of BSSLAP reset messages sent.
Pegging
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 10-9
Jan 2010
BSSLAP_TA_REQ Chapter 10: BSS statistics for Location Services support
BSSLAP_TA_REQ
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The BSSLAP_TA_REQ statistic tracks the number of BSSLAP TA request messages received.
Pegging
Analysis
10-10 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application BSSLAP_TA_RESP
BSSLAP_TA_RESP
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The BSSLAP_TA_RESP statistic tracks the number of BSSLAP TA response messages sent.
Pegging
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 10-11
Jan 2010
BSSLAP_TOA_REQ Chapter 10: BSS statistics for Location Services support
BSSLAP_TOA_REQ
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The BSSLAP_TOA_REQ statistic tracks the number of BSSLAP TOA request messages
received.
Pegging
This statistic pegs each time a BSSLAP TOA request message is received.
Analysis
10-12 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application BSSMAP_CONLESS_INFO_RCV
BSSMAP_CONLESS_INFO_RCV
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Pegging
This statistic pegs each time a BSSMAP connectionless information message is received.
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 10-13
Jan 2010
BSSMAP_CONLESS_INFO_SENT Chapter 10: BSS statistics for Location Services support
BSSMAP_CONLESS_INFO_SENT
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Pegging
This statistic pegs each time a BSSMAP connectionless information message is sent.
Analysis
10-14 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application BSSMAP_PERF_LOC_ABORT_MSGS
BSSMAP_PERF_LOC_ABORT_MSGS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Pegging
This statistic pegs each time a BSSMAP perform location abort message is received on
the A-interface.
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 10-15
Jan 2010
BSSMAP_PERF_LOC_REQ_MSGS Chapter 10: BSS statistics for Location Services support
BSSMAP_PERF_LOC_REQ_MSGS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Pegging
This statistic pegs each time a BSSMAP perform location request message is received
on A-interface.
Analysis
10-16 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application BSSMAP_PERF_LOC_RESP_MSGS
BSSMAP_PERF_LOC_RESP_MSGS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Pegging
This statistic pegs each time a BSSMAP perform location response message is sent on
A-interface.
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 10-17
Jan 2010
BSSMAPLE_CONLESS_INFO_RCV Chapter 10: BSS statistics for Location Services support
BSSMAPLE_CONLESS_INFO_RCV
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Pegging
This statistic pegs each time a BSSMAP-LE connectionless information message is received.
Analysis
10-18 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application BSSMAPLE_CONLESS_INFO_SENT
BSSMAPLE_CONLESS_INFO_SENT
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Pegging
This statistic pegs each time a BSSMAP-LE connectionless information message is sent.
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 10-19
Jan 2010
BSSMAPLE_PERF_LOC_ABORT_MSGS Chapter 10: BSS statistics for Location Services support
BSSMAPLE_PERF_LOC_ABORT_MSGS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Pegging
This statistic pegs each time a BSSMAP-LE perform location abort message is sent on
Lb-interface.
Analysis
Reference GSM 03.71 v7.4.0, sect 7.11GSM 09.31 v7.1.0, sect 9.3.
Usage MTP C7 utilization.
Fault finding.
Basis BSS.
Type Counter.
10-20 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application BSSMAPLE_PERF_LOC_REQ_MSGS
BSSMAPLE_PERF_LOC_REQ_MSGS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Pegging
This statistic pegs each time a BSSMAP-LE perform location request message is sent on
Lb-interface.
Analysis
Reference GSM 03.71 v7.4.0, sect 7.5, 7.6, 7.7, 7.11, 8.1GSM 09.31 v7.1.0, sect 9.1.
Usage MTP C7 utilization.
Fault finding.
Basis BSS.
Type Counter.
68P02901W56-T 10-21
Jan 2010
BSSMAPLE_PERF_LOC_RESP_MSGS Chapter 10: BSS statistics for Location Services support
BSSMAPLE_PERF_LOC_RESP_MSGS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Pegging
This statistic pegs each time a BSSMAP-LE perform location response message is received
on the Lb-interface.
Analysis
10-22 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Chapter
11
MTL statistics
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Message Transfer Link (MTL) statistics are used to track the events for the Message Transfer
Part (MTP) of the ITU-TSS No. 7 protocol on the BSC to MSC interface. They are categorized
into subgroups, each of which is described in MTL statistics subgroups on page 11-2.
68P02901W56-T 11-1
Jan 2010
MTL statistics subgroups Chapter 11: MTL statistics
MTP C7 availability
MTP C7 availability statistics are used to track the duration of signaling link outages and
inhibitions (local and remote) for the MTP of the ITU-TSS No.7 protocol on the BSC to MSC
interface. The following are the MTP C7 availability statistics:
• MTP_LINKFAIL on page 11-12.
MTP C7 performance
MTP C7 performance statistics are used to track the different types of failure and recovery
situations for the MTP of the ITU-TSS Number 7 protocol on the BSC to MSC interface. The
following are the MTP C7 performance statistics:
• MTP_CHANGEBACK on page 11-8.
11-2 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application MTP C7 utilization
MTP C7 utilization
MTP C7 utilization statistics are used to track the number of messages received, transmitted,
and retransmitted on signaling links and supply information on signaling link congestion for
the MTP of the ITU-TSS Number 7 protocol on the BSC to MSC interface. The following are
the MTP C7 utilization statistics:
• BUSY_CICS on page 11-4.
68P02901W56-T 11-3
Jan 2010
BUSY_CICS Chapter 11: MTL statistics
BUSY_CICS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The BUSY_CICS statistic tracks the number of BUSY CICS during an interval. These weighted
distribution statistics produce a mean value indicating the average number of CICs in use
during the interval.
Bin Range
0 0 to 199
1 200 to 399
2 400 to 799
3 800 to 1199
4 1200 to 1599
5 1600 to 2199
6 2200 to 3199
7 3200 to 4199
8 4200 to 5199
9 5200 to 6200
Pegging
The individual bins values are incremented by the length of time that the number of allocated
CICs fall within the bin ranges.
11-4 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Analysis
Analysis
Since each call is routed through the MSC (even intra-BSS and intra-cell), the number of CICs
represent the number of calls in progress under that MSC for this BSS.
Reference None.
Usage Quality of service monitoring.
Network planning.
Optimization.
Basis BSS.
Type Weighted distribution.
68P02901W56-T 11-5
Jan 2010
CONGESTION_LOST_MSU Chapter 11: MTL statistics
CONGESTION_LOST_MSU
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The CONGESTION_LOST_MSU statistic tracks the number of times Message Signaling Units
(MSU) are being lost due to Signaling Link (SL) congestion.
Pegging
This statistic pegs for each congestion event which results in MSUs being lost.
Analysis
A threshold value should be assigned to this statistic which reflects the maximum number of lost
MSUs due to SL congestion that are acceptable in normal system operations.
If the specified threshold is exceeded, the 11. MTL: SL congestion events resulting in loss
of MSUs - PM alarm is generated. Refer to the manual Maintenance Information: Alarm
Handling at the OMC-R (68P02901W26) for troubleshooting information.
11-6 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application MSU_DISCARDED
MSU_DISCARDED
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The MSU_DISCARDED statistic tracks the number of MSUs discarded while there is congestion
on the Signaling Link (SL).
Pegging
This statistic pegs each time an MSU is discarded while there is congestion on the SL.
Analysis
A threshold value should be assigned to this statistic which reflects the maximum number of
MSUs being discarded due to SL congestion that are acceptable in normal system operations.
If the specified threshold is exceeded, the 10. MTL: MSUs discarded due to SL congestion
- PM alarm is generated. Refer to the manual Maintenance Information: Alarm Handling at
the OMC-R (68P02901W26) for troubleshooting information.
68P02901W56-T 11-7
Jan 2010
MTP_CHANGEBACK Chapter 11: MTL statistics
MTP_CHANGEBACK
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The MTP_CHANGEBACK statistic tracks the number of local automatic change backs that
have been successfully completed.
Pegging
This statistic pegs when MTP traffic that has been changed over to an alternate Signaling
Link (SL) is diverted back to the original SL.
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of automatic change backs that have been
successfully completed.
11-8 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application MTP_CHANGEOVER
MTP_CHANGEOVER
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The MTP_CHANGEOVER statistic tracks the number of local automatic changeovers that
have been successfully completed. This indicates that MTP traffic is being transferred from a
Signaling Link (SL) that is going out-of-service to an alternate SL.
Pegging
This statistic pegs when MTP traffic is changed over to an alternate SL.
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of local automatic changeovers that have been
successfully completed.
68P02901W56-T 11-9
Jan 2010
MTP_CONGESTION Chapter 11: MTL statistics
MTP_CONGESTION
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The MTP_CONGESTION statistic tracks the length of time that a signaling link is congested.
This can be used to indicate signaling link congestion.
Pegging
The timer for this statistic is started when a congestion is detected on a signaling link. The timer
is stopped when normal operation is resumed.
Analysis
11-10 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application MTP_LINK_INS
MTP_LINK_INS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The MTP_LINK_INS statistic tracks the length of time that a signaling link (SL) is in the
in-service state.
Pegging
The timer for this statistic is started when an SL is brought into service. The timer is stopped
when the SL is removed from service.
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of the utilization of in-service SLs.
68P02901W56-T 11-11
Jan 2010
MTP_LINKFAIL Chapter 11: MTL statistics
MTP_LINKFAIL
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The MTP_LINKFAIL statistic tracks the duration of Signaling Link (SL) unavailability due to SL
failure. It records the total time a particular SL is out-of-service while trying to align.
Pegging
This statistic pegs each time the SL tries to align with the A interface while it is out-of-service.
The statistic timer is started when the SL fails. It is stopped when the SL comes back into
service.
Analysis
11-12 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application MTP_LOCAL_BUSY
MTP_LOCAL_BUSY
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The MTP_LOCAL_BUSY statistic tracks the total time congestion is present on the local end
of the Signaling Link (SL).
Pegging
This statistic is started when a congestion is detected on an SL. The statistic is stopped when
normal operation is resumed.
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis on congestion duration on the local end of the SL.
68P02901W56-T 11-13
Jan 2010
MTP_LOCAL_MGT Chapter 11: MTL statistics
MTP_LOCAL_MGT
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The MTP_LOCAL_MGT statistic tracks the total time that a local Signaling Link (SL) is
inhibited due to local management actions.
Pegging
This statistic is started each time the SL is inhibited due to local management actions and
stopped when the link is enabled.
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis on inhibited local SLs due to local management
action.
11-14 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application MTP_MGT_INHIBIT
MTP_MGT_INHIBIT
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The MTP_MGT_INHIBIT statistic tracks the number of times the Signaling Link (SL) is
inhibited using the shutdown command on the MTP link.
Pegging
This statistic is started each time the SL is inhibited by the user entering the shutdown command
on the associated MTP link.
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis on inhibited SLs using the shutdown command on
the associated MTP link.
68P02901W56-T 11-15
Jan 2010
MTP_MGT_UNINHIBIT Chapter 11: MTL statistics
MTP_MGT_UNINHIBIT
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The MTP_MGT_UNINHIBIT statistic tracks the number of times the Signaling Link (SL) is
uninhibited using the unlock command on the MTP link.
Pegging
This statistic is started each time the SL is uninhibited using the unlock command on an SL that
was previously inhibited.
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis on uninhibited SLs using the unlock command on
the associated MTP link.
11-16 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application MTP_MSU_RX
MTP_MSU_RX
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The MTP_MSU_RX statistic tracks the number of Message Signal Units (MSUs) received on
a particular signaling link.
Pegging
This statistic pegs each time MSUs are received over the signaling link.
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 11-17
Jan 2010
MTP_MSU_TX Chapter 11: MTL statistics
MTP_MSU_TX
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The MTP_MSU_TX statistic tracks the number of Message Signal Units (MSUs) transmitted on
a particular signaling link.
Pegging
This statistic pegs each time MSUs are transmitted over the signaling link.
Analysis
11-18 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application MTP_NEG_ACKS
MTP_NEG_ACKS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The MTP_NEG_ACKS statistic tracks when the messages between a BSS and an MSC get
out of sequence.
Pegging
This statistic pegs when the BSS detects out of order messages to the MSC and request
retransmission.
Analysis
A threshold value should be assigned to this statistic which reflects the maximum number of
out-of-sequence messages between a BSS and an MSC that are acceptable in normal system
operations.
If the specified threshold is exceeded, the 7. MTL: SL number of negative acks received
- PM alarm is generated. Refer to the manual Maintenance Information: Alarm Handling at
the OMC-R (68P02901W26) for troubleshooting information.
68P02901W56-T 11-19
Jan 2010
MTP_RE_TX Chapter 11: MTL statistics
MTP_RE_TX
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The MTP_RE_TX statistic tracks the number of octets that the BSS has retransmitted to the
MSC because the MSC has requested retransmission. This indicates how much the BSS and an
MSC are off in message sequencing by the number of octets retransmitted.
Pegging
This statistic pegs the number of octets retransmitted by the BSS to the MSC.
Analysis
11-20 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application MTP_REMOTE_MGT
MTP_REMOTE_MGT
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The MTP_REMOTE_MGT statistic tracks the total time a Signaling Link (SL) was remotely
inhibited.
Pegging
This statistic pegs the duration of the SL inhibition due to remote management action until
uninhibited.
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of remote management SL inhibition actions.
68P02901W56-T 11-21
Jan 2010
MTP_REMOTE_PROC Chapter 11: MTL statistics
MTP_REMOTE_PROC
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The MTP_REMOTE_PROC statistic tracks the time that a remote processor is out-of-service.
Pegging
This statistic pegs when a remote processor outage is identified, and stopped when the
processor outage condition ceases.
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of remote processor outages.
11-22 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application MTP_RESTORATION
MTP_RESTORATION
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The MTP_RESTORATION statistic tracks the number of times a user traffic is allowed on a
Signaling Link (SL) that is in service and not inhibited. This statistic does not track recovery
from link fail.
Pegging
This statistic pegs when the SL starts carrying user traffic. This happens when the SL comes
into service, is uninhibited, or recovers from a remote processor outage.
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of used traffic being allowed on an SL.
68P02901W56-T 11-23
Jan 2010
MTP_SIF_SIO_RX Chapter 11: MTL statistics
MTP_SIF_SIO_RX
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The MTP_SIF_SIO_RX statistic tracks the number of Signal Information Fields (SIF) or Service
Information Octets (SIO) that are received over a signaling link.
Pegging
This statistic pegs each time an SIF or SIO is received over the signaling link.
Analysis
11-24 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application MTP_SIF_SIO_TX
MTP_SIF_SIO_TX
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The MTP_SIF_SIO_TX statistic tracks the number of Signal Information Fields (SIF) or Service
Information Octets (SIO) that are transmitted over a signaling link.
Pegging
This statistic pegs each time an SIF or SIO are transmitted over the signaling link.
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 11-25
Jan 2010
MTP_SL_ACK Chapter 11: MTL statistics
MTP_SL_ACK
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The MTP_SL_ACK statistic tracks the number of times that the link was lost because a timer
expired due to an acknowledgment that a Message Signal Unit (MSU) was not sent.
Pegging
This statistic pegs each time the link is lost due to a timer that expires when an acknowledgment
of an MSU is not sent.
Analysis
A threshold value should be assigned to this statistic which reflects the maximum number of
acknowledgments of MSUs not being sent that are acceptable in normal system operations.
If the specified threshold is exceeded, the 2. MTL: SL failure - excessive delay of ACK -
PM alarm is generated. Refer to the manual Maintenance Information: Alarm Handling at the
OMC-R (68P02901W26) for troubleshooting information.
11-26 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application MTP_SL_ALIGNMENT
MTP_SL_ALIGNMENT
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Pegging
This statistic pegs each time an out-of-service SL unsuccessfully tries to align with the A
interface.
Analysis
A threshold value should be assigned to this statistic which reflects the maximum number of
unsuccessful attempts to align an out-of-service SL to the A interface that are acceptable in
normal system operations.
68P02901W56-T 11-27
Jan 2010
MTP_SL_CONGESTION Chapter 11: MTL statistics
MTP_SL_CONGESTION
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The MTP_SL_CONGESTION statistic tracks the number of times the remote site is congested.
Pegging
This statistic pegs each time the remote congestion timer expires.
Analysis
A threshold value should be assigned to this statistic reflecting the maximum number of
occurrences of excessive congestion duration at the remote that are acceptable in normal
system operations.
11-28 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application MTP_SL_ERROR_RATE
MTP_SL_ERROR_RATE
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The MTP_SL_ERROR_RATE statistic tracks the number of times that a Signaling Link (SL) is
lost due to the expiration of the Signal Unit Error Rate Monitor (SUERM) timer.
Pegging
This statistic pegs each time the SL is lost due to the SUERM timer expiration. (Refer to
ITU-TSS specification Q. 703, Section 102.)
Analysis
A threshold value should be assigned to this statistic reflecting the maximum number of times an
SL may be lost due to SUERM timer expirations that are acceptable in normal system operations.
If the specified threshold is exceeded, the 3. MTL: SL failure - excessive error rate - PM
alarm is generated. Refer to the manual Maintenance Information: Alarm Handling at the
OMC-R (68P02901W26) for troubleshooting information.
68P02901W56-T 11-29
Jan 2010
MTP_SL_ERROR_RATE_HSP Chapter 11: MTL statistics
MTP_SL_ERROR_RATE_HSP
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The MTP_SL_ERROR_RATE_HSP statistic tracks the number of times a Signaling Link (SL) is
lost due to the Error internal monitoring threshold (TE) is reached during the monitoring period.
Pegging
MTPL2 sends a DL_DISCONNECT_IND to MTP L3 and MTP L3 pegs this statistic each time
DL_DISCONNECT_IND is received.
Analysis
For HSP MTL, the MTP_SL_ERROR_RATE_HSP statistic tracks the number of times a
Signaling Link (SL) is lost due to the Error internal monitoring threshold (TE) is reached during
the monitoring period. This statistic can be used to analyses MTP C7 performance and locate
fault on SL.
11-30 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application MTP_SL_FAIL
MTP_SL_FAIL
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The MTP_SL_FAIL statistic tracks Signaling Link (SL) failure for all causes except, those
caused by operator interaction through the MMI.
Pegging
This statistic pegs when an SL fails for any reason except those caused by operator interaction
through the MMI.
Analysis
A threshold value should be assigned to this statistic reflecting the maximum number of SL
failures, excluding those caused by operator interaction with the MMI, that are acceptable in
normal system operations.
If the specified threshold is exceeded, the 0. MTL: SL failure - all reasons - PM alarm is
generated. Refer to the manual Maintenance Information: Alarm Handling at the OMC-R
(68P02901W26) for troubleshooting information.
68P02901W56-T 11-31
Jan 2010
MTP_SL_FIBR Chapter 11: MTL statistics
MTP_SL_FIBR
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The MTP_SL_FIBR statistic tracks the messages between a BSS and a remote site, which are
out of sequence, causing the Signaling Link (SL) to go out-of-service. This statistic is like the
MTP_NEG_ACKS statistic but signals a more severe condition.
Pegging
This statistic pegs when the SL is lost due to the detection of an abnormal Forward Indicator
Bit (FIB) caused by the de-synchronization of the Backward Sequence Number (BSN) and
Forward Sequence Number (FSN).
Analysis
A threshold value should be assigned to this statistic reflecting the maximum number of times
an SL may be lost due to the detection of an abnormal FIB that are acceptable in normal system
operations.
11-32 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application MTP_START_RPO
MTP_START_RPO
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The MTP_START_PRO statistic tracks the number of times a remote processor outage occurs.
Pegging
This statistic pegs each time a remote processor outage condition is identified.
Analysis
A threshold value should be assigned to this statistic reflecting the maximum number of remote
processor outages that are acceptable in normal system operations.
If the specified threshold is exceeded, the 8. MTL: Start of remote processor outage - PM
alarm is generated. Refer to the manual Maintenance Information: Alarm Handling at the
OMC-R (68P02901W26) for troubleshooting information.
68P02901W56-T 11-33
Jan 2010
MTP_STOP_RPO Chapter 11: MTL statistics
MTP_STOP_RPO
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The MTP_STOP_RPO statistic tracks the number of times a remote processor outage condition
stops.
Pegging
This statistic pegs each time the remote processor outage stops.
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of remote processor outages and restoration.
11-34 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application MTP_SU_ERROR
MTP_SU_ERROR
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The MTP_SU_ERROR statistic tracks the number of times erroneous signal units are received
on the Signaling Link (SL).
Pegging
This statistic pegs each time an erroneous signal unit is received on the SL.
Analysis
A threshold value should be assigned to this statistic reflecting the maximum number of times
erroneous signal units may be received on the SL that are acceptable in normal system
operations.
If the specified threshold is exceeded, the 6. MTL: Number of signal units in error - PM
alarm is generated. Refer to the manual Maintenance Information: Alarm Handling at the
OMC-R (68P02901W26) for troubleshooting information.
68P02901W56-T 11-35
Jan 2010
MTP_UNAVAILABLE Chapter 11: MTL statistics
MTP_UNAVAILABLE
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The MTP_UNAVAILABLE statistic tracks the total time a Signaling Link (SL) is out-of-service
for all reasons including those caused by operator intervention.
Pegging
This statistic records the duration of SL unavailability for all reasons, including those caused
by operator intervention through the MMI.
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of the duration of SL outages, including those
caused by operator interaction.
11-36 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application SIB_RX
SIB_RX
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The SIB_RX statistic provides a means of calculating MTL utilization by counting the number of
Status Indication Busy LSSU messages received.
Pegging
This statistic pegs each receipt of a Status Indication Busy (SIB) LSSU message on a per
signaling link basis.
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 11-37
Jan 2010
SIB_TX Chapter 11: MTL statistics
SIB_TX
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The SIB_TX statistic provides a means of calculating MTL utilization by counting the number of
Status Indication Busy LSSU messages transmitted.
Pegging
This statistic pegs each transmission of a Status Indication Busy (SIB) LSSU message on
a per-signaling link basis.
Analysis
11-38 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application SL_CONGESTION
SL_CONGESTION
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The SL_CONGESTION statistic tracks the number of times the remote congestion timer expires
due to excessive duration of Signaling Link (SL) failure.
Pegging
This statistic pegs each time the remote congestion timer expires due to excessive duration of
congestion on an SL failure.
Analysis
A threshold value should be assigned to this statistic which reflects the maximum number of
remote congestion timer expirations that are acceptable in normal system operations.
68P02901W56-T 11-39
Jan 2010
SL_STOP_CONGESTION Chapter 11: MTL statistics
SL_STOP_CONGESTION
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Pegging
This statistic is pegged each time the signaling link congestion indication stops.
Analysis
11-40 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Chapter
12
X.25/LAP-D statistics included here, are used to track BSS data transmission information. These
statistics relate to the events on the following links:
• Cell Broadcast Link (CBL).
68P02901W56-T 12-1
Jan 2010
X.25/LAP-D Level: X.25 and LAP-D statistics Chapter 12: CBL, GSL, OML, RSL, and XBL statistics
X.25 and LAP-D statistics are used to track BSS data transmission information. The following
are the X.25 and LAP-D statistics:
• ATER_CHANNEL_REQUEST on page 12-3.
12-2 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application ATER_CHANNEL_REQUEST
ATER_CHANNEL_REQUEST
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Pegging
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage Network planning.
Fault finding.
Quality of service monitoring.
Basis AXCDR.
Type Counter.
68P02901W56-T 12-3
Jan 2010
ATER_CHANNEL_STATUS Chapter 12: CBL, GSL, OML, RSL, and XBL statistics
ATER_CHANNEL_STATUS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The ATER_CHANNEL_STATUS statistic tracks the Ater channel status on a per XBL linkset
basis.
Table 12-1 ATER_CHANNEL_STATUS bins
NOTE
The pegging occurs only when the
BSC is operating in EAC mode.
Continued
12-4 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Pegging
NOTE
All out-of-service (OOS) and idle CICs
have Low Ater Resources reason set.
Pegging
This statistic pegs the number of events relating to ATER allocation and assignment scenarios
on a per XBL linkset basis.
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage Network planning.
Fault finding.
Quality of service monitoring.
Basis AXCDR.
Type Counter array.
68P02901W56-T 12-5
Jan 2010
ATER_PREEMPT_ATMPT Chapter 12: CBL, GSL, OML, RSL, and XBL statistics
ATER_PREEMPT_ATMPT
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The ATER_PREEMPT_ATMPT statistic tracks the number of times the Ater preemption
mechanism is successful in finding a resource to preempt (excluding switchover scenarios).
Pegging
The BSS pegs the ATER_PREEMPT_ATMPT statistic when the Ater preemption mechanism is
successful in finding a resource to preempt (excluding switchover scenarios).
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage GPRS Quality of Service.
Network planning.
Basis AXCDR.
Type Counter.
12-6 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application ATER_PREEMPT_ATMPT_SWOVER
ATER_PREEMPT_ATMPT_SWOVER
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Pegging
The BSS pegs the ATER_PREEMPT_ATMPT_SWOVER statistic when the Ater preemption
mechanism is successful in finding a resource to preempt due to switchover scenarios.
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage GPRS Quality of Service.
Network planning.
Basis AXCDR.
Type Counter.
68P02901W56-T 12-7
Jan 2010
ATER_PREEMPT_FAIL Chapter 12: CBL, GSL, OML, RSL, and XBL statistics
ATER_PREEMPT_FAIL
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The ATER_PREEMPT_FAIL statistic tracks the number of times the Ater preemption mechanism
fails to allocate a resource (for non-switchover cases only).
Pegging
The BSS pegs the ATER_PREEMPT_FAIL statistic when Ater preemption fails due to a conflict
between BSS mechanisms or when there are multiple failures in preemption mechanism.
NOTE
For multiple failures, the ATER_PREEMPT_FAIL statistic pegs only once.
Analysis
A threshold value should be assigned to this statistic which reflects the maximum number of
times the Ater preemption mechanism is unsuccessful.
Reference None.
Usage GPRS Quality of Service.
Network planning.
Basis AXCDR.
Type Counter.
12-8 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application ATER_PREEMPT_FAIL_SWOVER
ATER_PREEMPT_FAIL_SWOVER
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
This statistic tracks the number of times the Ater preemption mechanism fails to allocate a
resource (for switchover cases only).
Pegging
The BSS pegs the ATER_PREEMPT_FAIL_SWOVER statistic when Ater preemption fails due to a
conflict between BSS mechanisms or when there are multiple failures in preemption mechanism.
NOTE
For multiple failures, the ATER_PREEMPT_FAIL_SWOVER statistic pegs only once.
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage GPRS Quality of Service.
Network planning.
Basis AXCDR.
Type Counter.
68P02901W56-T 12-9
Jan 2010
ATER_PREEMPT_RQD Chapter 12: CBL, GSL, OML, RSL, and XBL statistics
ATER_PREEMPT_RQD
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The ATER_PREEMPT_RQD statistic tracks the number of times the ATER preemption
mechanism is triggered.
The BSS triggers the Ater preemption mechanism when no 8 kbps or 16 kbps resources are
available to satisfy the requirements of a request with preemption capability (PCI = 1 and
priority level less than 14).
Pegging
The BSS pegs the ATER_PREEMPT_RQD statistic when Ater preemption is triggered.
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage GPRS Quality of Service.
Network planning.
Basis AXCDR.
Type Counter.
12-10 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application EXT_UL_EXITS
EXT_UL_EXITS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The EXT_UL_EXITS statistic gives the total number of exits from extended uplink TBF mode to
normal uplink transfer mode or normal uplink TBF release.
Pegging
This statistic pegs the ending of extended uplink TBF. BSS pegs the appropriate bin. Different
bins and method of collection is as follows:
Table 12-2 EXT_UL_EXITS bins
Bin Description
0 This bin is pegged when network exits out of extended
uplink TBF mode to normal uplink transfer mode due to
arrival of new RLC data block.
1 This bin is pegged when network exits out of extended
uplink TBF mode to normal release the uplink TBF due to
the expiry of extended uplink duration.
2 This bin is pegged when network exits out of extended
uplink TBF mode to preemptively release uplink TBF due
to congestion in the cell. For congestion release details
refer to PCU4510.
Analysis
The EXT_UL_EXITS statistic tracks the number of exits from extended uplink TBF mode.
Reference None.
68P02901W56-T 12-11
Jan 2010
EXT_UL_USF_USAGE Chapter 12: CBL, GSL, OML, RSL, and XBL statistics
EXT_UL_USF_USAGE
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The EXT_UL_USF_USAGE statistic provides the number of control blocks received during
extended uplink TBF mode. It also provides the number of times no activity is recorded at the
PCU during extended uplink TBF mode when ext_utbf_nodata is one.
Pegging
This statistic is pegged based on the type of block received on assigned USF during extended
uplink mode. Different bins and method of collection is as follows:
Table 12-3 EXT_UL_USF_USAGE bins
Bin Description
0 This bin is pegged when Uplink Dummy Control Blocks are
received during extended uplink TBF mode.
1 This bin is pegged when non-dummy Control Blocks are
received during extended uplink TBF mode.
2 This bin is pegged when ext_utbf_nodata is one and no
activity is recorded on the USF assigned during extended
uplink TBF mode.
Analysis
This statistic provides block count for which a non-real data block is received by the PCU
during extended uplink TBF mode.
Reference None.
Usage Performance management.
Basis Cell.
Type Counter array.
12-12 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application FRMR
FRMR
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The FRMR statistic tracks the number of frames that were rejected because the frames were
not recoverable.
Pegging
This statistic pegs each time a frame that is not recoverable, is received.
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 12-13
Jan 2010
I_FRAMES_RX Chapter 12: CBL, GSL, OML, RSL, and XBL statistics
I_FRAMES_RX
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The I_FRAMES_RX statistic tracks the number of Information Frames (I-Frames) received.
Pegging
Analysis
12-14 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application I_FRAMES_TX
I_FRAMES_TX
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The I_FRAMES_TX statistic tracks the number of Information Frames (I-Frames) transmitted.
Pegging
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 12-15
Jan 2010
INVALID_FRAMES_RX Chapter 12: CBL, GSL, OML, RSL, and XBL statistics
INVALID_FRAMES_RX
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Pegging
• LAP-D
On the RSL (BSS-BTS link).
Analysis
12-16 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application LAP-D_CONGESTION
LAP-D_CONGESTION
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The LAP-D_CONGESTION statistic tracks the time that the LAP-D link is congested. This
indicates the time period in milliseconds when the sending speed of the BSC/BTS processes
is more than the link transmit capability and provides a way of monitoring when more links
need to be added.
NOTE
• The exec-dlsp process has a bigger buffer to hold outgoing messages therefore
the messages are not dropped even during the congestion period.
• The LAP-D_CONGESTION statistic is not applicable to OML link.
Pegging
This statistic pegs when the transmit buffer gets full and stops when the buffer is available again.
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 12-17
Jan 2010
MSGS_DISCARD_ON_RSL Chapter 12: CBL, GSL, OML, RSL, and XBL statistics
MSGS_DISCARD_ON_RSL
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
This statistic counts the number of discard-eligible messages discarded on each RSL by RSL
congestion control operation.
Pegging
This statistic is pegged each time downlink messages are discarded by the RSL Congestion
Control operation on each RSL.
Analysis
12-18 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application N2_EXPIRY
N2_EXPIRY
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The N2_EXPIRY statistic tracks the number of link alignment retries attempted without success.
Pegging
This statistic pegs when the retry count threshold has been exceeded.
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 12-19
Jan 2010
RSL_LINK_INS Chapter 12: CBL, GSL, OML, RSL, and XBL statistics
RSL_LINK_INS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The RSL_LINK_INS statistic tracks the time that an RSL link is in service within a predefined
interval.
Pegging
This statistic is started when the RSL link is in service and ends when the RSL link becomes
OOS within a predefined interval.
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage RSL Congestion Control.
Quality of service.
Basis RSL link.
Type Duration.
12-20 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application RSL_RX_OCTETS
RSL_RX_OCTETS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The RSL_RX_OCTETS statistic collects the total length of octets transmitted over the RSL link
from BTS to BSC when the RSL link is in service within a predefined interval.
Pegging
The BSC collects the octets transmitted over an RSL uplink when an RSL link is in service. This
statistic provides a cumulative length of octets transmitted over an RSL link from BTS to BSC.
NOTE
The octets count for pre GPROC3-2 boards (not including retransmissions and
supervisory frames) is based on payload and LAP-D header information. This does not
apply to GPROC3-2 boards as the LAP-D protocol is provided by software.
OMC can use the following formula to calculate the key statistics:
The RSL link can be either 16 or 64 kbit/s. In the formula above, an rsl_link_rate of 1 indicates
16 kbit/s bandwidth, 4 indicates 64 kbit/s bandwidth.
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage Uplink utilization.
Trouble shooting.
RSL provisioning.
Basis RSL link.
Type Counter.
68P02901W56-T 12-21
Jan 2010
RSL_TX_OCTETS Chapter 12: CBL, GSL, OML, RSL, and XBL statistics
RSL_TX_OCTETS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The RSL_TX_OCTETS statistic collects the total length of octets transmitted over the RSL link
from BSC to BTS when the RSL link is in service within a predefined interval.
Pegging
The BSC collects the octets transmitted over an RSL downlink when an RSL link is in service.
This statistic provides a cumulative length of octets transmitted over an RSL link from BSC to
BTS.
The BSC collects the octets transmitted over an RSL downlink when an RSL link is in service.
This statistic provides a cumulative length of octets transmitted over an RSL link from BSC to
BTS.
OMC can use the following formula to calculate the key statistics:
The RSL link can be either 16 kbit/s or 64 kbit/s. In the formula above, an rsl_link_rate of 1
indicates 16 kbit/s bandwidth, 4 indicates 64 kbit/s bandwidth.
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage Downlink utilization.
Trouble shooting.
RSL provisioning.
Basis RSL link.
Type Counter.
12-22 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application SABM_TX
SABM_TX
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The SABM_TX statistic tracks the links that come into service.
Pegging
This statistic is pegged for all Set Asynchronous Balanced Mode (SABM) frames.
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 12-23
Jan 2010
Analysis Chapter 12: CBL, GSL, OML, RSL, and XBL statistics
12-24 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Chapter
13
PCU statistics
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
PCU statistics are captured from the events occurring at the Packet Control Unit (PCU). They are
categorized into subgroups, each of which is described in PCU statistics subgroups on page 13-2.
68P02901W56-T 13-1
Jan 2010
PCU statistics subgroups Chapter 13: PCU statistics
GBL statistics
The GBL device refers to the configured number of time slots on an E1 link between the PCU
and the Serving GPRS Support Node (SGSN). This interface is referred to as the Gb interface.
The Gb interface allows many users to be multiplexed over a common physical resource. GPRS
signaling and user data are sent on the same physical resource; that is, no dedicated physical
resources are allocated for signaling purposes.
13-2 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Accessibility statistics
Accessibility statistics
Accessibility statistics measure how effectively GPRS resources are being accessed. These
measurements assist the operator in planning the necessary resources required for the MS
to efficiently access the network.
68P02901W56-T 13-3
Jan 2010
Throughput statistics Chapter 13: PCU statistics
Throughput statistics
13-4 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Throughput statistics
68P02901W56-T 13-5
Jan 2010
Throughput statistics Chapter 13: PCU statistics
13-6 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Throughput statistics
68P02901W56-T 13-7
Jan 2010
Utilization statistics Chapter 13: PCU statistics
Utilization statistics
Utilization statistics measure how effectively GPRS resources are being utilized. These
measurements assist the operator in planning the necessary resources required for the MS to
efficiently use the network.
13-8 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application AIR_DL_CONTROL_BLKS
AIR_DL_CONTROL_BLKS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The AIR_DL_CONTROL_BLKS statistic tracks the number of downlink control Radio Link
Control (RLC) blocks sent by the Packet Control Unit (PCU). Examples for downlink control
blocks are:
• Packet Uplink ACK/NACK.
Pegging
NOTE
This statistic is pegged for both GPRS and EGPRS events.
Analysis
This statistic can be used for the trend analysis of the number of Radio Link Control blocks
sent by the PCU.
Reference None.
Usage Performance management.
Basis Cell.
Type Counter.
68P02901W56-T 13-9
Jan 2010
AIR_DL_TBF_FAILURES Chapter 13: PCU statistics
AIR_DL_TBF_FAILURES
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The AIR_DL_TBF_FAILURES statistic tracks the total number of downlink Temporary Block
Flow (TBF) that are abnormally released in the different phases (identified in the bins) due
to radio failures in a cell.
Bin Description
0 Establishment.
1 Data transfer.
2 Delayed TBF release mode.
3 Termination.
To see the relationship between the MS, BSS, and MSC for this statistic, refer to Throughput
statistics on page 19-87 in Chapter 19 Ladder diagrams.
Pegging
This statistic pegs each time a downlink TBF is established, and later abnormally released due
to radio failures in a cell during a statistical measurement interval. The statistic pegs the
appropriate bin depending on the phase where the TBF was abnormally released.
NOTE
This statistic is pegged for both GPRS and EGPRS events.
Analysis
Reference None
Usage Performance management
Basis Cell.
Type Counter array.
13-10 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application AIR_UL_CONTROL_BLKS
AIR_UL_CONTROL_BLKS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The AIR_UL_CONTROL_BLKS statistic tracks the number of uplink control Radio Link Control
(RLC) blocks received by the PCU. Examples for Uplink control blocks are:
• Packet Downlink ACK/NACK.
Pegging
This statistic is pegged for each control block the network receives from the MS.
NOTE
This statistic is pegged for both GPRS and EGPRS events.
Analysis
This statistic can be used for the trend analysis of Radio Link Control blocks sent by the MS.
Reference None.
Usage Performance management.
Basis Cell.
Type Counter.
68P02901W56-T 13-11
Jan 2010
AIR_UL_TBF_FAILURES Chapter 13: PCU statistics
AIR_UL_TBF_FAILURES
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The AIR_UL_TBF_FAILURES statistic tracks the total number of uplink Temporary Block
Flow (TBF) that are abnormally released in the different phases (identified in the bins) due
to radio failures in a cell.
Bin Description
0 Establishment.
1 Data transfer.
To see the relationship between the MS, BSS, and MSC for this statistic, refer to Throughput
statistics on page 19-87.
Pegging
This statistic pegs each time an uplink TBF is established, and later abnormally released due
to radio failures in a cell during a statistical measurement interval. The statistic pegs the
appropriate bin depending on the phase where the TBF was abnormally released.
NOTE
This statistic is pegged for both GPRS and EGPRS events.
Analysis
Reference None
Usage Performance management
Basis Cell.
Type Counter array.
13-12 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application AVG_SIMUL_DL_TBFS
AVG_SIMUL_DL_TBFS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Pegging
The average simultaneous DL TBFs are calculated over a sample period of 80 ms. GTS pegs
the average number of DL TBFs that were active over 80 ms.
• The downlink TBF includes the final super-coattail and T3193 has expired.
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage Measures the average number of simultaneous downlink TBFs per cell.
Basis Cell
Type Gauge.
68P02901W56-T 13-13
Jan 2010
AVG_SIMUL_UL_TBFS Chapter 13: PCU statistics
AVG_SIMUL_UL_TBFS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Pegging
The average simultaneous active UL TBFs are calculated over a sample period of 80 ms. GTS
pegs the average number of UL TBFs that were active over 80 ms.
NOTE
FPUAK CA cannot be received by the MS due to cell reselections or if the MS is
not waiting for the CA to close the uplink TBF. In that case, the uplink TBF has to
be considered closed after waiting for the CA timeout (The uplink TBF duration is
measured as longer than it is in reality, as in this case).
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage Measures the average number of simultaneous uplink TBFs per cell.
Basis Cell
Type Gauge.
13-14 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application BLOCKED_DL_TBFS
BLOCKED_DL_TBFS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The counter array statistic BLOCKED_DL_TBF counts the number of occurrences of blocked
downlink TBF establishment for various causes.
Pegging
The BLOCKED_DL_TBFS statistic pegs the appropriate bin for each occurrence of a blocked
downlink TBF establishment due to the following failure causes:
• Insufficient RSL bandwidth.
No TFI available.
Insufficient memory.
PFC establish failure due to current TSZ TSu check and the PFC is the only one at TBF.
PFC establish failure due to board-level TSu check and the PFC is the only one at TBF.
68P02901W56-T 13-15
Jan 2010
Analysis Chapter 13: PCU statistics
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage Counts the number of occurrences of blocked downlink TBF establishments
for various causes.
Basis Cell
Type Small counter array.
13-16 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application CELL_FLUSH_REQS
CELL_FLUSH_REQS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The CELL_FLUSH_REQS statistic tracks the number of flush requests received on the GBL(s)
per-cell basis.
Pegging
This statistic is pegged each time a flush request is received on the GBL to flush the Logical
Link Control (LLC) Protocol Data Unit (PDU) for a particular MS.
Analysis
This statistic can be used for the trend analysis of the number of flush messages received
by the BSS.
Reference None.
Usage Network planning.
Congestion.
Basis Cell
Type Counter.
NOTE
This statistic was previously known as GBL_FLUSH_REQS.
68P02901W56-T 13-17
Jan 2010
CH_REQ_UNSVCD_PCU Chapter 13: PCU statistics
CH_REQ_UNSVCD_PCU
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The CH_REQ_UNSVCD_PCU statistic tracks the total number of uplink GPRS channel requests
unserviced by the PCU.
This statistic represents the major reasons for not servicing GPRS channel requests at the PCU.
Minor condition scenarios, such as the channel request being received in a wrong MS/TBF state
due to system race conditions, and various system delays are minimal and are not covered
in any of the bins earlier.
Pegging
This statistic is pegged for each channel request unserviced by the PCU.
Table 13-4 CH_REQ_UNSVCD_PCU bins
13-18 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Analysis
NOTE
This statistic is pegged for both GPRS and EGPRS events.
Analysis
This statistic can be used for the trend analysis of the PCU.
Reference None.
Usage Performance management.
Basis Cell.
Type Counter array.
68P02901W56-T 13-19
Jan 2010
CHANNEL_REQS_REC Chapter 13: PCU statistics
CHANNEL_REQS_REC
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
NOTE
The OMC displays the bins alphabetically.
13-20 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Pegging
To see the relationship between the MS, BSS, and MSC for this statistic, refer to Accessibility
statistics on page 19-81 in Chapter 19 Ladder diagrams.
Pegging
This statistic pegs for each channel request message received. The bin that is incremented is
determined by the channel request message type.
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage Network planning.
Basis Cell.
Type Counter array.
68P02901W56-T 13-21
Jan 2010
CHANNEL_REQS_REJECT Chapter 13: PCU statistics
CHANNEL_REQS_REJECT
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The CHANNEL_REQS_REJECT statistic tracks the number of rejections by the PCU for
packet channel or resource requests. The PCU rejects such requests because the resources
are unavailable.
To see the relationship between the MS, BSS, and MSC for this statistic, refer to Accessibility
statistics on page 19-81.
Pegging
This statistic pegs when a Packet Access Reject message is sent to the MS in response to a
UL Request in PDAK or to a Packet Resource Request (two-phase access) when there are no
resources left to allocate. No retransmissions are pegged.
NOTE
This statistic is pegged for both GPRS and EGPRS events.
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage Network planning.
Congestion.
Basis Cell.
Type Counter.
13-22 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application CHANNEL_REQS_SUCCESS
CHANNEL_REQS_SUCCESS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
This statistic counts the number of channel or resource requests that are allocated a TBF
resource successfully.
This statistic specifically counts the number of ASSIGNMENT messages sent to the MS.
Re-transmissions are excluded.
Continued
68P02901W56-T 13-23
Jan 2010
Pegging Chapter 13: PCU statistics
NOTE
The OMC displays the bins alphabetically.
To see the relationship between the MS, BSS, and MSC for this statistic, refer to Accessibility
statistics on page 19-81 in Chapter 19 Ladder diagrams.
Pegging
This statistic pegs for each channel request message granted on the downlink. The bin that
is incremented is determined by the channel request message type. Retransmissions are not
pegged.
Analysis
The statistic can be used for the trend analysis of the number of successful uplink GPRS calls
made by a particular CELL.
13-24 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application CODING_SCHEME_CHANGE
CODING_SCHEME_CHANGE
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
NOTE
• Controls blocks (always sent at CS-1) results in this statistic not being pegged.
• Downlink coding scheme transitions for dummy blocks (when entering and
exiting super-coattail) is not be counted.
Pegging
The appropriate bin is incremented each time a change in coding scheme occurs.
68P02901W56-T 13-25
Jan 2010
Analysis Chapter 13: PCU statistics
Analysis
This statistic can be used for the trend analysis of the number of Coding Scheme upgrades and
downgrades on the uplink and downlink which may signify that the cell is congested.
13-26 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application CONG_REL_DL_SCTS
CONG_REL_DL_SCTS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The CONG_REL_DL_SCTS statistic tracks the total number of downlink TBF terminations
under the delayed TBF release mode (super-coattail) in a cell, as cell availability goes below
the following thresholds:
• 25 block periods (500 ms) old super-coattail is terminated if the
cell availability reached is ≤ 25%, in a cell with ≤ 3 TS.
The minimum super-coattail duration is 15 block periods or 300 ms. No super-coattail below 15
block periods is terminated.
NOTE
This statistic is accessible only if the Increased PRP Capacity feature is enabled.
Pegging
This statistic pegs each time an uplink TBF is successfully established and later released
under the delayed TBF release mode to relieve the congestion in a cell during a statistical
measurement interval.
NOTE
This statistic is pegged for both GPRS and EGPRS events.
68P02901W56-T 13-27
Jan 2010
Analysis Chapter 13: PCU statistics
Analysis
Reference None
Usage Performance management
Basis Cell.
Type Counter.
13-28 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application CS_PAGE_REQS
CS_PAGE_REQS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The CS_PAGE_REQS statistic represents the total number of circuit switched page requests
received by the PCU.
Pegging
Analysis
Reference None.
Basis GBL.
Type Counter.
68P02901W56-T 13-29
Jan 2010
CS12_ON_32K_CHAN Chapter 13: PCU statistics
CS12_ON_32K_CHAN
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Pegging
This statistic measures the percentage of blocks for which CS-1 and CS-2 data was transmitted
on a timeslot capable of CS-3 or CS-4 rates.
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage Radio resource allocation statistics.
Network planning.
Basis Cell.
Type Percentage.
13-30 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application CS1234_ON_64K_CHAN
CS1234_ON_64K_CHAN
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The CS1234_ON_64K_CHAN represents the percentage of data blocks encoded with GPRS
coding schemes over the total data blocks (GPRS/EGPRS) carried by 64k TRAUs.
Pegging
Analysis
Reference None.
Basis Cell.
Type Percentage.
68P02901W56-T 13-31
Jan 2010
CS1_USE_DL Chapter 13: PCU statistics
CS1_USE_DL
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The CS1_USE_DL key statistic provides usage figures of DL coding scheme CS-1 for GPRS.
Formula
!
DL− RADIO− BLKS− 1− T S− CS− 1 + DL− RADIO− BLKS− 2− T S− CS− 1+
∗ 100
DL− RADIO− BLKS− 3− T S− CS− 1 + DL− RADIO− BLKS− 4− T S− CS− 1
CS1− USE− DL =
DL− RADIO− BLKS− 1− T S + DL− RADIO− BLKS− 2− T S + DL− RADIO− BLKS− 3− T S+
DL− RADIO− BLKS− 4− T S + DL− RADIO− BLKS− 5− T S + DL− RADIO− BLKS− 6− T S+
DL− RADIO− BLKS− 7− T S + DL− RADIO− BLKS− 8− T S
Analysis
Type Percentage.
Raw statistics DL_RADIO_BLKS_1_TS,
DL_RADIO_BLKS_2_TS,
DL_RADIO_BLKS_3_TS,
DL_RADIO_BLKS_4_TS,
DL_RADIO_BLKS_5_TS,
DL_RADIO_BLKS_6_TS,
DL_RADIO_BLKS_7_TS,
DL_RADIO_BLKS_8_TS
and their bin 0.
13-32 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application CS2_USE_DL
CS2_USE_DL
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The CS2_USE_DL key statistic provides usage figures of DL coding scheme CS-2 for GPRS.
Formula
!
DL− RADIO− BLKS− 1− T S− CS− 2 + DL− RADIO− BLKS− 2− T S− CS− 2+
∗ 100
DL− RADIO− BLKS− 3− T S− CS− 2 + DL− RADIO− BLKS− 4− T S− CS− 2
CS2− USE− DL =
DL− RADIO− BLKS− 1− T S + DL− RADIO− BLKS− 2− T S + DL− RADIO− BLKS− 3− T S+
DL− RADIO− BLKS− 4− T S + DL− RADIO− BLKS− 5− T S + DL− RADIO− BLKS− 6− T S+
DL− RADIO− BLKS− 7− T S + DL− RADIO− BLKS− 8− T S
Analysis
Type Percentage.
Raw statistics DL_RADIO_BLKS_1_TS,
DL_RADIO_BLKS_2_TS,
DL_RADIO_BLKS_3_TS,
DL_RADIO_BLKS_4_TS,
DL_RADIO_BLKS_5_TS,
DL_RADIO_BLKS_6_TS,
DL_RADIO_BLKS_7_TS,
DL_RADIO_BLKS_8_TS
and their bin 1.
68P02901W56-T 13-33
Jan 2010
CS3_USE_DL Chapter 13: PCU statistics
CS3_USE_DL
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The CS3_USE_DL key statistic provides usage figures DL coding scheme CS-3 for GPRS.
Formula
Analysis
Type Percentage.
Raw statistics DL_RADIO_BLKS_1_TS,
DL_RADIO_BLKS_2_TS,
DL_RADIO_BLKS_3_TS,
DL_RADIO_BLKS_4_TS,
and their bin 2
13-34 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application CS4_USE_DL
CS4_USE_DL
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The CS4_USE_DL key statistic provides usage figures of DL coding scheme CS-4 for GPRS.
Formula
Analysis
Type Percentage.
Raw statistics DL_RADIO_BLKS_1_TS,
DL_RADIO_BLKS_2_TS,
DL_RADIO_BLKS_3_TS,
DL_RADIO_BLKS_4_TS,
and their bin 3
68P02901W56-T 13-35
Jan 2010
DL_BLER_CS1 Chapter 13: PCU statistics
DL_BLER_CS1
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The DL_BLER_CS1 statistic indicates the number of times, measured at statistical intervals,
the BLER of a particular carrier, when using coding scheme 1 to transmit in the downlink
direction, falls into the given range. Each bin represents a range of percentage BLER, with high
value of the range indicated in the bin name.
Pegging
Bin Range
0 ≥ 0, <5%
1 ≥ 5%, < 10%
2 ≥ 10%, < 15%
3 ≥15%, < 20%
4 ≥ 20%, < 25%
5 ≥ 25%, < 30%
6 ≥ 30%, < 40%
7 ≥ 40%, ≤ 100%
One unit represents 10 DL BLER calculations. For a given carrier using coding scheme 1
in downlink transfer, the calculation is done by using a weighted algorithm that applies on
Ack/Nack bitmaps obtained from currently and previously received PDAK by the PCU. 10X+Y
(1<=Y<=10) calculations is represented as X+1.
The range is 0 to 9,000. PDAKs can be received as frequently as once in every two blocks. So in a
one hour period, there is a maximum of 3,600,000 ms/(2x20 ms) = 90,000 PDAKs being received.
Thus there is at the most 90,000 calculations, and the maximum value is 9,000 for each bin.
13-36 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Formula
Formula
Analysis
Reference None.
Basis Carrier.
Type Counter array.
68P02901W56-T 13-37
Jan 2010
DL_BLER_CS2 Chapter 13: PCU statistics
DL_BLER_CS2
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The DL_BLER_CS2 statistic indicates the number of times, measured at statistical intervals,
the BLER of a particular carrier, when using coding scheme 2 to transmit in the downlink
direction, falls into the given range. Each bin represents a range of percentage BLER, with high
value of the range indicated in the bin name.
Pegging
Bin Range
0 ≥ 0, < 10%
1 ≥ 10%, < 20%
2 ≥ 20%, < 25%
3 ≥ 25%, < 30%
4 ≥30%, < 35%
5 ≥ 35%, < 40%
6 ≥ 40%, < 65%
7 ≥ 65%, ≤ 100%
One unit represents 10 DL BLER calculations. For a given carrier using coding scheme 2
in downlink transfer, the calculation is done by using a weighted algorithm that applies on
Ack/Nack bitmaps obtained from currently and previously received PDAK by the PCU. 10X+Y
(1<=Y<=10) calculations is represented as X+1.
The range is 0 to 9,000. PDAKs can be received as frequently as once in every two blocks. So in a
one hour period, there is a maximum of 3,600,000 ms/(2x20 ms) = 90,000 PDAKs being received.
Thus there is at the most 90,000 calculations, and the maximum value is 9,000 for each bin.
13-38 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Formula
Formula
Analysis
Reference None.
Basis Carrier.
Type Counter array.
68P02901W56-T 13-39
Jan 2010
DL_BLER_CS3 Chapter 13: PCU statistics
DL_BLER_CS3
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The DL_BLER_CS3 statistic indicates the number of times, measured at statistical intervals,
the BLER of a particular carrier, when using coding scheme 3 to transmit in the downlink
direction, falls into the given range. Each bin represents a range of percentage BLER, with high
value of the range indicated in the bin name.
NOTE
This statistic is unavailable if coding scheme 3/4 is disabled.
Pegging
Bin Range
0 ≥ 0, < 15%
1 ≥ 15%, < 25%
2 ≥ 25%, < 30%
3 ≥ 30%, < 35%
4 ≥ 35%, < 40%
5 ≥ 40%, < 45%
6 ≥ 45%, < 70%
7 ≥ 70%, ≤ 100%
One unit represents 10 DL BLER calculations. For a given carrier using coding scheme 3
in downlink transfer, the calculation is done by using a weighted algorithm that applies on
Ack/Nack bitmaps obtained from currently and previously received PDAK by the PCU. 10X+Y
(1<=Y<=10) calculations is represented as X+1.
The range is 0 to 9,000. PDAKs can be received as frequently as once in every two blocks. So in a
one hour period, there is a maximum of 3,600,000 ms/(2x20 ms) = 90,000 PDAKs being received.
Thus there is at the most 90,000 calculations, and the maximum value is 9,000 for each bin.
13-40 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Formula
Formula
Analysis
Reference None.
Basis Carrier.
Type Counter array.
68P02901W56-T 13-41
Jan 2010
DL_BLER_CS4 Chapter 13: PCU statistics
DL_BLER_CS4
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The DL_BLER_CS4 statistic indicates the number of times, measured at statistical intervals,
the BLER of a particular carrier, when using coding scheme 3 to transmit in the downlink
direction, falls into the given range. Each bin represents a range of percentage BLER, with high
value of the range indicated in the bin name.
NOTE
This statistic is unavailable if coding scheme 3/4 is disabled.
Pegging
Bin Range
0 ≥ 0, < 20%
1 ≥ 20%, < 35%
2 ≥ 35%, < 40%
3 ≥ 40%, < 45%
4 ≥ 45%, < 50%
5 ≥ 50%, < 55%
6 ≥ 55%, < 65%
7 ≥ 65%, ≤ 100%
One unit represents 10 DL BLER calculations. For a given carrier using coding scheme 4
in downlink transfer, the calculation is done by using a weighted algorithm that applies on
Ack/Nack bitmaps obtained from currently and previously received PDAK by the PCU. 10X+Y
(1<=Y<=10) calculations is represented as X+1.
The range is 0 to 9,000. PDAKs can be received as frequently as once in every two blocks. So in a
one hour period, there is a maximum of 3,600,000 ms/(2x20 ms) = 90,000 PDAKs being received.
Thus there is at the most 90,000 calculations, and the maximum value is 9,000 for each bin.
13-42 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Formula
Formula
Analysis
Reference None.
Basis Carrier.
Type Counter array.
68P02901W56-T 13-43
Jan 2010
DL_BLER_MCS1 Chapter 13: PCU statistics
DL_BLER_MCS1
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The DL_BLER_MCS2 statistic indicates the number of times, measured at statistical intervals,
the BLER of a particular carrier, when using EGPRS modulation coding scheme 1 to transmit in
the downlink direction, falls into the given range. Each bin represents a range of percentage
BLER, with high value of the range indicated in the bin name.
Pegging
Bin Range
0 ≥ 0, < 5%
1 ≥ 5%, < 10%
2 ≥ 10%, < 15%
3 ≥ 15%, < 20%
4 ≥ 20%, < 25%
5 ≥ 25%, < 30%
6 ≥ 30%, < 40%
7 ≥ 40%, ≤ 100%
One unit represents 10 DL BLER calculations. For a given carrier using EGPRS modulation
coding scheme 1 in downlink transfer, the calculation is done by using a weighted algorithm
that applies on Ack/Nack bitmaps obtained from currently and previously received PDAK by the
PCU. 10X+Y (1<=Y<=10) calculations is represented as X+1.
The range is 0 to 9,000. PDAKs can be received as frequently as once in every two blocks. So in a
one hour period, there is a maximum of 3,600,000ms/(2x20ms) = 90,000 PDAKs being received.
Thus there is at the most 90,000 calculations, and the maximum value is 9,000 for each bin.
13-44 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Formula
Formula
Analysis
Reference None.
Basis Carrier.
Type Counter array.
68P02901W56-T 13-45
Jan 2010
DL_BLER_MCS2 Chapter 13: PCU statistics
DL_BLER_MCS2
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The DL_BLER_MCS2 statistic indicates the number of times, measured at statistical intervals,
the BLER of a particular carrier, when using EGPRS modulation coding scheme 2 to transmit in
the downlink direction, falls into the given range. Each bin represents a range of percentage
BLER, with high value of the range indicated in the bin name.
Pegging
Bin Range
0 ≥ 0, < 10%
1 ≥ 10%, < 20%
2 ≥ 20%, < 25%
3 ≥ 25%, < 30%
4 ≥ 30%, < 35%
5 ≥ 35%, < 40%
6 ≥ 40%, < 65%
7 ≥ 65%, ≤ 100%
One unit represents 10 DL BLER calculations. For a given carrier using EGPRS modulation
coding scheme 2 in downlink transfer, the calculation is done by using a weighted algorithm
that applies on Ack/Nack bitmaps obtained from currently and previously received PDAK by the
PCU. 10X+Y (1<=Y<=10) calculations is represented as X+1.
The range is 0 to 9,000. PDAKs can be received as frequently as once in every two blocks. So in a
one hour period, there is a maximum of 3,600,000ms/(2x20ms) = 90,000 PDAKs being received.
Thus there is at the most 90,000 calculations, and the maximum value is 9,000 for each bin.
13-46 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Formula
Formula
Analysis
Reference None.
Basis Carrier.
Type Counter array.
68P02901W56-T 13-47
Jan 2010
DL_BLER_MCS3 Chapter 13: PCU statistics
DL_BLER_MCS3
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The DL_BLER_MCS3 statistic indicates the number of times, measured at statistical intervals,
the BLER of a particular carrier, when using EGPRS modulation coding scheme 3 to transmit in
the downlink direction, falls into the given range. Each bin represents a range of percentage
BLER, with high value of the range indicated in the bin name.
Pegging
Bin Range
0 ≥ 0, < 10%
1 ≥ 10%, < 20%
2 ≥ 20%, < 25%
3 ≥ 25%, < 30%
4 ≥ 30%, < 35%
5 ≥ 35%, < 40%
6 ≥ 40%, < 65%
7 ≥ 65%, ≤ 100%
One unit represents 10 DL BLER calculations. For a given carrier using EGPRS modulation
coding scheme 3 in downlink transfer, the calculation is done by using a weighted algorithm
that applies on Ack/Nack bitmaps obtained from currently and previously received PDAK by the
PCU. 10X+Y (1<=Y<=10) calculations is represented as X+1.
The range is 0 to 9,000. PDAKs can be received as frequently as once in every two blocks. So in a
one hour period, there is a maximum of 3,600,000 ms/(2x20 ms) = 90,000 PDAKs being received.
Thus there is at the most 90,000 calculations, and the maximum value is 9,000 for each bin.
13-48 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Formula
Formula
Analysis
Reference None.
Basis Carrier.
Type Counter array.
68P02901W56-T 13-49
Jan 2010
DL_BLER_MCS4 Chapter 13: PCU statistics
DL_BLER_MCS4
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The DL_BLER_MCS4 statistic indicates the number of times, measured at statistical intervals,
the BLER of a particular carrier, when using EGPRS modulation coding scheme 4 to transmit in
the downlink direction, falls into the given range. Each bin represents a range of percentage
BLER, with high value of the range indicated in the bin name.
Pegging
Bin Range
0 ≥ 0, < 20%
1 ≥ 20%, < 35%
2 ≥ 35%, < 40%
3 ≥ 40%, < 45%
4 ≥ 45%, < 50%
5 ≥ 50%, < 55%
6 ≥ 55%, < 65%
7 ≥ 65%, ≤ 100%
One unit represents 10 DL BLER calculations. For a given carrier using EGPRS modulation
coding scheme 4 in downlink transfer, the calculation is done by using a weighted algorithm
that applies on Ack/Nack bitmaps obtained from currently and previously received PDAK by the
PCU. 10X+Y (1<=Y<=10) calculations is represented as X+1.
The range is 0 to 9,000. PDAKs can be received as frequently as once in every two blocks. So in a
one hour period, there is a maximum of 3,600,000 ms/(2x20 ms) = 90,000 PDAKs being received.
Thus there is at the most 90,000 calculations, and the maximum value is 9,000 for each bin.
13-50 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Formula
Formula
Analysis
Reference None.
Basis Carrier.
Type Counter array.
68P02901W56-T 13-51
Jan 2010
DL_BLER_MCS5 Chapter 13: PCU statistics
DL_BLER_MCS5
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The DL_BLER_MCS5 statistic indicates the number of times, measured at statistical intervals,
the BLER of a particular carrier, when using EGPRS modulation coding scheme 5 to transmit in
the downlink direction, falls into the given range. Each bin represents a range of percentage
BLER, with high value of the range indicated in the bin name.
Pegging
Bin Range
0 ≥ 0, < 15%
1 ≥ 15%, < 25%
2 ≥ 25%, < 30%
3 ≥ 30%, < 35%
4 ≥ 35%, < 40%
5 ≥ 40%, < 45%
6 ≥ 45%, < 70%
7 ≥ 70%, ≤ 100%
One unit represents 10 DL BLER calculations. For a given carrier using EGPRS modulation
coding scheme 5 in downlink transfer, the calculation is done by using a weighted algorithm
that applies on Ack/Nack bitmaps obtained from currently and previously received PDAK by the
PCU. 10X+Y (1<=Y<=10) calculations is represented as X+1.
The range is 0 to 9,000. PDAKs can be received as frequently as once in every two blocks. So in a
one hour period, there is a maximum of 3,600,000 ms/(2x20 ms) = 90,000 PDAKs being received.
Thus there is at the most 90,000 calculations, and the maximum value is 9,000 for each bin.
13-52 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Formula
Formula
Analysis
Reference None.
Basis Carrier.
Type Counter array.
68P02901W56-T 13-53
Jan 2010
DL_BLER_MCS6 Chapter 13: PCU statistics
DL_BLER_MCS6
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The DL_BLER_MCS6 statistic indicates the number of times, measured at statistical intervals,
the BLER of a particular carrier, when using EGPRS modulation coding scheme 6 to transmit in
the downlink direction, falls into the given range. Each bin represents a range of percentage
BLER, with high value of the range indicated in the bin name.
Pegging
Bin Range
0 ≥ 0, < 15%
1 ≥ 15%, < 30%
2 ≥ 30%, < 35%
3 ≥ 35%, < 40%
4 ≥ 40%, < 45%
5 ≥ 45%, < 50%
6 ≥ 50%, < 75%
7 ≥ 75%, ≤ 100%
One unit represents 10 DL BLER calculations. For a given carrier using EGPRS modulation
coding scheme 6 in downlink transfer, the calculation is done by using a weighted algorithm
that applies on Ack/Nack bitmaps obtained from currently and previously received PDAK by the
PCU. 10X+Y (1<=Y<=10) calculations is represented as X+1.
The range is 0 to 9,000. PDAKs can be received as frequently as once in every two blocks. So
in a one hour period, there is a maximum of 3,600,000 ms/(2x20 ms) = 90,000 PDAKs being
received. Thus there is at the most 90,000 calculations, and the maximum number value is
9,000 for each bin.
13-54 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Formula
Formula
Analysis
Reference None.
Basis Carrier.
Type Counter array.
68P02901W56-T 13-55
Jan 2010
DL_BLER_MCS7 Chapter 13: PCU statistics
DL_BLER_MCS7
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The DL_BLER_MCS7 statistic indicates the number of times, measured at statistical intervals,
the BLER of a particular carrier, when using EGPRS modulation coding scheme 7 to transmit in
the downlink direction, falls into the given range. Each bin represents a range of percentage
BLER, with high value of the range indicated in the bin name.
Pegging
Bin Range
0 ≥ 0, < 20%
1 ≥ 20%, < 35%
2 ≥ 35%, < 40%
3 ≥ 40%, < 45%
4 ≥ 45%, < 50%
5 ≥ 50%, < 55%
6 ≥ 55%, < 80%
7 ≥ 80%, ≤ 100%
One unit represents 10 DL BLER calculations. For a given carrier using EGPRS modulation
coding scheme 7 in downlink transfer, the calculation is done by using a weighted algorithm
that applies on Ack/Nack bitmaps obtained from currently and previously received PDAK by the
PCU. 10X+Y (1<=Y<=10) calculations is represented as X+1.
The range is 0 to 9,000. PDAKs can be received as frequently as once in every two blocks. So in a
one hour period, there is a maximum of 3,600,000 ms/(2x20 ms) = 90,000 PDAKs being received.
Thus there is at the most 90,000 calculations, and the maximum value is 9,000 for each bin.
13-56 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Formula
Formula
Analysis
Reference None.
Basis Carrier.
Type Counter array.
68P02901W56-T 13-57
Jan 2010
DL_BLER_MCS8 Chapter 13: PCU statistics
DL_BLER_MCS8
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The DL_BLER_MCS8 statistic indicates the number of times, measured at statistical intervals,
the BLER of a particular carrier, when using EGPRS modulation coding scheme 8 to transmit in
the downlink direction, falls into the given range. Each bin represents a range of percentage
BLER, with high value of the range indicated in the bin name.
Pegging
Bin Range
0 ≥ 0, < 20%
1 ≥ 20%, < 35%
2 ≥ 35%, < 40%
3 ≥ 40%, < 45%
4 ≥ 45%, < 50%
5 ≥ 50%, < 55%
6 ≥ 55%, < 80%
7 ≥ 80%, ≤ 100%
O unit represents 10 DL BLER calculations. For a given carrier using EGPRS modulation coding
scheme 8 in downlink transfer, the calculation is done by using a weighted algorithm that
applies on Ack/Nack bitmaps obtained from currently and previously received PDAK by the PCU.
10X+Y (1<=Y<=10) calculations is represented as X+1.
The range is 0 to 9,000. PDAKs can be received as frequently as once in every two blocks. So in a
one hour period, there is a maximum of 3,600,000 ms/(2x20 ms) = 90,000 PDAKs being received.
Thus there is at the most 90,000 calculations, and the maximum value is 9,000 for each bin.
13-58 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Formula
Formula
Analysis
Reference None.
Basis Carrier.
Type Counter array.
68P02901W56-T 13-59
Jan 2010
DL_BLER_MCS9 Chapter 13: PCU statistics
DL_BLER_MCS9
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The DL_BLER_MCS9 statistic indicates the number of times, measured at statistical intervals,
the BLER of a particular carrier, when using EGPRS modulation coding scheme 9 to transmit in
the downlink direction, falls into the given range. Each bin represents a range of percentage
BLER, with high value of the range indicated in the bin name.
Pegging
Bin Range
0 ≥ 0, < 20%
1 ≥ 20%, < 35%
2 ≥ 35%, < 40%
3 ≥ 40%, < 35%
4 ≥ 45%, < 50%
5 ≥ 50%, < 55%
6 ≥ 55%, < 80%
7 ≥ 80%, ≤ 100%
One unit represents 10 DL BLER calculations. For a given carrier using EGPRS modulation
coding scheme 9 in downlink transfer, the calculation is done by using a weighted algorithm
that applies on Ack/Nack bitmaps obtained from currently and previously received PDAK by the
PCU. 10X+Y (1<=Y<=10) calculations is represented as X+1.
The range is 0 to 9,000. PDAKs can be received as frequently as once in every two blocks. So in a
one hour period, there is a maximum of 3,600,000 ms/(2x20 ms) = 90,000 PDAKs being received.
Thus there is at the most 90,000 calculations, and the maximum value is 9,000 for each bin.
13-60 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Formula
Formula
Analysis
Reference None.
Basis Carrier.
Type Counter array.
68P02901W56-T 13-61
Jan 2010
DL_BUSY_PDTCH Chapter 13: PCU statistics
DL_BUSY_PDTCH
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
This statistic measures the mean, MAX, and min number of the occupied Packet Data Channels
(PDCH) carrying downlink packet traffic.
This statistic is obtained by sampling the PDTCHs, which are carrying packet traffic, at every
packet-scheduling period (20 millisecond).
Table 13-21 shows the ranges for each bin (measured in milliseconds).
NOTE
The busy PDTCH number may increase as the additional switchable PDTCH is
allocated for GPRS congested cell.
Bin Range
0 No PDTCH is busy
1 1-2 PDTCH are busy
2 3-4 PDTCH are busy
3 5-6 PDTCH are busy
4 7-8 PDTCH are busy
5 9-10 PDTCH are busy
6 11-12 PDTCH are busy
7 13-14 PDTCH are busy
8 15-16 PDTCH are busy
9 17-400 PDTCH are busy
Pegging
This statistic pegs every packet-scheduling period (20 millisecond) by sampling the number of
PDTCHs that are carrying downlink packet traffic.
NOTE
This statistic is pegged for both GPRS and EGPRS events.
13-62 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Analysis
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of the number of PDTCHs that are used for downlink
packet traffic.
68P02901W56-T 13-63
Jan 2010
DL_LLC_FRAMES_GB Chapter 13: PCU statistics
DL_LLC_FRAMES_GB
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The DL_LLC_FRAMES_GB statistic represents the total number of downlink LLC frames
correctly received from the SGSN over the Gb link.
Pegging
Each bin represents a range of the size of frames, with high value of the range indicated in
the bin name.
One unit represents 10 LLC frames. 10X+Y (1<=Y<=10) calculations is represented as X+1.
The range is 0 to 65,535. The maximum number of LLC frames received from the SGSN during a
one hour period cannot be accurately estimated. Use the upper limit of a 16-bit unsigned integer.
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage Key statistics:
DL_LLC_TRAFFIC_VOLUME_INDICATOR,
LLC_ABNORMAL_TBF_RELEASES,
LLC_BUFFER_OVERFLOW_RATE,
LLC_DISCARDS_ON_CELL_RESELECTION.
Basis Cell.
Type Counter array.
13-64 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application DL_LLC_FRAMES_PCU
DL_LLC_FRAMES_PCU
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The DL_LLC_FRAMES_PCU statistic represents the total number of downlink LLC frames
received from another cell managed by the same PCU.
Pegging
Each bin represents a range which the size of LLC frames falls into:
One unit represents 10 LLC frames. 10X+Y (1<=Y<=10) calculations is represented as X+1.
The range is 0 to 65,535. The maximum number of LLC frames received from other cells during a
one hour period cannot be accurately estimated. Use the upper limit of a 16-bit unsigned integer.
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage Key statistics:
LLC_ABNORMAL_TBF_RELEASES,
LLC_BUFFER_OVERFLOW_RATE,
LLC_DISCARDS_ON_CELL_RESELECTION.
Basis Cell.
Type Counter array.
68P02901W56-T 13-65
Jan 2010
DL_MEAN_TBF_DURATION Chapter 13: PCU statistics
DL_MEAN_TBF_DURATION
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
DL− T BF− T IM E− 1− T S+
DL− T BF− T IM E− 2− T S+
∗ 0.02
DL− T BF− T IM E− 3− T S+
DL− T BF− T IM E− 4− T S
DL− MEAN− TBF− DURATION =
DL− P DT CH− SEIZU RE−
AIR− DL− T BF− F AILU RES− DT −
AIR− DL− F AILU RES− DR−
AIR− DL− T BF− F AILU RES− T
Analysis
13-66 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application DL_MEAN_USER_TRAFFIC_PER_TBF
DL_MEAN_USER_TRAFFIC_PER_TBF
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
DL− MEAN− USER− +(A8 ∗44)+(A9 ∗56)+(A10 ∗74)+(A11 ∗112)+(A12 ∗136)+(A13 ∗148)
= ∗100
TRAFFIC− PER− TBF 1024∗DL− PDTCH− SEIZURE
68P02901W56-T 13-67
Jan 2010
Analysis Chapter 13: PCU statistics
Analysis
13-68 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application DL_PDTCH_Q_LENGTH
DL_PDTCH_Q_LENGTH
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
This statistic is obtained by sampling the Downlink Request Queue. A Downlink Request is
triggered on arrival of LLC-PDUs at the PCU.
Pegging
This statistic pegs every 20 ms. It is incremented when a request is added to the queue and is
decremented when a request is processed, that is, it leaves the queue.
NOTE
This statistic is pegged for both the GPRS and EGPRS events.
Analysis
This statistic can be used for the trend analysis of the average number of downlink messages
waiting for a PDTCH to become available.
68P02901W56-T 13-69
Jan 2010
DL_PDTCH_SEIZURE Chapter 13: PCU statistics
DL_PDTCH_SEIZURE
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
This statistic measures the successful Packet Data Traffic Channel (PDTCH) seizure on the
downlink. This statistic counts the number of TBF(s) on the downlink. The statistic is obtained by
measuring the receipt of the first RLC block (PDU) on the PDTCH from the network (downlink).
To see the relationship between the MS, BSS, and MSC for this statistic, refer to Throughput
statistics on page 19-87.
Pegging
This statistic is pegged each time a DL TBF is successfully established and the MS is listening
on the PDTCH. Specifically, it is pegged when the network receives the first DAK from the MS.
NOTE
This statistic is pegged for both the GPRS and EGPRS events.
Analysis
This statistic can be used for the trend analysis of the total number of TBFs on the downlink
for a CELL.
13-70 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application DL_RADIO_BLKS_1_TS
DL_RADIO_BLKS_1_TS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The DL_RADIO_BLKS_1_TS statistic counts the total number of RLC radio blocks sent to the
MSs that support a maximum of 1 TS in the downlink direction.
One unit represents 100 RLC radio blocks. The maximum statistical interval is 60 minutes. The
translation of the actual radio blocks counted to units is performed at the end of the interval.
The RLC radio blocks are split into the four GPRS channel coding schemes and the nine EGPRS
coding schemes, as shown in Table 13-24.
Table 13-24 Bin ranges for DL_RADIO_BLKS_1_TS
Bin Range
0 CS-1
1 CS-2
2 CS-3
3 CS-4
4 MCS-1
5 MCS-2
6 MCS-3
7 MCS-4
8 MCS-5
9 MCS-6
10 MCS-7
11 MCS-8
12 MCS-9
In coding schemes MCS-7 through MSC-9, there are two RLC blocks in a radio block. The data
shown in the following table is used to determine which statistic must be pegged for possible
combinations of NEW, NACK, ACK_PEND, and STALL when transmitting MCS-7, MCS-8,
or MCS-9.
68P02901W56-T 13-71
Jan 2010
Pegging Chapter 13: PCU statistics
NOTE
An MS can have different MS multislot classes for GPRS (GMSK) and EGPRS (8-PSK).
Pegging
This statistic counts the RLC radio blocks for MSs that support a maximum of 1 TS in the
downlink direction as follows:
• Always pegged for MSs with multislot class 1.
The DL_RADIO_BLKS statistics are only reported for successful TBFs. Bin 0 (CS-1) and bin 4
(MCS-1), do not count super-coattail blocks.
Only RLC data radio blocks are counted. No retransmissions due to any cause are pegged. The
RLC radio blocks are counted per coding scheme, therefore pegging the appropriate bin.
Analysis
Reference None
Basis Cell
Type Counter array
13-72 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application DL_RADIO_BLKS_2_TS
DL_RADIO_BLKS_2_TS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The DL_RADIO_BLKS_2_TS statistic counts the total number of RLC radio blocks sent to the
MSs that support a maximum of 2 TS in the downlink direction.
One unit represents 100 RLC radio blocks. The maximum statistical interval is 60 minutes. The
translation of the actual radio blocks counted to units is done at the end of the interval.
The RLC radio blocks are split into the four GPRS channel coding schemes, and the nine EGPRS
coding schemes, as shown in Table 13-26.
Table 13-26 Bin ranges for DL_RADIO_BLKS_2_TS
Bin Range
0 CS-1
1 CS-2
2 CS-3
3 CS-4
4 MCS-1
5 MCS-2
6 MCS-3
7 MCS-4
8 MCS-5
9 MCS-6
10 MCS-7
11 MCS-8
12 MCS-9
In coding schemes MCS-7 through MSC-9, there are two RLC blocks in a radio block. The data
shown in the following table is used to determine which statistic must be pegged for possible
combinations of NEW, NACK, ACK_PEND, and STALL when transmitting MCS-7, MCS-8,
or MCS-9.
68P02901W56-T 13-73
Jan 2010
Pegging Chapter 13: PCU statistics
NOTE
An MS can have different MS multislot classes for GPRS (GMSK) and EGPRS (8-PSK).
Pegging
This statistic counts the RLC radio blocks for the MSs that support a maximum of 2 TS in
the downlink direction as follows:
• Always pegged for MSs with multislot class 2, 3, or 5.
• CS-1 through CS-4 are pegged if the GPRS TBF is assigned to the MS and its GPRS
multislot is class 2,3, or 5.
• MCS-1 through MCS-9 are pegged if an EGPRS mode TBF is assigned to the MS and the
EGPRS multislot is class 2, 3, or 5.
The DL_RADIO_BLKS statistics are reported only for successful TBFs. Bin 0 (CS-1) and bin 4
(MCS-1), do not count super-coattail blocks.
Only RLC data radio blocks are counted. No retransmissions due to any other causes are pegged.
The RLC radio blocks are counted per coding scheme, therefore pegging the appropriate bin.
13-74 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Analysis
Analysis
Reference None
Basis Cell
Type Counter array
68P02901W56-T 13-75
Jan 2010
DL_RADIO_BLKS_3_TS Chapter 13: PCU statistics
DL_RADIO_BLKS_3_TS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The DL_RADIO_BLKS_3_TS statistic counts the total number of RLC radio blocks sent to the
MSs that support a maximum of 3 TS in the downlink direction.
One unit represents 100 RLC radio blocks. The maximum statistical interval is 60 minutes. The
translation of the actual radio blocks counted to units is done at the end of the interval.
The RLC radio blocks are split into the four GPRS channel coding schemes and the nine EGPRS
coding schemes, as shown in Table 13-28.
Table 13-28 Bin ranges for DL_RADIO_BLKS_3_TS
Bin Range
0 CS-1
1 CS-2
2 CS-3
3 CS-4
4 MCS-1
5 MCS-2
6 MCS-3
7 MCS-4
8 MCS-5
9 MCS-6
10 MCS-7
11 MCS-8
12 MCS-9
In coding schemes MCS-7 through MSC-9, there are two RLC blocks in a radio block. The data
shown in the following table is used to determine which statistic must be pegged for possible
combinations of NEW, NACK, ACK_PEND, and STALL when transmitting MCS-7, MCS-8,
or MCS-9.
13-76 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Pegging
NOTE
An MS can have different MS multislot classes for GPRS (GMSK) and EGPRS (8-PSK).
Pegging
This statistic counts the RLC radio blocks for the MSs that support a maximum of 3 TS in
the downlink direction as follows:
• Always pegged for the MSs with multislot class 4, 6, 7, 9, or 13.
• CS-1 through CS-4 are pegged if the GPRS TBF is assigned to the MS and its GPRS
multislot is class 4, 6, 7, 9, or 13.
• MCS-1 through MCS-9 are pegged if an EGPRS mode TBF is assigned to the MS and the
EGPRS multislot is class 4, 6, 7, 9, or 13.
The DL_RADIO_BLKS statistics are reported only for successful TBFs. Bin 0 (CS-1) and bin 4
(MCS-1), do not count super-coattail blocks.
Only RLC data radio blocks are counted. No retransmissions due to any other causes are pegged.
The RLC radio blocks are counted per coding scheme, therefore pegging the appropriate bin.
68P02901W56-T 13-77
Jan 2010
Analysis Chapter 13: PCU statistics
Analysis
Reference None
Basis Cell
Type Counter array
13-78 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application DL_RADIO_BLKS_4_TS
DL_RADIO_BLKS_4_TS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The DL_RADIO_BLKS_4_TS statistic counts the total number of RLC radio blocks sent to the
MSs that support a maximum of 4 TS in the downlink direction.
One unit represents 100 RLC radio blocks. The maximum statistical interval is 60 minutes. The
translation of actual radio blocks counted to units is done at the end of the interval.
The RLC radio blocks are split into the four GPRS channel coding schemes and the nine EGPRS
coding schemes, as shown in Table 13-30.
Table 13-30 Bin ranges for DL_RADIO_BLKS_4_TS
Bin Range
0 CS-1
1 CS-2
2 CS-3
3 CS-4
4 MCS-1
5 MCS-2
6 MCS-3
7 MCS-4
8 MCS-5
9 MCS-6
10 MCS-7
11 MCS-8
12 MCS-9
In coding schemes MCS-7 through MSC-9, there are two RLC blocks in a radio block. The data
shown in the following table is used to determine which statistic must be pegged for possible
combinations of NEW, NACK, ACK_PEND, and STALL when transmitting MCS-7, MCS-8,
or MCS-9.
68P02901W56-T 13-79
Jan 2010
Pegging Chapter 13: PCU statistics
NOTE
An MS can have different MS multislot classes for GPRS (GMSK) and EGPRS (8-PSK).
Pegging
This statistic counts the RLC radio blocks for the MSs that support a maximum of 4 TS in
the downlink direction as follows:
• Always pegged for the MSs with multislot class 8, 10, 11, 12, or 14 through 29.
• CS-1 through CS-4 are pegged if the GPRS TBF is assigned to the MS and its GPRS
multislot is one of class 8, 10, 11, 12, or 14 through 29.
• MCS-1 through MCS-9 are pegged if an EGPRS mode TBF is assigned to the MS and the
EGPRS multislot is one of class 8, 10, 11, 12, or 14 through 29.
The DL_RADIO_BLKS statistics are reported only for successful TBFs. Bin 0 (CS-1) and bin 4
(MCS-1), do not count super-coattail blocks.
Only RLC data radio blocks are counted. No retransmissions due to any other causes are pegged.
The RLC radio blocks are counted per coding scheme, therefore pegging the appropriate bin.
13-80 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Analysis
Analysis
Reference None
Basis Cell
Type Extra large counter array
68P02901W56-T 13-81
Jan 2010
DL_RLC_ACK_NEW_BLKS Chapter 13: PCU statistics
DL_RLC_ACK_NEW_BLKS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The DL_RLC_ACK_NEW_BLKS statistic measures the total number of new RLC acknowledged
mode blocks sent for the first time by the PCU over the cell.
One unit represents 100 RLC radio blocks. The maximum statistical interval is 60 minutes. The
translation of the actual radio blocks counted to units is done at the end of the interval.
The RLC radio blocks are split into the four GPRS channel coding schemes and the nine EGPRS
coding schemes, as shown in Table 13-32.
Bin Range
0 CS-1
1 CS-2
2 CS-3
3 CS-4
4 MCS-1
5 MCS-2
6 MCS-3
7 MCS-4
8 MCS-5
9 MCS-6
10 MCS-7
11 MCS-8
12 MCS-9
In coding schemes MCS-7 through MSC-9, there are two RLC blocks in a radio block. The data
shown in the following table is used to determine which statistic must be pegged for possible
combinations of NEW, NACK, ACK_PEND, and STALL when transmitting MCS-7, MCS-8,
or MCS-9.
13-82 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Pegging
Pegging
This statistic counts the new RLC acknowledged radio blocks that are sent on a cell. The RLC
radio blocks are counted per coding scheme, therefore pegging the appropriate bin.
Analysis
Reference None
Basis Cell
Type Counter array
68P02901W56-T 13-83
Jan 2010
DL_RLC_DDTR_BLKS Chapter 13: PCU statistics
DL_RLC_DDTR_BLKS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The DL_RLC_DDTR_BLKS statistic measures the total number of RLC blocks with dummy
LLCs sent in CS1 or MCS1 during the delayed downlink TBF release period over the cell.
One unit represents 100 RLC radio blocks. The maximum statistical interval is 60 minutes. The
translation of the actual radio blocks counted to units is done at the end of the interval.
The RLC radio blocks are split into two coding schemes, as shown in Table 13-34.
Bin Range
0 CS-1
1 MCS-1
Pegging
This statistic counts the RLC radio blocks with dummy LLCs (delayed downlink TBF) blocks that
are sent on a cell. The RLC radio blocks are counted per coding scheme, therefore pegging
the appropriate bin. Note that the radio blocks with LLC dummies are always sent using either
CS1 or MCS1.
Analysis
Reference None
Basis Cell
Type Counter array
13-84 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application DL_RLC_NACK_BLKS
DL_RLC_NACK_BLKS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The DL_RLC_NACK_BLKS statistic measures the total number of RLC blocks sent due to an
explicit NACK from the MS.
One unit represents 100 RLC radio blocks. The maximum statistical interval is 60 minutes. The
translation of the actual radio blocks counted to units is done at the end of the interval.
The RLC radio blocks are split into the four GPRS channel coding schemes and the nine EGPRS
coding schemes, as shown in Table 13-35.
Table 13-35 Bin ranges for DL_RLC_NACK_BLKS
Bin Range
0 CS-1
1 CS-2
2 CS-3
3 CS-4
4 MCS-1
5 MCS-2
6 MCS-3
7 MCS-4
8 MCS-5
9 MCS-6
10 MCS-7
11 MCS-8
12 MCS-9
In coding schemes MCS-7 through MSC-9, there are two RLC blocks in a radio block. The data
shown in the following table is used to determine which statistic must be pegged for possible
combinations of NEW, NACK, ACK_PEND, and STALL when transmitting MCS-7, MCS-8,
or MCS-9.
68P02901W56-T 13-85
Jan 2010
Pegging Chapter 13: PCU statistics
Pegging
This statistic counts the RLC blocks that are sent due to an explicit NACK from the MS. The RLC
radio blocks are counted per coding scheme, therefore pegging the appropriate bin.
Analysis
Reference None
Basis Cell
Type Counter array
13-86 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application DL_RLC_RETX_BLKS
DL_RLC_RETX_BLKS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
One unit represents 100 RLC radio blocks. The maximum statistical interval is 60 minutes. The
translation of the actual radio blocks counted to units is done at the end of the interval.
The RLC radio blocks are split into the four GPRS channel coding schemes and the nine EGPRS
coding schemes, as shown in Table 13-37.
Table 13-37 Bin ranges for DL_RLC_RETX_BLKS
Bin Range
0 CS-1
1 CS-2
2 CS-3
3 CS-4
4 MCS-1
5 MCS-2
6 MCS-3
7 MCS-4
8 MCS-5
9 MCS-6
10 MCS-7
11 MCS-8
12 MCS-9
In coding schemes MCS-7 through MSC-9, there are two RLC blocks in a radio block. The data
shown in the following table is used to determine which statistic must be pegged for possible
combinations of NEW, NACK, ACK_PEND, and STALL when transmitting MCS-7, MCS-8,
or MCS-9.
68P02901W56-T 13-87
Jan 2010
Pegging Chapter 13: PCU statistics
Pegging
This statistic counts the RLC ack pending (or preemptive transmissions) radio blocks that
are sent on a cell. The RLC radio blocks are counted per coding scheme, therefore pegging
the appropriate bin.
Analysis
Reference None
Basis Cell
Type Counter array
13-88 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application DL_RLC_STALLED_BLKS
DL_RLC_STALLED_BLKS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The DL_RLC_STALLED_BLKS statistic measures the total number of RLC blocks retransmitted
due to an RLC window stall. That is, if the window is stalled, all DL radio blocks sent during
this period are pegged as stalled. Stalled blocks supersede other types of transmissions of
NEW, NACK, and RETX blocks. For example, a NACK data block sent during a stalled window
condition is treated as a stalled block and gets pegged as such.
One unit represents 100 RLC radio blocks. The maximum statistical interval is 60 minutes. The
translation of actual radio blocks counted to units is done at the end of the interval.
The RLC radio blocks are split into the four GPRS channel coding schemes and the nine EGPRS
coding schemes, as shown in Table 13-39.
Bin Range
0 CS-1
1 CS-2
2 CS-3
3 CS-4
4 MCS-1
5 MCS-2
6 MCS-3
7 MCS-4
8 MCS-5
9 MCS-6
10 MCS-7
11 MCS-8
12 MCS-9
In coding schemes MCS-7 through MSC-9, there are two RLC blocks in a radio block. The data
shown in the following table is used to determine which statistic must be pegged for possible
combinations of NEW, NACK, ACK_PEND, and STALL when transmitting MCS-7, MCS-8,
or MCS-9.
68P02901W56-T 13-89
Jan 2010
Pegging Chapter 13: PCU statistics
Pegging
This statistic counts the RLC blocks sent due to any RLC window stall in the cell. The RLC radio
blocks are counted per coding scheme therefore pegging the appropriate bin.
Analysis
Reference None
Basis Cell
Type Counter array
13-90 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application DL_RLC_UNACK_NEW_BLKS
DL_RLC_UNACK_NEW_BLKS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
One unit represents 100 RLC radio blocks. The maximum statistical interval is 60 minutes. The
translation of actual radio blocks counted to units is done at the end of the interval.
The RLC radio blocks are split into the four GPRS channel coding schemes and the nine EGPRS
coding schemes, as shown in Table 13-41.
Bin Range
0 CS-1
1 CS-2
2 CS-3
3 CS-4
4 MCS-1
5 MCS-2
6 MCS-3
7 MCS-4
8 MCS-5
9 MCS-6
10 MCS-7
11 MCS-8
12 MCS-9
In coding schemes MCS-7 through MSC-9, there are two RLC blocks in a radio block. The data
shown in the following table is used to determine which statistic must be pegged for possible
combinations of NEW, NACK, ACK_PEND, and STALL when transmitting MCS-7, MCS-8,
or MCS-9.
68P02901W56-T 13-91
Jan 2010
Pegging Chapter 13: PCU statistics
Pegging
This statistic counts the new RLC unacknowledged radio blocks that are sent on a cell. The RLC
radio blocks are counted per coding scheme, therefore pegging the appropriate bin.
Analysis
Reference None
Basis Cell
Type Counter array
13-92 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application DL_TBF_FAILURE_RATE
DL_TBF_FAILURE_RATE
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The DL_TBF_FAILURE_RATE key statistic calculates the rate of abnormally released downlink
TBFs.
Formula
Pegging
Change to peg establish bin when downlink TBF is abnormally released due to
PRM_DL_PCTA_CA_ATTEMPTS_EXCEEDED in BSS.
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 13-93
Jan 2010
DL_TBF_INTERLEAVING_ACTIVITY Chapter 13: PCU statistics
DL_TBF_INTERLEAVING_ACTIVITY
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
DL− T BF− T IM E− 1− T S+
DL− T BF− T IM E− 2− T S ∗ 2+
∗ 0.02
DL− T BF− T IM E− 3− T S ∗ 3+
DL− T BF− T IM E− 4− T S ∗ 4
DL− TBF− INTERLEAVENING− ACTIVITY =
DL− BU SY− P DT CH− M EAN ∗
IN T ERV AL ∗ 3600
Analysis
13-94 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application DL_TBF_TIME_1_TS
DL_TBF_TIME_1_TS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The DL_TBF_TIME_1_TS statistic counts the cumulative length in number of 20 ms radio block
periods of all downlink TBFs for MSs that support a maximum of 1 TS in the downlink direction.
Pegging
This statistic measures the time of all the TBFs in the downlink for MSs that support a maximum
of 1 TS in the downlink direction as follows:
• Always pegged for MSs with multislot class 1.
• If an EGPRS mode TBF is assigned to the MS and the EGPRS multislot is class 1.
At the end of the statistical interval this statistic provides a cumulative value of all the DL TBF
times for MSs supporting a maximum of 1 TS. The TBF time is measured from the TBF set-up
time to the time the MS acknowledges the full TBF. The TBF time includes all the delayed
downlink TBF release phases except the last one to accurately reflect the perceived throughput.
Analysis
Reference None
Basis Cell
Type Counter
68P02901W56-T 13-95
Jan 2010
DL_TBF_TIME_2_TS Chapter 13: PCU statistics
DL_TBF_TIME_2_TS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The DL_TBF_TIME_2_TS statistic counts the cumulative length in number of 20 ms radio block
periods of all downlink TBFs for MSs that support a maximum of 2 TS in the downlink direction.
Pegging
This statistic measures the time of all the TBFs in the downlink for MSs that support a maximum
of 2 TS in the downlink direction as follows:
• Always pegged for MSs with multislot class 2, 3 or 5.
• If an EGPRS mode TBF is assigned to the MS and the EGPRS multislot is class 2, 3 or 5.
At the end of the statistical interval this statistic provides a cumulative value of all the DL TBF
times for MSs supporting a maximum of 2 TS. The TBF time is measured from the TBF set-up
time to the time the MS acknowledges the full TBF. The TBF time includes all the delayed
downlink TBF release phases except the last one to accurately reflect the perceived throughput.
Analysis
Reference None
Basis Cell
Type Counter
13-96 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application DL_TBF_TIME_3_TS
DL_TBF_TIME_3_TS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The DL_TBF_TIME_3_TS statistic counts the cumulative length in number of 20 ms radio block
periods of all downlink TBFs for MSs that support a maximum of 3 TS in the downlink direction.
Pegging
This statistic measures the time of all the TBFs in the downlink for MSs that support a maximum
of 3 TS in the downlink direction as follows:
• Always pegged for MSs with multislot class 4, 6, 7, 9, or 13.
• If a GPRS TBF is assigned to the MS and its GPRS multislot is class 4, 6, 7, 9, or 13.
• If an EGPRS mode TBF is assigned to the MS and the EGPRS multislot is class 4, 6, 7,
9, or 13.
At the end of the statistical interval this statistic provides a cumulative value of all the DL TBF
times for MSs supporting a maximum of 3 TS. The TBF time is measured from the TBF set-up
time to the time the MS acknowledges the full TBF. The TBF time includes all the delayed
downlink TBF release phases except the last one to accurately reflect the perceived throughput.
Analysis
Reference None
Basis Cell
Type Counter
68P02901W56-T 13-97
Jan 2010
DL_TBF_TIME_4_TS Chapter 13: PCU statistics
DL_TBF_TIME_4_TS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Pegging
This statistic measures the time of all the TBFs in the downlink for MSs that support a maximum
of 4 TS in the downlink direction as follows:
• Always pegged for the MSs with multislot class 8, 10, 11, 12, or 14 through 29.
• If a GPRS TBF is assigned to the MS and its GPRS multislot is one of class 8, 10, 11,
12, or 14 through 29.
• If an EGPRS mode TBF is assigned to the MS and the EGPRS multislot is one of class
8, 10, 11, 12, or 14 through 29.
At the end of the statistical interval this statistic provides a cumulative value of all the DL TBF
times for the MSs supporting a maximum of 4 TS. The TBF time is measured from the TBF
set-up time to the time the MS acknowledges the full TBF. The TBF time includes all the delayed
downlink TBF release phases except the last one to accurately reflect the perceived throughput.
Analysis
Reference None
Basis Cell
Type Counter
13-98 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application DL_THROUGHPUT_TERMINAL_1_TS
DL_THROUGHPUT_TERMINAL_1_TS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
DL− RADIO− BLKS− 1− TS− CS− 1∗22+DL− RADIO− BLKS− 1− TS− CS− 2∗33+
DL− RADIO− BLKS− 1− TS− CS− 3∗39+DL− RADIO− BLKS− 1− TS− CS− 24∗53+
DL− RADIO− BLKS− 1− TS− MCS− 1∗22+DL− RADIO− BLKS− 1− TS− MCS− 2∗28+
DL RADIO BLKS 1 TS MCS 3∗37+DL RADIO BLKS 1 TS MCS 4∗44+
− − − − − − − − − − − − ∗ 0.8
DL RADIO BLKS 1 TS MCS 5∗56+DL RADIO BLKS 1 TS MCS 6∗74+
− − − − − − − − − − − −
DL− RADIO− BLKS− 1− TS− MCS− 7∗112+DL− RADIO− BLKS− 1− TS− MCS− 8∗136+
DL− THROUGHPUT− DL− RADIO− BLKS− 1− TS− MCS− 9∗148
=
TERMINAL− 1− TS DL− TBF− TIME− 1− TS∗0.02
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 13-99
Jan 2010
DL_THROUGHPUT_TERMINAL_2_TS Chapter 13: PCU statistics
DL_THROUGHPUT_TERMINAL_2_TS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
DL− RADIO− BLKS− 2− TS− CS− 1∗22+DL− RADIO− BLKS− 2− TS− CS− 2∗33+
DL− RADIO− BLKS− 2− TS− CS− 3∗39+DL− RADIO− BLKS− 2− TS− CS− 24∗53+
DL− RADIO− BLKS− 2− TS− MCS− 1∗22+DL− RADIO− BLKS− 2− TS− MCS− 2∗28+
DL RADIO BLKS 2 TS MCS 3∗37+DL RADIO BLKS 2 TS MCS 4∗44+
− − − − − − − − − − − − ∗ 0.8
DL RADIO BLKS 2 TS MCS 5∗56+DL RADIO BLKS 2 TS MCS 6∗74+
− − − − − − − − − − − −
DL− RADIO− BLKS− 2− TS− MCS− 7∗112+DL− RADIO− BLKS− 2− TS− MCS− 8∗136+
DL− THROUGHPUT− DL− RADIO− BLKS− 2− TS− MCS− 9∗148
=
TERMINAL− 2− TS DL− TBF− TIME− 2− TS∗0.02
Analysis
13-100 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application DL_THROUGHPUT_TERMINAL_3_TS
DL_THROUGHPUT_TERMINAL_3_TS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
DL− RADIO− BLKS− 3− TS− CS− 1∗22+DL− RADIO− BLKS− 3− TS− CS− 2∗33+
DL− RADIO− BLKS− 3− TS− CS− 3∗39+DL− RADIO− BLKS− 3− TS− CS− 24∗53+
DL− RADIO− BLKS− 3− TS− MCS− 1∗22+DL− RADIO− BLKS− 3− TS− MCS− 2∗28+
DL RADIO BLKS 3 TS MCS 3∗37+DL RADIO BLKS 3 TS MCS 4∗44+
− − − − − − − − − − − − ∗ 0.8
DL RADIO BLKS 3 TS MCS 5∗56+DL RADIO BLKS 3 TS MCS 6∗74+
− − − − − − − − − − − −
DL− RADIO− BLKS− 3− TS− MCS− 7∗112+DL− RADIO− BLKS− 3− TS− MCS− 8∗136+
DL− THROUGHPUT− DL− RADIO− BLKS− 3− TS− MCS− 9∗148
=
TERMINAL− 3− TS DL− TBF− TIME− 3− TS∗0.02
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 13-101
Jan 2010
DL_THROUGHPUT_TERMINAL_4_TS Chapter 13: PCU statistics
DL_THROUGHPUT_TERMINAL_4_TS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
DL− RADIO− BLKS− 4− TS− CS− 1∗22+DL− RADIO− BLKS− 4− TS− CS− 2∗33+
DL− RADIO− BLKS− 4− TS− CS− 3∗39+DL− RADIO− BLKS− 4− TS− CS− 4∗53+
DL− RADIO− BLKS− 4− TS− MCS− 1∗22+DL− RADIO− BLKS− 4− TS− MCS− 2∗28+
DL RADIO BLKS 4 TS MCS 3∗37+DL RADIO BLKS 4 TS MCS 4∗44+
− − − − − − − − − − − − ∗ 0.8
DL RADIO BLKS 4 TS MCS 5∗56+DL RADIO BLKS 4 TS MCS 6∗74+
− − − − − − − − − − − −
DL− RADIO− BLKS− 4− TS− MCS− 7∗112+DL− RADIO− BLKS− 4− TS− MCS− 8∗136+
DL− THROUGHPUT− DL− RADIO− BLKS− 4− TS− MCS− 9∗148
=
TERMINAL− 4− TS DL− TBF− TIME− 4− TS∗0.02
Analysis
13-102 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application EGPRS_64K_CHANNELS_SWITCHED
EGPRS_64K_CHANNELS_SWITCHED
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
NOTE
The EGPRS_64K_CHANNELS_SWITCHED statistic value may increase as the
additional switchable PDTCH is allocated for GPRS congested cell.
Pegging
This statistic pegs when a 64 kbps EGPRS timeslot is successfully switched for a point-to-point
call as defined in Table 13-43.
Analysis
Reference None
Usage Radio resource allocation statistics.
Network planning.
Basis Cell
Type Counter array.
68P02901W56-T 13-103
Jan 2010
EGPRS_64K_NOT_AVAIL Chapter 13: PCU statistics
EGPRS_64K_NOT_AVAIL
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The EGPRS_64K_NOT_AVAIL statistic tracks the number of times that a TBF would have been
able to use EGPRS coding schemes due to good radio conditions in the cell but could not do
so because the MS's timeslot assignment was not 64k TRAU.
Pegging
This statistic pegs when an EGPRS capable MS is allocated GPRS resources. This statistic is
pegged when 64k TRAU is disabled or when the MS is allocated GPRS time slots and the radio
conditions would allow usage of EGPRS coding schemes.
Analysis
Reference None
Usage If CS-3,4 is disabled, it counts how often CS-3,4 would have been used resulting
in increased end user throughput.
Basis Cell
Type Counter
13-104 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application EGPRS_AVAIL_PDTCH
EGPRS_AVAIL_PDTCH
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The EGPRS_AVAIL_PDTCH statistic measures the mean and MAX number of available EGPRS
Packet Data Traffic CHannels (PDTCH).
NOTE
The available PDTCH number may increase as the additional switchable PDTCH is
allocated for GPRS congested cell.
This statistic is obtained by maintaining the current and the total number of available EGPRS
PDTCHs and the amount of time each is available over the statistical period. The PDTCH is
available when its administrative state is unlocked or shutting down and the operational state is
enabled. It is unavailable when its administrative state changes to locked or the operational
state changes to disabled. The available EGPRS PDTCH counts both reserved PDTCHs and
switchable PDTCHs that are configured for use as an EGPRS PDTCHs.
Pegging
This statistic pegs whenever there is a change in the channel configuration for any channel in
the cell (if the number of EGPRS PDTCHs has not changed within the current pegging interval,
it is pegged with the same value as before).
NOTE
This statistic counts the number of time slots available for GPRS. It treats
PBCCH/PCCCH TS the same as regular PDTCH TS, which means that each TS is
counted as 1, even though 4 MS can share a regular TS, while a PBCCH/PCCCH
TS can only be shared by 2 MS.
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 13-105
Jan 2010
EGPRS_DL_ASGN_PCCCH Chapter 13: PCU statistics
EGPRS_DL_ASGN_PCCCH
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The EGPRS_DL_ASGN_PCCCH statistic counts the total number of EGPRS packet downlink
assignments sent on the PCCCH.
Pegging
This statistic pegs whenever an EGPRS packet downlink assignment is sent on PCCCH.
Analysis
Reference None
Basis Cell
Type Counter
13-106 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application G_RACH_UNSVCD_BTS
G_RACH_UNSVCD_BTS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The G_RACH_UNSVCD_BTS statistic tracks the total number of uplink GPRS RACH requests
unserviced by the BTS.
Pegging
This statistic is pegged whenever a GPRS RACH request is unserviced by the BTS.
Table 13-44 G_RACH_UNSVCD_BTS bins
NOTE
This statistic is pegged for both the GPRS and EGPRS events.
Analysis
This statistic can be used for the trend analysis of the BTS.
Reference None.
Usage Performance management.
Basis Cell.
Type Counter array.
68P02901W56-T 13-107
Jan 2010
GBL_AVAILABILITY Chapter 13: PCU statistics
GBL_AVAILABILITY
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The GBL_AVAILABILITY statistic measures the availability for a particular Gb link during
a statistical interval.
Formula
(GBL− UNAVAILABLE)
GBL− AVAILABILITY = 100 −
(INTERVAL ∗ 36000)
Analysis
13-108 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application GBL_DL_DATA_THRPUT
GBL_DL_DATA_THRPUT
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The GBL_DL_DATA_THRPUT statistic reports the quantity of data transmitted on the downlink
of the Gb link (GBL) during a given time interval. The PCU calculates the instantaneous
throughput in kilobytes per second by dividing the quantity of data transmitted by the time
interval given by the parameter gbl_thrput_period.
Pegging
This statistic is pegged by computing a moving average in kilobytes per second of the
instantaneous throughput samples. The number of samples used for the computation is given by
the parameter num_gbl_dl_thrput_samples.
Analysis
This statistic can be used for the trend analysis of the average downlink throughput of the GBL.
• dl_datathrput_MAX.
Reference None.
Usage Network planning.
Congestion.
Basis GBL.
Type Gauge.
68P02901W56-T 13-109
Jan 2010
GBL_DL_DATA_THRPUT_HIST Chapter 13: PCU statistics
GBL_DL_DATA_THRPUT_HIST
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The PCU calculates the instantaneous throughput in kilobytes per second by dividing the
quantity of data transmitted by the time interval given by the parameter gbl_thrput_period.
There are ten bins in the array. The available ranges are shown in Table 13-45.
Bin Range
0 0 - 30
1 31 - 70
2 71 - 110
3 111 - 140
4 141 - 170
5 171 - 230
6 231 - 300
7 301 - 400
8 401 - 500
9 501 - 600
Pegging
13-110 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Analysis
Analysis
This statistic can be used for the trend analysis of GBL downlink throughput.
• dl_thrput_mean.
• dl_thrput_MAX.
Reference None.
Usage Network planning.
Congestion.
Quality of service monitoring: Network accessibility.
Basis GBL.
Type Normal Distribution.
68P02901W56-T 13-111
Jan 2010
GBL_DL_PKT_COUNT Chapter 13: PCU statistics
GBL_DL_PKT_COUNT
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
{26638}
Description
The GBL_DL_PKT_COUNT statistic reports the number of packets transmitted on the downlink
of the GBL when the gb_mode is set to Static IP.
Pegging
This statistic counts the number of NS PDUs received on the downlink of the GBL during a given
time interval when the gb_mode is set to Static IP.
Analysis
Manageable(Enable/Disable) Yes
13-112 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application GBL_DL_PKT_INV_NSVC
GBL_DL_PKT_INV_NSVC
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
{26638}
Description
The GBL_DL_PKT_INV_NSVC statistic reports the number of downlink NS PDUs received from
the invalid NSVC (SGSN IP address is invalid or UDP port is invalid) when the gb_mode is
set to Static IP.
Pegging
This statistic counts the number of NS PDUs received from the invalid NSVC (SGSN IP address
is invalid or UDP port is invalid) on the downlink of the GBL during a given time interval when
the gb_mode is set to Static IP.
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 13-113
Jan 2010
GBL_FLOW_CTRL_SENT Chapter 13: PCU statistics
GBL_FLOW_CTRL_SENT
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The GBL_FLOW_CTRL_SENT tracks the number of flow control messages sent by the BSS
to the Serving GPRS Support Node (SGSN).
Each cell has a buffer that holds downlink data. When a cell buffer reaches a predetermined
threshold, a flow control message is sent to the SGSN.
Flow control is performed to match the flow of the downlink data with air throughput.
Pegging
This statistic pegs the number of flow control messages sent by the BSS and is pegged every
time a flow control message is sent.
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of the number of flow control messages sent by the
BSS.
Reference None.
Usage Network planning.
Congestion.
Quality of service monitoring: Network accessibility.
Basis Cell.
Type Counter.
13-114 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application GBL_PAGING_REQS
GBL_PAGING_REQS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The GBL_PAGING_REQS statistic tracks the number of the paging requests received at the
GBL.
Pegging
This statistic pegs each time an MS page request is received at the GBL.
Analysis
This statistic can be used for the trend analysis of the number of circuit switched and packet
switched pages received by the BSS from the SGSN.
Reference None.
Usage Network planning.
Congestion.
Basis PCU.
Type Counter.
68P02901W56-T 13-115
Jan 2010
GBL_RESOUR_DIST_IND Chapter 13: PCU statistics
GBL_RESOUR_DIST_IND
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
{26638}
Description
Pegging
This statistic counts the number of resource distribution requests received from the SGSN at
the GBL during a given time interval when the gb_mode is set to Static IP.
Analysis
13-116 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application GBL_UL_DATA_THRPUT
GBL_UL_DATA_THRPUT
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The GBL_UL_DATA_THRPUT statistic reports the quantity of data transmitted on the uplink
of the Gb link (GBL) during a given time interval. The PCU calculates the instantaneous
throughput in kilobytes per second by dividing the quantity of data transmitted by the time
interval given by the parameter gbl_thrput_period.
Pegging
This statistic is pegged by computing a moving average in kilobytes per second of the
instantaneous throughput samples. The number of samples used for the computation is given by
the parameter num_gbl_ul_thrput_samples.
Analysis
This statistic can be used for the trend analysis of the average uplink throughput of the GBL.
• ul_datathrput_MAX.
Reference None.
Usage Network planning.
Congestion.
Basis GBL.
Type Gauge.
68P02901W56-T 13-117
Jan 2010
GBL_UL_DATA_THRPUT_HIST Chapter 13: PCU statistics
GBL_UL_DATA_THRPUT_HIST
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The PCU calculates the instantaneous throughput in kilobytes per second by dividing the
quantity of data transmitted by the time interval given by the parameter gbl_thrput_period.
Pegging
Bin Range
0 0 - 30
1 31 - 70
2 71 - 110
3 111 - 140
4 141 - 170
5 171 - 230
6 231 - 300
7 301 - 400
8 401 - 500
9 501 - 600
13-118 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Analysis
Analysis
This statistic can be used for the trend analysis of GBL uplink throughput.
• ul_thrput_mean.
• ul_thrput_MAX.
Reference None.
Usage Network planning.
Congestion.
Quality of service monitoring: Network accessibility.
Basis GBL.
Type Normal Distribution.
68P02901W56-T 13-119
Jan 2010
GBL_UL_PKT_COUNT Chapter 13: PCU statistics
GBL_UL_PKT_COUNT
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
{26638}
Description
The GBL_UL_PKT_COUNT statistic reports the number of packets transmitted on the uplink of
the GBL when the gb_mode is set to Static IP.
Pegging
This statistic counts the number of NS PDUs transmitted on the uplink of the GBL during a given
time interval when the gb_mode is set to Static IP.
Analysis
13-120 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application GBL_UNAVAILABLE
GBL_UNAVAILABLE
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The GBL_UNAVAILABLE statistic tracks the amount of time in milliseconds that the GBL is
out-of-service.
Pegging
The timer for this statistic is started when the GBL transitions to a state which is not B-U, that
is, when the GBL goes out-of-service. The timer is stopped when the GBL is in the B-U state,
that is, when the GBL returns to service.
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of the duration of GBL outages, including those
caused by operator interaction.
Reference None.
Usage Network accessibility.
Fault finding.
Basis GBL.
Type Duration.
68P02901W56-T 13-121
Jan 2010
GPRS_32K_CHANNELS_SWITCHED Chapter 13: PCU statistics
GPRS_32K_CHANNELS_SWITCHED
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
This statistic keeps a count of the number of times that CS-3,4 capable GPRS time slots (32k
TRAU) are used for circuit-switched calls in a statistics reporting period on a per-cell basis.
NOTE
The GPRS_32K_CHANNELS_SWITCHED statistic value may increase as the
additional switchable PDTCH is allocated for GPRS congested cell.
Pegging
This statistic pegs when a 32 kbps GPRS timeslot is successfully switched to a circuit switched
call as defined in Table 13-47.
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage Radio resource allocation statistics.
Network planning.
Basis Cell.
Type Counter array.
13-122 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application GPRS_32K_DL_NOT_AVAIL
GPRS_32K_DL_NOT_AVAIL
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The GPRS_32K_DL_NOT_AVAIL statistic tracks the number of times that 16k TRAU GPRS time
slots would have been switched to CS-3,4 due to good radio conditions in the cell, but could not
do so because the MS's timeslot assignment was not 32k TRAU.
Pegging
This statistic pegs when 32k TRAU is disabled or when the MS is allocated 16k TRAU time slots
and the radio conditions would allow usage of CS-3,4.
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage If CS-3,4 is disabled, it is counted how often CS-3,4 would have been used
resulting in increased end user throughput.
Basis Cell.
Type Counter.
68P02901W56-T 13-123
Jan 2010
GPRS_32K_UL_NOT_AVAIL Chapter 13: PCU statistics
GPRS_32K_UL_NOT_AVAIL
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The GPRS_32K_UL_NOT_AVAIL statistic tracks the number of times that 16k TRAU GPRS time
slots would have been switched to CS-3,4 due to good radio conditions in the cell, but could not
do so because the MS's timeslot assignment was not 32k TRAU.
Pegging
This statistic pegs when 32k TRAU is disabled or when the MS is allocated 16k TRAU time slots
and the radio conditions would allow usage of CS-3,4.
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage If CS-3,4 is disabled, it is counted how often CS-3,4 would have been used
resulting in increased end user throughput.
Basis Cell.
Type Counter.
13-124 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application GPRS_ACCESS_PER_AGCH
GPRS_ACCESS_PER_AGCH
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The air interface message on the AGCH for packet immediate assignment and immediate
assignment reject contains only one MS.
Access Grants for more than one MS may be contained in one Access Grant message (Extended
Immediate Assignment). An Access Grant for more than one MS is pegged only once. This
count includes Immediate Assignment, Immediate Extended, and Immediate Assignment Reject
messages sent on the AGCH of a cell.
Pegging
This statistic is pegged when an access grant message is sent on the AGCH on a cell for
packet data service.
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of Immediate Assignment messages sent on the
AGCH of a cell.
Reference None.
Usage Radio resource allocation statistics.
Network planning.
Basis Cell.
Type Counter.
68P02901W56-T 13-125
Jan 2010
GPRS_ACCESS_PER_RACH Chapter 13: PCU statistics
GPRS_ACCESS_PER_RACH
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Pegging
This statistic pegs when a packet switched Channel Request message is sent on the Random
Access CHannel (RACH) of a cell.
NOTE
This statistic is pegged for both GPRS and EGPRS events.
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of the Immediate Assignment messages sent on
the RACH of a cell.
Reference None.
Usage Radio resource allocation statistics.
Network planning.
Basis Cell.
Type Counter.
13-126 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application GPRS_AVAIL_PDTCH
GPRS_AVAIL_PDTCH
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
NOTE
This statistic was previously named AVAILABLE_PDTCH.
Description
This statistic measures the mean and maximum number of available Packet Data Traffic
CHannels (PDTCH).
NOTE
The available PDTCH number may increase as the additional switchable PDTCH is
allocated for GPRS congested cell.
This statistic considers a PBCCH/PCCCH timeslot as a PDTCH. Therefore, these are recorded by
the statistic in its total number of available channels.
This statistic is obtained by maintaining the current and the total number of available PDTCH
and the amount of time each PDTCH is available over the statistical period. The corresponding
mean and maximum number of PDTCH are then computed. The PDTCH is available when its
administrative state is unlocked or shutting down and the operational state is enabled. It is
unavailable when its administrative state changes to locked or the operational state changes to
disabled. The available number of PDTCH is then incremented or decremented when there
is a change in PDTCH states as described above. The available PDTCH counts both reserved
PDTCHs and switchable PDTCHs that are configured as PDTCHs and not as TCHs.
Pegging
The statistic pegs whenever there is a change in the channel configuration for any channel in
the cell (if the number of PDTCHs has not changed within the current pegging interval, it is
pegged with the same value as before).
NOTE
This statistic counts the number of timeslots available for GPRS. It treats
PBCCH/PCCCH TS the same as regular PDTCH TS, which means that each TS is
counted as 1, even though 4 MS can share a regular TS, while a PBCCH/PCCCH
TS can be shared only by 2 MS.
68P02901W56-T 13-127
Jan 2010
Analysis Chapter 13: PCU statistics
Analysis
By comparing the number of available PDTCHs to the total number of PDTCHs in a cell, a
percentage of GPRS availability in a cell can be calculated. An analysis of the utilization
information can be used to determine the requirement for additional resources before the
problems occur.
13-128 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application GPRS_CELL_CONGESTION
GPRS_CELL_CONGESTION
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
NOTE
This statistic also includes information of the EGPRS system should the EGPRS
feature be enabled.
Pegging
This statistic pegs with the higher value of the Uplink/Downlink congestion.
Continued
68P02901W56-T 13-129
Jan 2010
Analysis Chapter 13: PCU statistics
One unit represents a period of time when the congestion rate falls in the specific range at the
end of a given 6 second duration. The range is 0 to 600.
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage Cell planning.
Resource allocation.
Basis Cell.
Type Counter array.
13-130 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application GPRS_CELL_RESELECT_FAIL
GPRS_CELL_RESELECT_FAIL
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Pegging
This statistic pegs when a Packet Cell Change Failure message is sent by an MS.
NOTE
This statistic is pegged for both GPRS and EGPRS events.
Analysis
This statistic can be used for the analysis of Network Controlled cell reselect failures from
an originating cell.
Reference None.
Usage Radio resource allocation statistics.
Network planning.
Basis Cell.
Type Counter.
68P02901W56-T 13-131
Jan 2010
GPRS_CHANNELS_SWITCHED Chapter 13: PCU statistics
GPRS_CHANNELS_SWITCHED
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
This statistic reports the number of times a 16 kbps Packet Data Traffic Channel (PDTCH) has
been switched to a circuit switched Traffic Channel (TCH).
Pegging
This statistic pegs when a 16 kbps PDTCH is switched to a circuit switched TCH as defined
in Table 13-49.
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage Radio resource allocation statistics.
Network planning.
Basis Cell.
Type Counter array.
13-132 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application GPRS_DL_ASGN_PCCCH
GPRS_DL_ASGN_PCCCH
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
This statistic tracks the total number of packet downlink assignment messages received on the
Packet Common Control Channel (PCCCH).
Pegging
This statistic pegs once per packet downlink assignment on the PCCCH.
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 13-133
Jan 2010
GPRS_PAGING_OVERFLOW_RATE_PCH Chapter 13: PCU statistics
GPRS_PAGING_OVERFLOW_RATE_PCH
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
Analysis
Basis Cell.
Type Percentage.
Raw statistics PCH_Q_PAGE_DISCARD_PS.
ACCESS_PER_PCH_PS.
13-134 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application GPRS_PAGING_OVERFLOW_RATE_PPCH
GPRS_PAGING_OVERFLOW_RATE_PPCH
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
Analysis
Basis Cell.
Type Percentage.
Raw statistics PPCH_Q_PAGE_DISCARD_PS.
ACCESS_PER_PPCH_PS.
68P02901W56-T 13-135
Jan 2010
GPRS_PCH_AGCH_Q_LENGTH Chapter 13: PCU statistics
GPRS_PCH_AGCH_Q_LENGTH
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
This statistic measures the mean Paging CHannel-Access Grant CHannel (PCH-AGCH) queue
length. This statistic is obtained by measuring the arithmetic mean of the number of all
messages waiting for transmission on the PCH-AGCH, for GPRS purpose. This measurement
is obtained once in every paging multi frame, taking the PCH-AGCH queue length and then
taking the arithmetic mean.
Pegging
This statistic pegs once per paging multiframe, by summing the total number of messages in
the paging queue. At the end of the interval, the mean number of messages are calculated and
reported.
NOTE
This statistic is pegged for both GPRS and EGPRS events.
Analysis
The 12.04 statistic B.2.1.1 is the mean of the number of messages in the PCH-AGCH queue.
13-136 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application GPRS_PPCH_PAGCH_Q_LENGTH
GPRS_PPCH_PAGCH_Q_LENGTH
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
This statistic measures the mean and MAX of the number of all messages waiting in the Packet
Paging Channel-Packet Access Grant Channel (PPCH-PAGCH) queue. This statistic is obtained
by measuring the arithmetic mean of the number of all messages waiting for transmission on
the PPCH-PAGCH. This measurement is obtained once in every paging multi frame, taking the
PPCH-PAGCH queue length and then taking the arithmetic mean.
Pegging
This statistic pegs once per paging multiframe, by summing the total number of messages in
the paging queue. At the end of the interval, the mean number of messages are calculated and
reported.
Analysis
The 12.04 statistic B.2.1.1 is the mean of the number of messages in the PPCH-PAGCH queue.
68P02901W56-T 13-137
Jan 2010
GPRS_PRR_BLK_USG Chapter 13: PCU statistics
GPRS_PRR_BLK_USG
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The GPRS_PRR_BLK_USG statistic tracks the mean, minimum, and maximum number of
PRR block usage.
The bin ranges may be changed using the chg_stat_prop command. The default bin ranges for
the GPRS_PRR_BLK_USG statistic are shown in Table 13-50.
Bin Range
0 0 to 2
1 3 to 5
2 6 to 10
3 11 to 20
4 21 to 40
5 41 to 60
6 61 to 80
7 81 to 100
8 101 to 125
9 126 to 160
Pegging
This statistic is measured by obtaining the PRR block usage at predefined interval:
approximately one second (four multiframes) and updating the appropriate bin. At the end of the
report of the statistical interval, the mean, minimum, and maximum PRR block usage is reported.
NOTE
This statistic is pegged for both GPRS and EGPRS events.
13-138 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Analysis
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage Performance management.
Basis Cell.
Type Normal distribution.
68P02901W56-T 13-139
Jan 2010
GPRS_RACH_ARRIVAL Chapter 13: PCU statistics
GPRS_RACH_ARRIVAL
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The GPRS_RACH_ARRIVAL statistic tracks the mean, minimum, and maximum number of
GPRS RACH request arrivals over CCCH.
The bin ranges may be changed using the chg_stat_prop command. The default bin ranges for
the GPRS_RACH_ARRIVAL statistic are shown in Table 13-51.
Bin Range
0 0 to 2
1 3 to 5
2 6 to 10
3 11 to 20
4 21 to 40
5 41 to 60
6 61 to 80
7 81 to 100
8 101 to 125
9 126 to 160
Pegging
This statistic is measured by sampling the GPRS RACH over CCCH at a predefined interval:
approximately one second (four multiframes). The total GPRS RACH requests over CCCH
during the time is obtained and the appropriate bin is updated. At the end of the report of the
statistical interval, the mean, minimum, and maximum PRR block usage is reported.
NOTE
This statistic is pegged for both GPRS and EGPRS events.
13-140 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Analysis
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage Performance management.
Basis Cell.
Type Normal distribution.
68P02901W56-T 13-141
Jan 2010
IDLE_PDTCH_INTF_BAND0 Chapter 13: PCU statistics
IDLE_PDTCH_INTF_BAND0
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The IDLE_PDTCH_INTF_BAND0 statistic tracks the maximum and mean number of idle uplink
Packet Data Traffic CHannels (PDTCHs) for interference band 0. An idle PDTCH falls into band
0 if its average interference band is less than the value of the element interfer_bands, 0.
NOTE
Idle PDTCHs are allocated to five interference bands. Each band has an associated
statistic for tracking idle PDTCHs.
Pegging
This statistic is updated at every idle frame receipt. The PDTCH is said to be idle if it can be
allocated for a request. An idle PDTCH falls into band 0 if its idle interference level is less than
the value of the elements interfer_bands 0. The mean and MAX are calculated from the samples.
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of idle packet data traffic channels.
13-142 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application IDLE_PDTCH_INTF_BAND1
IDLE_PDTCH_INTF_BAND1
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The IDLE_PDTCH_INTF_BAND1 statistic tracks the maximum and mean number of idle uplink
Packet Data Traffic CHannels (PDTCHs) for interference band 1. An idle PDTCH falls into band
1 if its average interference band is less than the value of the element interfer_bands, 1.
NOTE
Idle PDTCHs are allocated to five interference bands. Each band has an associated
statistic for tracking idle PDTCHs.
Pegging
This statistic is updated at every idle frame receipt. The PDTCH is said to be idle if it can be
allocated for a request. An idle PDTCH falls into band 1 if its idle interference level is less than
the value of the elements interfer_bands 1. The mean and MAX are calculated from the samples.
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of idle packet data traffic channels.
68P02901W56-T 13-143
Jan 2010
IDLE_PDTCH_INTF_BAND2 Chapter 13: PCU statistics
IDLE_PDTCH_INTF_BAND2
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The IDLE_PDTCH_INTF_BAND2 statistic tracks the maximum and mean number of idle uplink
Packet Data Traffic CHannels (PDTCHs) for interference band 2. An idle PDTCH falls into band
2 if its average interference band is less than the value of the element interfer_bands, 2.
NOTE
Idle PDTCHs are allocated to five interference bands. Each band has an associated
statistic for tracking idle PDTCHs.
Pegging
This statistic is updated at every idle frame receipt. The PDTCH is said to be idle if it can be
allocated for a request. An idle PDTCH falls into band 2 if its idle interference level is less than
the value of the elements interfer_bands 2. The mean and MAX are calculated from the samples.
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of idle packet data traffic channels.
13-144 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application IDLE_PDTCH_INTF_BAND3
IDLE_PDTCH_INTF_BAND3
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The IDLE_PDTCH_INTF_BAND3 statistic tracks the maximum and mean number of idle uplink
Packet Data Traffic CHannels (PDTCHs) for interference band 3. An idle PDTCH falls into band
3 if its average interference band is less than the value of the element interfer_bands, 3.
NOTE
Idle PDTCHs are allocated to five interference bands. Each band has an associated
statistic for tracking idle PDTCHs.
Pegging
This statistic is updated at every idle frame receipt. The PDTCH is said to be idle if it can be
allocated for a request. An idle PDTCH falls into band 3 if its idle interference level is less than
the value of the elements interfer_bands 3. The mean and MAX are calculated from the samples.
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of idle packet data traffic channels.
68P02901W56-T 13-145
Jan 2010
IDLE_PDTCH_INTF_BAND4 Chapter 13: PCU statistics
IDLE_PDTCH_INTF_BAND4
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The IDLE_PDTCH_INTF_BAND4 statistic tracks the maximum and mean number of idle uplink
Packet Data Traffic CHannels (PDTCHs) for interference band 4. An idle PDTCH falls into band
4 if its average interference band is less than the value of the element interfer_bands, 4.
NOTE
Idle PDTCHs are allocated to five interference bands. Each band has an associated
statistic for tracking idle PDTCHs.
Pegging
This statistic is updated at every idle frame receipt. The PDTCH is said to be idle if it can be
allocated for a request. An idle PDTCH falls into band 4 if its idle interference level is less than
the value of the elements interfer_bands 4. The mean and MAX are calculated from the samples.
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of idle packet data traffic channels.
13-146 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application IMM_ASSGN_CAUSE
IMM_ASSGN_CAUSE
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
This statistic measures the successful immediate assignment procedures, per cause. This
statistic is obtained by measuring the number of IMMEDIATE ASSIGN COMMAND messages
transmitted, per cause. This message contains either an IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT message
or IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT EXTENDED message. If an IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT
EXTENDED message is transmitted, the counter is incremented by two, because it contains
assignment information for two MSs otherwise the counter is incremented by one. The
associated bins, identifiers, and establishment causes are defined in Table 13-52.
Table 13-52 IMM_ASSGN_CAUSE bins
Pegging
This statistic is pegged once for every time the BSS sends an Immediate Assignment (IA) for any
of the specified purposes over the air. IAs for other purposes are not pegged.
This statistic pegs the cause of each IMMEDIATE ASSIGN COMMAND message. If this message
contains an IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT message, the cause is pegged once. If this message
contains an IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT EXTENDED message, the cause is pegged twice.
68P02901W56-T 13-147
Jan 2010
Analysis Chapter 13: PCU statistics
Analysis
It represents the total number of IAs pegged during the statistics interval, on a per-cause basis.
13-148 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application MCS1_USE_DL
MCS1_USE_DL
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The MCS1_USE_DL key statistic provides usage figures for DL coding scheme CS-1 for EGPRS.
Formula
Analysis
Type Percentage.
Raw statistics DL_RADIO_BLKS_1_TS,
DL_RADIO_BLKS_2_TS,
DL_RADIO_BLKS_3_TS,
DL_RADIO_BLKS_4_TS,
and their bin 4.
68P02901W56-T 13-149
Jan 2010
MCS2_USE_DL Chapter 13: PCU statistics
MCS2_USE_DL
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The MCS2_USE_DL key statistic provides usage figures of DL coding scheme CS-2 for EGPRS.
Formula
Analysis
Type Percentage.
Raw statistics DL_RADIO_BLKS_1_TS,
DL_RADIO_BLKS_2_TS,
DL_RADIO_BLKS_3_TS,
DL_RADIO_BLKS_4_TS,
and their bin 5.
13-150 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application MCS3_USE_DL
MCS3_USE_DL
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The MCS3_USE_DL key statistic provides usage figures of DL coding scheme CS-3 for EGPRS.
Formula
Analysis
Type Percentage.
Raw statistics DL_RADIO_BLKS_1_TS,
DL_RADIO_BLKS_2_TS,
DL_RADIO_BLKS_3_TS,
DL_RADIO_BLKS_4_TS,
68P02901W56-T 13-151
Jan 2010
MCS4_USE_DL Chapter 13: PCU statistics
MCS4_USE_DL
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The MCS4_USE_DL key statistic provides usage figures of DL coding scheme CS-4 for EGPRS.
Formula
Analysis
Type Percentage.
Raw statistics DL_RADIO_BLKS_1_TS,
DL_RADIO_BLKS_2_TS,
DL_RADIO_BLKS_3_TS,
DL_RADIO_BLKS_4_TS,
and their bin 7.
13-152 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application MCS5_USE_DL
MCS5_USE_DL
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The MCS5_USE_DL key statistic provides usage figures of DL coding scheme CS-5 for EGPRS.
Formula
Analysis
Type Percentage.
Raw statistics DL_RADIO_BLKS_1_TS,
DL_RADIO_BLKS_2_TS,
DL_RADIO_BLKS_3_TS,
DL_RADIO_BLKS_4_TS,
and their bin 8.
68P02901W56-T 13-153
Jan 2010
MCS6_USE_DL Chapter 13: PCU statistics
MCS6_USE_DL
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The MCS6_USE_DL key statistic provides usage figures of DL coding scheme CS-6 for EGPRS.
Formula
Analysis
Type Percentage.
Raw statistics DL_RADIO_BLKS_1_TS,
DL_RADIO_BLKS_2_TS,
DL_RADIO_BLKS_3_TS,
DL_RADIO_BLKS_4_TS,
and their bin 9.
13-154 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application MCS7_USE_DL
MCS7_USE_DL
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The MCS7_USE_DL key statistic provides usage figures of DL coding scheme CS-7 for EGPRS.
Formula
Analysis
Type Percentage.
Raw statistics DL_RADIO_BLKS_1_TS,
DL_RADIO_BLKS_2_TS,
DL_RADIO_BLKS_3_TS,
DL_RADIO_BLKS_4_TS,
and their bin 10.
68P02901W56-T 13-155
Jan 2010
MCS8_USE_DL Chapter 13: PCU statistics
MCS8_USE_DL
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The MCS8_USE_DL key statistic provides usage figures of DL coding scheme CS-8 for EGPRS.
Formula
Analysis
Type Percentage.
Raw statistics DL_RADIO_BLKS_1_TS,
DL_RADIO_BLKS_2_TS,
DL_RADIO_BLKS_3_TS,
DL_RADIO_BLKS_4_TS,
and their bin 11.
13-156 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application MCS9_USE_DL
MCS9_USE_DL
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The MCS9_USE_DL key statistic provides usage figures of DL coding scheme CS-9 for EGPRS.
Formula
Analysis
Type Percentage.
Raw statistics DL_RADIO_BLKS_1_TS,
DL_RADIO_BLKS_2_TS,
DL_RADIO_BLKS_3_TS,
DL_RADIO_BLKS_4_TS,
and their bin 12.
68P02901W56-T 13-157
Jan 2010
NO_PDTCH_AVAIL Chapter 13: PCU statistics
NO_PDTCH_AVAIL
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The NO_PDTCH_AVAIL statistic counts the number of times neither switchable nor reserved
PDTCHs are available.
Pegging
When the last PDTCH available is taken for a voice call, the count is incremented.
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage Network planning.
Network accessibility.
Basis Cell.
Type Counter.
13-158 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application NO_PDTCH_AVAIL_TIME
NO_PDTCH_AVAIL_TIME
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The NO_PDTCH_AVAIL_TIME statistic measures the amount of time in millisecond during the
statistical collection period, the time interval between the start and stop of the timer, when
neither switchable nor reserved PDTCHs are available.
Pegging
When the last PDTCH available is taken for a voice call, the timer is started and stopped when
at least one PDTCH becomes available.
Analysis
A threshold value should be assigned to this statistic which reflects the maximum acceptable
time that no PDTCHs are available for any of the start/stop time periods. If the specified
threshold is exceeded, the Total time all PDTCHs are unavailable - PM alarm is generated. Refer
to the manual Maintenance Information: Alarm Handling at the OMC-R (68P02901W26) for
troubleshooting information.
Reference None.
Usage Network planning.
Network accessibility.
Basis Cell.
Type Duration.
68P02901W56-T 13-159
Jan 2010
PACCH_PAGE_REQS Chapter 13: PCU statistics
PACCH_PAGE_REQS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The PACCH_PAGE_REQS statistic represents the total number of circuit switched and packed
switched page requests sent by the PCU using PACCH channel when the MS is in packet
transfer mode.
Pegging
Analysis
Reference None.
Basis Cell.
Type Counter.
13-160 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application PDU_DISCARD_FR
PDU_DISCARD_FR
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The PDU_DISCARD_FR statistic indicates the number of uplink and downlink PDU frames
discarded by Frame Relay firmware.
Pegging
Bin Description
0 Downlink CRC errors.
1 Downlink HDLC errors (excluding CRC errors).
2 Uplink errors.
One unit represents one LLC frame. The range is 0 to 65,535. The maximum number of LLC
frames discarded during a one hour period cannot be accurately estimated. Use the uplimit of
a 16-bit unsigned integer.
Analysis
Reference None.
Basis GBL.
Type Counter array.
68P02901W56-T 13-161
Jan 2010
PDU_DISCARD_LLC Chapter 13: PCU statistics
PDU_DISCARD_LLC
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The PDU_DISCARD_LLC statistic represents the downlink LLC data frames discarded by PCU
due to different scenarios. There are three major causes:
• Buffer overflow.
• Cell reselection.
Pegging
Continued
13-162 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Analysis
One unit represents one LLC frame. The range is 0 to 65,535. The maximum number of LLC
frames discarded during a one hour period cannot be accurately estimated. Use the uplimit of
a 16-bit unsigned integer.
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage Key statistics:
LLC_ABNORMAL_TBF_RELEASES,
LLC_BUFFER_OVERFLOW_RATE,
LLC_DISCARDS_ON_CELL_RESELECTION.
Basis Cell.
Type Counter array.
68P02901W56-T 13-163
Jan 2010
PRP_LOAD Chapter 13: PCU statistics
PRP_LOAD
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
This statistic measures the load of the Packet Resource Processor (PRP), PXP baseboard, or
PPROC for PRP processing. According to the capacity requirements, the BSS transfers data for
a certain number of timeslots out of all the timeslots in a PRP, PXP baseboard, or PPROC, as well
as process control messages for rest of timeslots in one 20 millisecond block period. The load of
the PRP, PXP baseboard, or PPROC for PRP processing is determined by measuring the number
of timeslots pending service for data transfers within a 20 millisecond block period.
The number of timeslots pending service increases by one whenever a timeslot is allocated to
the first UL or DL TBF and it decreases by one whenever all UL and DL TBFs on a timeslot are
released or re-allocated to other PRP boards. The statistic value also changes accordingly.
If the PRP load is 100% in prp_fanout_mode=1, it means that 30 timeslots are pending
service. Although the number of timeslots pending service can further increase, the total PRP
throughput does not increase. The maximum PRP load is 400%, which means that a total of
120 timeslots are pending service.
Table 13-55 shows the mapping between the number of timeslots pending service and the
PRP load.
The statistic is kept on a per DPROC basis. The mapping between the number of pending
timeslots service and the prp_load depending on the value of prp_fanout_mode and the
DPROC type are shown in Table 13-55 and Table 13-56.
Table 13-55 Mapping between timeslots pending service and PRP load
(prp_fanout_mode=1)
Table 13-56 Mapping between timeslots pending service and PRP load
(prp_fanout_mode=2)
NOTE
When prp_fanout_mode is set to 2, all the timeslots can be used to transfer data
blocks. prp_load should not exceed 100.
13-164 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Pegging
Table 13-57 shows the PRP load ranges for each bin of this statistic.
Table 13-57 PRP load range
Pegging
This statistic pegs the appropriate bin every 20 millisecond based on the number of timeslots
pending service and the bin range values that the customer configured.
NOTE
This statistic is pegged for both GPRS and EGPRS events.
Analysis
This statistic measures the load of the PRP, PXP baseboard, or PPROC for PRP processing. The
load of the PRP, PXP baseboard, or PPROC for PRP processing is determined by measuring the
number of pending timeslots service for data transfers within a 20 millisecond block period.
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of the network load on a PRP board. Each bin can be
analyzed to determine the number of occurrences the PRP had a certain percentage of load on it.
Reference None.
Usage Network planning.
Congestion.
Basis
DPROC and PPROC.
Type Normal Distribution.
68P02901W56-T 13-165
Jan 2010
PS_PAGE_REQS Chapter 13: PCU statistics
PS_PAGE_REQS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The PS_PAGE_REQS statistic represents the total number of packet switched page requests
received by the PCU per GBL.
Pegging
Analysis
Reference None.
Basis GBL.
Type Counter.
13-166 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application TBF_DL_ASGN_PACCH
TBF_DL_ASGN_PACCH
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Pegging
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage Key statistic:
DL_TBF_SUCCESS_RATE.
Basis Cell.
Type Counter.
68P02901W56-T 13-167
Jan 2010
TBF_REL_PACCH_LOST Chapter 13: PCU statistics
TBF_REL_PACCH_LOST
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The TBF_REL_PACCH_LOST statistic represents the number of TBFs that are released when
its switchable PDCH is converted to TCH. Only those TBFs whose PACCH are lost due to the
switch are counted.
NOTE
The probability of TBF release due to PACCH lost may increase as the increment of
switchable PDTCH converted to TCH because both the additional switchable PDTCH
stolen by voice call and the de-allocation.
Pegging
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage Key statistic:
TBF_DROP_RATE_ON_PACCH_LOST.
Basis Cell.
Type Counter.
13-168 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application TBF_SESSIONS
TBF_SESSIONS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The TBF_SESSIONS statistic indicates the average and maximum ongoing TBFs at the end
of each six second duration on a PRP board.
Pegging
One unit represents one TBF session. The range is 0 to 120. The capacity is measured by the
number of MSs a PRP board can support (120).
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage Key statistic:
MEAN_TBF_SESSIONS.
Basis PRP/PXP DPROC and PPROC.
Type Gauge.
68P02901W56-T 13-169
Jan 2010
UL_BLER_CS1 Chapter 13: PCU statistics
UL_BLER_CS1
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The UL_BLER_CS1 statistic indicates the number of times, measured at statistical intervals,
the BLER of a particular carrier, when using coding scheme 1 to transmit in the uplink direction,
falls into the given range. Each bin represents a range of percentage BLER, with high value of
the range indicated in the bin name.
Pegging
Bin Range
0 ≥ 0, < 5%
1 ≥ 5%, < 10%
2 ≥ 10%, < 15%
3 ≥ 15%, < 20%
4 ≥ 20%, < 25%
5 ≥ 25%, < 30%
6 ≥ 30%, < 40%
7 ≥ 40%,≤ 100%
One unit represents 10 UL BLER calculations. For a given carrier using coding scheme
1 in uplink transfer, the calculation is done by using the following equation whenever a
PUA/PTR/PUAK is sent by the PCU.
The window is maintained by PCU as part of MS context. It is updated whenever a data block
is received or missed, and has a maximum size of 128. 10X+Y (1<=Y<=10) calculations is
represented as X+1.
The range is 0 to 18,000. The shortest period between two consecutive PUA/PTR/PUAK cannot
be accurately estimated. Two such messages may be scheduled by the system in a back to
back situation (for example, the next PUAK may be scheduled at the next block period of the
previous PUAK). So in a one hour period, there may be at most 3,600,000 ms or (1 x 20 ms)
= 180,000 PUA/PTR/PUAKs being sent. Thus there is at most 180,000 calculations, and the
maximum value is 18,000 for each bin.
13-170 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Analysis
Analysis
Reference None.
Basis Carrier.
Type Counter array.
68P02901W56-T 13-171
Jan 2010
UL_BLER_CS2 Chapter 13: PCU statistics
UL_BLER_CS2
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The UL_BLER_CS2 statistic indicates the number of times, measured at statistical intervals,
the BLER of a particular carrier, when using coding scheme 2 to transmit in the uplink direction,
falls into the given range. Each bin represents a range of percentage BLER, with high value of
the range indicated in the bin name.
Pegging
Bin Range
0 ≥ 0, < 10%
1 ≥ 10%, < 20%
2 ≥ 20%, < 25%
3 ≥ 25%, < 30%
4 ≥ 30%, < 35%
5 ≥ 35%, < 40%
6 ≥ 40%, < 65%
7 ≥ 65%, ≤ 100%
One unit represents 10 UL BLER calculations. For a given carrier using coding scheme
2 in uplink transfer, the calculation is done by using the following equation whenever a
PUA/PTR/PUAK is sent by the PCU.
The window is maintained by PCU as part of MS context. It is updated whenever a data block
is received or missed, and has a maximum size of 128. 10X+Y (1<=Y<=10) calculations is
represented as X+1.
The range is 0 to 18,000. The shortest period between two consecutive PUA/PTR/PUAK cannot
be accurately estimated. Two such messages may be scheduled by the system in a back to back
situation (for example, the next PUAK may be scheduled at the next block period of the previous
PUAK). So in a one hour period, there may be at most 3,600,000ms or (1x20ms) = 180,000
PUA/PTR/PUAKs being sent. Thus there is at most 180,000 calculations, and the maximum
value is 18,000 for each bin.
13-172 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Analysis
Analysis
Reference None.
Basis Carrier.
Type Counter array.
68P02901W56-T 13-173
Jan 2010
UL_BLER_CS3 Chapter 13: PCU statistics
UL_BLER_CS3
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The UL_BLER_CS3 statistic indicates the number of times, measured at statistical intervals,
the BLER of a particular carrier, when using coding scheme 3 to transmit in the uplink direction,
falls into the given range. Each bin represents a range of percentage BLER, with high value of
the range indicated in the bin name.
Analysis
Reference None.
Basis Carrier.
Type Counter array.
13-174 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application UL_BLER_CS4
UL_BLER_CS4
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The UL_BLER_CS4 statistic indicates the number of times, measured at statistical intervals,
the BLER of a particular carrier, when using coding scheme 4 to transmit in the uplink direction,
falls into the given range. Each bin represents a range of percentage BLER, with high value of
the range indicated in the bin name.
Pegging
Bin Range
0 ≥ 0, < 20%
1 ≥ 20%, < 35%
2 ≥ 35%, < 40%
3 ≥ 40%, < 45%
4 ≥ 45%, < 50%
5 ≥ 50%, < 55%
6 ≥ 55%, < 65%
7 ≥ 65%, ≤ 100%
One unit represents 10 UL BLER calculations. For a given carrier using coding scheme
4 in uplink transfer, the calculation is done by using the following equation whenever a
PUA/PTR/PUAK is sent by the PCU.
The window is maintained by PCU as part of MS context. It is updated whenever a data block
is received or missed, and has a maximum size of 128. 10X+Y (1<=Y<=10) calculations is
represented as X+1.
The range is 0 to 18,000. The shortest period between two consecutive PUA/PTR/PUAK cannot
be accurately estimated. Two such messages may be scheduled by the system in a back to back
situation (for example, the next PUAK may be scheduled at the next block period of the previous
PUAK). So in a one hour period, there may be at most 3,600,000ms or (1x20 ms) = 180,000
PUA/PTR/PUAKs being sent. Thus there is at most 180,000 calculations, and the maximum
value is 18,000 for each bin.
68P02901W56-T 13-175
Jan 2010
Analysis Chapter 13: PCU statistics
Analysis
Reference None.
Basis Carrier.
Type Counter array.
13-176 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application UL_BLER_MCS1
UL_BLER_MCS1
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The UL_BLER_MCS1 statistic indicates the number of times, measured at statistical intervals,
the BLER of a particular carrier, when using EGPRS modulation coding scheme 1 to transmit
in the uplink direction, falls into the given range. Each bin represents a range of percentage
BLER, with high value of the range indicated in the bin name.
Pegging
Bin Range
0 ≥ 0, < 5%
1 ≥ 5%, < 10%
2 ≥ 10%, < 15%
3 ≥ 15%, < 20%
4 ≥ 20%, < 25%
5 ≥ 25%, < 30%
6 ≥ 30%, < 40%
7 ≥ 40%,≤ 100%
One unit represents 10 UL BLER calculations. For a given carrier using EGPRS modulation
coding scheme 1 in uplink transfer, the calculation is done by using the following equation
whenever a PUA/PTR/PUAK is sent by the PCU.
The window is maintained by PCU as part of MS context. It is updated whenever a data block
is received or missed, and has a maximum size of 128. 10X+Y (1<=Y<=10) calculations is
represented as X+1.
The range is 0 to 18,000. The shortest period between two consecutive PUA/PTR/PUAK cannot
be accurately estimated. Two such messages may be scheduled by the system in a back to back
situation (for example, the next PUAK may be scheduled at the next block period of the previous
PUAK). So in a one hour period, there may be at most 3,600,000 ms or (1x20 ms) = 180,000
PUA/PTR/PUAKs being sent. Thus there is at most 180,000 calculations, and the maximum
value is 18,000 for each bin.
68P02901W56-T 13-177
Jan 2010
Analysis Chapter 13: PCU statistics
Analysis
Reference None.
Basis Carrier.
Type Counter array.
13-178 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application UL_BLER_MCS2
UL_BLER_MCS2
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The UL_BLER_MCS2 statistic indicates the number of times, measured at statistical intervals,
the BLER of a particular carrier, when using EGPRS modulation coding scheme 2 to transmit in
the downlink direction, falls into the given range. Each bin represents a range of percentage
BLER, with high value of the range indicated in the bin name.
Pegging
Bin Range
0 ≥ 0, < 10%
1 ≥ 10%, < 20%
2 ≥ 20%, < 25%
3 ≥ 25%, < 30%
4 ≥ 30%, < 35%
5 ≥ 35%, < 40%
6 ≥ 40%, < 65%
7 ≥ 65%,≤ 100%
One unit represents 10 UL BLER calculations. For a given carrier using EGPRS modulation
coding scheme 2 in uplink transfer, the calculation is done by using the following equation
whenever a PUA/PTR/PUAK is sent by the PCU.
The window is maintained by PCU as part of MS context. It is updated whenever a data block
is received or missed, and has a maximum size of 128. 10X+Y (1<=Y<=10) calculations is
represented as X+1.
The range is 0 to 18,000. The shortest period between two consecutive PUA/PTR/PUAK cannot
be accurately estimated. Two such messages may be scheduled by the system in a back to back
situation (that is, the next PUAK may be scheduled at the next block period of the previous
PUAK.). So in a one hour period, there may be at most 3,600,000 ms or (1x20 ms) = 180,000
PUA/PTR/PUAKs being sent. Thus there is at most 180,000 calculations, and the maximum
value is 18,000 for each bin.
68P02901W56-T 13-179
Jan 2010
Analysis Chapter 13: PCU statistics
Analysis
Reference None.
Basis Carrier.
Type Counter array.
13-180 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application UL_BLER_MCS3
UL_BLER_MCS3
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The UL_BLER_MCS3 statistic indicates the number of times, measured at statistical intervals,
the BLER of a particular carrier, when using EGPRS modulation coding scheme 3 to transmit in
the downlink direction, falls into the given range. Each bin represents a range of percentage
BLER, with high value of the range indicated in the bin name.
Pegging
Bin Range
0 ≥ 0, < 15%
1 ≥ 15%, < 25%
2 ≥ 25%, < 30%
3 ≥ 30%, < 35%
4 ≥ 35%, < 40%
5 ≥ 40%, < 45%
6 ≥ 45%, < 70%
7 ≥ 70%, ≤ 100%
One unit represents 10 UL BLER calculations. For a given carrier using EGPRS modulation
coding scheme 3 in uplink transfer, the calculation is done by using the following equation
whenever a PUA/PTR/PUAK is sent by the PCU.
The window is maintained by PCU as part of MS context. It is updated whenever a data block
is received or missed, and has a maximum size of 128. 10X+Y (1<=Y<=10) calculations is
represented as X+1.
The range is 0 to 18,000. The shortest period between two consecutive PUA/PTR/PUAK cannot
be accurately estimated. Two such messages may be scheduled by the system in a back to back
situation (that is, the next PUAK may be scheduled at the next block period of the previous
PUAK.). So in a one hour period, there may be at most 3,600,000 ms or (1x20 ms) = 180,000
PUA/PTR/PUAKs being sent. Thus there is at most 180,000 calculations, and the maximum
value is 18,000 for each bin.
68P02901W56-T 13-181
Jan 2010
Analysis Chapter 13: PCU statistics
Analysis
Reference None.
Basis Carrier.
Type Counter array.
13-182 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application UL_BLER_MCS4
UL_BLER_MCS4
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The UL_BLER_MCS4 statistic indicates the number of times, measured at statistical intervals,
the BLER of a particular carrier, when using EGPRS modulation coding scheme 4 to transmit in
the downlink direction, falls into the given range. Each bin represents a range of percentage
BLER, with high value of the range indicated in the bin name.
Pegging
Bin Range
0 ≥ 0, < 20%
1 ≥ 20%, < 35%
2 ≥ 35%, < 40%
3 ≥ 40%, < 45%
4 ≥ 45%, < 50%
5 ≥ 50%, < 55%
6 ≥ 55%, < 65%
7 ≥ 65%, ≤ 100%
One unit represents 10 UL BLER calculations. For a given carrier using EGPRS modulation
coding scheme 4 in uplink transfer, the calculation is done by using the following equation
whenever a PUA/PTR/PUAK is sent by the PCU.
The window is maintained by PCU as part of MS context. It is updated whenever a data block
is received or missed, and has a maximum size of 128. 10X+Y (1<=Y<=10) calculations is
represented as X+1.
The range is 0 to 19,000. The shortest period between two consecutive PUA/PTR/PUAK cannot
be accurately estimated. Two such messages may be scheduled by the system in a back to back
situation (that is, the next PUAK may be scheduled at the next block period of the previous
PUAK.). So in a one hour period, there may be at most 3,600,000 ms or (1x20 ms) = 180,000
PUA/PTR/PUAKs being sent. Thus there is at most 180,000 calculations, and the maximum
value is 18,000 for each bin.
68P02901W56-T 13-183
Jan 2010
Analysis Chapter 13: PCU statistics
Analysis
Reference None.
Basis Carrier.
Type Counter array.
13-184 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application UL_BLER_MCS5
UL_BLER_MCS5
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The DL_BLER_MCS5 statistic indicates the number of times, measured at statistical intervals,
the BLER of a particular carrier, when using EGPRS modulation coding scheme 5 to transmit in
the downlink direction, falls into the given range. Each bin represents a range of percentage
BLER, with high value of the range indicated in the bin name.
Pegging
Bin Range
0 ≥ 0, < 15%
1 ≥ 15%, < 25%
2 ≥ 25%, < 30%
3 ≥ 30%, < 35%
4 ≥ 35%, < 40%
5 ≥ 40%, < 45%
6 ≥ 45%, < 70%
7 ≥ 70%,≤ 100%
One unit represents 10 UL BLER calculations. For a given carrier using EGPRS modulation
coding scheme 5 in uplink transfer, the calculation is done by using the following equation
whenever a PUA/PTR/PUAK is sent by the PCU.
The window is maintained by PCU as part of MS context. It is updated whenever a data block
is received or missed, and has a maximum size of 128. 10X+Y (1<=Y<=10) calculations is
represented as X+1.
The range is 0 to 18,000. The shortest period between two consecutive PUA/PTR/PUAK cannot
be accurately estimated. Two such messages may be scheduled by the system in a back to back
situation (that is, the next PUAK may be scheduled at the next block period of the previous
PUAK.). So in a one hour period, there may be at most 3,600,000 ms or (1x20 ms) = 180,000
PUA/PTR/PUAKs being sent. Thus there is at most 180,000 calculations, and the maximum
value is 18,000 for each bin.
68P02901W56-T 13-185
Jan 2010
Analysis Chapter 13: PCU statistics
Analysis
Reference None.
Basis Carrier.
Type Counter array.
13-186 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application UL_BLER_MCS6
UL_BLER_MCS6
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The UL_BLER_MCS6 statistic indicates the number of times, measured at statistical intervals,
the BLER of a particular carrier, when using EGPRS modulation coding scheme 6 to transmit in
the downlink direction, falls into the given range. Each bin represents a range of percentage
BLER, with high value of the range indicated in the bin name.
Pegging
Bin Range
0 ≥ 0, < 15%
1 ≥ 15%, < 30%
2 ≥ 30%, < 35%
3 ≥ 35%, < 40%
4 ≥ 40%, < 45%
5 ≥ 45%, < 50%
6 ≥ 50%, < 75%
7 ≥ 75%,≤ 100%
One unit represents 10 UL BLER calculations. For a given carrier using EGPRS modulation
coding scheme 6 in uplink transfer, the calculation is done by using the following equation
whenever a PUA/PTR/PUAK is sent by the PCU.
The window is maintained by PCU as part of MS context. It is updated whenever a data block
is received or missed, and has a maximum size of 128. 10X+Y (1<=Y<=10) calculations is
represented as X+1.
The range is 0 to 18,000. The shortest period between two consecutive PUA/PTR/PUAK cannot
be accurately estimated. Two such messages may be scheduled by the system in a back to back
situation (for example, the next PUAK may be scheduled at the next block period of the previous
PUAK.). So in a one hour period, there may be at most 3,600,000 ms or (1x20 ms) = 180,000
PUA/PTR/PUAKs being sent. Thus there is at most 180,000 calculations, and the maximum
value is 18,000 for each bin.
68P02901W56-T 13-187
Jan 2010
Analysis Chapter 13: PCU statistics
Analysis
Reference None.
Basis Carrier.
Type Counter array.
13-188 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application UL_BLER_MCS7
UL_BLER_MCS7
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The UL_BLER_MCS7 statistic indicates the number of times, measured at statistical intervals,
the BLER of a particular carrier, when using EGPRS modulation coding scheme 7 to transmit in
the downlink direction, falls into the given range. Each bin represents a range of percentage
BLER, with high value of the range indicated in the bin name.
Pegging
Bin Range
0 ≥ 0, < 20%
1 ≥ 20%, < 35%
2 ≥ 35%, < 40%
3 ≥ 40%, < 45%
4 ≥ 45%, < 50%
5 ≥ 50%, < 55%
6 ≥ 55%, < 80%
7 ≥ 80%,≤ 100%
One unit represents 10 UL BLER calculations. For a given carrier using EGPRS modulation
coding scheme 7 in uplink transfer, the calculation is done by using the following equation
whenever a PUA/PTR/PUAK is sent by the PCU.
The window is maintained by PCU as part of MS context. It is updated whenever a data block
is received or missed, and has a maximum size of 128. 10X+Y (1<=Y<=10) calculations is
represented as X+1.
The range is 0 to 18,000. The shortest period between two consecutive PUA/PTR/PUAK cannot
be accurately estimated. Two such messages may be scheduled by the system in a back to back
situation (that is, the next PUAK may be scheduled at the next block period of the previous
PUAK.). So in a one hour period, there may be at most 3,600,000 ms or (1x20 ms) = 180,000
PUA/PTR/PUAKs being sent. Thus there is at most 180,000 calculations, and the maximum
value is 18,000 for each bin.
68P02901W56-T 13-189
Jan 2010
Analysis Chapter 13: PCU statistics
Analysis
Reference None.
Basis Carrier.
Type Counter array.
13-190 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application UL_BLER_MCS8
UL_BLER_MCS8
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The UL_BLER_MCS8 statistic indicates the number of times, measured at statistical intervals,
the BLER of a particular carrier, when using EGPRS modulation coding scheme 8 to transmit in
the downlink direction, falls into the given range. Each bin represents a range of percentage
BLER, with high value of the range indicated in the bin name.
Pegging
Bin Range
0 ≥ 0, < 20%
1 ≥ 20%, < 35%
2 ≥ 35%, < 40%
3 ≥ 40%, < 45%
4 ≥ 45%, < 50%
5 ≥ 50%, < 55%
6 ≥ 55%, < 80%
7 ≥ 80%, ≤ 100%
One unit represents 10 UL BLER calculations. For a given carrier using EGPRS modulation
coding scheme 8 in uplink transfer, the calculation is done by using the following equation
whenever a PUA/PTR/PUAK is sent by the PCU.
The window is maintained by PCU as part of MS context. It is updated whenever a data block
is received or missed, and has a maximum size of 128. 10X+Y (1<=Y<=10) calculations is
represented as X+1.
The range is 0 to 18,000. The shortest period between two consecutive PUA/PTR/PUAK cannot
be accurately estimated. Two such messages may be scheduled by the system in a back to back
situation (that is, the next PUAK may be scheduled at the next block period of the previous
PUAK.). So in a one hour period, there may be at most 3,600,000 ms or (1x20 ms) = 180,000
PUA/PTR/PUAKs being sent. Thus there is at most 180,000 calculations, and the maximum
value is 18,000 for each bin.
68P02901W56-T 13-191
Jan 2010
Analysis Chapter 13: PCU statistics
Analysis
Reference None.
Basis Carrier.
Type Counter array.
13-192 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application UL_BLER_MCS9
UL_BLER_MCS9
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The UL_BLER_MCS9 statistic indicates the number of times, measured at statistical intervals,
the BLER of a particular carrier, when using EGPRS modulation coding scheme 9 to transmit in
the downlink direction, falls into the given range. Each bin represents a range of percentage
BLER, with high value of the range indicated in the bin name.
Pegging
Bin Range
0 ≥ 0, < 20%
1 ≥ 20%, < 35%
2 ≥ 35%, < 40%
3 ≥ 40%, < 45%
4 ≥ 45%, < 50%
5 ≥ 50%, < 55%
6 ≥ 55%, < 80%
7 ≥ 80%, ≤ 100%
One unit represents 10 UL BLER calculations. For a given carrier using EGPRS modulation
coding scheme 9 in uplink transfer, the calculation is done by using the following equation
whenever a PUA/PTR/PUAK is sent by the PCU.
The window is maintained by PCU as part of MS context. It is updated whenever a data block
is received or missed, and has a maximum size of 128. 10X+Y (1<=Y<=10) calculations is
represented as X+1.
The range is 0 to 18,000. The shortest period between two consecutive PUA/PTR/PUAK cannot
be accurately estimated. Two such messages may be scheduled by the system in a back to back
situation (that is, the next PUAK may be scheduled at the next block period of the previous
PUAK.). So in a one hour period, there may be at most 3,600,000 ms or (1x20 ms) = 180,000
PUA/PTR/PUAKs being sent. Thus there is at most 180,000 calculations, and the maximum
value is 18,000 for each bin.
68P02901W56-T 13-193
Jan 2010
Analysis Chapter 13: PCU statistics
Analysis
Reference None.
Basis Carrier.
Type Counter array.
13-194 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application UL_BUSY_PDTCH
UL_BUSY_PDTCH
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
This statistic measures the mean, maximum and minimum number of occupied Packet Data
CHannel (PDCH) carrying uplink packet traffic.
NOTE
The busy PDTCH number may increase as the additional switchable PDTCH is
allocated for GPRS congested cell.
This statistic is obtained by sampling the PDTCH, which are carrying packet traffic, at every
packet-scheduling period (20 millisecond).
Table 13-70 shows the ranges for each bin (measured in milliseconds).
Bin Range
0 No PDTCH is busy
1 1-2 PDTCH are busy
2 3-4 PDTCH are busy
3 5-6 PDTCH are busy
4 7-8 PDTCH are busy
5 9-10 PDTCH are busy
6 11-12 PDTCH are busy
7 13-14 PDTCH are busy
8 15-16 PDTCH are busy
9 17-400 PDTCH are busy
Pegging
This statistic pegs every packet-scheduling period (20 millisecond) by sampling the number of
PDTCHs that are carrying uplink packet traffic.
NOTE
This statistic is pegged for both GPRS and EGPRS events.
68P02901W56-T 13-195
Jan 2010
Analysis Chapter 13: PCU statistics
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of the number of PDTCHs that are used for uplink
packet traffic.
13-196 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application UL_CHANNEL_REQUESTS_REJECTION_RATE
UL_CHANNEL_REQUESTS_REJECTION_RATE
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
Analysis
Basis Cell.
Type Percentage.
Raw statistics CHANNEL_REQS_REJECT.
CHANNEL_REQS_REC.
68P02901W56-T 13-197
Jan 2010
UL_CHANNEL_REQUESTS_SUCCESS_RATE Chapter 13: PCU statistics
UL_CHANNEL_REQUESTS_SUCCESS_RATE
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
NOTE
It is not possible to split this formula in a GPRS and an EGPRS part because
an EGPRS channel request might be served with GPRS resources, causing the
CHANNEL_REQS_SUCCESS statistic to be pegged in a GPRS bin.
13-198 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Formula
Formula
CHANNEL− REQS− SUCCESS− P− C+
CHANNEL− REQS− SUCCESS− P− P+
CHANNEL− REQS− SUCCESS− P− R+
CHANNEL− REQS− SUCCESS− E− C+
CHANNEL− REQS− SUCCESS− E− 1P− CCC+
CHANNEL REQS SUCCESS E PUAPRR+
− − − − ∗100
CHANNEL− REQS− SUCCESS− E− PTR+
CHANNEL− REQS− SUCCESS− E− 1P− PCCC+
CHANNEL− REQS− SUCCESS− CP− A+
CHANNEL− REQS− SUCCESS− PKTS+
UL− CHANNEL− REQUESTS− CHANNEL− REQS− SUCCESS− E− PUAPDAK
=
SUCCESS− RATE CHANNEL− REQS− REC− P− C+CHANNEL− REQS− REC− P− P+
Analysis
Type Percentage.
Raw statistics CHANNEL_REQS_SUCCESS (Includes
sum of bins 0, 1, 4,5,6,7,8,9, 12, 13 and 14.
CHANNEL_REQS_REC (Includes sum of
bins 0, 1, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 11 and 12.
68P02901W56-T 13-199
Jan 2010
UL_LLC_FRAMES Chapter 13: PCU statistics
UL_LLC_FRAMES
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The UL_LLC_FRAMES statistic represents the total number of uplink LLC frames correctly
received by the PCU.
Pegging
Each bin represents a range which the size of LLC frames falls into:
Table 13-71 Bin ranges for UL_LLC_FRAMES
One unit represents 10 LLC frames. 10X+Y (1<=Y<=10) calculations is represented as X+1.
The range is 0 to 65,535. The maximum number of LLC frames received from the MS during a
one hour period cannot be accurately estimated. Use the uplimit of a 16-bit unsigned integer.
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage Key statistics:
LLC_ABNORMAL_TBF_RELEASES,
LLC_BUFFER_OVERFLOW_RATE,
LLC_DISCARDS_ON_CELL_RESELECTION,
UL_LLC_TRAFFIC_VOLUME_INDICATOR.
Basis Cell.
Type Counter array.
13-200 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application UL_MEAN_TBF_DURATION
UL_MEAN_TBF_DURATION
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
UL− T BF− T IM E− 8P SK− 1− T S+
UL− T BF− T IM E− 8P SK− 2− T S+
UL T BF T IM E 8P SK 3 T S+
− − − − −
UL− T BF− T IM E− 8P SK− 4− T S+
UL− T BF− T IM E− GM SK− 1− T S+
UL− T BF− T IM E− GM SK− 2− T S+
UL− T BF− T IM E− GM SK− 3− T S+
UL− T BF− T IM E− GM SK− 4− T S+
UL− MEAN− TBF− DURATION = ∗ 0.02
UL− P DT CH− SEIZU RE−
AIR− UL− TBF− FAILURES− DT−
AIR− UL− T BF− F AILU RES− T −
AIR− UL− T BF− F AILU RES− EXT− UL− T BF −
68P02901W56-T 13-201
Jan 2010
Analysis Chapter 13: PCU statistics
Analysis
13-202 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application UL_MEAN_USER_TRAFFIC_PER_TBF
UL_MEAN_USER_TRAFFIC_PER_TBF
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
(A1 ∗ 22) + (A2 ∗ 33) + (A3 ∗ 39) + (A4 ∗ 53) + (A5 ∗ 22) + (A6 ∗ 28) + (A7 ∗ 37)
UL− MEAN− USER− + (A8 ∗ 44) + (A9 ∗ 56) + (A10 ∗ 74) + (A11 ∗ 112) + (A12 ∗ 136) + (A13 ∗ 148)
= ∗ 100
TRAFFIC− PER− TBF 1024∗UL− PDTCH− SEIZURE
68P02901W56-T 13-203
Jan 2010
Analysis Chapter 13: PCU statistics
Analysis
13-204 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application UL_PDTCH_Q_LENGTH
UL_PDTCH_Q_LENGTH
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
This statistic is obtained by sampling the Uplink Request Queue. Queued messages are RACH,
PRACH, and PRR.
Pegging
This statistic pegs every 20 ms. It is incremented when a request is added to the queue and is
decremented when a request is processed, that is, leaves the queue.
NOTE
This statistic is pegged for both GPRS and EGPRS events.
Analysis
This statistic can be used for the trend analysis of the average number of uplink messages
waiting for a PDTCH to become available.
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of the number of queued uplink PDTCH requests.
68P02901W56-T 13-205
Jan 2010
UL_PDTCH_SEIZURE Chapter 13: PCU statistics
UL_PDTCH_SEIZURE
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
This statistic measures successful Packet Data Traffic CHannel (PDTCH) seizure on the uplink.
This statistic counts the number of temporary block flows (TBF) on the uplink. The statistic
is obtained by measuring the receipt of the first RLC block (PDU) on the PDTCH from the
MS (uplink).
To see the relationship between the MS, BSS, and MSC for this statistic, refer to Throughput
statistics on page 19-87.
Pegging
This statistic pegs when the receipt of the first uplink RLC block (PDU) on the PDTCH from
the MS is obtained.
• A first uplink data block containing a valid Temporary Logical Link Identity (TLLI) is
received during a one-phase uplink TBF establishment.
NOTE
This statistic is pegged for both GPRS and EGPRS events.
Analysis
This statistic can be used for the trend analysis of the total number of TBFs on the downlink
for a CELL.
13-206 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_1_TS
UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_1_TS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_1_TS statistic counts the total number of RLC radio blocks
received from EGPRS MSs capable of 8PSK on the uplink that support a maximum of 1 TS in the
uplink direction (MS multislot classes 1, 2, 4, and 8).
One unit represents 100 RLC radio blocks. The maximum recommended interval is 60 minutes.
The translation of actual radio blocks counted to units is performed at the end of the interval.
The RLC radio blocks are split into the four GPRS coding schemes (CS-1 through CS-4) and nine
EGPRS coding schemes (MCS-1 through MCS-9), as shown in Table 13-72.
Table 13-72 Bin ranges for UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_1_TS
Bin Range
0 CS-1
1 CS-2
2 CS-3
3 CS-4
4 MCS-1
5 MCS-2
6 MCS-3
7 MCS-4
8 MCS-5
9 MCS-6
10 MCS-7
11 MCS-8
12 MCS-9
In coding schemes MCS-7 through MSC-9, there are two RLC blocks in a radio block. The data
shown in the following table is used to determine which statistic must be pegged for possible
combinations of NEW, NACK, ACK_PEND, and STALL when transmitting MCS-7, MCS-8,
or MCS-9.
68P02901W56-T 13-207
Jan 2010
Pegging Chapter 13: PCU statistics
NOTE
An MS can have different MS multislot classes for GPRS (GMSK) and EGPRS (8-PSK).
Pegging
This statistic counts the RLC radio blocks for EGPRS MSs capable of 8PSK on the uplink that
support a maximum 1 TS in the uplink direction. Only RLC radio blocks are counted. No
retransmissions due to any cause shall be pegged in this statistic. The RLC radio blocks are
counted per coding scheme, therefore pegging the appropriate bin.
This statistic also pegs for 8PSK MSs whose multislot class is not known before the end of the
UL TBF. The accuracy of this statistic may be reduced due to these unknown multi-slot cases.
The UL_RADIO_BLKS statistics are only reported for successful TBFs. Bin 0 (CS-1) and bin 4
(MCS-1), do not count super-coattail blocks.
Analysis
Reference None.
Basis Cell.
Type Extra large counter array.
13-208 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_2_TS
UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_2_TS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_2_TS statistic counts the total number of RLC radio blocks
received from EGPRS MSs capable of 8PSK on the uplink that support a maximum of 2 TS in
the uplink direction (MS multislot classes 3, 5, 6, 9, and 10).
One unit represents 100 RLC radio blocks. The maximum recommended interval is 60 minutes.
The translation of actual radio blocks counted to units is performed at the end of the interval.
The RLC radio blocks are split into the four GPRS coding schemes (CS-1 through CS-4) and nine
EGPRS coding schemes (MCS-1 through MCS-9), as shown in Table 13-74.
Table 13-74 Bin ranges for UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_2_TS
Bin Range
0 CS-1
1 CS-2
2 CS-3
3 CS-4
4 MCS-1
5 MCS-2
6 MCS-3
7 MCS-4
8 MCS-5
9 MCS-6
10 MCS-7
11 MCS-8
12 MCS-9
In coding schemes MCS-7 through MSC-9, there are two RLC blocks in a radio block. The data
shown in the following table is used to determine which statistic must be pegged for possible
combinations of NEW, NACK, ACK_PEND, and STALL when transmitting MCS-7, MCS-8,
or MCS-9.
68P02901W56-T 13-209
Jan 2010
Pegging Chapter 13: PCU statistics
Multislot class 7 that support greater than 2 timeslots on the uplink is treated as 2 uplink
capable.
Multislot class 13 is treated as class 9 and multislot class 14-29, 31-34, 36-39 and 41-45 are
treated as class 10.
NOTE
An MS can have different MS multislot classes for GPRS (GMSK) and EGPRS (8-PSK).
Pegging
This statistic counts the RLC radio blocks for EGPRS MSs capable of 8PSK on the uplink that
support a maximum 2 TS in the uplink direction. Only RLC radio blocks are counted. No
retransmissions due to any cause are pegged in this statistic. The RLC radio blocks are counted
per coding scheme, therefore pegging the appropriate bin.
The UL_RADIO_BLKS statistics are only reported for successful TBFs. Bin 0 (CS-1) and bin 4
(MCS-1), do not count super-coattail blocks.
Analysis
Reference None
Basis Cell
Type Counter array
13-210 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_3_TS
UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_3_TS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_3_TS statistic counts the total number of RLC radio blocks
received from EGPRS mobiles capable of 8PSK on the uplink that support a maximum of 3 TS in
the uplink direction (mobile multislot class 11).
100 RLC radio blocks = 1 unit. The maximum recommended interval is 60 minutes. The
translation of actual radio blocks counted to units is performed at the end of the interval.
The RLC radio blocks are split into the four GPRS coding schemes (CS-1 through CS-4) and nine
EGPRS coding schemes (MCS-1 through MCS-9), as shown in Table 13-76.
Bin Range
0 CS-1
1 CS-2
2 CS-3
3 CS-4
4 MCS-1
5 MCS-2
6 MCS-3
7 MCS-4
8 MCS-5
9 MCS-6
10 MCS-7
11 MCS-8
12 MCS-9
Pegging
This statistic counts the RLC radio blocks for EGPRS mobiles capable of 8PSK on the uplink
that support a maximum 3 TS in the uplink direction. Only RLC radio blocks are counted. No
retransmissions due to any cause are pegged in this statistic. The RLC radio blocks are counted
per coding scheme, therefore pegging the appropriate bin.
68P02901W56-T 13-211
Jan 2010
Analysis Chapter 13: PCU statistics
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage
Basis Cell.
Type Extra large counter array.
13-212 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_4_TS
UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_4_TS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_4_TS statistic counts the total number of RLC radio blocks
received from EGPRS mobiles capable of 8PSK on the uplink that support a maximum of 4 TS in
the uplink direction (mobile multislot class 12).
100 RLC radio blocks = 1 unit. The maximum recommended interval is 60 minutes. The
translation of actual radio blocks counted to units is performed at the end of the interval.
The RLC radio blocks are split into the four GPRS coding schemes (CS-1 through CS-4) and nine
EGPRS coding schemes (MCS-1 through MCS-9), as shown in Table 13-77.
Bin Range
0 CS-1
1 CS-2
2 CS-3
3 CS-4
4 MCS-1
5 MCS-2
6 MCS-3
7 MCS-4
8 MCS-5
9 MCS-6
10 MCS-7
11 MCS-8
12 MCS-9
Pegging
This statistic counts the RLC radio blocks for EGPRS mobiles capable of 8PSK on the uplink
that support a maximum 4 TS in the uplink direction. Only RLC radio blocks are counted. No
retransmissions due to any cause are pegged in this statistic. The RLC radio blocks are counted
per coding scheme, therefore pegging the appropriate bin.
68P02901W56-T 13-213
Jan 2010
Analysis Chapter 13: PCU statistics
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage
Basis Cell.
Type Extra large counter array.
13-214 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application UL_RADIO_BLKS_GMSK_1_TS
UL_RADIO_BLKS_GMSK_1_TS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The UL_RADIO_BLKS_GMSK_1_TS statistic counts the total number of RLC radio blocks
received from GPRS and EGPRS MSs that support a maximum of 1 TS in the uplink direction (MS
multislots classes 1, 2, 4 and 8). The EGPRS MS is not capable of supporting 8PSK in the uplink.
This statistic also pegs MSs whose multislot class is not known before the end of the UL TBF.
The accuracy of this statistic may be reduced due to these unknown multi-slot cases.
One unit represents 100 RLC radio blocks. The maximum statistical interval is 60 minutes. The
translation of actual radio blocks counted to units is performed at the end of the interval.
The RLC radio blocks are split into the four GPRS channel coding schemes, and the four GMSK
EGPRS coding schemes, as shown in Table 13-78.
Table 13-78 Bin ranges for UL_RADIO_BLKS_GMSK_1_TS
Bin Range
0 CS-1
1 CS-2
2 CS-3
3 CS-4
4 MCS-1
5 MCS-2
6 MCS-3
7 MCS-4
NOTE
An MS can have different MS multislot classes for GPRS (GMSK) and EGPRS (8-PSK).
68P02901W56-T 13-215
Jan 2010
Pegging Chapter 13: PCU statistics
Pegging
This statistic counts the RLC radio blocks for MSs that support a maximum of 1 TS in the
uplink direction. Only RLC radio block is counted. No retransmissions due to any cause are
pegged in this statistic. The RLC radio blocks are counted per coding scheme therefore pegging
the appropriate bin.
The UL_RADIO_BLKS statistics are only reported for successful TBFs. Bin 0 (CS-1) and bin 4
(MCS-1), do not count super-coattail blocks.
Analysis
Reference None.
Basis Cell.
Type Medium counter array.
13-216 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application UL_RADIO_BLKS_GMSK_2_TS
UL_RADIO_BLKS_GMSK_2_TS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The UL_RADIO_BLKS_GMSK_2_TS statistic counts the total number of RLC radio blocks
received from GPRS mobiles and EGPRS mobiles not capable of supporting 8PSK in the uplink
that support a maximum of 2 TS in the uplink direction (mobile multislot classes 3, 5, 6, 9 and
10). The EGPRS mobile is not capable of supporting 8PSK in the uplink.
This statistic also pegs MSs whose multislot class is not known before the end of the UL TBF.
The accuracy of this statistic may be reduced due to these unknown multi-slot cases.
One unit represents 100 RLC radio blocks. The maximum statistical interval is 60 minutes. The
translation of actual radio blocks counted to units is performed at the end of the interval.
The RLC radio blocks are split into the four GPRS channel coding schemes and the four GMSK
EGPRS coding schemes, as shown in Table 13-79.
Table 13-79 Bin ranges for UL_RADIO_BLKS_GMSK_2_TS
Bin Range
0 CS-1
1 CS-2
2 CS-3
3 CS-4
4 MCS-1
5 MCS-2
6 MCS-3
7 MCS-4
Multislot class 7 that support greater than 2 timeslots on the uplink is treated as 2 uplink
capable.
Multislot class 13 is treated as multislot class 9 and multislot class 14-29, 31-34, 36-39 and
41-45 is treated as class 10.
NOTE
An MS can have different MS multislot classes for GPRS (GMSK) and EGPRS (8-PSK).
68P02901W56-T 13-217
Jan 2010
Pegging Chapter 13: PCU statistics
Pegging
This statistic counts the RLC radio blocks for MSs that support a maximum of 2 TS in the
uplink direction. Only RLC radio blocks are counted. No retransmissions due to any cause
are pegged in this statistic. The RLC radio blocks are counted per coding scheme therefore
pegging the appropriate bin.
The UL_RADIO_BLKS statistics are only reported for successful TBFs. Bin 0 (CS-1) and bin 4
(MCS-1), do not count super-coattail blocks.
Analysis
Reference None.
Basis Cell.
Type Medium counter array.
13-218 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application UL_RADIO_BLKS_GMSK_3_TS
UL_RADIO_BLKS_GMSK_3_TS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The UL_RADIO_BLKS_GMSK_3_TS statistic counts the total number of RLC radio blocks
received from GPRS mobiles and EGPRS mobiles not capable of supporting 8PSK in the uplink
that support a maximum of 3 TS in the uplink direction (mobile multislot classes 11). The
EGPRS mobile is not capable of supporting 8PSK in the uplink.
This statistic also pegs mobiles whose multislot class is not known before the end of the UL TBF.
The accuracy of this statistic is reduced due to these unknown multi-slot cases.
100 RLC radio blocks = 1 unit. The maximum statistical interval is 60 minutes. The translation
of actual radio blocks counted to units is performed at the end of the interval.
The RLC radio blocks are split into the four GPRS channel coding schemes and the four GMSK
EGPRS coding schemes, as shown in Table 13-80.
Bin Range
0 CS-1
1 CS-2
2 CS-3
3 CS-4
4 MCS-1
5 MCS-2
6 MCS-3
7 MCS-4
Pegging
This statistic counts the RLC radio blocks for mobiles that support a maximum of 3 TS in the
uplink direction. Only RLC radio blocks are counted. No retransmissions due to any cause
are pegged in this statistic. The RLC radio blocks are counted per coding scheme therefore
pegging the appropriate bin.
68P02901W56-T 13-219
Jan 2010
Analysis Chapter 13: PCU statistics
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage
Basis Cell.
Type Medium counter array.
13-220 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application UL_RADIO_BLKS_GMSK_4_TS
UL_RADIO_BLKS_GMSK_4_TS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The UL_RADIO_BLKS_GMSK_4_TS statistic counts the total number of RLC radio blocks
received from GPRS mobiles and EGPRS mobiles not capable of supporting 8PSK in the uplink
that support a maximum of 4 TS in the uplink direction (mobile multislot classes 12). The
EGPRS mobile is not capable of supporting 8PSK in the uplink.
This statistic also pegs mobiles whose multislot class is not known before the end of the UL TBF.
The accuracy of this statistic is reduced due to these unknown multi-slot cases.
100 RLC radio blocks = 1 unit. The maximum statistical interval is 60 minutes. The translation
of actual radio blocks counted to units is performed at the end of the interval.
The RLC radio blocks are split into the four GPRS channel coding schemes and the four GMSK
EGPRS coding schemes, as shown in Table 13-81.
Bin Range
0 CS-1
1 CS-2
2 CS-3
3 CS-4
4 MCS-1
5 MCS-2
6 MCS-3
7 MCS-4
Pegging
This statistic counts the RLC radio blocks for mobiles that support a maximum of 4 TS in the
uplink direction. Only RLC radio blocks are counted. No retransmissions due to any cause
are pegged in this statistic. The RLC radio blocks are counted per coding scheme therefore
pegging the appropriate bin.
68P02901W56-T 13-221
Jan 2010
Analysis Chapter 13: PCU statistics
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage
Basis Cell.
Type Medium counter array.
13-222 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application UL_RLC_ACK_NEW_BLKS
UL_RLC_ACK_NEW_BLKS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The UL_RLC_ACK_NEW_BLKS statistic measures the total number of new RLC acknowledge
mode blocks received by the PCU over the cell.
One unit represents 100 RLC radio blocks. The maximum statistical interval is 60 minutes. The
translation of actual radio blocks counted to units is performed at the end of the interval.
The RLC radio blocks are split into the four GPRS channel coding schemes and the nine EGPRS
coding schemes, as shown in Table 13-82.
Table 13-82 Bin ranges for UL_RLC_ACK_NEW_BLKS
Bin Range
0 CS-1
1 CS-2
2 CS-3
3 CS-4
4 MCS-1
5 MCS-2
6 MCS-3
7 MCS-4
8 MCS-5
9 MCS-6
10 MCS-7
11 MCS-8
12 MCS-9
In coding schemes MCS-7 through MSC-9, there are two RLC blocks in a radio block. The data
shown in the following table is used to determine which statistic must be pegged for possible
combinations of NEW, NACK, ACK_PEND, and STALL when transmitting MCS-7, MCS-8,
or MCS-9.
68P02901W56-T 13-223
Jan 2010
Pegging Chapter 13: PCU statistics
Pegging
This statistic counts the new RLC acknowledged radio blocks that are received on a cell. The
RLC radio blocks are counted per coding scheme, therefore pegging the appropriate bin.
Analysis
Reference None
Basis Cell
Type Counter array
13-224 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application UL_RLC_RETX_BLKS
UL_RLC_RETX_BLKS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
One unit represents 100 RLC radio blocks. The maximum statistical interval is 60 minutes. The
translation of actual radio blocks counted to units is performed at the end of the interval.
The RLC radio blocks are split into the four GPRS channel coding schemes and the nine EGPRS
coding schemes, as shown in Table 13-84.
Table 13-84 Bin ranges for UL_RLC_RETX_BLKS
Bin Range
0 CS-1
1 CS-2
2 CS-3
3 CS-4
4 MCS-1
5 MCS-2
6 MCS-3
7 MCS-4
8 MCS-5
9 MCS-6
10 MCS-7
11 MCS-8
12 MCS-9
In coding schemes MCS-7 through MSC-9, there are two RLC blocks in a radio block. The data
shown in the following table is used to determine which statistic must be pegged for possible
combinations of NEW, NACK, ACK_PEND, and STALL when transmitting MCS-7, MCS-8,
or MCS-9.
68P02901W56-T 13-225
Jan 2010
Pegging Chapter 13: PCU statistics
Pegging
This statistic counts the RLC ack pending (or preemptive transmissions) radio blocks that are
received on a cell. The RLC radio blocks are counted per coding scheme, therefore pegging
the appropriate bin.
Analysis
Reference None
Basis Cell
Type Counter array
13-226 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application UL_RLC_UNACK_NEW_BLKS
UL_RLC_UNACK_NEW_BLKS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
One unit represents 100 RLC radio blocks. The maximum statistical interval is 60 minutes. The
translation of actual radio blocks counted to units is performed at the end of the interval.
The RLC radio blocks are split into the four GPRS channel coding schemes and the nine EGPRS
coding schemes, as shown in Table 13-86.
Table 13-86 Bin ranges for UL_RLC_UNACK_NEW_BLKS
Bin Range
0 CS-1
1 CS-2
2 CS-3
3 CS-4
4 MCS-1
5 MCS-2
6 MCS-3
7 MCS-4
8 MCS-5
9 MCS-6
10 MCS-7
11 MCS-8
12 MCS-9
In coding schemes MCS-7 through MSC-9, there are two RLC blocks in a radio block. The data
shown in the following table is used to determine which statistic must be pegged for possible
combinations of NEW, NACK, ACK_PEND, and STALL when transmitting MCS-7, MCS-8,
or MCS-9.
68P02901W56-T 13-227
Jan 2010
Pegging Chapter 13: PCU statistics
Pegging
This statistic counts the new RLC unacknowledged radio blocks that are received on a cell. The
RLC radio blocks are counted per coding scheme, therefore pegging the appropriate bin.
Analysis
Reference None
Basis Cell
Type Counter array
13-228 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application UL_TBF_FAILURE_RATE
UL_TBF_FAILURE_RATE
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The UL_TBF_FAILURE_RATE key statistic calculates the rate of abnormally released downlink
TBFs.
Formula
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 13-229
Jan 2010
UL_TBF_TIME_8PSK_1_TS Chapter 13: PCU statistics
UL_TBF_TIME_8PSK_1_TS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The UL_TBF_TIME_8PSK_1_TS statistic measures the duration in time (the cumulative length
in number of 20 ms radio block periods) of the uplink TBFs for EGPRS MSs that support a
maximum of 1 TS and capable of 8PSK in the uplink direction.
Pegging
This statistic pegs the time of all the TBFs in the uplink for MSs that support a maximum of
1 TS and capable of 8PSK in the uplink direction. At the end of the statistical interval this
statistic provides a cumulative value of all the UL TBF times for MSs supporting a maximum
of 1 TS. The TBF time starts with the set-up of the TBF and finishes when all the uplink RLC
radio blocks have been received without error.
This statistic also pegs for 8PSK MSs whose multislot class is not known before the end of the
UL TBF. The accuracy of this statistic may be reduced due to these unknown multi-slot cases.
Analysis
Reference None
Basis Cell
Type Counter
13-230 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application UL_TBF_TIME_8PSK_2_TS
UL_TBF_TIME_8PSK_2_TS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The UL_TBF_TIME_8PSK_2_TS statistic measures the duration in time (the cumulative length
in number of 20 ms radio block periods) of the uplink TBFs for EGPRS MSs that support a
maximum of 2 TS and capable of 8PSK in the uplink direction.
Pegging
This statistic pegs the time of all the TBFs in the uplink for MSs that support a maximum of
2 TS and capable of 8PSK in the uplink direction. At the end of the statistical interval this
statistic provides a cumulative value of all the UL TBF times for MSs supporting a maximum
of 2 TS. The TBF time starts with the set-up of the TBF and finishes when all the uplink RLC
radio blocks have been received without error.
Analysis
Reference None
Basis Cell
Type Counter
68P02901W56-T 13-231
Jan 2010
UL_TBF_TIME_8PSK_3_TS Chapter 13: PCU statistics
UL_TBF_TIME_8PSK_3_TS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The UL_TBF_TIME_8PSK_3_TS statistic measures the duration in time (the cumulative length
in number of 20 ms radio block periods) of the uplink TBFs for EGPRS mobiles that support a
maximum of 3 TS and capable of 8PSK in the uplink direction.
Pegging
This statistic pegs the time of all the TBFs in the uplink for mobiles that support a maximum
of 3 TS and capable of 8PSK in the uplink direction. At the end of the statistical interval this
statistic provides a cumulative value of all the UL TBF times for mobiles supporting a maximum
of 3 TS. The TBF time starts with the set-up of the TBF and finishes when all the uplink RLC
radio blocks have been received without error.
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage
Basis Cell.
Type Counter.
13-232 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application UL_TBF_TIME_8PSK_4_TS
UL_TBF_TIME_8PSK_4_TS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The UL_TBF_TIME_8PSK_4_TS statistic measures the duration in time (the cumulative length
in number of 20 ms radio block periods) of the uplink TBFs for EGPRS mobiles that support a
maximum of 4 TS and capable of 8PSK in the uplink direction.
Pegging
This statistic pegs the time of all the TBFs in the uplink for mobiles that support a maximum
of 4 TS and capable of 8PSK in the uplink direction. At the end of the statistical interval this
statistic provides a cumulative value of all the UL TBF times for mobiles supporting a maximum
of 4 TS. The TBF time starts with the set-up of the TBF and finishes when all the uplink RLC
radio blocks have been received without error.
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage
Basis Cell.
Type Counter.
68P02901W56-T 13-233
Jan 2010
UL_TBF_TIME_GMSK_1_TS Chapter 13: PCU statistics
UL_TBF_TIME_GMSK_1_TS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
This statistic also pegs for MSs whose multislot class is not known before the end of the UL TBF.
The accuracy of this statistic may be reduced due to these unknown multislot cases.
Pegging
This statistic measures the time of all the TBFs in the uplink for MSs that support a maximum
of 1 TS in the uplink direction. At the end of the statistical interval this statistic provides a
cumulative value of all the UL TBF times for MSs supporting a maximum of 1 TS. The TBF
time starts with the set-up of the TBF and finishes when all the uplink RLC radio blocks have
been received without error.
Analysis
Reference None
Basis Cell
Type Counter
13-234 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application UL_TBF_TIME_GMSK_2_TS
UL_TBF_TIME_GMSK_2_TS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Pegging
This statistic measures the time of all the TBFs in the uplink for MSs that support a maximum
of 2 TS in the uplink direction. At the end of the statistical interval this statistic provides a
cumulative value of all the UL TBF times for MSs supporting a maximum of 2 TS. The TBF
time starts with the set-up of the TBF and finishes when all the uplink RLC radio blocks have
been received without error.
Analysis
Reference None.
Basis Cell.
Type Counter.
68P02901W56-T 13-235
Jan 2010
UL_TBF_TIME_GMSK_3_TS Chapter 13: PCU statistics
UL_TBF_TIME_GMSK_3_TS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Pegging
This statistic measures the time of all the TBFs in the uplink for mobiles that support a maximum
of 3 TS in the uplink direction. At the end of the statistical interval this statistic provides a
cumulative value of all the UL TBF times for mobiles supporting a maximum of 3 TS. The TBF
time starts with the set-up of the TBF and finishes when all the uplink RLC radio blocks have
been received without error.
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage
Basis Cell.
Type Counter.
13-236 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application UL_TBF_TIME_GMSK_4_TS
UL_TBF_TIME_GMSK_4_TS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Pegging
This statistic measures the time of all the TBFs in the uplink for mobiles that support a maximum
of 4 TS in the uplink direction. At the end of the statistical interval this statistic provides a
cumulative value of all the UL TBF times for mobiles supporting a maximum of 4 TS. The TBF
time starts with the set-up of the TBF and finishes when all the uplink RLC radio blocks have
been received without error.
Analysis
Reference None.
Usage
Basis Cell.
Type Counter.
68P02901W56-T 13-237
Jan 2010
UL_THROUGHPUT_TERMINAL_1_TS Chapter 13: PCU statistics
UL_THROUGHPUT_TERMINAL_1_TS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
13-238 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Analysis
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 13-239
Jan 2010
UL_THROUGHPUT_TERMINAL_2_TS Chapter 13: PCU statistics
UL_THROUGHPUT_TERMINAL_2_TS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
13-240 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Analysis
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 13-241
Jan 2010
UL_THROUGHPUT_TERMINAL_3_TS Chapter 13: PCU statistics
UL_THROUGHPUT_TERMINAL_3_TS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
(A + B + C + D) ∗ 0.8
U L− T HROU GHP U T− T ERM IN AL− 3− T S = !
U L− T BF− T IM E− 8P SK− 3− T S+
∗ 0.02
U L− T BF− T IM E− GM SK− 3− T S
13-242 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Analysis
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 13-243
Jan 2010
UL_THROUGHPUT_TERMINAL_4_TS Chapter 13: PCU statistics
UL_THROUGHPUT_TERMINAL_4_TS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
(A + B + C + D) ∗ 0.8
U L− T HROU GHP U T− T ERM IN AL− 4− T S = !
U L− T BF− T IM E− 8P SK− 4− T S+
∗ 0.02
U L− T BF− T IM E− GM SK− 4− T S
13-244 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Analysis
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 13-245
Jan 2010
Analysis Chapter 13: PCU statistics
13-246 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Chapter
14
BSS-SMLC statistics
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
BSS-based Serving Mobile Location Centre (SMLC) statistics track events on the signaling
link. They are categorized into subgroups, each of which are described in BSS-based SMLC
statistics subgroups on page 14-2.
68P02901W56-T 14-1
Jan 2010
BSS-based SMLC statistics subgroups Chapter 14: BSS-SMLC statistics
BSS-based Serving Mobile Location Centre (SMLC) statistics are organized into two major
subgroups:
• BSS C7 utilization on page 14-2.
BSS C7 utilization
BSS-based SMLC C7 utilization statistics track the number of messages received and
transmitted on the signaling links. This information indicates the activity level on the Signaling
Links (SLs). The following are BSS C7 utilization statistics:
• L_SIF_SIO_RX_OPC on page 14-8.
SCCP performance and utilization statistics track the performance of the Signaling Connection
Control Part (SCCP) protocol layer of the ITU-TSS C7.
The SCCP manages the establishment and release of call related connections. A connection is
established for each transaction. For example, location update and service request, both BSS,
and BSS-based SMLC maintain contexts related to the transaction; these contexts may be
identified using the SCCP reference number. This information indicates the performance level
and quality of the SCCP. The following are the SCCP performance and utilization statistics:
• L_ROUTING_SYNTAX on page 14-3.
14-2 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application L_ROUTING_SYNTAX
L_ROUTING_SYNTAX
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
This statistic tracks the number of SCCP messages with syntax errors.
Pegging
This statistic pegs when a syntax error is detected in an SCCP message on the Lb-interface.
Analysis
SCCP is an SS7 protocol used in transferring signaling messages between the BSC and
BSS-based SMLC. Excessive syntax errors can result in degraded SCCP performance.
A threshold value should be assigned to this statistic which reflects the maximum number of
SCCP messages with syntax errors that are acceptable in normal system operations.
If the specified threshold is exceeded, the 18. BSS: Routing failure - syntax error detected
(SMLC) - PM alarm is generated. Refer to the manual Maintenance Information: Alarm
Handling at the OMC-R (68P02901W26) for troubleshooting information.
68P02901W56-T 14-3
Jan 2010
L_ROUTING_UNKNOWN Chapter 14: BSS-SMLC statistics
L_ROUTING_UNKNOWN
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
This statistic tracks the number of invalid signaling point codes (SPCs) that a BSC has received
from the BSS-based SMLC.
Pegging
This statistic pegs whenever an invalid SPC is received from the BSS-based SMLC.
Analysis
An SPC is the destination address for a message routed by the networking functions of the MTP3
protocol. If the BSC receives an incorrect SPC, it cannot route the message correctly.
A threshold value should be assigned to this statistic which reflects the maximum number of
invalid SPCs that are acceptable in normal system operations.
If the specified threshold is exceeded, the 19. BSS: Routing failure - reason unknown
(SMLC) - PM alarm is generated. Refer to the manual Maintenance Information: Alarm
Handling at the OMC-R (68P02901W26) for troubleshooting information.
14-4 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application L_SCCP_MSGS
L_SCCP_MSGS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
This statistic tracks the total number of SCCP messages either transmitted or received between
the BSC and BSS-based SMLC over a Lb-interface.
Pegging
This statistic pegs when SCCP messages are transmitted or received on the signaling link
between the BSC and BSS-based SMLC.
Analysis
SCCP is an SS7 protocol used in transferring signaling messages between the BSC and
BSS-based SMLC. This statistic can be used for trend analysis of SCCP performance and
utilization.
68P02901W56-T 14-5
Jan 2010
L_SCCP_MSGS_RX Chapter 14: BSS-SMLC statistics
L_SCCP_MSGS_RX
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
This statistic tracks the total number of SCCP messages received by the BSC from BSS-based
SMLC over a Lb-interface for class 0 or class 2.
This statistic switches the appropriate device value so that the OMC can store it in the relevant
column of the database:
• the number of SCCP messages received for class 0 is stored in l_sccp_msgs_rx_0.
Pegging
This statistic pegs when SCCP messages are received on the signaling link between the BSC
and BSS-based SMLC.
Analysis
SCCP is an SS7 protocol used in transferring signaling messages between the BSC and
BSS-based SMLC. This statistic can be used for trend analysis of the activity on an SL.
14-6 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application L_SCCP_MSGS_TX
L_SCCP_MSGS_TX
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
This statistic tracks the total number of SCCP messages transmitted by the BSC to BSS-based
SMLC over the Lb-interface for class 0 or class 2.
This statistic switches the appropriate device value so that the OMC can store it in the relevant
column of the database:
• the number of SCCP messages transmitted for class 0 is stored in l_sccp_msgs_tx_0.
Pegging
This statistic pegs when SCCP messages are transmitted on the signaling link.
Analysis
SCCP is an SS7 protocol used in transferring signaling messages between the BSC and
BSS-based SMLC. This statistic can be used for trend analysis of the activity over the
Lb-interface.
68P02901W56-T 14-7
Jan 2010
L_SIF_SIO_RX_OPC Chapter 14: BSS-SMLC statistics
L_SIF_SIO_RX_OPC
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
This statistic tracks the total number of SIF and SIOs received on all SLs for the BSS from
BSS-based SMLC.
Pegging
This statistic pegs each time Signal Information Fields (SIF) or Service Information Octets (SIO)
are received across all signaling links between the BSS and BSS-based SMLC.
Analysis
SCCP is an SS7 protocol used in transferring signaling messages between the BSC and
BSS-based SMLC. This statistic can be used for trend analysis of the activity on all Lb-interface
SLs for a particular BSS.
14-8 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application L_SIF_SIO_TX_DPC
L_SIF_SIO_TX_DPC
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
This statistic tracks the total number of Signal Information Fields (SIF) and Service Information
Octets (SIO) transmitted on all SLs of the BSS to the Lb-interface Destination Point Code (DPC).
Pegging
This statistic pegs each time SIF or SIO are transmitted across all signaling links from the BSS
to the BSS-based SMLC (as indicated by the Lb-interface (DPC)).
Analysis
A DPC is part of the label in a signaling message that uniquely identifies, in a signaling network,
the destination point of the message. This statistic can be used for trend analysis of the activity
of the signaling links on a BSS.
68P02901W56-T 14-9
Jan 2010
L_SIF_SIO_TYPE Chapter 14: BSS-SMLC statistics
L_SIF_SIO_TYPE
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
This statistic tracks the number of SIF MTP, TEST, and SCCP SIOs transmitted or received on
all Lb-interface SLs.
This statistic switches the appropriate device value so that the OMC can store it in the relevant
column of the database:
• the number of SIF SCCP SIOs is stored in l_sif_sio_type.
Pegging
This statistic pegs each time SIF or SIOs are transmitted or received on all signaling links
between BSS and BSS-based SMLC.
Analysis
This statistic can be used for trend analysis of the activity of the signaling links on a BSS over
the Lb-interface.
14-10 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application PAGE_REQ_FROM_SMLC_FAIL
PAGE_REQ_FROM_SMLC_FAIL
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
This statistic tracks the number of page request messages received from the BSS-based SMLC
that fail message validation at the BSS.
Pegging
This statistic pegs each time a page request message from the BSS-based SMLC fails message
validation at the BSS.
Analysis
A threshold value should be assigned to this statistic which reflects the maximum number of
failures that are acceptable in normal system operations.
If the specified threshold is exceeded, the 20. BSS: Paging request from SMLC protocol
error - PM alarm is generated. Refer to the manual Maintenance Information: Alarm Handling
at the OMC-R (68P02901W26) for troubleshooting information.
68P02901W56-T 14-11
Jan 2010
Analysis Chapter 14: BSS-SMLC statistics
14-12 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Chapter
15
The MMI statistics are categorized as PCU real-time statistics and MMI BSC/BTS real-time
statistics. The descriptions for these are given elsewhere in the manual and are referenced
in MMI statistics subgroups on page 15-2.
68P02901W56-T 15-1
Jan 2010
MMI statistics subgroups Chapter 15: Web MMI statistics
The following MMI PCU real-time statistics are documented elsewhere in this manual.
Table 15-1 indicates the location of these descriptions.
The following MMI BSC/BTS real-time statistics are documented elsewhere in this manual.
Table 15-2 indicates the location of these descriptions.
15-2 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Chapter
16
Call model parameter values can be derived from the GSM network statistics collected at
the OMC-R.
All the statistics used for determining the call model parameters must be collected during busy
hours and averaged over a reasonable period (three months or more).
The call model parameters should be averaged over the entire network or at the BSC level
for equipment dimensioning purposes. This gives more scope of averaging out the load from
the network entities.
Refer to the manual System Information: BSS Equipment Planning (68P02900W21) for further
information on the call model parameters.
68P02901W56-T 16-1
Jan 2010
CALL_DURATION (T) Chapter 16: Call model statistics
CALL_DURATION (T)
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
P
N
BUSY− TCH− MEAN ∗ stat− interval− in− sec
I=1
T=
P
N
(TOTAL− CALL + ASSIGNMENT− REDIRECTION)
I=1
Where: Is:
N the number of cells.
stat_interval_in_sec the interval over which BUSY_TCH_CARR_MEAN values are
measured. It is 3600 if hourly values are used and 86400 if daily
values are used.
Analysis
Units Seconds
Raw Statistics BUSY_TCH_MEAN.
TOTAL_CALLS.
ASSIGNMENT_REDIRECTION.
16-2 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application CALL_SETUP_BLOCKING_RATE
CALL_SETUP_BLOCKING_RATE
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
This statistic provides the percentage of attempts to allocate a TCH call setup that are blocked.
Formula
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 16-3
Jan 2010
HANDOVERS_PER_CALL (H) Chapter 16: Call model statistics
HANDOVERS_PER_CALL (H)
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
This statistic provides the number of Handovers per call where the handovers may be inter-BSS,
intra-BSS, or intra-cell.
Formula
INTRA− CELL− HO− ATMPT− FR− FR+
INTRA− CELL− HO− ATMPT− FR− HR+
INTRA CELL HO ATMPT HR HR+
− − − − −
INTRA− CELL− HO− ATMPT− HR− FR+
OUT− INTRA− BSS− HO− ATMPT+
OUT− INTER− BSS− HO− ATMPT
H =
(TOTAL− CALLS + ASSGINMENT− REDIRECTION)
Where: Is:
N the number of cells.
NOTE
The TOTAL_CALLS parameter is the count of the total circuit-switched calls in a cell.
It should be summed for all the cells in the BSC, when used in the previous formula.
16-4 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Analysis
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 16-5
Jan 2010
IMSI_DETACHES_TO_CALLS (Id) Chapter 16: Call model statistics
IMSI_DETACHES_TO_CALLS (I ) d
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
IMSI− DETACH
Id =
CM− SERV− REQ− CALL
+ CM− SERV− REQ− SM S
+ CM− SERV− REQ− EM ERG
+ CM− REEST ABLISH
+ P AGE− RESP ON SE
+ LOC− F LW− ON− REQ− N ORM
+ LOC− F LW− ON− REQ− SM S
− SM S− IN IT− ON− SDCCH
− SM S− IN IT− ON− SDCCH− REQ
− SM S− IN IT− ON− T CH− F CS
− SM S− IN IT− ON− T CH− F CS− REQ
+ SM S− IN IT− ON− SDCCH− HO− IN−
+ SM S− IN IT− ON− SIG− HO− IN− REQ
− M T− LCS− ON− SDCCH
16-6 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Analysis
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 16-7
Jan 2010
INTRA_BSS_HO_TO_ALL_HO (i) Chapter 16: Call model statistics
INTRA_BSS_HO_TO_ALL_HO (i)
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
INTRA− CELL− HO− ATMPT− FR− FR+
INTRA− CELL− HO− ATMPT− FR− HR+
INTRA− CELL− HO− ATMPT− HR− HR+
INTRA CELL HO ATMPT HR FR+
− − − − −
OUT− INTRA− BSS− HO− ATMPT
i =
INTRA− CELL− HO− ATMPT− FR− FR+
INTRA− CELL− HO− ATMPT− FR− HR+
INTRA− CELL− HO− ATMPT− HR− HR+
INTRA− CELL− HO− ATMPT− HR− FR+
OUT− INTRA− BSS− HO− ATMPT+
OUT− INTER− BSS− HO− ATMPT
Where: Is:
N the number of cells.
Analysis
16-8 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application LOCATION_UPDATE_FACTOR (L)
LOCATION_UPDATE_FACTOR (L)
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
This statistic is calculated using the ratio of location updates per call (l) and the ratio of IMSI
detaches per call (Id). For networks with IMSI detach disabled, the location update factor
equals the ratio of location updates per call (l).
IMSI detach types determine the way the MSC clears the connection with the BSS after
receiving the IMSI detach. When using IMSI detach type 1, the MSC clears the SCCP
connection, a clearing procedure that involves only one uplink (average size of 42 bytes) and
one downlink message (average size of 30 bytes). When using IMSI detach type 2, the MSC
sends the CLEAR COMMAND and the BSS sends CLEAR COMPLETE, and so on, which involves
three uplink (average size of 26 bytes) and three downlink messages (average size of 30 bytes).
A location update procedure itself takes five downlink messages (average size of 30 bytes) and
six uplink messages (average size of 26 bytes).
Hence, an IMSI detach (type1) takes a total of 2/11 (approximately 0.2) of the number of
messages as a location update and an IMSI detach (type 2) takes 6/11 (approximately 0.5) of
the messages of a location update.
Formula
If IMSI detach is enabled, then depending on whether short message sequence (type 1) or long
message sequence (type 2) is used, L is calculated as:
• L = LOCATION_UPDATES_TO_CALLS (IMSI detach disabled that is Id=0)
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 16-9
Jan 2010
LOCATION_UPDATES_TO_CALLS (I) Chapter 16: Call model statistics
LOCATION_UPDATES_TO_CALLS (I)
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
LOCATION− UPDATE
l =
CM− SERV− REQ− CALL
+ CM− SERV− REQ− SM S
+ CM− SERV− REQ− EM ERG
+ CM− REEST ABLISH
+ P AGE− RESP ON SE
+ LOC− F LW− ON− REQ− N ORM
+ LOC− F LW− ON− REQ− SM S
− SM S− IN IT− ON− SDCCH
− SM S− IN IT− ON− SDCCH− REQ
− SM S− IN IT− ON− T CH− F CS
− SM S− IN IT− ON− T CH− F CS− REQ
+ SM S− IN IT− ON− SDCCH− HO− IN−
+ SM S− IN IT− ON− SIG− HO− IN− REQ
− M T− LCS− ON− SDCCH
16-10 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Analysis
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 16-11
Jan 2010
PAGES_PER_CALL (PPC) Chapter 16: Call model statistics
PAGES_PER_CALL (P ) PC
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
P
N
PAGE− REQ− FROM− MSC
i=1
Ppc =
P
N
(TOTAL− CALLS + ASSIGNMENT− REDIRECTION)
i=1
Where: Is:
N the number of cells under the BSC.
Analysis
16-12 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application PAGES_PER_SECOND
PAGES_PER_SECOND
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 16-13
Jan 2010
PAGING_RATE (P) Chapter 16: Call model statistics
PAGING_RATE (P)
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The paging rate is the summation of the paging messages sent to each location area averaged
over the interval period.
NOTE
This Key Statistic is not available at the OMC now, but users can build their own
custom statistic using the formula provided.
Formula
P
N
PAGE− REQ− FROM− MSC
i=1
P =
stat− interval− in− seconds [ith location area in BSC]
Where: Is:
N the number of location areas.
NOTE
PAGE_REQ_FROM_MSC should be the maximum per cell value for each location
area.
Analysis
16-14 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application SMS_TO_CALL_RATIO (S)
SMS_TO_CALL_RATIO (S)
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
SM S− IN IT− ON− SDCCH
+ SM S− IN IT− ON− SDCCH− REQ
+ SM S− IN IT− ON− T CH
+ SM S− IN IT− ON− T CH− F CS
+ SM S− IN IT− ON− T CH− F CS− REQ
S =
CM− SERV− REQ− CALL
+ CM− SERV− REQ− SM S
+ CM− SERV− REQ− EM ERG
+ CM− REEST ABLISH
+ P AGE− RESP ON SE
+ LOC− F LW− ON− REQ− N ORM
+ LOC− F LW− ON− REQ− SM S
− SM S− IN IT− ON− SDCCH
− SM S− IN IT− ON− SDCCH− REQ
− SM S− IN IT− ON− T CH− F CS
− SM S− IN IT− ON− T CH− F CS− REQ
+ SM S− IN IT− ON− SDCCH− HO− IN
+ SM S− IN IT− ON− SIG− HO− IN− REQ
− M T− LCS− ON− SDCCH
68P02901W56-T 16-15
Jan 2010
Analysis Chapter 16: Call model statistics
Analysis
16-16 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Chapter
17
Key statistics
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Key statistics are a set of calculated values providing an operator with a summary of system
performance during a specific statistics collection interval. They are designed to give an overall
indication of the condition of the system and allow comparison of similar time periods to detect
performance changes and trends.
Key statistics are also provided to facilitate the monitoring of the most important network
parameters. Key statistics are calculated at the OMC-R using various BSS raw statistics.
Different statistics are combined at the OMC-R using a predefined formula to produce a new
statistic. For example, various handover failure statistics may be combined and averaged over
the total number of calls to produce a handover failure rate key statistic.
Key statistics may be displayed in the Performance Management window of the OMC-R.
They key statistics are categorized into subgroups, each of which are described in Key statistics
subgroups on page 17-2.
68P02901W56-T 17-1
Jan 2010
Key statistics subgroups Chapter 17: Key statistics
Call summary
Call summary statistics are used to determine assignment and handover performance of one or
more cells. The following are call summary statistics:
• CALL_SETUP_SUCCESS_RATE on page 17-7.
Channel usage
Channel usage statistics are used to determine PDTCH, SDCCH, and TCH performance levels.
The following are channel usage statistics:
17-2 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Channel usage
68P02901W56-T 17-3
Jan 2010
Connection establishment Chapter 17: Key statistics
Connection establishment
Connection statistics are used to determine the number and interval of attempted and successful
assignment requests. The following are connection establishment statistics:
• ATTEMPT_IMMED_ASSIGN_PROC on page 17-6.
RF loss summary
RF loss summary statistics are used to determine TCH assignments within a cell and the rate of
RF lost calls. The following are RF loss summary statistics:
• CELL_TCH_ALLOCATIONS on page 17-8.
MTL utilization
MTL utilization statistics are used to provide a measure of MTL utilization from the MSC to BSS
and from the BSS to MSC. The following are MTL utilization statistics:
• HSP_MTL_UTILISATION_RX on page 17-57.
17-4 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Radio link
Radio link
Radio link statistics are used to provide a measure of the performance of the radio channels and
the level of traffic carried by the network. The following are radio link statistics:
• DL_BIAS_EGPRS on page 17-22.
NOTE
The template headings are used as required and are not present for all statistics.
68P02901W56-T 17-5
Jan 2010
ATTEMPT_IMMED_ASSIGN_PROC Chapter 17: Key statistics
ATTEMPT_IMMED_ASSIGN_PROC
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
Analysis
17-6 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application CALL_SETUP_SUCCESS_RATE
CALL_SETUP_SUCCESS_RATE
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The CALL_SETUP_SUCCESS_RATE statistic tracks the percentage of call attempts that results
in a successful TCH access. Network accesses which do not require a TCH are excluded, for
example, location updates, SMS, and Supplementary Service attempts.
Formula
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 17-7
Jan 2010
CELL_TCH_ALLOCATIONS Chapter 17: Key statistics
CELL_TCH_ALLOCATIONS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
Analysis
17-8 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application CELL_TCH_ASSIGNMENTS
CELL_TCH_ASSIGNMENTS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The CELL_TCH_ASSIGNMENTS statistic is the sum of the total number of calls, the total
number of successful incoming inter-BSS call handovers, and the total number of incoming
intra-BSS call handovers.
Formula
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 17-9
Jan 2010
CS1_USE_DL Chapter 17: Key statistics
CS1_USE_DL
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The CS1_USE_DL key statistic provides usage figures of DL coding scheme CS-1 for GPRS.
Formula
Analysis
Type Percentage.
Raw statistics Bin 0 of DL_RADIO_BLKS_1_TS,
DL_RADIO_BLKS_2_TS,
DL_RADIO_BLKS_3_TS, and
DL_RADIO_BLKS_4_TS.
17-10 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application CS2_USE_DL
CS2_USE_DL
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The CS2_USE_DL key statistic provides usage figures of DL coding scheme CS-2 for GPRS.
Formula
Analysis
Type Percentage.
Raw statistics Bin 1 of DL_RADIO_BLKS_1_TS,
DL_RADIO_BLKS_2_TS,
DL_RADIO_BLKS_3_TS, and
DL_RADIO_BLKS_4_TS.
68P02901W56-T 17-11
Jan 2010
CS3_USE_DL Chapter 17: Key statistics
CS3_USE_DL
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The CS3_USE_DL key statistic provides usage figures DL coding scheme CS-3 for GPRS.
Formula
Analysis
Type Percentage.
Raw statistics Bin 2 of DL_RADIO_BLKS_1_TS,
DL_RADIO_BLKS_2_TS,
DL_RADIO_BLKS_3_TS, and
DL_RADIO_BLKS_4_TS.
17-12 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application CS4_USE_DL
CS4_USE_DL
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The CS4_USE_DL key statistic provides usage figures of DL coding scheme CS-4 for GPRS.
Formula
Analysis
Type Percentage.
Raw statistics Bin 3 of DL_RADIO_BLKS_1_TS,
DL_RADIO_BLKS_2_TS,
DL_RADIO_BLKS_3_TS, and
DL_RADIO_BLKS_4_TS.
68P02901W56-T 17-13
Jan 2010
CS1_USE_UL Chapter 17: Key statistics
CS1_USE_UL
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The CS1_USE_UL key statistic provides usage figures of UL coding scheme CS-1 for GPRS.
Formula
U L− RADIO− BLKS− 8P SK− 1− T S− CS− 1+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− 8P SK− 2− T S− CS− 1+
U L RADIO BLKS 8P SK 3 T S CS 1+
− − − − − − −
U L− RADIO− BLKS− 8P SK− 4− T S− CS− 1+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− GM SK− 1− T S− CS− 1+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− GM SK− 2− T S− CS− 1+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− GM SK− 3− T S− CS− 1+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− GM SK− 4− T S− CS− 1+
CS1− USE− UL = ∗ 100
U L− RADIO− BLKS− 8P SK− 1− T S+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− 8P SK− 2− T S+
U L RADIO BLKS 8P SK 3 T S+
− − − − −
U L− RADIO− BLKS− 8P SK− 4− T S+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− GM SK− 1− T S+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− GM SK− 2− T S+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− GM SK− 3− T S+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− GM SK− 4− T S+
17-14 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Analysis
Analysis
Type Percentage.
Raw statistics UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_1_TS,
UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_2_TS,
UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_3_TS.
UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_4_TS
UL_RADIO_BLKS_GMSK_1_TS,
UL_RADIO_BLKS_GMSK_2_TS,
UL_RADIO_BLKS_GMSK_3_TS.
UL_RADIO_BLKS_GMSK_4_TS
and their bin 0.
68P02901W56-T 17-15
Jan 2010
CS2_USE_UL Chapter 17: Key statistics
CS2_USE_UL
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The CS2_USE_UL key statistic provides usage figures of UL coding scheme CS-2 for GPRS.
Formula
U L− RADIO− BLKS− 8P SK− 1− T S− CS− 2+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− 8P SK− 2− T S− CS− 2+
U L RADIO BLKS 8P SK 3 T S CS 2+
− − − − − − −
U L− RADIO− BLKS− 8P SK− 4− T S− CS− 2+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− GM SK− 1− T S− CS− 2+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− GM SK− 2− T S− CS− 2+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− GM SK− 3− T S− CS− 2+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− GM SK− 4− T S− CS− 2+
CS2− USE− UL = ∗ 100
U L− RADIO− BLKS− 8P SK− 1− T S+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− 8P SK− 2− T S+
U L RADIO BLKS 8P SK 3 T S+
− − − − −
U L− RADIO− BLKS− 8P SK− 4− T S+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− GM SK− 1− T S+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− GM SK− 2− T S+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− GM SK− 3− T S+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− GM SK− 4− T S+
17-16 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Analysis
Analysis
Type Percentage.
Raw statistics UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_1_TS,
UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_2_TS,
UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_3_TS.
UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_4_TS
UL_RADIO_BLKS_GMSK_1_TS,
UL_RADIO_BLKS_GMSK_2_TS,
UL_RADIO_BLKS_GMSK_3_TS.
UL_RADIO_BLKS_GMSK_4_TS
and their bin 1.
68P02901W56-T 17-17
Jan 2010
CS3_USE_UL Chapter 17: Key statistics
CS3_USE_UL
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The CS3_USE_UL key statistic provides usage figures of UL coding scheme CS-3 for GPRS.
Formula
U L− RADIO− BLKS− 8P SK− 1− T S− CS− 3+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− 8P SK− 2− T S− CS− 3+
U L RADIO BLKS 8P SK 3 T S CS 3+
− − − − − − −
U L− RADIO− BLKS− 8P SK− 4− T S− CS− 3+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− GM SK− 1− T S− CS− 3+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− GM SK− 2− T S− CS− 3+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− GM SK− 3− T S− CS− 3+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− GM SK− 4− T S− CS− 3+
CS3− USE− UL = ∗ 100
U L− RADIO− BLKS− 8P SK− 1− T S+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− 8P SK− 2− T S+
U L RADIO BLKS 8P SK 3 T S+
− − − − −
U L− RADIO− BLKS− 8P SK− 4− T S+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− GM SK− 1− T S+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− GM SK− 2− T S+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− GM SK− 3− T S+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− GM SK− 4− T S+
17-18 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Analysis
Analysis
Type Percentage.
Raw statistics UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_1_TS,
UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_2_TS,
UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_3_TS.
UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_4_TS
UL_RADIO_BLKS_GMSK_1_TS,
UL_RADIO_BLKS_GMSK_2_TS,
UL_RADIO_BLKS_GMSK_3_TS.
UL_RADIO_BLKS_GMSK_4_TS
and their bin 2.
68P02901W56-T 17-19
Jan 2010
CS4_USE_UL Chapter 17: Key statistics
CS4_USE_UL
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The CS4_USE_UL key statistic provides usage figures of UL coding scheme CS-4 for GPRS.
Formula
U L− RADIO− BLKS− 8P SK− 1− T S− CS− 4+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− 8P SK− 2− T S− CS− 4+
U L RADIO BLKS 8P SK 3 T S CS 4+
− − − − − − −
U L− RADIO− BLKS− 8P SK− 4− T S− CS− 4+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− GM SK− 1− T S− CS− 4+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− GM SK− 2− T S− CS− 4+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− GM SK− 3− T S− CS− 4+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− GM SK− 4− T S− CS− 4+
CS4− USE− UL = ∗ 100
U L− RADIO− BLKS− 8P SK− 1− T S+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− 8P SK− 2− T S+
U L RADIO BLKS 8P SK 3 T S+
− − − − −
U L− RADIO− BLKS− 8P SK− 4− T S+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− GM SK− 1− T S+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− GM SK− 2− T S+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− GM SK− 3− T S+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− GM SK− 4− T S+
17-20 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Analysis
Analysis
Type Percentage.
Raw statistics UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_1_TS,
UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_2_TS,
UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_3_TS.
UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_4_TS
UL_RADIO_BLKS_GMSK_1_TS,
UL_RADIO_BLKS_GMSK_2_TS,
UL_RADIO_BLKS_GMSK_3_TS.
UL_RADIO_BLKS_GMSK_4_TS
and their bin 3.
68P02901W56-T 17-21
Jan 2010
DL_BIAS_EGPRS Chapter 17: Key statistics
DL_BIAS_EGPRS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The DL_BIAS_EGPRS statistic measures the ratio of downlink to uplink EGPRS traffic in the
cell. This provides information about the characteristics of the applications being used in a cell
in terms of the predominant direction of transmission. If the majority of cell traffic is in the
downlink direction, the optimization activities should be focused on downlink GPRS resources.
Formula
A+B
DL− BIAS− EGPRS =
C+D
17-22 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Analysis
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 17-23
Jan 2010
DL_BIAS_GPRS Chapter 17: Key statistics
DL_BIAS_GPRS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The DL_BIAS_GPRS statistic measures the ratio of downlink to uplink GPRS traffic in the cell.
This provides information about the characteristics of the applications being used in a cell
in terms of the predominant direction of transmission. If the majority of cell traffic is in the
downlink direction then optimization activities should be focused on downlink GPRS resources.
Formula
17-24 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Analysis
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 17-25
Jan 2010
DL_LLC_TRAFFIC_VOLUME_INDICATOR Chapter 17: Key statistics
DL_LLC_TRAFFIC_VOLUME_INDICATOR
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
17-26 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Analysis
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 17-27
Jan 2010
DL_PDTCH_UTILISATION_BY_ALLOCATION Chapter 17: Key statistics
DL_PDTCH_UTILISATION_BY_ALLOCATION
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
NOTE
The utilization may decrease as the additional switchable PDTCH is allocated for
GPRS congested cell.
Formula
Analysis
Basis Cell.
Type Percentage.
Raw statistics DL_BUSY_PDTCH_MEAN.
GPRS_AVAIL_PDTCH_MEAN.
EGPRS_AVAIL_PDTCH_MEAN.
17-28 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application DL_PDTCH_UTILISATION_BY_TRAFFIC
DL_PDTCH_UTILISATION_BY_TRAFFIC
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
DL− RLC− ACK− NEW− BLKS+
DL− RLC− UNACK− NEW− BLKS+
AIR− DL−
DL RLC NACK BLKS+
− − − ∗100 + ∗ 100
DL− RLC− RETX− BLKS+ CONTROL− BLKS
DL− PDTCH−
DL− RLC− DDTR− BLKS
UTILISATION− = !
GPRS− AVAIL− PDTCH− MEAN+
BY− TRAFFIC ∗ INTERVAL ∗ 3600 ∗ 50
EGPRS− AVAIL− PDTCH− MEAN
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 17-29
Jan 2010
DL_PDTCH_UTILISATION_1_TS Chapter 17: Key statistics
DL_PDTCH_UTILISATION_1_TS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The DL_PDTCH_UTILISATION_1_TS key statistic provides the PDTCH utilization rate for MSs
that support a maximum of 1 TS in the downlink direction. It compares the maximum possible
number of RLC/MAC blocks per terminal type with the actual sent data blocks per terminal type.
Formula
Analysis
17-30 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application DL_PDTCH_UTILISATION_2_TS
DL_PDTCH_UTILISATION_2_TS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The DL_PDTCH_UTILISATION_2_TS key statistic provides the PDTCH utilization rate for MSs
that support a maximum of 2 TS in the downlink direction. It compares the maximum possible
number of RLC/MAC blocks per terminal type with the actual sent data blocks per terminal type.
Formula
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 17-31
Jan 2010
DL_PDTCH_UTILISATION_3_TS Chapter 17: Key statistics
DL_PDTCH_UTILISATION_3_TS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The DL_PDTCH_UTILISATION_3_TS key statistic provides the PDTCH utilization rate for MSs
that support a maximum of 3 TS in the downlink direction. It compares the maximum possible
number of RLC/MAC blocks per terminal type with the actual sent data blocks per terminal type.
Formula
Analysis
17-32 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application DL_PDTCH_UTILISATION_4_TS
DL_PDTCH_UTILISATION_4_TS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The DL_PDTCH_UTILISATION_4_TS key statistic provides the PDTCH utilization rate for MSs
that support a maximum of 4 TS in the downlink direction. It compares the maximum possible
number of RLC/MAC blocks per terminal type with the actual sent data blocks per terminal type.
Formula
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 17-33
Jan 2010
DL_PDTCH_UTILISATION_5_TS Chapter 17: Key statistics
DL_PDTCH_UTILISATION_5_TS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The DL_PDTCH_UTILISATION_5_TS key statistic provides the PDTCH utilization rate for MSs
that support a maximum of 5 TS in the downlink direction. It compares the maximum possible
number of RLC/MAC blocks per terminal type with the actual sent data blocks per terminal type.
Formula
Analysis
17-34 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application DL_PDTCH_UTILISATION_6_TS
DL_PDTCH_UTILISATION_6_TS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The DL_PDTCH_UTILISATION_6_TS key statistic provides the PDTCH utilization rate for MSs
that support a maximum of 6 TS in the downlink direction. It compares the maximum possible
number of RLC/MAC blocks per terminal type with the actual sent data blocks per terminal type.
Formula
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 17-35
Jan 2010
DL_PDTCH_UTILISATION_7_TS Chapter 17: Key statistics
DL_PDTCH_UTILISATION_7_TS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The DL_PDTCH_UTILISATION_7_TS key statistic provides the PDTCH utilization rate for MSs
that support a maximum of 7 TS in the downlink direction. It compares the maximum possible
number of RLC/MAC blocks per terminal type with the actual sent data blocks per terminal type.
Formula
Analysis
17-36 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application DL_PDTCH_UTILISATION_8_TS
DL_PDTCH_UTILISATION_8_TS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The DL_PDTCH_UTILISATION_8_TS key statistic provides the PDTCH utilization rate for MSs
that support a maximum of 8 TS in the downlink direction. It compares the maximum possible
number of RLC/MAC blocks per terminal type with the actual sent data blocks per terminal type.
Formula
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 17-37
Jan 2010
DLDC_USAGE Chapter 17: Key statistics
DLDC_USAGE
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The DLDC_USAGE key statistic provides usage figures for downlink dual carrier allocation.
Formula
Analysis
Type Percentage.
Raw statistics DL_RADIO_BLKS_DLDC,
DL_RADIO_BLKS_5_TS,
DL_RADIO_BLKS_6_TS,
DL_RADIO_BLKS_7_TS,DL_RADIO_BLKS_8_TS
17-38 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application DL_RLC_MAC_OVERHEAD
DL_RLC_MAC_OVERHEAD
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
DL− RLC− NACK− BLKS+
AIR− DL−
DL− RLC− RETX− BLKS+ ∗ 100 + ∗ 100
CONTROL− BLKS
DL− RLC− MAC− DL− RLC− DDTR− BLKS
=
OVERHEAD DL− RLC− ACK− NEW− BLKS+
DL− RLC− UNACK− NEW− BLKS+
AIR− DL−
DL RLC NACK BLKS+
− − − ∗ 100 +
DL− RLC− RETX− BLKS+ CONTROL− BLKS
DL− RLC− DDTR− BLKS
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 17-39
Jan 2010
DL_RLC_MAC_WINDOW_STALL Chapter 17: Key statistics
DL_RLC_MAC_WINDOW_STALL
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
This key statistic calculates the percentage of RLC blocks, which are retransmitted due to
an RLC window stall.
Formula
17-40 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Analysis
Analysis
Type Percentage.
Raw statistics Bins 0 to 12 of DL_RLC_STALLED_BLKS
and DL_RLC_ACK_NEW_BLKS.
68P02901W56-T 17-41
Jan 2010
DL_TBF_FAILURE_RATE Chapter 17: Key statistics
DL_TBF_FAILURE_RATE
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The DL_TBF_FAILURE_RATE key statistic calculates the rate of abnormally released downlink
TBFs.
Formula
Pegging
Change to peg establish bin when downlink TBF is abnormally released due to
PRM_DL_PCTA_CA_ATTEMPTS_EXCEEDED in BSS.
Analysis
17-42 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application DL_TBF_SUCCESS_RATE
DL_TBF_SUCCESS_RATE
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 17-43
Jan 2010
DL_TERMINAL_TYPE_ACTIVITY_1_TS Chapter 17: Key statistics
DL_TERMINAL_TYPE_ACTIVITY_1_TS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
Analysis
17-44 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application DL_TERMINAL_TYPE_ACTIVITY_2_TS
DL_TERMINAL_TYPE_ACTIVITY_2_TS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 17-45
Jan 2010
DL_TERMINAL_TYPE_ACTIVITY_3_TS Chapter 17: Key statistics
DL_TERMINAL_TYPE_ACTIVITY_3_TS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
Analysis
17-46 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application DL_TERMINAL_TYPE_ACTIVITY_4_TS
DL_TERMINAL_TYPE_ACTIVITY_4_TS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 17-47
Jan 2010
DL_USER_TRAFFIC_EGPRS Chapter 17: Key statistics
DL_USER_TRAFFIC_EGPRS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The DL_USER_TRAFFIC_EGPRS statistic gives the EGPRS downlink traffic volume, excluding
retransmitted and other overhead blocks and measured at the RLC/MAC layer.
Formula
DL− RLC− ACK− NEW− BLKS− MCS− 1+
∗ 22+
DL− RLC− UNACK− NEW− BLKS− MCS− 1
DL− RLC− ACK− NEW− BLKS− MCS− 2+
∗ 28+
DL− RLC− UNACK− NEW− BLKS− MCS− 2
DL RLC ACK NEW BLKS MCS 3+
− − − − − −
∗ 37+
DL− RLC− UNACK− NEW− BLKS− MCS− 3
DL− RLC− ACK− NEW− BLKS− MCS− 4+
∗ 44+
DL− RLC− UNACK− NEW− BLKS− MCS− 4
DL RLC ACK NEW BLKS MCS 5+
− − − − − −
∗ 56+ ∗ 100
DL− RLC− UNACK− NEW− BLKS− MCS− 5
DL− RLC− ACK− NEW− BLKS− MCS− 6+
∗ 74+
DL RLC UNACK NEW BLKS MCS 6
− − − − − −
DL− RLC− ACK− NEW− BLKS− MCS− 7+
∗ 112+
DL− RLC− UNACK− NEW− BLKS− MCS− 7
DL− RLC− ACK− NEW− BLKS− MCS− 8+
∗ 136+
DL RLC UNACK NEW BLKS MCS 8
− − − − − −
DL− RLC− ACK− NEW− BLKS− MCS− 9+
∗ 148
DL− RLC− UNACK− NEW− BLKS− MCS− 9
DL− USER− TRAFFIC− EGPRS =
1024
17-48 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Analysis
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 17-49
Jan 2010
DL_USER_TRAFFIC_GPRS Chapter 17: Key statistics
DL_USER_TRAFFIC_GPRS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The DL_USER_TRAFFIC_GPRS statistic gives the GPRS downlink traffic volume, excluding
retransmitted and other overhead blocks and measured at the RLC/MAC layer.
Formula
DL− RLC− ACK− NEW− BLKS− CS− 1+
∗ 22+
DL RLC UNACK NEW BLKS CS 1
− − − − − −
DL− RLC− ACK− NEW− BLKS− CS− 2+
∗ 33+
DL− RLC− UNACK− NEW− BLKS− CS− 2
∗ 100
DL− RLC− ACK− NEW− BLKS− CS− 3+
∗ 39+
DL− RLC− UNACK− NEW− BLKS− CS− 3
DL− RLC− ACK− NEW− BLKS− CS− 4+
∗ 53
DL− RLC− UNACK− NEW− BLKS− CS− 4
DL− USER− TRAFFIC− GPRS=
1024
Analysis
17-50 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application GPRS_PAGING_OVERFLOW_RATE_PCH
GPRS_PAGING_OVERFLOW_RATE_PCH
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
Analysis
Basis Cell.
Type Percentage.
Raw statistics PCH_Q_PAGE_DISCARD_PS.
ACCESS_PER_PCH_PS.
68P02901W56-T 17-51
Jan 2010
GPRS_PAGING_OVERFLOW_RATE_PPCH Chapter 17: Key statistics
GPRS_PAGING_OVERFLOW_RATE_PPCH
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
Analysis
Basis Cell.
Type Percentage.
Raw statistics PPCH_Q_PAGE_DISCARD_PS.
ACCESS_PER_PPCH_PS.
17-52 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application HANDOVER_FAILURE_RATE
HANDOVER_FAILURE_RATE
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Congestion on the target cell does not result in the BSS sending a handover command to the MS
therefore this measurement is not impacted by target cell congestion.
Formula
68P02901W56-T 17-53
Jan 2010
Analysis Chapter 17: Key statistics
Analysis
17-54 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application HANDOVER_SUCCESS_RATE
HANDOVER_SUCCESS_RATE
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
68P02901W56-T 17-55
Jan 2010
Analysis Chapter 17: Key statistics
OUT− INTER− BSS− HO− SUC − NUM− HO− TO− 3G− SUCCESS+
INTRA− CELL− HO− SUC = OUT− INTRA− BSS− HO− SUC
∗100
OUT− INTER− BSS− HO− ATMPT − NUM− HO− TO− 3G− SUCCESS+
INTRA− CELL− HO− ATMPT− FR− FR+INTRA− CELL− HO− ATMPT− HR− HR+
INTRA− CELL− HO− ATMPT− HR− FR + INTRA− CELL− HO− ATMPT− FR− HR+
OUT− INTRA− BSS− HO− ATMPT+INTRA− CELL− HO− ATMPT− SD− TO− SD
NOTE
HANDOVER_SUCCESS_RATE + HANDOVER_FAILURE_RATE are not equal to
100% because the calls that fail and recover to the source cell are not included in
either of these key statistics.
Analysis
17-56 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application HSP_MTL_UTILISATION_RX
HSP_MTL_UTILISATION_RX
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
NOTE
MTL_LINK_RATE is the bandwidth of MTL. It equals to MTL_Rate * 64. The MTL_Rate
indicates the number of DS0 channels equipped as MTL. For example, if MTL_Rate
is 1, it means one DS0 channel is equipped as MTL, the bandwidth of MTL is 1 * 64
kbps = 64 kbps. If MTL_Rate is 31, the whole span of E1 is equipped as MTL. This
formula is valid only when MTL_Rate is 31.
Analysis
Usage Optimization.
Network planning.
Basis MTL.
Type Percentage.
Raw MTP_MSU_RX.
Statistics MTP_SIF_SIO_RX.
SIB_RX.
MTP_LINK_INS.
68P02901W56-T 17-57
Jan 2010
HSP_MTL_UTILISATION_TX Chapter 17: Key statistics
HSP_MTL_UTILISATION_TX
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
NOTE
MTL_LINK_RATE is the bandwidth of MTL. It equals to MTL_Rate * 64. The MTL_Rate
indicates the number of DS0 channels equipped as MTL. For example, if MTL_Rate
is 1, it means one DS0 channel is equipped as MTL, the bandwidth of MTL is 1 * 64
kbps = 64 kbps. If MTL_Rate is 31, the whole span of E1 is equipped as MTL. This
formula is valid only when MTL_Rate is 31.
Analysis
Usage Optimization.
Network planning.
Basis MTL.
Type Percentage.
Raw MTP_MSU_TX.
Statistics MTP_SIF_SIO_TX.
SIB_TX.
MTP_LINK_INS.
17-58 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application IN_3G_HO_FAIL_RATE
IN_3G_HO_FAIL_RATE
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The IN_3G_HO_FAIL_RATE measures the failure rate of handover from 3G to 2G. This statistic
is the inverse of incoming 3G handover success rate.
Formula
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 17-59
Jan 2010
IN_3G_HO_SUCC_RATE Chapter 17: Key statistics
IN_3G_HO_SUCC_RATE
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
Analysis
17-60 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application LLC_ABNORMAL_TBF_RELEASES
LLC_ABNORMAL_TBF_RELEASES
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
PDU− DISCARD− LLC−
LLC− ABNORMAL− [PDU− DISCARD− LLC− ABNORMAL− TBFREL]
=
∗ 100
TBF− RELEASES DL− LLC− FRAMES− PCU+
DL− LLC− FRAMES− GB+ ∗ 10
UL− LLC− FRAMES
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 17-61
Jan 2010
LLC_BUFFER_OVERFLOW_RATE Chapter 17: Key statistics
LLC_BUFFER_OVERFLOW_RATE
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
!
P DU− DSCRD− LLC− CELL− BU F− OV RF LW +
∗ 100
LLC− BUFFER P DU− DSCRD− LLC− M S− BU F− OV RF LW
=
OVERFLOW− RATE DL− LLC− FRAMES− PCU+
DL− LLC− FRAMES− GB+ ∗ 10
UL− LLC− FRAMES
Analysis
17-62 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application MCS1_USE_DL
MCS1_USE_DL
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The MCS1_USE_DL key statistic provides usage figures for DL coding scheme CS-1 for EGPRS.
Formula
Analysis
Type Percentage.
Raw statistics UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_1_TS,
UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_2_TS,
UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_3_TS.
UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_4_TS
UL_RADIO_BLKS_GMSK_1_TS,
UL_RADIO_BLKS_GMSK_2_TS,
UL_RADIO_BLKS_GMSK_3_TS.
UL_RADIO_BLKS_GMSK_4_TS
and their bin 4.
68P02901W56-T 17-63
Jan 2010
MCS2_USE_DL Chapter 17: Key statistics
MCS2_USE_DL
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The MCS2_USE_DL key statistic provides usage figures of DL coding scheme CS-2 for EGPRS.
Formula
Analysis
Type Percentage.
Raw statistics DL_RADIO_BLKS_1_TS_MCS_2.
DL_RADIO_BLKS_2_TS_MCS_2.
DL_RADIO_BLKS_3_TS_MCS_2.
DL_RADIO_BLKS_4_TS_MCS_2.
DL_RADIO_BLKS_1_TS.
DL_RADIO_BLKS_2_TS.
DL_RADIO_BLKS_3_TS.
DL_RADIO_BLKS_4_TS.
17-64 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application MCS3_USE_DL
MCS3_USE_DL
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The MCS3_USE_DL key statistic provides usage figures of DL coding scheme CS-3 for EGPRS.
Formula
Analysis
Type Percentage.
Raw statistics DL_RADIO_BLKS_1_TS_MCS_3.
DL_RADIO_BLKS_2_TS_MCS_3.
DL_RADIO_BLKS_3_TS_MCS_3.
DL_RADIO_BLKS_4_TS_MCS_3.
DL_RADIO_BLKS_1_TS.
DL_RADIO_BLKS_2_TS.
DL_RADIO_BLKS_3_TS.
DL_RADIO_BLKS_4_TS.
68P02901W56-T 17-65
Jan 2010
MCS4_USE_DL Chapter 17: Key statistics
MCS4_USE_DL
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The MCS4_USE_DL key statistic provides usage figures of DL coding scheme CS-4 for EGPRS.
Formula
Analysis
Type Percentage.
Raw statistics DL_RADIO_BLKS_1_TS_MCS_4.
DL_RADIO_BLKS_2_TS_MCS_4.
DL_RADIO_BLKS_3_TS_MCS_4.
DL_RADIO_BLKS_4_TS_MCS_4.
DL_RADIO_BLKS_1_TS.
DL_RADIO_BLKS_2_TS.
DL_RADIO_BLKS_3_TS.
DL_RADIO_BLKS_4_TS.
17-66 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application MCS5_USE_DL
MCS5_USE_DL
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The MCS5_USE_DL key statistic provides usage figures of DL coding scheme CS-5 for EGPRS.
Formula
Analysis
Type Percentage.
Raw statistics DL_RADIO_BLKS_1_TS_MCS_5.
DL_RADIO_BLKS_2_TS_MCS_5.
DL_RADIO_BLKS_3_TS_MCS_5.
DL_RADIO_BLKS_4_TS_MCS_5.
DL_RADIO_BLKS_1_TS.
DL_RADIO_BLKS_2_TS.
DL_RADIO_BLKS_3_TS.
DL_RADIO_BLKS_4_TS.
68P02901W56-T 17-67
Jan 2010
MCS6_USE_DL Chapter 17: Key statistics
MCS6_USE_DL
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The MCS6_USE_DL key statistic provides usage figures of DL coding scheme CS-6 for EGPRS.
Formula
Analysis
Type Percentage.
Raw statistics DL_RADIO_BLKS_1_TS_MCS_6.
DL_RADIO_BLKS_2_TS_MCS_6.
DL_RADIO_BLKS_3_TS_MCS_6.
DL_RADIO_BLKS_4_TS_MCS_6.
DL_RADIO_BLKS_1_TS.
DL_RADIO_BLKS_2_TS.
DL_RADIO_BLKS_3_TS.
DL_RADIO_BLKS_4_TS.
17-68 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application MCS7_USE_DL
MCS7_USE_DL
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The MCS7_USE_DL key statistic provides usage figures of DL coding scheme CS-7 for EGPRS.
Formula
Analysis
Type Percentage.
Raw statistics DL_RADIO_BLKS_1_TS_MCS_7.
DL_RADIO_BLKS_2_TS_MCS_7.
DL_RADIO_BLKS_3_TS_MCS_7.
DL_RADIO_BLKS_4_TS_MCS_7.
DL_RADIO_BLKS_1_TS.
DL_RADIO_BLKS_2_TS.
DL_RADIO_BLKS_3_TS.
DL_RADIO_BLKS_4_TS.
68P02901W56-T 17-69
Jan 2010
MCS8_USE_DL Chapter 17: Key statistics
MCS8_USE_DL
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The MCS8_USE_DL key statistic provides usage figures of DL coding scheme CS-8 for EGPRS.
Formula
Analysis
Type Percentage.
Raw statistics DL_RADIO_BLKS_1_TS_MCS_8.
DL_RADIO_BLKS_2_TS_MCS_8.
DL_RADIO_BLKS_3_TS_MCS_8.
DL_RADIO_BLKS_4_TS_MCS_8.
DL_RADIO_BLKS_1_TS.
DL_RADIO_BLKS_2_TS.
DL_RADIO_BLKS_3_TS.
DL_RADIO_BLKS_4_TS.
17-70 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application MCS9_USE_DL
MCS9_USE_DL
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The MCS9_USE_DL key statistic provides usage figures of DL coding scheme CS-9 for EGPRS.
Formula
Analysis
Type Percentage.
Raw statistics DL_RADIO_BLKS_1_TS_MCS_9.
DL_RADIO_BLKS_2_TS_MCS_9.
DL_RADIO_BLKS_3_TS_MCS_9.
DL_RADIO_BLKS_4_TS_MCS_9.
DL_RADIO_BLKS_1_TS.
DL_RADIO_BLKS_2_TS.
DL_RADIO_BLKS_3_TS.
DL_RADIO_BLKS_4_TS.
68P02901W56-T 17-71
Jan 2010
MCS1_USE_UL Chapter 17: Key statistics
MCS1_USE_UL
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The MCS1_USE_UL key statistic provides usage figures of UL coding scheme MCS-1 for EGPRS.
Formula
U L− RADIO− BLKS− 8P SK− 1− T S− M CS− 1+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− 8P SK− 2− T S− M CS− 1+
U L RADIO BLKS 8P SK 3 T S M CS 1+
− − − − − − −
U L− RADIO− BLKS− 8P SK− 4− T S− M CS− 1+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− GM SK− 1− T S− M CS− 1+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− GM SK− 2− T S− M CS− 1+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− GM SK− 3− T S− M CS− 1+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− GM SK− 4− T S− M CS− 1+
MCS1− USE− UL = ∗ 100
U L− RADIO− BLKS− 8P SK− 1− T S+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− 8P SK− 2− T S+
U L RADIO BLKS 8P SK 3 T S+
− − − − −
U L− RADIO− BLKS− 8P SK− 4− T S+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− GM SK− 1− T S+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− GM SK− 2− T S+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− GM SK− 3− T S+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− GM SK− 4− T S+
17-72 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Analysis
Analysis
Type Percentage.
Raw statistics UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_1_TS,
UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_2_TS,
UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_3_TS.
UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_4_TS
UL_RADIO_BLKS_GMSK_1_TS,
UL_RADIO_BLKS_GMSK_2_TS,
UL_RADIO_BLKS_GMSK_3_TS.
UL_RADIO_BLKS_GMSK_4_TS
and their bin 4.
68P02901W56-T 17-73
Jan 2010
MCS2_USE_UL Chapter 17: Key statistics
MCS2_USE_UL
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The MCS2_USE_UL key statistic provides usage figures of UL coding scheme CS-2 for EGPRS.
Formula
U L− RADIO− BLKS− 8P SK− 1− T S− M CS− 2+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− 8P SK− 2− T S− M CS− 2+
U L RADIO BLKS 8P SK 3 T S M CS 2+
− − − − − − −
U L− RADIO− BLKS− 8P SK− 4− T S− M CS− 2+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− GM SK− 1− T S− M CS− 2+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− GM SK− 2− T S− M CS− 2+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− GM SK− 3− T S− M CS− 2+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− GM SK− 4− T S− M CS− 2+
MCS2− USE− UL = ∗ 100
U L− RADIO− BLKS− 8P SK− 1− T S+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− 8P SK− 2− T S+
U L RADIO BLKS 8P SK 3 T S+
− − − − −
U L− RADIO− BLKS− 8P SK− 4− T S+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− GM SK− 1− T S+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− GM SK− 2− T S+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− GM SK− 3− T S+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− GM SK− 4− T S+
17-74 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Analysis
Analysis
Type Percentage.
Raw statistics UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_1_TS,
UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_2_TS,
UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_3_TS.
UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_4_TS
UL_RADIO_BLKS_GMSK_1_TS,
UL_RADIO_BLKS_GMSK_2_TS,
UL_RADIO_BLKS_GMSK_3_TS.
UL_RADIO_BLKS_GMSK_4_TS
and their bin 5.
68P02901W56-T 17-75
Jan 2010
MCS3_USE_UL Chapter 17: Key statistics
MCS3_USE_UL
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The MCS3_USE_UL key statistic provides usage figures of UL coding scheme CS-3 for EGPRS.
Formula
U L− RADIO− BLKS− 8P SK− 1− T S− M CS− 3+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− 8P SK− 2− T S− M CS− 3+
U L RADIO BLKS 8P SK 3 T S M CS 3+
− − − − − − −
U L− RADIO− BLKS− 8P SK− 4− T S− M CS− 3+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− GM SK− 1− T S− M CS− 3+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− GM SK− 2− T S− M CS− 3+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− GM SK− 3− T S− M CS− 3+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− GM SK− 4− T S− M CS− 3+
MCS3− USE− UL = ∗ 100
U L− RADIO− BLKS− 8P SK− 1− T S+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− 8P SK− 2− T S+
U L RADIO BLKS 8P SK 3 T S+
− − − − −
U L− RADIO− BLKS− 8P SK− 4− T S+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− GM SK− 1− T S+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− GM SK− 2− T S+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− GM SK− 3− T S+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− GM SK− 4− T S+
17-76 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Analysis
Analysis
Type Percentage.
Raw statistics UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_1_TS,
UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_2_TS,
UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_3_TS.
UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_4_TS
UL_RADIO_BLKS_GMSK_1_TS,
UL_RADIO_BLKS_GMSK_2_TS,
UL_RADIO_BLKS_GMSK_3_TS.
UL_RADIO_BLKS_GMSK_4_TS
and their bin 6.
68P02901W56-T 17-77
Jan 2010
MCS4_USE_UL Chapter 17: Key statistics
MCS4_USE_UL
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The MCS4_USE_UL key statistic provides usage figures of UL coding scheme CS-4 for EGPRS.
Formula
U L− RADIO− BLKS− 8P SK− 1− T S− M CS− 4+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− 8P SK− 2− T S− M CS− 4+
U L RADIO BLKS 8P SK 3 T S M CS 4+
− − − − − − −
U L− RADIO− BLKS− 8P SK− 4− T S− M CS− 4+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− GM SK− 1− T S− M CS− 4+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− GM SK− 2− T S− M CS− 4+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− GM SK− 3− T S− M CS− 4+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− GM SK− 4− T S− M CS− 4+
MCS4− USE− UL = ∗ 100
U L− RADIO− BLKS− 8P SK− 1− T S+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− 8P SK− 2− T S+
U L RADIO BLKS 8P SK 3 T S+
− − − − −
U L− RADIO− BLKS− 8P SK− 4− T S+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− GM SK− 1− T S+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− GM SK− 2− T S+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− GM SK− 3− T S+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− GM SK− 4− T S+
17-78 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Analysis
Analysis
Type Percentage.
Raw statistics UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_1_TS,
UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_2_TS,
UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_3_TS.
UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_4_TS
UL_RADIO_BLKS_GMSK_1_TS,
UL_RADIO_BLKS_GMSK_2_TS,
UL_RADIO_BLKS_GMSK_3_TS.
UL_RADIO_BLKS_GMSK_4_TS
and their bin 7.
68P02901W56-T 17-79
Jan 2010
MCS5_USE_UL Chapter 17: Key statistics
MCS5_USE_UL
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The MCS5_USE_UL key statistic provides usage figures of UL coding scheme CS-5 for EGPRS.
Formula
U L− RADIO− BLKS− 8P SK− 1− T S− M CS− 5+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− 8P SK− 2− T S− M CS− 5+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− 8P SK− 3− T S− M CS− 5+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− 8P SK− 4− T S− M CS− 5+
MCS5− USE− UL = ∗ 100
U L− RADIO− BLKS− 8P SK− 1− T S+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− 8P SK− 2− T S+
U L RADIO BLKS 8P SK 3 T S+
− − − − −
U L− RADIO− BLKS− 8P SK− 4− T S+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− GM SK− 1− T S+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− GM SK− 2− T S+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− GM SK− 3− T S+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− GM SK− 4− T S+
Analysis
Type Percentage.
Raw statistics UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_1_TS_MCS_5,
UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_2_TS_MCS_5,
UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_3_TS_MCS_5.
UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_4_TS_MCS_5
UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_1_TS
UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_2_TS
UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_3_TS
UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_4_TS
UL_RADIO_BLKS_GMSK_1_TS,
UL_RADIO_BLKS_GMSK_2_TS,
UL_RADIO_BLKS_GMSK_3_TS.
UL_RADIO_BLKS_GMSK_4_TS.
17-80 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application MCS6_USE_UL
MCS6_USE_UL
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The MCS6_USE_UL key statistic provides usage figures of UL coding scheme CS-6 for EGPRS.
Formula
U L− RADIO− BLKS− 8P SK− 1− T S− M CS− 6+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− 8P SK− 2− T S− M CS− 6+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− 8P SK− 3− T S− M CS− 6+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− 8P SK− 4− T S− M CS− 6+
MCS6− USE− UL = ∗ 100
U L− RADIO− BLKS− 8P SK− 1− T S+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− 8P SK− 2− T S+
U L RADIO BLKS 8P SK 3 T S+
− − − − −
U L− RADIO− BLKS− 8P SK− 4− T S+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− GM SK− 1− T S+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− GM SK− 2− T S+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− GM SK− 3− T S+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− GM SK− 4− T S+
Analysis
Type Percentage.
Raw statistics UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_1_TS_MCS_6,
UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_2_TS_MCS_6,
UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_3_TS_MCS_6.
UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_4_TS_MCS_6
UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_1_TS
UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_2_TS
UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_3_TS
UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_4_TS
UL_RADIO_BLKS_GMSK_1_TS,
UL_RADIO_BLKS_GMSK_2_TS,
UL_RADIO_BLKS_GMSK_3_TS.
UL_RADIO_BLKS_GMSK_4_TS.
68P02901W56-T 17-81
Jan 2010
MCS7_USE_UL Chapter 17: Key statistics
MCS7_USE_UL
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The MCS7_USE_UL key statistic provides usage figures of UL coding scheme CS-7 for EGPRS.
Formula
U L− RADIO− BLKS− 8P SK− 1− T S− M CS− 7+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− 8P SK− 2− T S− M CS− 7+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− 8P SK− 3− T S− M CS− 7+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− 8P SK− 4− T S− M CS− 7+
MCS7− USE− UL = ∗ 100
U L− RADIO− BLKS− 8P SK− 1− T S+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− 8P SK− 2− T S+
U L RADIO BLKS 8P SK 3 T S+
− − − − −
U L− RADIO− BLKS− 8P SK− 4− T S+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− GM SK− 1− T S+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− GM SK− 2− T S+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− GM SK− 3− T S+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− GM SK− 4− T S+
Analysis
Type Percentage.
Raw statistics UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_1_TS_MCS_7,
UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_2_TS_MCS_7,
UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_3_TS_MCS_7.
UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_4_TS_MCS_7
UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_1_TS
UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_2_TS
UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_3_TS
UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_4_TS
UL_RADIO_BLKS_GMSK_1_TS,
UL_RADIO_BLKS_GMSK_2_TS,
UL_RADIO_BLKS_GMSK_3_TS.
UL_RADIO_BLKS_GMSK_4_TS.
17-82 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application MCS8_USE_UL
MCS8_USE_UL
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The MCS8_USE_UL key statistic provides usage figures of UL coding scheme CS-8 for EGPRS.
Formula
U L− RADIO− BLKS− 8P SK− 1− T S− M CS− 8+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− 8P SK− 2− T S− M CS− 8+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− 8P SK− 3− T S− M CS− 8+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− 8P SK− 4− T S− M CS− 8+
MCS8− USE− UL = ∗ 100
U L− RADIO− BLKS− 8P SK− 1− T S+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− 8P SK− 2− T S+
U L RADIO BLKS 8P SK 3 T S+
− − − − −
U L− RADIO− BLKS− 8P SK− 4− T S+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− GM SK− 1− T S+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− GM SK− 2− T S+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− GM SK− 3− T S+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− GM SK− 4− T S+
Analysis
Type Percentage.
Raw statistics UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_1_TS_MCS_8,
UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_2_TS_MCS_8,
UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_3_TS_MCS_8.
UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_4_TS_MCS_8
UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_1_TS
UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_2_TS
UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_3_TS
UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_4_TS
UL_RADIO_BLKS_GMSK_1_TS,
UL_RADIO_BLKS_GMSK_2_TS,
UL_RADIO_BLKS_GMSK_3_TS.
UL_RADIO_BLKS_GMSK_4_TS.
68P02901W56-T 17-83
Jan 2010
MCS9_USE_UL Chapter 17: Key statistics
MCS9_USE_UL
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The MCS9_USE_UL key statistic provides usage figures of UL coding scheme CS-9 for EGPRS.
Formula
U L− RADIO− BLKS− 8P SK− 1− T S− M CS− 9+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− 8P SK− 2− T S− M CS− 9+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− 8P SK− 3− T S− M CS− 9+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− 8P SK− 4− T S− M CS− 9+
MCS9− USE− UL = ∗ 100
U L− RADIO− BLKS− 8P SK− 1− T S+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− 8P SK− 2− T S+
U L RADIO BLKS 8P SK 3 T S+
− − − − −
U L− RADIO− BLKS− 8P SK− 4− T S+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− GM SK− 1− T S+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− GM SK− 2− T S+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− GM SK− 3− T S+
U L− RADIO− BLKS− GM SK− 4− T S+
Analysis
Type Percentage.
Raw statistics UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_1_TS_MCS_9,
UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_2_TS_MCS_9,
UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_3_TS_MCS_9.
UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_4_TS_MCS_9
UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_1_TS
UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_2_TS
UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_3_TS
UL_RADIO_BLKS_8PSK_4_TS
UL_RADIO_BLKS_GMSK_1_TS,
UL_RADIO_BLKS_GMSK_2_TS,
UL_RADIO_BLKS_GMSK_3_TS.
UL_RADIO_BLKS_GMSK_4_TS.
17-84 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application LLC_DISCARDS_ON_CELL_RESELECTION
LLC_DISCARDS_ON_CELL_RESELECTION
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
P DU− DSCRD− LLC− RESEL− IN AREA
+ P DU− DSCRD− LLC− RESEL− OU T AREA
LLC− DISCARDS + P DU− DSCRD− LLC− IN AB− M OV E− P KT
ON− CELL = ∗ 100
DL− LLC− FRAMES− PCU
RESELECTION +DL− LLC− FRAMES− GB ∗ 10
+UL− LLC− FRAMES
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 17-85
Jan 2010
MEAN_ARRIVAL_TIME_BETWEEN_CALLS Chapter 17: Key statistics
MEAN_ARRIVAL_TIME_BETWEEN_CALLS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
[ORIGINATING− CALL] +
[EMERGENCY− CALL]
Analysis
17-86 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application MEAN_INTER_ARRIVAL_TIME
MEAN_INTER_ARRIVAL_TIME
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The MEAN_INTER_ARRIVAL_TIME statistic is the arithmetic mean of the sum of the time
intervals between consecutive normal, SMS, supplementary, and emergency requests for service.
Formula
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 17-87
Jan 2010
MEAN_TBF_SESSIONS Chapter 17: Key statistics
MEAN_TBF_SESSIONS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The TBF_SESSIONS statistic indicates the average number of ongoing TBFs at the end of each 6
second duration on a PRP board.
Formula
Analysis
17-88 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application MEAN_TCH_BUSY_TIME
MEAN_TCH_BUSY_TIME
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The MEAN_TCH_BUSY_TIME statistic tracks the arithmetic mean of the busy time for traffic
channels in a cell.
Formula
Analysis
Usage Optimization.
Network planning.
Basis Cell.
Type Duration (in seconds).
Raw AVAILABLE_TCH.
Statistics BUSY_TCH.
68P02901W56-T 17-89
Jan 2010
MTL_UTILISATION_RX Chapter 17: Key statistics
MTL_UTILISATION_RX
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The MTL_UTILISATION_RX statistic provides a measure of 64K MTL utilization for the MSC to
BSS direction.
Formula
An explanation as to how the formula was derived is shown in the following expanded version:
NOTE
MTL_LINK_RATE is the bandwidth of MTL. It equals to MTL_Rate * 64. The MTL_Rate
indicates the number of DS0 channels equipped as MTL. For example, if MTL_Rate
is 1, it means one DS0 channel is equipped as MTL, the bandwidth of MTL is 1 * 64
kbps = 64 kbps. If MTL_Rate is 31, the whole span of E1 is equipped as MTL. This
formula is valid only when MTL_Rate is 1.
Analysis
Usage Optimization.
Network planning.
Basis MTL.
Type Percentage.
Raw MTP_MSU_RX.
Statistics MTP_SIF_SIO_RX.
SIB_RX.
MTP_LINK_INS.
17-90 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application MTL_UTILISATION_TX
MTL_UTILISATION_TX
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The MTL_UTILISATION_TX statistic provides a measure of 64K MTL utilization for the BSS to
MSC direction.
Formula
An explanation as to how the formula was derived is shown in the following expanded version:
NOTE
MTL_LINK_RATE is the bandwidth of MTL. It equals to MTL_Rate * 64. The MTL_Rate
indicates the number of DS0 channels equipped as MTL. For example, if MTL_Rate
is 1, it means one DS0 channel is equipped as MTL, the bandwidth of MTL is 1 * 64
kbps = 64 kbps. If MTL_Rate is 31, the whole span of E1 is equipped as MTL. This
formula is valid only when MTL_Rate is 1.
Analysis
Usage Optimization.
Network planning.
Basis MTL.
Type Percentage.
Raw MTP_MSU_TX.
Statistics MTP_SIF_SIO_TX.
SIB_TX.
MTP_LINK_INS.
68P02901W56-T 17-91
Jan 2010
NC2_CELL_RESELECTION_SUCCESS_RATE Chapter 17: Key statistics
NC2_CELL_RESELECTION_SUCCESS_RATE
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
Analysis
17-92 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application OUT_3G_HO_FAIL_RATE
OUT_3G_HO_FAIL_RATE
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 17-93
Jan 2010
OUT_3G_HO_REQ_SUCC_RATE Chapter 17: Key statistics
OUT_3G_HO_REQ_SUCC_RATE
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The OUT_3G_HO_REQ_SUCC_RATE measures the success rate of handover request from BSS,
which results in MSC to act on it and a resource is allocated in 3G to receive the mobile. This
statistic measures, the response of the UTRAN system in accommodating handover request
from 2G system.
Formula
Analysis
17-94 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application OUT_3G_HO_SUCC_RATE
OUT_3G_HO_SUCC_RATE
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 17-95
Jan 2010
RF_LOSS_RATE Chapter 17: Key statistics
RF_LOSS_RATE
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The RF_LOSS_RATE statistic compares the total number of RF losses (while using both SDCCH
and TCH) with the number of calls set-up in the cell plus the number of calls handed in to the
cell. It indicates the cell/system ability to preserve calls.
Formula
RF− LOSSES− SD
+ RF− LOSSES− T CH− ROLL
+ RF− LOSSES− T CH− SIG− ROLL
(RF− LOSS− RATE)= ∗100
CM− SERV− REQ− CALL
+ CM− SERV− REQ− SM S
+ CM− SERV− REQ− SU P P
+ CM SERV REQ EM ERG
− − −
+ CM− REEST ABLISH
+ LOCAT ION− U P GRADE
+ P AGE− RESP ON SE
+ IM SI− DET ACH
+ IN IN T ER BSS HO SU C
− − − −
+ IN− IN T RA− BSS− HO− SU C
NOTE
Handovers may relate to SDCCHs (as opposed to TCHs). In this case, the accuracy
of the statistic is affected. For the most part this effect is expected to be negligible.
nTCH = Number of TCHs in cell.
17-96 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Analysis
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 17-97
Jan 2010
SDCCH_BLOCKING_RATE Chapter 17: Key statistics
SDCCH_BLOCKING_RATE
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
Analysis
17-98 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application SDCCH_MEAN_HOLDING_TIME
SDCCH_MEAN_HOLDING_TIME
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
NOTE
This statistic is affected by phantom RACHs. For more information refer Phantom
RACHs on page 20-7 .
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 17-99
Jan 2010
SDCCH_RF_LOSS_RATE Chapter 17: Key statistics
SDCCH_RF_LOSS_RATE
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The SDCCH_RF_LOSS_RATE statistic compares the total number of RF losses (while using
an SDCCH), as a percentage of the total number of call attempts for SDCCH channels. This
statistic is intended to give an indication of how good the cell/system is at preserving calls.
Formula
Analysis
17-100 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application SDCCH_TRAFFIC_CARRIED
SDCCH_TRAFFIC_CARRIED
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
P
m
BUSY− SDCCH− MEAN [ ]
=1
SDCCH− TRAFFIC− CARRIED =
m
n
X
SDCCH− TRAFFIC− CARRIED = BUSY− SDCCH− MEAN [ ]
=1
P
m
n
X =1 BUSY − SDCCH− MEAN [ ]
SDCCH− TRAFFIC− CARRIED =
m
=1
NOTE
The BUSY_SDCCH_MEAN statistic reports the mean number of busy traffic channels
during a collection interval. Where BUSY_SDCCH_MEAN [x] is BUSY_SDCCH_MEAN
for statistical interval x.
68P02901W56-T 17-101
Jan 2010
Analysis Chapter 17: Key statistics
Analysis
Usage RF Loss.
Congestion.
Network planning.
Optimization.
Basis BSS.
Type Counter.
Raw Statistic BUSY_SDCCH.
17-102 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application SUCCESS_IMMED_ASSIGN_PROC
SUCCESS_IMMED_ASSIGN_PROC
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 17-103
Jan 2010
SUCCESS_INTERNAL_HO Chapter 17: Key statistics
SUCCESS_INTERNAL_HO
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
Analysis
17-104 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application TBF_DROP_RATE_ON_PACCH_LOST
TBF_DROP_RATE_ON_PACCH_LOST
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
NOTE
• Only those TBFs, whose PACCH are lost due to the switch to TCH are considered.
• This statistic value may increase as the raw statistic TBF_REL_PACCH_LOST
may increase.
Formula
TBF− DROP− RATE TBF− REL− PACCH− LOST
=
DL PDTCH SEIZURE + UL PDTCH SEIZURE
∗ 100
ON− PACCH− LOST − − − −
AIR− DL− TBF− FAILURES− ET + AIR− UL− TBF− FAILURES− ET
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 17-105
Jan 2010
TCH_BLOCKING_RATE Chapter 17: Key statistics
TCH_BLOCKING_RATE
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The TCH_BLOCKING_RATE statistic provides the percentage of all requests for TCH resources
(originations and handins) which fail due to no available TCH resources.
Formula
Analysis
17-106 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application TCH_BLOCKING_RATE_INNER_Z
TCH_BLOCKING_RATE_INNER_Z
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 17-107
Jan 2010
TCH_BLOCKING_RATE_OUT_ZONE Chapter 17: Key statistics
TCH_BLOCKING_RATE_OUT_ZONE
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
ALLOC− T CH− F AIL−
ALLOC− T CH− F AIL− IN N ER− Z−
ASSIGN REQ OZ OZ−
− − −
ASSIGN− REQ− OZ− IZ−
HO− REQ− OZ − OZ−
T CH− P REEM P T− N O− Q− ALLOC− ALL−
TCH− BLOCKING− T CH− P REEM P T− N O− Q− ALLOC− IZ ∗
= 100
RATE− OUT− ZONE ALLOC− T CH−
ALLOC− T CH− IN N ER− Z+
ALLOC− T CH− F AIL−
ALLOC T CH F AIL IN N ER Z−
− − − −
ASSIGN− REQ− OZ− OZ−
ASSIGN− REQ− OZ− IZ−
HO− REQ− OZ − OZ−
T CH− P REEM P T− N O− Q− ALLOC− ALL−
T CH− P REEM P T− N O− Q− ALLOC− IZ
17-108 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Analysis
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 17-109
Jan 2010
TCH_CARRIER_MEAN_HOLDING_TIME Chapter 17: Key statistics
TCH_CARRIER_MEAN_HOLDING_TIME
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
Analysis
17-110 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application TCH_MEAN_ARRIVAL_RATE
TCH_MEAN_ARRIVAL_RATE
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The TCH_MEAN_ARRIVAL_RATE statistic tracks the call arrival (set-up) rate in calls per
interval for the cell in question.
Formula
ALLOC− T CH + ALLOC− T CH− F AIL−
ASSIGN− REQ− OZ− OZ−
ASSIGN REQ IZ IZ−
− − −
ASSIGN− REQ− OZ− IZ−
ASSIGN− REQ− IZ− OZ−
HO− REQ− OZ− OZ−
T CH− P REEM P T− N O− Q− ALLOC− ALL
TCH− MEAN− ARRIVAL− RATE =
INTERVAL− SUM
NOTE
The arrival rate of calls includes both calls set up on traffic channels within a cell and
handovers into the cell.
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 17-111
Jan 2010
TCH_MEAN_HOLDING_TIME Chapter 17: Key statistics
TCH_MEAN_HOLDING_TIME
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
Cell Level
BSS Level
Network Level
17-112 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Analysis
NOTE
The numerator and denominator may peg on different intervals (where a call extends
across multiple collection boundaries). This affects the accuracy of the statistic for
the period. Therefore, this statistic should be used as a trend rather than focusing
on specific values.
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 17-113
Jan 2010
TCH_RF_LOSS_RATE Chapter 17: Key statistics
TCH_RF_LOSS_RATE
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The TCH_RF_LOSS_RATE statistic tracks the percentage of TCH resources that are abnormally
released due to a failure on the radio interface.
Formula
Cell Level
BSS Level
Network Level
17-114 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Analysis
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 17-115
Jan 2010
TCH_TRAFFIC_CARRIED Chapter 17: Key statistics
TCH_TRAFFIC_CARRIED
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
P
m
(BUSY− TCH− MEAN [x])
x=1
TCH− TRAFFIC− CARRIED =
m
n
!
X
TCH− TRAFFIC− CARRIED = BUSY− TCH− MEAN [x]
x=1
!
P
m
n
BUSY− TCH− MEAN [x]
X x=1
TCH− TRAFFIC− CARRIED =
m
x=1
17-116 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Analysis
Analysis
Usage Congestion.
Quality of service.
Network planning.
Optimization.
Basis Cell.
Raw BUSY_TCH_MEAN.
Statistics
68P02901W56-T 17-117
Jan 2010
TCH_TRAFFIC_CARRIED_FR Chapter 17: Key statistics
TCH_TRAFFIC_CARRIED_FR
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The TCH_TRAFFIC_CARRIED_FR statistic tracks the mean number of full rate busy TCHs.
Formula
Analysis
Usage Congestion.
Quality of service.
Network planning.
Optimization.
Basis Cell.
Raw Statistics BUSY_TCH_MEAN.
BUSY_TCH_HR_MEAN.
INTERVAL_SUM.
17-118 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application TCH_TRAFFIC_CARRIED_HR
TCH_TRAFFIC_CARRIED_HR
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The TCH_TRAFFIC_CARRIED_HR statistic tracks the mean number of half rate busy TCHs.
Formula
Analysis
Usage Congestion.
Quality of service.
Network planning.
Optimization.
Basis Cell.
Raw Statistics BUSY_TCH_HR_MEAN.
INTERVAL_SUM.
68P02901W56-T 17-119
Jan 2010
TOTAL_CALLS_KEY Chapter 17: Key statistics
TOTAL_CALLS_KEY
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The TOTAL_CALLS_KEY statistic tracks the number of calls for one or more cells during
the interval.
Formula
Analysis
17-120 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application UL_CHANNEL_REQUESTS_REJECTION_RATE
UL_CHANNEL_REQUESTS_REJECTION_RATE
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
Analysis
Basis Cell.
Type Percentage.
Raw statistics CHANNEL_REQS_REJECT.
CHANNEL_REQS_REC.
68P02901W56-T 17-121
Jan 2010
UL_CHANNEL_REQUESTS_SUCCESS_RATE Chapter 17: Key statistics
UL_CHANNEL_REQUESTS_SUCCESS_RATE
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
NOTE
It is not possible to split this formula in a GPRS and an EGPRS part because
an EGPRS channel request might be served with GPRS resources, causing the
CHANNEL_REQS_SUCCESS statistic to be pegged in a GPRS bin.
17-122 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Formula
Formula
CHANNEL− REQS− SUCCESS− P− C+
CHANNEL− REQS− SUCCESS− P− P+
CHANNEL− REQS− SUCCESS− P− R+
CHANNEL− REQS− SUCCESS− E− C+
CHANNEL− REQS− SUCCESS− E− 1P− CCC+
CHANNEL REQS SUCCESS E PUAPRR+
− − − − ∗100
CHANNEL− REQS− SUCCESS− E− PTR+
CHANNEL− REQS− SUCCESS− E− 1P− PCCC+
CHANNEL− REQS− SUCCESS− CP− A+
CHANNEL− REQS− SUCCESS− PKTS+
UL− CHANNEL− REQUESTS− CHANNEL− REQS− SUCCESS− E− PUAPDAK
=
SUCCESS− RATE CHANNEL− REQS− REC− P− C+CHANNEL− REQS− REC− P− P+
Analysis
Type Percentage.
Raw statistics CHANNEL_REQS_SUCCESS (Includes
sum of bins 0, 1, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 12, 13 and
14.
CHANNEL_REQS_REC (Includes sum of
bins 0, 1, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 11 and 12.
68P02901W56-T 17-123
Jan 2010
UL_LLC_TRAFFIC_VOLUME_INDICATOR Chapter 17: Key statistics
UL_LLC_TRAFFIC_VOLUME_INDICATOR
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
(UL− LLC− FRAMES− 20 ∗ 10) +
(UL− LLC− FRAMES− 40 ∗ 30) +
(UL LLC FRAMES 80 ∗ 60) +
UL− LLC− − − −
TRAFFIC− (UL− LLC− FRAMES− 160 ∗ 120) +
10
= ∗
VOLUME− (UL− LLC− FRAMES− 320 ∗ 240) + 1000
INDICATOR
(UL− LLC− FRAMES− 640 ∗ 480) +
(UL− LLC− FRAMES− 1280 ∗ 960) +
(UL− LLC− FRAMES− OVER1280 ∗ 1460)
Analysis
17-124 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application UL_PDTCH_UTILISATION_BY_ALLOCATION
UL_PDTCH_UTILISATION_BY_ALLOCATION
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
NOTE
The utilization may decrease as the additional switchable PDTCH is allocated for
GPRS congested cell.
Formula
Analysis
Basis Cell.
Type Percentage.
Raw statistics UL_BUSY_PDTCH_MEAN.
GPRS_AVAIL_PDTCH_MEAN.
EGPRS_AVAIL_PDTCH_MEAN.
68P02901W56-T 17-125
Jan 2010
UL_PDTCH_UTILISATION_BY_TRAFFIC Chapter 17: Key statistics
UL_PDTCH_UTILISATION_BY_TRAFFIC
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
U L− RLC− ACK− N EW− BLKS+
∗100+
U L− RLC− U N ACK− N EW− BLKS+
AIR− UL− ∗ 100
U L− RLC− RET X− BLKS+
UL− PDTCH−
U L− RLC− N ACK− BLKS CONTROL − BLKS
UTILISATION− = !
GP RS− AV AIL− P DT CH− M EAN +
BY− TRAFFIC ∗ INTERVAL− SUM ∗ 3600 ∗ 50
EGP RS− AV AIL− P DT CH− M EAN
Analysis
17-126 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application UL_PDTCH_UTILISATION_1_TS
UL_PDTCH_UTILISATION_1_TS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The UL_PDTCH_UTILISATION_1_TS key statistic provides the PDTCH utilization rate for MSs
that support a maximum of 1 TS in the uplink direction. It compares the maximum possible
number of RLC/MAC blocks per terminal type with the actual sent data blocks per terminal type.
Formula
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 17-127
Jan 2010
UL_PDTCH_UTILISATION_2_TS Chapter 17: Key statistics
UL_PDTCH_UTILISATION_2_TS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The UL_PDTCH_UTILISATION_2_TS key statistic provides the PDTCH utilization rate for MSs
that support a maximum of 2 TS in the uplink direction. It compares the maximum possible
number of RLC/MAC blocks per terminal type with the actual sent data blocks per terminal type.
Formula
Analysis
17-128 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application UL_PDTCH_UTILISATION_3_TS
UL_PDTCH_UTILISATION_3_TS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The UL_PDTCH_UTILISATION_3_TS key statistic provides the PDTCH utilization rate for MSs
that support a maximum of 3 TS in the uplink direction. It compares the maximum possible
number of RLC/MAC blocks per terminal type with the actual sent data blocks per terminal type.
Formula
!
U L− RADIO− BLKS− 8P SK− 3− T S+
∗ 10000
U L− RADIO− BLKS− GM SK− 3− T S
U L− P DT CH− U T ILISAT ION− 3− T S = !
U L− T BF− T IM E− 8P SK− 3− T S+
∗3
U L− T BF− T IM E− GM SK− 3− T S
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 17-129
Jan 2010
UL_PDTCH_UTILISATION_4_TS Chapter 17: Key statistics
UL_PDTCH_UTILISATION_4_TS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The UL_PDTCH_UTILISATION_4_TS key statistic provides the PDTCH utilization rate for MSs
that support a maximum of 4 TS in the uplink direction. It compares the maximum possible
number of RLC/MAC blocks per terminal type with the actual sent data blocks per terminal type.
Formula
!
U L− RADIO− BLKS− 8P SK− 4− T S+
∗ 10000
U L− RADIO− BLKS− GM SK− 4− T S
U L− P DT CH− U T ILISAT ION− 4− T S = !
U L− T BF− T IM E− 8P SK− 4− T S+
∗4
U L− T BF− T IM E− GM SK− 4− T S
Analysis
17-130 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application UL_RLC_MAC_OVERHEAD
UL_RLC_MAC_OVERHEAD
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
AIR− UL−
UL− RLC− RETX− BLKS ∗ 100 + ∗ 100
UL− RLC− MAC− CONTROL− BLKS
=
OVERHEAD UL− RLC− ACK− NEW− BLKS+
AIR− UL−
UL− RLC− UNACK− NEW− BLKS+ ∗ 100 +
CONTROL− BLKS
UL− RLC− RETX− BLKS
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 17-131
Jan 2010
UL_TBF_FAILURE_RATE Chapter 17: Key statistics
UL_TBF_FAILURE_RATE
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The UL_TBF_FAILURE_RATE key statistic calculates the rate of faulty downlink TBFs.
Formula
Analysis
17-132 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application UL_TBF_INTERLEAVING_ACTIVITY
UL_TBF_INTERLEAVING_ACTIVITY
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
U L− T BF− T IM E− 8P SK− 1− T S+
+
U L− T BF− T IM E− GM SK− 1− T S
U L− T BF− T IM E− 8P SK− 2− T S+
∗ 2+
U L− T BF− T IM E− GM SK− 2− T S
U L− T BF− T IM E− 8P SK− 3− T S+
∗ 3+
U L− T BF− T IM E− GM SK− 3− T S
U L− T BF− T IM E− 8P SK− 4− T S+
∗ 4+
UL− TBF− INTERLEAVING− U L− T BF− T IM E− GM SK− 4− T S
= ∗ 0.02
ACTIVITY U L− BU SY− P DT CH− M EAN ∗
IN T ERV AL− SU M ∗ 3600
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 17-133
Jan 2010
UL_TBF_SUCCESS_RATE Chapter 17: Key statistics
UL_TBF_SUCCESS_RATE
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The UL_TBF_SUCCESS_RATE key statistic measures the success of uplink TBF establishment
by providing the percentage of MSs that have requested an uplink TBF resource and successfully
send data using this TBF.
Formula
Analysis
17-134 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application UL_TERMINAL_TYPE_ACTIVITY_1_TS
UL_TERMINAL_TYPE_ACTIVITY_1_TS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
U L− T BF− T IM E− 8P SK− 1− T S+
UL− TERMINAL− TYPE− U L− T BF− T IM E− GM SK− 1− T S
= ∗ 100
ACTIVITY− 1− TS U L− T BF− T IM E− 8P SK− 1− T S+
U L− T BF− T IM E− 8P SK− 2− T S+
U L− T BF− T IM E− 8P SK− 3− T S+
U L− T BF− T IM E− 8P SK− 4− T S+
U L− T BF− T IM E− GM SK− 1− T S+
U L− T BF− T IM E− GM SK− 2− T S
U L− T BF− T IM E− GM SK− 3− T S
U L− T BF− T IM E− GM SK− 4− T S
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 17-135
Jan 2010
UL_TERMINAL_TYPE_ACTIVITY_2_TS Chapter 17: Key statistics
UL_TERMINAL_TYPE_ACTIVITY_2_TS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
!
U L− T BF− T IM E− 8P SK− 2− T S+
UL− TERMINAL− TYPE− U L− T BF− T IM E− GM SK− 2− T S+
= ∗ 100
ACTIVITY− 2− TS U L− T BF− T IM E− 8P SK− 1− T S+
U L− T BF− T IM E− 8P SK− 2− T S+
U L T BF T IM E 8P SK 3 T S+
− − − − −
U L− T BF− T IM E− 8P SK− 4− T S+
U L− T BF− T IM E− GM SK− 1− T S+
U L− T BF− T IM E− GM SK− 2− T S+
U L− T BF− T IM E− GM SK− 3− T S+
U L− T BF− T IM E− GM SK− 4− T S+
Analysis
17-136 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application UL_TERMINAL_TYPE_ACTIVITY_3_TS
UL_TERMINAL_TYPE_ACTIVITY_3_TS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
!
U L− T BF− T IM E− 8P SK− 3− T S+
UL− TERMINAL− TYPE− U L− T BF− T IM E− GM SK− 3− T S+
= ∗ 100
ACTIVITY− 3− TS U L− T BF− T IM E− 8P SK− 1− T S+
U L− T BF− T IM E− 8P SK− 2− T S+
U L T BF T IM E 8P SK 3 T S+
− − − − −
U L− T BF− T IM E− 8P SK− 4− T S+
U L− T BF− T IM E− GM SK− 1− T S+
U L− T BF− T IM E− GM SK− 2− T S+
U L− T BF− T IM E− GM SK− 3− T S+
U L− T BF− T IM E− GM SK− 4− T S+
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 17-137
Jan 2010
UL_TERMINAL_TYPE_ACTIVITY_4_TS Chapter 17: Key statistics
UL_TERMINAL_TYPE_ACTIVITY_4_TS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
!
U L− T BF− T IM E− 8P SK− 4− T S+
UL− TERMINAL− TYPE− U L− T BF− T IM E− GM SK− 4− T S+
= ∗ 100
ACTIVITY− 4− TS U L− T BF− T IM E− 8P SK− 1− T S+
U L− T BF− T IM E− 8P SK− 2− T S+
U L T BF T IM E 8P SK 3 T S+
− − − − −
U L− T BF− T IM E− 8P SK− 4− T S+
U L− T BF− T IM E− GM SK− 1− T S+
U L− T BF− T IM E− GM SK− 2− T S+
U L− T BF− T IM E− GM SK− 3− T S+
U L− T BF− T IM E− GM SK− 4− T S+
Analysis
17-138 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application UL_USER_TRAFFIC_EGPRS
UL_USER_TRAFFIC_EGPRS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The UL_USER_TRAFFIC_EGPRS statistic gives the EGPRS uplink traffic volume, excluding
retransmitted and other overhead blocks and measured at the RLC/MAC layer.
Formula
UL− RLC− ACK− NEW− BLKS− MCS− 1+
∗ 22+
UL− RLC− UNACK− NEW− BLKS− MCS− 1
UL− RLC− ACK− NEW− BLKS− MCS− 2+
∗ 28+
UL− RLC− UNACK− NEW− BLKS− MCS− 2
UL RLC ACK NEW BLKS MCS 3+
− − − − − −
∗ 37+
UL− RLC− UNACK− NEW− BLKS− MCS− 3
UL− RLC− ACK− NEW− BLKS− MCS− 4+
∗ 44+
UL− RLC− UNACK− NEW− BLKS− MCS− 4
UL RLC ACK NEW BLKS MCS 5+
− − − − − −
∗ 56+ ∗ 100
UL− RLC− UNACK− NEW− BLKS− MCS− 5
UL− RLC− ACK− NEW− BLKS− MCS− 6+
∗ 74+
UL RLC UNACK NEW BLKS MCS 6
− − − − − −
UL− RLC− ACK− NEW− BLKS− MCS− 7+
∗ 112+
UL− RLC− UNACK− NEW− BLKS− MCS− 7
UL− RLC− ACK− NEW− BLKS− MCS− 8+
∗ 136+
UL RLC UNACK NEW BLKS MCS 8
− − − − − −
UL− RLC− ACK− NEW− BLKS− MCS− 9+
∗ 148
UL− RLC− UNACK− NEW− BLKS− MCS− 9
UL− USER− TRAFFIC− EGPRS =
1024
68P02901W56-T 17-139
Jan 2010
Analysis Chapter 17: Key statistics
Analysis
17-140 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application UL_USER_TRAFFIC_GPRS
UL_USER_TRAFFIC_GPRS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The UL_USER_TRAFFIC_GPRS statistic gives the GPRS uplink traffic volume, excluding
retransmitted and other overhead blocks and measured at the RLC/MAC layer.
Formula
UL− RLC− ACK− NEW− BLKS− CS− 1+
∗ 22+
UL RLC UNACK NEW BLKS CS 1
− − − − − −
UL− RLC− ACK− NEW− BLKS− CS− 2+
∗ 33+
UL− RLC− UNACK− NEW− BLKS− CS− 2
∗ 100
UL− RLC− ACK− NEW− BLKS− CS− 3+
∗ 39+
UL− RLC− UNACK− NEW− BLKS− CS− 3
UL− RLC− ACK− NEW− BLKS− CS− 4+
∗ 53
UL− RLC− UNACK− NEW− BLKS− CS− 4
UL− USER− TRAFFIC− GPRS=
1024
Analysis
Usage Congestion.
Network planning.
Basis Cell.
Type kbytes
Raw Statistics UL_RLC_ACK_NEW_BLKS and UL_RLC_UNACK_NEW_BLKS (the values
used are bins 0 to 3).
68P02901W56-T 17-141
Jan 2010
UNSUCCESS_INTERNAL_HO_NOREEST Chapter 17: Key statistics
UNSUCCESS_INTERNAL_HO_NOREEST
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
Analysis
17-142 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application UNSUCCESS_INTERNAL_HO_REEST
UNSUCCESS_INTERNAL_HO_REEST
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
SUCCESS−
INTRA− CELL− HO [INTRA− CELL− HO− RETURN] +
INTERNAL− =
OUT− INTRA− BSS− HO [OUT− INTRA− BSS− HO− RETURN]
HO− REEST
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 17-143
Jan 2010
Analysis Chapter 17: Key statistics
17-144 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Chapter
18
Network health statistics are available for display with the Cell device statistics in the OMC-R
Performance Management window.
They network health statistics are categorized into subgroups, each of which are described in
Network health statistics subgroups on page 18-2.
68P02901W56-T 18-1
Jan 2010
Network health statistics subgroups Chapter 18: Network health reports
Network health statistics are organized into the following major subgroups:
• GPRS performance on page 18-2.
GPRS performance
The following statistics provide key performance metric for the GPRS system:
• AIR_INTERFACE_BW_CS1 on page 18-7.
Handover performance
18-2 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Handover performance
68P02901W56-T 18-3
Jan 2010
Health check Chapter 18: Network health reports
Health check
18-4 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Paging performance
Paging performance
Radio performance
SDCCH congestion
68P02901W56-T 18-5
Jan 2010
TCH congestion Chapter 18: Network health reports
TCH congestion
18-6 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application AIR_INTERFACE_BW_CS1
AIR_INTERFACE_BW_CS1
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 18-7
Jan 2010
AIR_INTERFACE_BW_CS2 Chapter 18: Network health reports
AIR_INTERFACE_BW_CS2
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
Analysis
18-8 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application AIR_INTERFACE_BW_CS3
AIR_INTERFACE_BW_CS3
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 18-9
Jan 2010
AIR_INTERFACE_BW_CS4 Chapter 18: Network health reports
AIR_INTERFACE_BW_CS4
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
Analysis
18-10 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application AIR_INTERFACE_PAGING
AIR_INTERFACE_PAGING
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The AIR_INTERFACE_PAGING statistic tracks the total number of paging requests messages
sent on the air interface.
Formula
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 18-11
Jan 2010
ASSIGNMENT_SUCCESS_RATE Chapter 18: Network health reports
ASSIGNMENT_SUCCESS_RATE
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
Analysis
18-12 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application CALL_SETUP_RF_ASSIGNMENT_FAIL_RATE_LOST_MS
CALL_SETUP_RF_ASSIGNMENT_FAIL_RATE_LOST_MS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
NOTE
This Key Statistic is not available at the OMC now, but users can build their own
custom statistic using the formula provided.
Formula
MA− CMD− TO− MS−
MA− COMPLETE− FROM− MS− −
68P02901W56-T 18-13
Jan 2010
Analysis Chapter 18: Network health reports
Analysis
18-14 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application CALL_SETUP_RF_ASSIGNMENT_FAIL_RATE_RECOVERED_MS
CALL_SETUP_RF_ASSIGNMENT_FAIL_RATE_
RECOVERED_MS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
NOTE
This Key Statistic is not available at the OMC now, but users can build their own
custom statistic using the formula provided.
Formula
68P02901W56-T 18-15
Jan 2010
Analysis Chapter 18: Network health reports
Analysis
18-16 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application CALL_SETUP_RF_ASSIGNMENT_SUCCESS_RATE
CALL_SETUP_RF_ASSIGNMENT_SUCCESS_RATE
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
NOTE
This Key Statistic is not available at the OMC now, but users can build their own
custom statistic using the formula provided.
Formula
68P02901W56-T 18-17
Jan 2010
Analysis Chapter 18: Network health reports
Analysis
18-18 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application CALL_SUCCESS_RATE
CALL_SUCCESS_RATE
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
This statistic represents the portion of MS call transactions with normal completions at the
radio subsystem, providing an overall indication of network performance from a subscriber
perspective.
Formula
CALL− SUCCESS−
= (((F1 ∗ 100) /F2) ∗ (1 − (((F3 ∗ 100) /F4) /100)))
RATE
Where: Is:
F1 (S1 + S2)
F2 (S3 + S4 + S5 + S6 + S7 + S8 + S9 - S10 - S11 - S12 + S13)
F3 (S14 + S15 + S16 + S17 + S18)
F4 (S1 + S19 + S20)
S1 TOTAL_CALLS
S2 ASSGN_REDIRECT
S3 CM_SERV_REQ_CALL
S4 CM_SERV_REQ_SMS
S5 CM_SERV_REQ_EMERG
S6 CM_REESTABLISH
S7 PAGE_RESPONSE
S8 LOC_FLW_ON_REQ_NORM
S9 LOC_FLW_ON_REQ_SMS
S10 MT_LCS_ON_SDCCH
S11 SMS_INIT_ON_SDCCH_REQ
S12 SMS_INIT_ON_TCH_FCS_REQ
S13 SMS_INIT_ON_SIG_HO_IN_REQ
S14 RF_LOSSES_TCH_ROLL
Continued
68P02901W56-T 18-19
Jan 2010
Analysis Chapter 18: Network health reports
Where: Is:
S15 (INTRA_CELL_HO_LOSTMS - SIG_INTRA_CELL_HO_
LOSTMS)
S16 (OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_LOSTMS -
SIG_OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_LOSTMS)
S17 (OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_FAIL -
SIG_OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_FAIL)
S18 (OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_EQUIP_FAIL -
SIG_OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_EQUIP_FAIL)
S19 (IN_INTRA_BSS_HO_SUC - SIG_IN_INTRA_BSS_HO_SUC)
S20 (IN_INTER_BSS_HO_SUC - SIG_IN_INTER_BSS_HO_SUC)
Analysis
18-20 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application CALL_VOLUME
CALL_VOLUME
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The CALL_VOLUME statistic tracks the number of call setups which result in a successful
TCH access.
Formula
TOTAL− CALLS+
ASSIGNMENT− REDIRECTION [DIRECTED− RETRY] +
CALL− VOLUME =
ASSIGNMENT− REDIRECTION [DURING− ASSIGNMENTS] +
ASSIGNMENT− REDIRECTION [MULTIBAND− BAND]
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 18-21
Jan 2010
CELL_CONGESTION_TIME Chapter 18: Network health reports
CELL_CONGESTION_TIME
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The CELL_CONGESTION_TIME key statistic indicates the amount of time a cell was congested
more than 25%. This data can then be used to identify busy cells.
Formula
GPRS− CONGESTION− 30 + GPRS− CONGESTION− 35+
GPRS− CONGESTION− 40 + GPRS− CONGESTION− 45+
GPRS− CONGESTION− 50 + GPRS− CONGESTION− 55+
CELL− CONGESTION− GPRS CONGESTION 60 + GPRS CONGESTION 65+
− − − −
= ∗ 6
TIME GPRS− CONGESTION− 70 + GPRS− CONGESTION− 75+
GPRS− CONGESTION− 80 + GPRS− CONGESTION− 85+
GPRS− CONGESTION− 90 + GPRS− CONGESTION− 95+
GPRS− CONGESTION− 100
Analysis
18-22 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application DL_BANDWIDTH_INDICATOR_EGPRS
DL_BANDWIDTH_INDICATOR_EGPRS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
68P02901W56-T 18-23
Jan 2010
Formula Chapter 18: Network health reports
Formula
where:
18-24 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Analysis
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 18-25
Jan 2010
DL_BANDWIDTH_INDICATOR_GPRS Chapter 18: Network health reports
DL_BANDWIDTH_INDICATOR_GPRS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
18-26 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Formula
Formula
(DL− RLC− ACK− NEW− BLKS [CS − 1]) ∗ 22+
(DL− RLC− ACK− NEW− BLKS [CS − 2]) ∗ 33+
(DL RLC ACK NEW BLKS [CS − 3]) ∗ 39+
− − − −
(DL− RLC− ACK− NEW− BLKS [CS − 4]) ∗ 53+
(DL− RLC− UNACK− NEW− BLKS [CS − 1]) ∗ 22+
(DL− RLC− UNACK− NEW− BLKS [CS − 2]) ∗ 33+
(DL− RLC− UNACK− NEW− BLKS [CS − 3]) ∗ 39+
(DL RLC UNACK NEW BLKS [CS − 4]) ∗ 53+
− − − −
(DL− RLC− RETX− BLKS [CS − 1]) ∗ 22+
(DL − RLC− RETX− BLKS [CS − 2]) ∗ 33+
(DL− RLC− RETX− BLKS [CS − 3]) ∗ 39+
(DL− RLC− RETX− BLKS [CS − 4]) ∗ 53+
(DL− RLC− NACK− BLKS [CS − 1]) ∗ 22+
(DL− RLC− NACK− BLKS [CS − 2]) ∗ 33+
(DL− RLC− NACK− BLKS [CS − 3]) ∗ 39+
DL− BANDWIDTH− (DL− RLC− NACK− BLKS [CS − 4]) ∗ 53
= CS−4P
INDICATOR− GPRS
(DL− RLC− ACK− NEW− BLKS) +
CS−1
CS−4
P
(DL− RLC− UNACK− NEW− BLKS) +
CS−1
P
CS−4
(DL− RLC− RETX− BLKS) +
CS−1
P
CS−4
(DL− RLC− NACK− BLKS)
CS−1
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 18-27
Jan 2010
DROP_CALL_RATE Chapter 18: Network health reports
DROP_CALL_RATE
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The DROP_CALL_RATE statistic tracks the percentage of MSs which have successfully
accessed a TCH, and experience an abnormal release caused by either radio or equipment
problems. This includes RF losses and losses during handovers.
NOTE
The frequency of dropped calls during inter BSS handovers are less compared to those
during intra BSS or intra cell handovers, or those unrelated to handovers. The impact
on the accuracy of statistics during inter BSS handovers is therefore relatively small.
Formula
Cell Level
RF− LOSSES− TCH− ROLL+
IN T RA− CELL− HO− LOST M S−
+
SIG IN T RA CELL HO LOST M S
− − − −
OU T− IN T RA− BSS− HO− LOST M S−
+
SIG− OU T− IN T RA− BSS− HO− LOST M S
OU T− IN T ER− BSS− HO− F AIL−
+
SIG− OU T− IN T ER− BSS− HO− F AIL
OU T− IN T ER− BSS− HO− EQU IP− F AIL−
DROP− CALL− SIG− OU T− IN T ER− BSS− HO− EQU IP− F AIL
= ∗ 100%
RATE TOTAL− CALLS+
IN− IN T ER− BSS− HO− SU C−
+
SIG IN IN T ER BSS HO SU C
− − − − −
IN− IN T RA− BSS− HO− SU C−
SIG− IN− IN T RA− BSS− HO− SU C
18-28 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Formula
BSS Level
RF− LOSSES− TCH− ROLL+
IN T RA− CELL− HO− LOST M S−
+
SIG IN T RA CELL HO LOST M S
− − − −
OU T− IN T RA− BSS− HO− LOST M S−
+
SIG− OU T− IN T RA− BSS− HO− LOST M S
OU T− IN T ER− BSS− HO− F AIL−
+
SIG− OU T− IN T ER− BSS− HO− F AIL
OU T− IN T ER− BSS− HO− EQU IP− F AIL−
DROP− CALL− SIG− OU T− IN T ER− BSS− HO− EQU IP− F AIL
= ∗ 100%
RATE TOTAL− CALLS+
ASSGN− REDIRECT+
IN− IN T ER− BSS− HO− SU C−
SIG− IN− IN T ER− BSS− HO− SU C
PLMN Level
RF− LOSSES− TCH− ROLL+
IN T RA− CELL− HO− LOST M S−
+
SIG IN T RA CELL HO LOST M S
− − − −
OU T− IN T RA− BSS− HO− LOST M S−
+
SIG− OU T− IN T RA− BSS− HO− LOST M S
OU T− IN T ER− BSS− HO− F AIL−
+
SIG− OU T− IN T ER− BSS− HO− F AIL
OU T− IN T ER− BSS− HO− EQU IP− F AIL−
DROP− CALL− SIG− OU T− IN T ER− BSS− HO− EQU IP− F AIL
= ! ∗ 100%
RATE T OT AL− CALLS+
ASSGN− REDIRECT
68P02901W56-T 18-29
Jan 2010
Analysis Chapter 18: Network health reports
Analysis
18-30 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application GPRS_MEAN_INTER_ARRIVAL_TIME
GPRS_MEAN_INTER_ARRIVAL_TIME
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 18-31
Jan 2010
HO_BLKD_BSP_OVERLOAD Chapter 18: Network health reports
HO_BLKD_BSP_OVERLOAD
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Pegging
The statistic is pegged when the BSC drops a non-imperative handover recognized message
from BTS due to BSP CPU overload.
Analysis
This statistic provides a measurement for the number of non-imperative handover recognized
message dropped by BSP overload control mechanism.
Reference None
Usage Handover performance
Basis Cell
Type Counter
18-32 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application HO_CAUSE_ADJ_CH_INTERF
HO_CAUSE_ADJ_CH_INTERF
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 18-33
Jan 2010
HO_CAUSE_BAND_HO Chapter 18: Network health reports
HO_CAUSE_BAND_HO
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The HO_CAUSE_BAND_HO statistic provides the percentage of all handovers due to band
handover.
Formula
Analysis
18-34 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application HO_CAUSE_BAND_REASSGN
HO_CAUSE_BAND_REASSGN
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 18-35
Jan 2010
HO_CAUSE_CONGEST Chapter 18: Network health reports
HO_CAUSE_CONGEST
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The HO_CAUSE_CONGEST statistic provides the percentage of all handovers due to congestion
(directed retry or congestion relief).
Formula
Analysis
18-36 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application HO_CAUSE_DISTANCE
HO_CAUSE_DISTANCE
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The HO_CAUSE_DISTANCE statistic provides the percentage of all handovers due to distance
(timing advance).
Formula
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 18-37
Jan 2010
HO_CAUSE_DLINTERF Chapter 18: Network health reports
HO_CAUSE_DLINTERF
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The HO_CAUSE_DLINTERF statistic provides the percentage of all handovers due to downlink
interference.
Formula
Analysis
18-38 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application HO_CAUSE_DLLEVEL
HO_CAUSE_DLLEVEL
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The HO_CAUSE_DLLEVEL statistic provides the percentage of all handovers due to downlink
level.
Formula
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 18-39
Jan 2010
HO_CAUSE_DLQUAL Chapter 18: Network health reports
HO_CAUSE_DLQUAL
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The HO_CAUSE_DLQUAL statistic provides the percentage of all handovers due to downlink
quality.
Formula
Analysis
18-40 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application HO_CAUSE_PWRBGT
HO_CAUSE_PWRBGT
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The HO_CAUSE_PWRBGT statistic provides the percentage of all handovers due to power
budget.
Formula
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 18-41
Jan 2010
HO_CAUSE_UPINTERF Chapter 18: Network health reports
HO_CAUSE_UPINTERF
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The HO_CAUSE_UPINTERF statistic provides the percentage of all handovers due to uplink
interference.
Formula
Analysis
18-42 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application HO_CAUSE_UPLEVEL
HO_CAUSE_UPLEVEL
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The HO_CAUSE_UPLEVEL statistic provides the percentage of all handovers due to uplink
level.
Formula
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 18-43
Jan 2010
HO_CAUSE_UPQUAL Chapter 18: Network health reports
HO_CAUSE_UPQUAL
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The HO_CAUSE_UPQUAL statistic provides the percentage of all handovers due to uplink
quality.
Formula
Analysis
18-44 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application HO_PER_CALL
HO_PER_CALL
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The HO_PER_CALL statistic tracks the average number of successful handovers per call.
Formula
Cell Level
BSS Level
Network Level
68P02901W56-T 18-45
Jan 2010
Analysis Chapter 18: Network health reports
Analysis
18-46 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application IMMEDIATE_ASSIGN_BLOCKING_RATE
IMMEDIATE_ASSIGN_BLOCKING_RATE
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
NOTE
This statistic was previously named SDCCH_SETUP_BLOCKING_RATE.
Description
Formula
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 18-47
Jan 2010
IMMEDIATE_ASSIGN_FAILURE_RATE Chapter 18: Network health reports
IMMEDIATE_ASSIGN_FAILURE_RATE
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
NOTE
This statistic was previously named SDCCH_ACCESS_FAILURE_RATE.
Description
Formula
Analysis
18-48 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application IMMEDIATE_ASSIGN_MEAN_ARRIVAL_RATE
IMMEDIATE_ASSIGN_MEAN_ARRIVAL_RATE
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
NOTE
This statistic was previously named SDCCH_MEAN_ARRIVAL_RATE.
Description
Formula
CM− SERV− REQ− CALL
+ CM− SERV− REQ− SM S
+ CM− SERV− REQ− SU P P
+ CM− SERV− REQ− EM ERG
+ CM− REEST ABLISH
+ LOCAT ION− U P DAT E
+ P AGE− RESP ON SE
IMMEDIATE− ASSIGN− + IM SI− DET ACH
=
MEAN− ARRIVAL− RATE INTERVAL− SUM
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 18-49
Jan 2010
IMMEDIATE_ASSIGN_SUCCESS_RATE Chapter 18: Network health reports
IMMEDIATE_ASSIGN_SUCCESS_RATE
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
NOTE
This statistic was previously named SDCCH_ACCESS_SUCCESS_RATE.
Description
Formula
CM− SERV− REQ− CALL
+ CM− SERV− REQ− SM S
+ CM− SERV− REQ− SU P P
+ CM− SERV− REQ− EM ERG
+ CM− REEST ABLISH
+ LOCAT ION− U P DAT E
+ IM SI− DET ACH
+ P AGE− RESP ON SE
IMMEDIATE− ASSIGN− + CM− LCS− REQU EST
= ! ∗ 100
SUCCESS− RATE OK− ACC− P ROC− SU C− RACH
− CHAN− REQ− M S− BLK
Analysis
18-50 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application IN_INTER_BSS_HO_SUCCESS_RATE
IN_INTER_BSS_HO_SUCCESS_RATE
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
NOTE
This Key Statistic is not available at the OMC now, but users can build their own
custom statistic using the formula provided.
Formula
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 18-51
Jan 2010
IN_INTER_CELL_HO_SUCCESS_RATE Chapter 18: Network health reports
IN_INTER_CELL_HO_SUCCESS_RATE
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
NOTE
This Key Statistic is not available at the OMC now, but users can build their own
custom statistic using the formula provided.
Formula
18-52 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Analysis
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 18-53
Jan 2010
IN_INTRA_BSS_HO_SUCCESS_RATE Chapter 18: Network health reports
IN_INTRA_BSS_HO_SUCCESS_RATE
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
NOTE
This Key Statistic is not available at the OMC now, but users can build their own
custom statistic using the formula provided.
Formula
Analysis
18-54 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application INCOMING_HO_VOLUME
INCOMING_HO_VOLUME
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
Cell Level
BSS Level
INCOMING− HO− VOLUME = IN− INTER− BSS− HO [IN− INTER− BSS− HO− SUCCESS− RATE]
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 18-55
Jan 2010
INTERNAL_LOST Chapter 18: Network health reports
INTERNAL_LOST
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The INTERNAL_LOST statistic tracks the percentage of BSS internal handover commands that
are sent over the air interface which result in the MS failing to access the target and failing
to recover to the original channel; that is, the call drops. This statistic includes intra-BSS
and intra-cell handovers.
Formula
!
OU T− IN T RA− BSS− HO− LOST M S+
∗ 100
IN T RA− CELL− HO− LOST M S
INTERNAL− LOST =
OU T− IN T RA− BSS− HO− AT M P T +
IN T RA− CELL− HO− AT M P T− F R− F R+
IN T RA− CELL− HO− AT M P T− HR− HR+
IN T RA CELL HO AT M P T HR F R+
− − − − −
IN T RA− CELL− HO− AT M P T− F R− HR
Analysis
18-56 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application INTERNAL_RECOVERED
INTERNAL_RECOVERED
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
OU T− IN T RA− BSS− HO− RET U RN +
∗ 100
INTERNAL− IN T RA− CELL− HO− RET U RN
=
RECOVERED OU T− IN T RA− BSS− HO− AT M P T +
IN T RA− CELL− HO− AT M P T− F R− F R+
IN T RA− CELL− HO− AT M P T− HR− HR+
IN T RA− CELL− HO− AT M P T− HR− F R+
IN T RA− CELL− HO− AT M P T− F R− HR
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 18-57
Jan 2010
INTERNAL_SUCCESS Chapter 18: Network health reports
INTERNAL_SUCCESS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The INTERNAL_SUCCESS statistic tracks the percentage of BSS internal handover commands
that are sent over the air interface which result in the MS successfully accessing the target
channel. This statistic includes intra-BSS and intra-cell handovers.
Formula
!
OU T− IN T RA− BSS− HO− SU C+
∗ 100
INTERNAL− IN T RA− CELL− HO− SU C
=
SUCCESS OU T− IN T RA− BSS− HO− AT M P T +
IN T RA− CELL− HO− AT M P T− F R− F R+
IN T RA− CELL− HO− AT M P T− HR− HR+
IN T RA CELL HO AT M P T HR F R+
− − − − −
IN T RA− CELL− HO− AT M P T− F R− HR
Analysis
18-58 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application INTRA_CELL_HO_FAIL_LOST_MS
INTRA_CELL_HO_FAIL_LOST_MS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 18-59
Jan 2010
INTRA_CELL_HO_FAIL_RECOVERED Chapter 18: Network health reports
INTRA_CELL_HO_FAIL_RECOVERED
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
Analysis
18-60 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application INTRA_CELL_HO_SUCCESS_RATE
INTRA_CELL_HO_SUCCESS_RATE
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 18-61
Jan 2010
MA_REQ_SDCCH_PG_RSP Chapter 18: Network health reports
MA_REQ_SDCCH_PG_RSP
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The number of assignment requests on SDCCH for prepaid service of Ericsson MSC.
Pegging
When receiving a paging response, MSC sends an assignment for the requirement of another
SDCCH assigned for subscriber billing information to be transmitted (remaining credit
available). BSS does not assign an SDCCH as the mobile already has one. This statistic is
pegged at CP/RRSM and the call is carried out.̀
Analysis
Basis Cell.
Type Counter.
18-62 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application MAX_TCH_BUSY
MAX_TCH_BUSY
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The MAX_TCH_BUSY statistic tracks the maximum number of simultaneously busy TCHs.
Formula
Analysis
Usage Congestion.
Quality of service.
Network planning.
Optimization.
Basis Cell.
Type Counter.
Raw Statistics BUSY_TCH[MAX].
68P02901W56-T 18-63
Jan 2010
MSC_PAGING Chapter 18: Network health reports
MSC_PAGING
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The MSC_PAGING statistic tracks the total number of BSSMAP paging messages received
over the A-interface from the MSC.
Formula
Analysis
18-64 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application MEAN_TIME_BETWEEN_DROPS
MEAN_TIME_BETWEEN_DROPS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The MEAN_TIME_BETWEEN_DROPS statistic tracks the mean time interval between dropped
calls due to the loss of the radio link.
Formula
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 18-65
Jan 2010
MEAN_TIME_BETWEEN_HOs Chapter 18: Network health reports
MEAN_TIME_BETWEEN_HOs
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The MEAN_TIME_BETWEEN_HOs statistic tracks the mean time interval between inter
cell handovers.
Formula
Analysis
18-66 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application NUM_HO_FROM_3G_FAIL
NUM_HO_FROM_3G_FAIL
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 18-67
Jan 2010
NUM_HO_TO_3G_FAIL Chapter 18: Network health reports
NUM_HO_TO_3G_FAIL
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
Analysis
18-68 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_FAIL_LOST_MS
OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_FAIL_LOST_MS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
OUT− INTER− BSS− HO
[OUT− INTER− BSS− HO− FAIL] +
OUT− INTER− BSS− HO
OUT− INTER− BSS− HO− FAIL [OUT− INTER− BSS− HO− EQUIP− FAIL] ∗
100
LOST− MS = OUT− INTER− BSS− HO− ATMPT
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 18-69
Jan 2010
OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_FAIL_RECOVERED Chapter 18: Network health reports
OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_FAIL_RECOVERED
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
Analysis
18-70 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_SUCCESS_RATE
OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_SUCCESS_RATE
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
OUT− INTER− BSS− HO− OUT− INTER− BSS− HO [OUT− INTER− BSS− HO− SUC] ∗
100
SUCCESS− RATE = OUT− INTER− BSS− HO [OUT− INTER− BSS− HO− ATMPT]
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 18-71
Jan 2010
OUT_INTER_CELL_HO_FAIL_RATE_LOST_MS Chapter 18: Network health reports
OUT_INTER_CELL_HO_FAIL_RATE_LOST_MS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
OUT− INTRA− BSS− HO− LOSTMS+
OUT− INTER− BSS− HO− FAIL+
OUT− INTER− CELL− HO− OUT− INTER− BSS− HO− EQUIP− FAIL ∗
=
100
FAIL− RATE− LOST− MS OUT− INTRA− BSS− HO− ATMPT+
OUT− INTER− BSS− HO− ATMPT
Analysis
18-72 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application OUT_INTER_CELL_HO_FAIL_RATE_RECOVERED
OUT_INTER_CELL_HO_FAIL_RATE_
RECOVERED
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
OUT− INTER− OUT− INTER− BSS− HO [OUT− INTER− BSS− HO− RETURN] +
CELL− HO− FAIL− OUT− INTRA− BSS− HO [OUT− INTRA− BSS− HO− RETURN] ∗
= 100
FAIL− RATE− OUT− INTRA− BSS− HO [OUT− INTRA− BSS− HO− ATMPT] +
OUT− INTER− BSS− HO [OUT− INTER− BSS− HO− ATMPT]
RECOVERED
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 18-73
Jan 2010
OUT_INTER_CELL_HO_SUCCESS_RATE Chapter 18: Network health reports
OUT_INTER_CELL_HO_SUCCESS_RATE
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
Analysis
18-74 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_FAIL_LOST_MS
OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_FAIL_LOST_MS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
NOTE
This Key Statistic is not available at the OMC now, but users can build their own
custom statistic using the formula provided.
Formula
OUT− INTRA− BSS− HO− FAIL OUT− INTRA− BSS− HO− LOST− MS ∗
= 100
LOST− MS OUT− INTER− BSS− HO− ATMPT
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 18-75
Jan 2010
OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_FAIL_RECOVERED_MS Chapter 18: Network health reports
OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_FAIL_RECOVERED_MS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
NOTE
This Key Statistic is not available at the OMC now, but users can build their own
custom statistic using the formula provided.
Formula
OUT− INTRA−
OUT− INTRA− BSS− HO [OUT− INTRA− BSS− HO− RETURN]
BSS− HO− FAIL = ∗ 100
OUT− INTRA− BSS− HO [OUT− INTRA− BSS− HO− ATMPT]
RECOVERED− MS
Analysis
18-76 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_SUC
OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_SUC
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
NOTE
This Key Statistic is not available at the OMC now, but users can build their own
custom statistic using the formula provided.
Formula
OUT− INTRA− BSS− OUT− INTRA− BSS− HO [OUT− INTRA− BSS− HO− SUC] ∗
= 100
HO− SUC OUT− INTRA− BSS− HO [OUT− INTRA− BSS− HO− ATMPT]
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 18-77
Jan 2010
OUTGOING_HO_VOLUME Chapter 18: Network health reports
OUTGOING_HO_VOLUME
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
Analysis
18-78 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application PAGING_COMPRESSION_RATE
PAGING_COMPRESSION_RATE
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 18-79
Jan 2010
PAGING_OVERFLOW_RATE Chapter 18: Network health reports
PAGING_OVERFLOW_RATE
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The PAGING_OVERFLOW_RATE statistic tracks the percentage of pages which are dropped
from the BSS paging queue due to paging queue overflow. There are two formulas based on the
paging purpose (circuit switched or packet switched).
Formula
Circuit switched
Packet switched
Analysis
18-80 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application PAGING_RESPONSE
PAGING_RESPONSE
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The PAGING_RESPONSE statistic tracks the volume of MSs which respond to a page through
a successful SDCCH access.
Formula
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 18-81
Jan 2010
PAGING_SUCCESS_RATE Chapter 18: Network health reports
PAGING_SUCCESS_RATE
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
P
OK− ACC− PROC [PAGE− RESPONSE] ∗
PAGING− SUCCESS− RATE = 100
PAGING− REQUEST [CS]
Analysis
Type Percentage.
Raw Statistics OK_ACC_PROC[PAGE_RESPONSE].
PAGE_REQ_FROM_MSC.
18-82 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application INTER_BSS_HO_ATTEMPT_RATE
INTER_BSS_HO_ATTEMPT_RATE
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
NOTE
This Key Statistic is not available at the OMC now, but users can build their own
custom statistic using the formula provided.
Formula
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 18-83
Jan 2010
INTRA_BSS_HO_ATTEMPT_RATE Chapter 18: Network health reports
INTRA_BSS_HO_ATTEMPT_RATE
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
NOTE
This Key Statistic is not available at the OMC now, but users can build their own
custom statistic using the formula provided.
Formula
Analysis
Type Percentage.
Raw Statistics OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_ATMPT.
INTRA_CELL_HO (the value used in this formula is the sum of bins 1 to 4 of
this counter array statistic).
OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO[OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_ATMPT].
OUT_INTER_BSS_HO[OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_ATMPT].
18-84 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application INTRA_CELL_HO_ATTEMPT_RATE
INTRA_CELL_HO_ATTEMPT_RATE
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
NOTE
This Key Statistic is not available at the OMC now, but users can build their own
custom statistic using the formula provided.
Formula
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 18-85
Jan 2010
RANKING_FORMULA Chapter 18: Network health reports
RANKING_FORMULA
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
RAN KIN G− (100 − (((F1 ∗ 100) /F2) ∗ (1 − (((F3 ∗ 100) /F4) /100))))
=
F ORM U LA 100 − ((F1 ∗ 100) /F2) ∗ (1 − (((F3 ∗ 100) /F4/100) ∗ S1) / (F1 ∗ 100) /F2)
Where: Is:
F1 (S1 + S2)
F2 (S3 + S4 + S5 + S6 + S7 + S8 + S9 - S10 - S11 - S12 + S13)
F3 (S14 + S15 + S16 + S17 + S18)
F4 (S1 + S19 + S20)
S1 TOTAL_CALLS
S2 ASSGN_REDIRECT
S3 CM_SERV_REQ_CALL
S4 CM_SERV_REQ_SMS
S5 CM_SERV_REQ_EMERG
S6 CM_REESTABLISH
S7 PAGE_RESPONSE
S8 LOC_FLW_ON_REQ_NORM
S9 LOC_FLW_ON_REQ_SMS
S10 SMS_INIT_ON_SDCCH_REQ
S11 SMS_INIT_ON_TCH_FCS_REQ
S12 MT_LCS_ON_SDCCH
S13 SMS_INIT_ON_SDCCH_HO_IN_REQ
Continued
18-86 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Analysis
Where: Is:
S14 RF_LOSSES_TCH_ROLL
S15 (INTRA_CELL_HO_LOSTMS -
SIG_INTRA_CELL_HO_LOSTMS)
S16 (OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_LOSTMS -
SIG_OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_LOSTMS)
S17 (OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_FAIL -
SIG_OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_FAIL)
S18 (OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_EQUIP_FAIL -
SIG_OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_EQUIP_FAIL)
S19 (IN_INTRA_BSS_HO_SUC - SIG_IN_INTRA_BSS_HO_SUC)
S20 (IN_INTER_BSS_HO_SUC - SIG_IN_INTER_BSS_HO_SUC)
Analysis
Usage Optimization.
Service retain ability.
Basis Cell.
Type Counter.
Raw Statistics ASSIGNMENT_REDIRECTION.
INTRA_CELL_HO[INTRA_CELL_HO_LOSTMS].
MT_LCS_ON_SDCCH.
IN_INTER_BSS_HO[IN_INTER_BSS_HO_SUCCESS_RATE].
IN_INTRA_BSS_HO[IN_INTRA_BSS_HO_SUCCESS_RATE].
OK_ACC_PROC[CM_REESTABLISH].
OK_ACC_PROC[CM_SERV_REQ_CALL].
OK_ACC_PROC[CM_SERV_REQ_EMERG].
OK_ACC_PROC[CM_SERV_REQ_SMS].
OK_ACC_PROC[LOC_FLW_ON_REQ_NORMAL].
OK_ACC_PROC[LOC_FLW_ON_REQ_SMS].
OK_ACC_PROC[PAGE_RESPONSE].
OK_ACC_PROC[IMM_SETUP].
OK_ACC_PROC[IMM_SETUP2].
OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO[OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_LOSTMS].
OUT_INTER_BSS_HO[OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_FAIL].
OUT_INTER_BSS_HO[OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_EQUIP_FAIL].
RF_LOSSES_TCH.
SMS_INIT_ON_SDCCH_REQ.
TOTAL_CALLS.
68P02901W56-T 18-87
Jan 2010
RF_ASSIGN_FAIL_RATE_LOST_MS Chapter 18: Network health reports
RF_ASSIGN_FAIL_RATE_LOST_MS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
Analysis
18-88 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application RF_ASSIGN_FAIL_RATE_RECOVERED
RF_ASSIGN_FAIL_RATE_RECOVERED
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 18-89
Jan 2010
RF_ASSIGN_SUCCESS_RATE Chapter 18: Network health reports
RF_ASSIGN_SUCCESS_RATE
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
Analysis
18-90 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application SDCCH_ACCESSES
SDCCH_ACCESSES
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The SDCCH_ACCESSES statistic tracks the number of SDCCH activations which result in a
successful seizure by the MS.
Formula
ALLOC− SDCCH−
SDCCH− ACCESSES = CHAN− REQ− MS− FAIL [1] + ...
+CHAN− REQ− MS− FAIL [nSDCCH]
Analysis
Usage RF loss.
Congestion.
Quality of service.
Network planning.
Basis Cell.
Type Counter.
Raw Statistics ALLOC_SDCCH.
CHAN_REQ_MS_FAIL [SDCCH].
68P02901W56-T 18-91
Jan 2010
SDCCH_BLOCKING_RATE Chapter 18: Network health reports
SDCCH_BLOCKING_RATE
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
Analysis
18-92 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application SDCCH_CONGESTION_TIME
SDCCH_CONGESTION_TIME
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The SDCCH_CONGESTION_TIME statistic tracks the amount of time in seconds that all
SDCCHs are busy.
Formula
SDCCH− CONGESTION
SDCCH− CONGESTION− TIME =
1000
Analysis
Usage RF loss.
Congestion.
Quality of service.
Network planning.
Optimization.
Basis Cell.
Type Duration (seconds).
Raw Statistics SDCCH_CONGESTION.
68P02901W56-T 18-93
Jan 2010
SDCCH_TRAFFIC_CARRIED Chapter 18: Network health reports
SDCCH_TRAFFIC_CARRIED
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
P
m
BUSY− SDCCH− MEAN [ ]
=1
SDCCH− TRAFFIC− CARRIED =
m
n
X
SDCCH− TRAFFIC− CARRIED = BUSY− SDCCH− MEAN [ ]
=1
P
m
n
X =1 BUSY − SDCCH− MEAN [ ]
SDCCH− TRAFFIC− CARRIED =
m
=1
NOTE
The BUSY_SDCCH_MEAN statistic reports the mean number of busy traffic channels
during a collection interval. Where BUSY_SDCCH_MEAN [x] is BUSY_SDCCH_MEAN
for statistical interval x.
18-94 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Analysis
Analysis
Usage RF loss.
Congestion.
Network planning.
Optimization.
Basis BSS.
Type Counter.
Raw Statistic BUSY_SDCCH.
68P02901W56-T 18-95
Jan 2010
SDCCH_USAGE_ACCESS_FAILURE Chapter 18: Network health reports
SDCCH_USAGE_ACCESS_FAILURE
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
NOTE
This Key Statistic is not available at the OMC now, but users can build their own
custom statistic using the formula provided.
Formula
18-96 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Analysis
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 18-97
Jan 2010
SDCCH_USAGE_CALL_REESTABLISH Chapter 18: Network health reports
SDCCH_USAGE_CALL_REESTABLISH
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
NOTE
This Key Statistic is not available at the OMC now, but users can build their own
custom statistic using the formula provided.
Formula
18-98 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Analysis
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 18-99
Jan 2010
SDCCH_USAGE_EMERGENCY_CALL Chapter 18: Network health reports
SDCCH_USAGE_EMERGENCY_CALL
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
NOTE
This Key Statistic is not available at the OMC now, but users can build their own
custom statistic using the formula provided.
Formula
SDCCH− USAGE− EMERGENCY− OK− ACC− PROC [CM− SERV− REQ− EMERG]
= ∗ 100
CALL (OK− ACC− PROC [CM− SERV− REQ− CALL] +
OK− ACC− PROC [CM− SERV− REQ− SMS] +
OK− ACC− PROC [CM− SERV− REQ− SUPP] +
OK− ACC− PROC [CM− SERV− REQ− EMERG] +
OK− ACC− PROC [PAGE− RESPONSE] +
OK− ACC− PROC [CM− REESTABLISH] +
OK− ACC− PROC [LOCATION− UPDATE] +
OK− ACC− PROC [IMSI− DETACH] +
CHAN− REQ− MS− FAIL)
18-100 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Analysis
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 18-101
Jan 2010
SDCCH_USAGE_IMSI_DETACH Chapter 18: Network health reports
SDCCH_USAGE_IMSI_DETACH
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
NOTE
This Key Statistic is not available at the OMC now, but users can build their own
custom statistic using the formula provided.
Formula
Analysis
18-102 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application SDCCH_USAGE_LOCATION_UPDATE
SDCCH_USAGE_LOCATION_UPDATE
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
NOTE
This Key Statistic is not available at the OMC now, but users can build their own
custom statistic using the formula provided.
Formula
68P02901W56-T 18-103
Jan 2010
Analysis Chapter 18: Network health reports
Analysis
18-104 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application SDCCH_USAGE_MS_ORIGINATED_CALL
SDCCH_USAGE_MS_ORIGINATED_CALL
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
NOTE
This Key Statistic is not available at the OMC now, but users can build their own
custom statistic using the formula provided.
Formula
SDCCH− USAGE− MS− OK− ACC− PROC [CM− SERV− REQ− CALL]
= ∗ 100
ORIGINATED− CALL (OK− ACC− PROC [CM− SERV− REQ− CALL] +
OK− ACC− PROC [CM− SERV− REQ− SMS] +
OK− ACC− PROC [CM− SERV− REQ− SUPP] +
OK− ACC− PROC [CM− SERV− REQ− EMERG] +
OK− ACC− PROC [PAGE− RESPONSE] +
OK− ACC− PROC [CM− REESTABLISH] +
OK− ACC− PROC [LOCATION− UPDATE] +
OK− ACC− PROC [IMSI− DETACH] +
CHAN− REQ− MS− FAIL)
68P02901W56-T 18-105
Jan 2010
Analysis Chapter 18: Network health reports
Analysis
18-106 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application SDCCH_USAGE_MS_ORIGINATED_SMS
SDCCH_USAGE_MS_ORIGINATED_SMS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
NOTE
This Key Statistic is not available at the OMC now, but users can build their own
custom statistic using the formula provided.
Formula
SDCCH− USAGE− MS− OK− ACC− PROC [CM− SERV− REQ− SMS]
= ∗ 100
ORIGINATED− SMS (OK− ACC− PROC [CM− SERV− REQ− CALL] +
OK− ACC− PROC [CM− SERV− REQ− SMS] +
OK− ACC− PROC [CM− SERV− REQ− SUPP] +
OK− ACC− PROC [CM− SERV− REQ− EMERG] +
OK− ACC− PROC [PAGE− RESPONSE] +
OK− ACC− PROC [CM− REESTABLISH] +
OK− ACC− PROC [LOCATION− UPDATE] +
OK− ACC− PROC [IMSI− DETACH] +
CHAN− REQ− MS− FAIL)
68P02901W56-T 18-107
Jan 2010
Analysis Chapter 18: Network health reports
Analysis
18-108 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application SDCCH_USAGE_SMS_ORIGINATED_SS
SDCCH_USAGE_SMS_ORIGINATED_SS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
NOTE
This Key Statistic is not available at the OMC now, but users can build their own
custom statistic using the formula provided.
Formula
SDCCH− USAGE− SMS− OK− ACC− PROC [CM− SERV− REQ− SUPP]
= ∗ 100
ORIGINATED− SS (OK− ACC− PROC [CM− SERV− REQ− CALL] +
OK− ACC− PROC [CM− SERV− REQ− SMS] +
OK− ACC− PROC [CM− SERV− REQ− SUPP] +
OK− ACC− PROC [CM− SERV− REQ− EMERG] +
OK− ACC− PROC [PAGE− RESPONSE] +
OK− ACC− PROC [CM− REESTABLISH] +
OK− ACC− PROC [LOCATION− UPDATE] +
OK− ACC− PROC [IMSI− DETACH] +
CHAN− REQ− MS− FAIL)
68P02901W56-T 18-109
Jan 2010
Analysis Chapter 18: Network health reports
Analysis
18-110 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application SDCCH_USAGE_PAGING_RESPONSE
SDCCH_USAGE_PAGING_RESPONSE
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
NOTE
This Key Statistic is not available at the OMC now, but users can build their own
custom statistic using the formula provided.
Formula
68P02901W56-T 18-111
Jan 2010
Analysis Chapter 18: Network health reports
Analysis
18-112 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application SDCCH_USAGE_SMS
SDCCH_USAGE_SMS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
NOTE
This Key Statistic is not available at the OMC now, but users can build their own
custom statistic using the formula provided.
Formula
68P02901W56-T 18-113
Jan 2010
Analysis Chapter 18: Network health reports
Analysis
18-114 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application SPILL_OVER_FACTOR_ATTEMPTS_AT_CONGESTION_RELIEF
SPILL_OVER_FACTOR_ATTEMPTS_AT_
CONGESTION_RELIEF
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
NOTE
Formula
SPILL− OVER−
FACTOR−
CONGEST− EXIST− HO− ATMPT
ATTEMPTS− = ∗ 100
TOTAL− CALLS+
AT− CONGESTION−
ASSIGNMENT− REDIRECTION [DIRECTED− RETRY] +
RELIEF
ASSIGNMENT− REDIRECTION [DURING− ASSIGNMENTS]+
ASSIGNMENT− REDIRECTION [MULTIBAND− BAND]
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 18-115
Jan 2010
SPILL_OVER_FACTOR_DIRECTED_RETRY Chapter 18: Network health reports
SPILL_OVER_FACTOR_DIRECTED_RETRY
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
NOTE
Formula
Analysis
18-116 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application SPILL_OVER_FACTOR_MULTIBAND
SPILL_OVER_FACTOR_MULTIBAND
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
NOTE
Formula
SPILL− OVER−
ASSIGNMENT− REDIRECTION [MULTIBAND− BAND] ∗
FACTOR− = 100
TOTAL− CALLS+
MULTIBAND ASSIGNMENT− REDIRECTION [DIRECTED− RETRY] +
ASSIGNMENT− REDIRECTION [DURING− ASSIGNMENTS] +
ASSIGNMENT− REDIRECTION [MULTIBAND− BAND]
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 18-117
Jan 2010
TCH_ACCESSES Chapter 18: Network health reports
TCH_ACCESSES
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The TCH_ACCESSES statistic tracks the number of TCH activations which result in a successful
seizure by the MS.
Formula
Cell Level
TOTAL− CALLS+
TCH− ACCESSES = IN− INTER− BSS− HO− SUCCESS− RATE+
IN− INTRA− BSS− HO− SUCCESS− RATE
BSS Level
TOTAL− CALLS+
IN− INTER− BSS− HO− SUCCESS− RATE+
TCH− ACCESSES = ASSIGNMENT− REDIRECTION [DIRECTED− RETRY] +
ASSIGNMENT− REDIRECTION [DURING− ASSIGNMENT] +
ASSIGNMENT− REDIRECTION [MULTIBAND− BAND]
Network Level
TOTAL− CALLS+
TCH− ACCESSES = ASSIGNMENT− REDIRECTION [DIRECTED− ENTRY] +
ASSIGNMENT− REDIRECTION [DURING− ASSIGNMENT] +
ASSIGNMENT− REDIRECTION [MULTIBAND− BAND]
18-118 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Analysis
Analysis
Usage Handover.
Quality of service.
Network planning.
Basis Cell, BSS, or network.
Type Counter.
Raw Statistics ASSIGNMENT_REDIRECTION.
IN_INTER_BSS_HO[IN_INTER_BSS_HO_SUCCESS_RATE].
IN_INTRA_BSS_HO[IN_INTRA_BSS_HO_SUCCESS_RATE].
TOTAL_CALLS.
68P02901W56-T 18-119
Jan 2010
TCH_CONGESTION_TIME Chapter 18: Network health reports
TCH_CONGESTION_TIME
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The TCH_CONGESTION_TIME statistic tracks the amount of time in seconds that all TCHs
are busy.
Formula
Analysis
Usage Congestion.
Quality of service.
Network planning.
Optimization.
Basis Cell.
Type Duration.
Raw Statistics TCH_CONGESTION.
Additional TCH_CONGESTION_HR.
Raw Statistic
for Half Rate
18-120 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application TCH_CONGESTION_TIME_INNER_ZONE
TCH_CONGESTION_TIME_INNER_ZONE
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
!
TCH− CONGESTION− INNER− ZONE+
TCH− CONGESTION− TIME− TCH− CONGESTION− INNER− ZONE− HR
=
INNER− ZONE 1000
Analysis
Usage Congestion.
Quality of service.
Network planning.
Optimization.
Basis Cell.
Type Duration.
Raw Statistics TCH_CONGESTION_INNER_ZONE.
TCH_CONGESTION_INNER_ZONE_HR
68P02901W56-T 18-121
Jan 2010
TCH_CONGESTION_TIME_INNER_ZONE_HR Chapter 18: Network health reports
TCH_CONGESTION_TIME_INNER_ZONE_HR
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
Analysis
Usage Congestion.
Quality of service.
Network planning.
Optimization.
Basis Cell.
Type Duration.
Raw Statistics TCH_CONGESTION_INNER_ZONE_HR
18-122 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application TCH_CONGESTION_TIME_OUTER_ZONE
TCH_CONGESTION_TIME_OUTER_ZONE
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
!
TCH− CONGESTION+
TCH− CONGESTION− TIME− TCH− CONGESTION− HR
=
OUTER− ZONE 1000
When the Half Rate feature is unrestricted, the following formula tracks the amount of time in
seconds that all outer zone half rate TCHs are busy:
Analysis
Usage Congestion.
Quality of service.
Network planning.
Optimization.
Basis Cell.
Type Duration.
Raw Statistics TCH_CONGESTION.
Additional TCH_CONGESTION_HR.
Raw Statistic
for Half Rate
68P02901W56-T 18-123
Jan 2010
TCH_RF_LOSS_RATE Chapter 18: Network health reports
TCH_RF_LOSS_RATE
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The TCH_RF_LOSS_RATE statistic tracks the percentage of TCH resources that are abnormally
released due to a failure on the radio interface.
Formula
Cell Level
TCH− RF−
RF− LOSSES− TCH
LOSS− = ∗ 100
TOTAL− CALLS+
RATE
IN− INTRA− BSS− HO [IN− INTRA− BSS− HO− SUCCESS− RATE] +
IN− INTER− BSS− HO [IN− INTER− BSS− HO− SUCCESS− RATE]
BSS Level
Network Level
18-124 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Analysis
Analysis
Raw Statistics ASSIGNMENT_REDIRECTION (the value used in this formula is the sum of
bins 0 to 2 of this counter array statistic).
IN_INTER_BSS_HO[IN_INTER_BSS_HO_SUCCESS_RATE].
IN_INTRA_BSS_HO[IN_INTRA_BSS_HO_SUCCESS_RATE].
RF_LOSSES_TCH.
TOTAL_CALLS.
68P02901W56-T 18-125
Jan 2010
TCH_TRAFFIC_CARRIED Chapter 18: Network health reports
TCH_TRAFFIC_CARRIED
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
x=m
X
TCH− TRAFFIC− CARRIED = BUSY− TCH− MEAN [x]
x=1
x=n
X
TCH− TRAFFIC− CARRIED = BUSY− TCH− MEAN [x]
x=1
x=m
P
x=n
X x=1 BUSY − TCH− MEAN [x]
TCH− TRAFFIC− CARRIED =
m
x=1
18-126 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Analysis
Analysis
Usage Congestion.
Quality of service.
Network planning.
Optimization.
Basis Cell.
Raw Statistics BUSY_TCH_MEAN.
68P02901W56-T 18-127
Jan 2010
TCH_TRAFFIC_CARRIED_FR Chapter 18: Network health reports
TCH_TRAFFIC_CARRIED_FR
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The TCH_TRAFFIC_CARRIED_FR statistic tracks the mean number of full rate busy TCHs.
Formula
Analysis
Usage Congestion.
Quality of service.
Network planning.
Optimization.
Basis Cell.
Raw Statistics BUSY_TCH_MEAN.
BUSY_TCH_HR_MEAN.
18-128 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application TCH_TRAFFIC_CARRIED_HR
TCH_TRAFFIC_CARRIED_HR
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
The TCH_TRAFFIC_CARRIED_HR statistic tracks the mean number of half rate busy TCHs.
Formula
Analysis
Usage Congestion.
Quality of service.
Network planning.
Optimization.
Basis Cell.
Raw BUSY_TCH_HR_MEAN.
Statistics INTERVAL_SUM.
68P02901W56-T 18-129
Jan 2010
UL_BANDWIDTH_INDICATOR_EGPRS Chapter 18: Network health reports
UL_BANDWIDTH_INDICATOR_EGPRS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
18-130 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Analysis
where:
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 18-131
Jan 2010
UL_BANDWIDTH_INDICATOR_GPRS Chapter 18: Network health reports
UL_BANDWIDTH_INDICATOR_GPRS
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Description
Formula
(UL− RLC− ACK− NEW− BLKS [CS − 1]) ∗ 22+
(UL− RLC− ACK− NEW− BLKS [CS − 2]) ∗ 33+
(UL− RLC− ACK− NEW− BLKS [CS − 3]) ∗ 39+
(UL− RLC− ACK− NEW− BLKS [CS − 4]) ∗ 53+
(UL− RLC− UNACK− NEW− BLKS [CS − 1]) ∗ 22+
(UL− RLC− UNACK− NEW− BLKS [CS − 2]) ∗ 33+
(UL− RLC− UNACK− NEW− BLKS [CS − 3]) ∗ 39+
(UL RLC UNACK NEW BLKS [CS − 4]) ∗ 53+
− − − −
(UL− RLC− RETX− BLKS [CS − 1]) ∗ 22+
(UL − RLC− RETX− BLKS [CS − 2]) ∗ 33+
(UL− RLC− RETX− BLKS [CS − 3]) ∗ 39+
UL− BANDWIDTH− (UL− RLC− RETX− BLKS [CS − 4]) ∗ 53
= CS−4P
INDICATOR− GPRS
(UL− RLC− ACK− NEW− BLKS) +
CS−1
CS−4
P
CS−1 (UL− RLC− UNACK− NEW− BLKS) +
P
CS−4
(UL− RLC− RETX− BLKS)
CS−1
18-132 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Analysis
Analysis
68P02901W56-T 18-133
Jan 2010
Analysis Chapter 18: Network health reports
18-134 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Chapter
19
Ladder diagrams
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
68P02901W56-T 19-1
Jan 2010
Introduction Chapter 19: Ladder diagrams
Introduction
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Ladder diagrams show the relationships between MS, BSS, and MSC when a message flows
between these network elements. The following topics are described in this chapter:
• Ladder diagram constructs on page 19-3.
19-2 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Ladder diagram constructs
• Provide a visual aid in tracing the statistical processes involved when an event occurs.
The message flows between the network elements are presented as horizontal lines representing
a sequential flow of events. Arrows indicate the direction of the message flow. Message names
are placed above the directional line.
Intermediate network element functions are placed on the vertical lines as a sequential
reference. Parallel functions may also be included as separate vertical lines for additional
reference.
Statistics associated with individual messages are located immediately below the directional
line. All the statistics that may be generated as the result of the process flow is listed on the
diagram.
As an example, Figure 19-1 shows the relationships associated with an immediate assignment
failure.
68P02901W56-T 19-3
Jan 2010
GSM call model Chapter 19: Ladder diagrams
• BSC functions
• MSC functions
• Handover procedure
BSS functions
The GSM BSS is a combination of digital and RF equipment, which provides the radio
Air interface linking subscribers into the network and providing them with service. The
BSS function communicates with the Mobile Switching Center (MSC), the Operations and
Maintenance Center - Radio (OMC-R), and the Mobile Subscribers (MSs).
BSC functions
The main functions of the BSC include managing the radio channels and transferring control
messages to and from the MS. Control channels and bearer channels are always under the
control of the BSC. However, many types of call handling messages do not directly affect the
BSC and for these the BSC serves simply as a relay point between the MSC and the MS.
The BSC also incorporates a digital switching matrix. No fixed correspondence exists between
the radio channels at the BSS and the terrestrial circuits, which connect the BSS to the MSC.
While the BSC selects the radio channel, the terrestrial circuit is selected by the MSC, and it
is the BSCs switching matrix that is used to connect the two together. The switching matrix
also allows the BSC to perform handovers between the BTSs under its control without involving
the MSC (intra-BSS and intra-cell).
MSC functions
The MSC handles the call set up procedures and controls the location registration and handover
procedures for all except intra-BSS and intra-cell handovers. MSC controlled intra-BSS
handovers can be set as an option at the switch. Location registration (and location update)
allows MSs to report changes in their locations enabling automatic completion of MS-terminated
calls.
19-4 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Handover procedure
Handover procedure
The handover procedure preserves call connections as MSs move from one radio coverage area
to another during an established call. Handovers within cells controlled by a single BSC are
handled by that BSC (intra-BSS and intra-cell). When handovers are between cells controlled by
different BSCs, the primary control is at the MSC (inter-BSS). Handovers can also be performed
between BSSs connected to two different MSCs (inter-MSC handover). In this case, GSM
specifications define standard procedures allowing the two MSCs to coordinate the handover.
68P02901W56-T 19-5
Jan 2010
Call procedure milestones Chapter 19: Ladder diagrams
Call procedure
Bids
The first call procedure milestone is a request for service or resource (channel assignment
request). The MS checks the possibility of calling, before attempting to make a call.
A bid is made for a resource (channel assignment request) but, if all channels are busy, due to
other subscribers making phone calls, the bid is blocked. Further bids are requested until a no
blocking situation exists.
Bids - attempts
A bid is made and accepted to use a resource (channel assignment request). Now an attempt is
made to assign the user to that resource, for example with a traffic channel assignment there
is an assignment request from the MSC, but at this time the assignment to the TCH is not
complete. Hence, the connection is not complete.
An attempt has been made to assign a resource (channel assignment request) and the
assignment is successful, hence the connection is complete.
An attempt is made to assign a resource (channel assignment request) but the assignment fails.
It is not possible to recover the call and the call is lost.
A resource is allocated to an MS which it found to be unusable. The call in progress was not lost
but was able to revert to its previous radio resource.
19-6 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Call setup and handover
Statistics matrix
The call setup and handover statistics are shown as a matrix against call processing scenarios
in Table 19-1. Each call processing scenario is broken out into six call procedure milestones
shown in the vertical columns of the matrix.
Milestones
Procedure Failed
Bids Blocked Attempts Success Failed lost
recovered
ImmediateOK_ACC_ CHAN_REQ_ See note 3 OK_ACC_ CHAN_REQ_ N/A
Assign PROC_RACH MS_BLK and PROC MS_FAIL
ment and ALLOC_ ALLOC_SDCCH_ CAUSE_IN_RACH
SDCCH FAIL (see note (see note 5)
(see note 1) 2)
Connection - - CONN_REQ_ - CONN_ N/A
Establish TO_MSC REFUSED
ment
Assign MA_REQ_ MA_CMD_ MA_CMD_ TOTAL_CALLS For further MA_FAIL_
ment FROM_MSC TO_MS_ TO_MSC and study FROM_MS
to TCH BLKDALLOC_ MA_COMPLETE_
at call TCH_FAIL TO_MSCALLOC_
set-up TCH
Handover INTRA_CELL_ ALLOC_SDCCH_ INTRA_ INTRA_CELL_ INTRA_ INTRA_
Intra-cell HO_REQ FAIL or CELL_ HO CELL_ CELL_
HO_FAIL_ HO_ATMPT HO_LOSTMS HO_FAIL
NO_ and and
RESOURCES MA_CMD_ MA_FAIL_
(INTER_BSS) TO_MS FROM_MS
or
ALLOC_TCH_
FAIL
Continued
68P02901W56-T 19-7
Jan 2010
Statistics matrix Chapter 19: Ladder diagrams
NOTE
The following refer to the call setup and handover matrix:
19-8 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Statistics matrix
68P02901W56-T 19-9
Jan 2010
Connection establishment Chapter 19: Ladder diagrams
Connection establishment
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Figure 19-3 to Figure 19-8 show the ladder diagrams for the connection establishment
procedures. Figure 19-3 shows that connection establishment is successful after immediate
assignment is successful, while Figure 19-8 shows successful MS-terminated connection
establishment.
Successful MS originated
NOTE
RSS Abis does additional filtering of RACH.
19-10 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Successful MS originated
MS BSS MSC
CHANNEL REQUEST (RACH)
OK_ACC_PROC_SUC_RACH (SEE NOTE)
ACCESS_PER_RACH
CHAN_REQ_CAUSE_ATMPT
(for one of the causes)
MS_ACCESS_BY_TYPE
ALLOC_SDCCH
IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT
CONNECTION REQUEST
CONN_REQ_TO_MSC
CONNECTION CONFIRM
CONNECTION ESTABLISHMENT
MOBILE ORIGINATED
ti-GSM-Connection establishment successful-00350-ai-sw
68P02901W56-T 19-11
Jan 2010
Successful MS originated Chapter 19: Ladder diagrams
Figure 19-4 shows a successful MS generated connection establishment with FCS enabled.
MS BSS MSC
CHANNEL REQUEST (RACH)
OK_ACC_PROC_SUC_RACH (SEE NOTE)
ACCESS_PER_RACH
CHAN_REQ_CAUSE_ATMPT
(for one of the causes)
ALLOC_TCH
ACCESS_PER_AGCH
IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT
CONNECTION REQUEST
CONN_REQ_TO_MSC
CONNECTION CONFIRM
CONNECTION ESTABLISHMENT
MOBILE ORIGINATED
19-12 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Failure
Failure
68P02901W56-T 19-13
Jan 2010
Immediate assignment blocked Chapter 19: Ladder diagrams
19-14 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Immediate assignment failure
68P02901W56-T 19-15
Jan 2010
Successful MS terminated call Chapter 19: Ladder diagrams
NOTE
RSS Abis does additional filtering of RACH.
19-16 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Successful MS terminated call
Figure 19-9 shows a successful connection establishment (MS terminated call) with FCS
enabled.
Figure 19-9 Connection establishment (mobile terminated call) successful with FCS
enabled
68P02901W56-T 19-17
Jan 2010
Assignment to TCH Chapter 19: Ladder diagrams
Assignment to TCH
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Figure 19-10 to Figure 19-14 show the ladder diagrams for the assignment to TCH procedures.
Assignment successful
NOTE
19-18 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Assignment successful
68P02901W56-T 19-19
Jan 2010
Immediate assignment failure Chapter 19: Ladder diagrams
OK_ACC_PROC_SUC_RACH
(SEE NOTE )
CHAN_REQ_CAUSE_ATMPT
(for one of the causes)
NOTE:
RSS Abis does additional filtering of RACH.
ti-GSM-TCH assignmentiImmediate assignment failure-00356-ai-sw
19-20 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application TCH assignment blocked
68P02901W56-T 19-21
Jan 2010
Fail recovered Chapter 19: Ladder diagrams
Fail recovered
19-22 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Intra-cell handover
Intra-cell handover
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Figure 19-15 to Figure 19-18 show the ladder diagrams for the intra-cell handover procedure.
Intra-cell handovers deal with channels within the same cell; that is, the Target Cell = Source
Cell.
Handover successful
ti-GSM-Intracell HO successful-00359-ai-sw
68P02901W56-T 19-23
Jan 2010
Handover blocked Chapter 19: Ladder diagrams
Handover blocked
19-24 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Fail recovered
Fail recovered
INTRA_CELL_HO (INTRA_CELL_HO_REQ)
(SEE NOTE 1)
ALLOC_TCH
ASSIGNMENT COMMAND
INTRA_CELL_HO (INTRA_CELL_HO_ATMPT)
MA_CMD_TO_MS
ASSIGNMENT FAILURE
(SEE NOTE 2)
MA_FAIL_FROM_MS
INTRA_CELL_HO (INTRA_CELL_HO_FAIL)
NOTES:
1. Need for handover is recognized within the BSS.
2. Failure to access target channel.
NOTE:
The intracell handover may include the change of speech rate, which will subsequently will peg
the associated bin (FR_FR, HR_HR, HR_FR or FR_HR).
68P02901W56-T 19-25
Jan 2010
Fail lost Chapter 19: Ladder diagrams
Fail lost
INTRA_CELL_HO (INTRA_CELL_HO_REQ)
(SEE NOTE 1)
ALLOC_TCH
ASSIGNMENT COMMAND
INTRA_CELL_HO (INTRA_CELL_HO_ATMPT)
MA_CMD_TO_MS
TIMEOUT
MSC
INTRA_CELL_HO (INTRA_CELL_HO_LOSTMS)
CLEAR (SEE NOTE 2)
REQUEST
CLR_REQ_TO_MSC
NOTES:
1. Need for handover is recognized within the BSS.
2. Failure to access target channel and no message receive on source channel prior to timer expiry.
NOTE:
The intracell handover may include the change of speech rate, which will subsequently will peg
the associated bin (FR_FR, HR_HR, HR_FR or FR_HR).
19-26 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Inter-BSS handover
Inter-BSS handover
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Figure 19-19 to Figure 19-22 show the ladder diagrams for the inter-BSS handover procedure.
Handover successful
OUT_HO_NC_SUC
NOTES:
1. Need for handover is recognized within the BSS.
2. BAD_HO_REFNUM_MS pegs each time a handover access burst (actual or phantom) is
detected that contains a bad handover reference number.
ti-GSM-Intercell HO successful-00363-ai-sw
68P02901W56-T 19-27
Jan 2010
Handover blocked Chapter 19: Ladder diagrams
Handover blocked
HANDOVER HANDOVER
REQUIRED REQUEST
(SEE NOTE 1) HO_REQ_FROM_MSC
OUT_INTER_BSS_HO ALLOC_TCH_FAIL
(OUT_INTER_BSS_
HO_FAIL_NO_RESOURCES
REQ_TO_MSC) (INTER_BSS_HO)
HANDOVER FAILURE
(SEE NOTE 4)
HO_REQ_MSC_FAIL
HANDOVER (SEE NOTE 3)
REQUIRED
(SEE NOTE 2)
OUT_INTER_BSS_HO
(OUT_INTER_BSS_
REQ_TO_MSC)
NOTES:
1. Need for handover is recognized within the BSS.
2. If a need for handover continues to exist after timer expiry.
3. This pegs due to causes other than resource unavailable.
4. Reference GSM 8.08 Section 3.2.2.5 for valid "handover failure" causes.
ti-GSM-Intercell HO blocked-00364-ai-sw
19-28 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Fail recovered
Fail recovered
HANDOVER REQUIRED
HANDOVER
(SEE NOTE 1)
REQUEST
HO_REQ_FROM_MSC
OUT_INTER_BSS_HO ALLOC_TCH
(OUT_INTER_BSS_REQ_
HANDOVER REQUEST or ALLOC_SDCCH
TO_MSC)
HANDOVER ACKNOWLEDGE
COMMAND
HANDOVER HO_REQ_ACK_TO_MSC
COMMAND (SEE NOTE 2)
OUT_INTER_BSS_HO
(OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_
ATMPT)
OUT_HO_CAUSE_ATMPT
OUT_HO_NC_CAUSE_ATMPT
HANDOVER
FAILURE
OUT_INTER_BSS_HO
(OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_
RETURN)
HANDOVER
FAILURE
HO_REQ_MSC_FAIL
NOTES:
1. Need for handover is recognized within the BSS.
2. BAD_HO_REFNUM_MS pegs each time a handover access burst (actual or phantom) is
detected which contains a bad handover reference number.
68P02901W56-T 19-29
Jan 2010
Fail lost Chapter 19: Ladder diagrams
Fail lost
HANDOVER
RECOGNIZED
HANDOVER HANDOVER
REQUIRED REQUEST
HO_REQ_FROM_MSC
HANDOVER
REQUEST
HANDOVER ACKNOWLEDGE
COMMAND
HANDOVER
COMMAND
(SEE NOTE)
OUT_INTER_BSS_HO
(OUT_INTER_BSS_HO_
LOSTMS)
NOTE:
After the handover command is sent to the MS, any of the following messages may be received
at the source BSS: SCCP_RELEASED, RELEASED_DONE, MTG_EXP, RADIO_CHAN_RLSD.
19-30 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Fail lost (MS)
68P02901W56-T 19-31
Jan 2010
Standard directed retry (external) Chapter 19: Ladder diagrams
19-32 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application OUT_INTER_HO_FAIL (Timer expires)
Figure 19-25 shows an inter-BSS handover failure when the timer expires at the source BSS.
68P02901W56-T 19-33
Jan 2010
OUT_INTER_EQUIP_FAIL (Equipment Failure) Chapter 19: Ladder diagrams
19-34 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application OUT_INTER_HO_CLEARED (Call clearing)
Figure 19-27 shows an inter-BSS handover failure because of call clearing in both NS and MSS.
Figure 19-27 Inter-BSS handover failure because of call clearing in both NS and MSS
68P02901W56-T 19-35
Jan 2010
Intra-BSS handover Chapter 19: Ladder diagrams
Intra-BSS handover
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Figure 19-28 to Figure 19-31 show the ladder diagrams for the intra-BSS handover procedure.
Handover successful
ti-GSM-IntraBSS HO successful-00369-ai-sw
19-36 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Handover- blocked
Handover- blocked
68P02901W56-T 19-37
Jan 2010
Fail-recovered Chapter 19: Ladder diagrams
Fail-recovered
OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO
(OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_REQ)
(SEE NOTE 1)
ALLOC_TCH or ALLOC_SDCCH
(SEE NOTE 2)
HANDOVER COMMAND
OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO (OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_ATMPT)
OUT_HO_CAUSE_ATMPT
OUT_HO_NC_CAUSE_ATMPT
OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO
(OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_RETURN)
(SEE NOTE 3)
NOTES:
1. Need for handover is recognized within the BSS.
2. BAD_HO_REFNUM_MS pegs each time a handover access burst (actual or phantom)
is detected that contains a bad handover reference number.
3. Failure to access channel in target cell.
ti-GSM-IntraBSS HO fail recovered-00371-ai-sw
19-38 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Fail-lost
Fail-lost
MSC TIMEOUT
OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO
(OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_LOSTMS)
CLEAR (SEE NOTE 3)
REQUEST
CLR_REQ_TO_MSC
NOTES:
1. Need for handover is recognized within the BSS.
2. BAD_HO_REFNUM_MS pegs each time a handover access burst (actual or phantom) is detected
that contains a bad handover reference number.
3. Failure to access channel in target cell and no message received on channel in source cell
prior to timer expiry.
ti-GSM-IntraBSS HO fail lost-00372-ai-sw
68P02901W56-T 19-39
Jan 2010
Standard directed retry (internal) Chapter 19: Ladder diagrams
Figure 19-32 displays the ladder diagram for intra-BSS handover standard directed retry.
19-40 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Enhanced 2G/3G handover and reselection
Figure 19-33 and Figure 19-34 show the ladder diagrams for enhanced 2G/3G handover and
cell reselection procedures.
68P02901W56-T 19-41
Jan 2010
2G/3G handover successful Chapter 19: Ladder diagrams
HANDOVER REQUIRED
BSSMAP BSSMAP
PREPARE HANDOVER
MAP/E MAP/E
NUM_HO_3G_ATTEMPTS
RELOCATION REQUEST
RANAP RANAP
RELOCATION REQUEST
ACKNOWLEDGE
RANAP RANAP
PREPARE HANDOVER
RESPONSE
MAP/E MAP/E
HANDOVER COMMAND
BSSMAP BSSMAP
OUT_HO_NC_CAUSE_
ATMPT
INTER SYSTEM TO UTRAN
RELOCATION DETECT HANDOVER COMMAND
RANAP RANAP RR RR
RELOCATION COMPLETE
RANAP RANAP
NUM_HO_TO_3G_
SUCCESS
CLEAR COMPLETE OUT_HO_NC_SUC
BSSMAP BSSMAP
SEND END
SIGNAL RESPONSE
MAP/E MAP/E
ti-GSM-2G3G HO successful-00374-ai-sw
19-42 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application 2G/3G handover failure
HANDOVER REQUIRED
BSSMAP BSSMAP
PREPARE HANDOVER
MAP/E MAP/E
NUM_HO_3G_ATTEMPTS
RELOCATION REQUEST
RANAP RANAP
RELOCATION REQUEST
ACKNOWLEDGE
RANAP RANAP
PREPARE HANDOVER
RESPONSE
MAP/E MAP/E
HANDOVER COMMAND
BSSMAP BSSMAP
OUT_HO_NC_CAUSE_
ATMPT
INTER SYSTEM TO UTRAN
HANDOVER COMMAND
RR RR
HANDOVER FAILURE
(SEE NOTE)
RR RR
HANDOVER FAILURE
BSSMAP BSSMAP
68P02901W56-T 19-43
Jan 2010
Network assisted cell change Chapter 19: Ladder diagrams
Figure 19-35 to Figure 19-39 show the ladder diagrams for network assisted cell change
procedures.
Figure 19-35 shows the scenario where the network agrees with the MS target cell reselection.
BSS MS
PCCN
NUM_CELL_RESEL_CELL_PCCN
PNCD
PCCC
NUM_CELL_RESEL_CELL_SUCC
19-44 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application No target cell information before sending a PCCC
Figure 19-36 shows the scenario where the network has no target cell information before
sending a PCCC.
BSS MS
PCCN
NUM_CELL_RESEL_CELL_PCCN
PCCC
NUM_CELL_RESEL_CELL_SUCC
Figure 19-37 shows the scenario where the network evaluates a new target cell for the MS.
BSS MS
PCCN
NUM_CELL_RESEL_CELL_PCCN
PNCD
PCCO
NUM_CELL_RESEL_CELL
NUM_CELL_RESEL_CELL_SUCC
ti-GSM-Stats-MS target eval NACC-eps-sw
68P02901W56-T 19-45
Jan 2010
No target cell information before sending a PCCO Chapter 19: Ladder diagrams
Figure 19-38 shows the scenario where the network has no target cell information before
sending a PCCO.
BSS MS
PCCN
NUM_CELL_RESEL_CELL_PCCN
PCCO
NUM_CELL_RESEL_CELL
NUM_CELL_RESEL_CELL_SUCC
Figure 19-39 shows the scenario where the network evaluates that reselection is not required
for the MS.
BSS MS
PCCN
NUM_CELL_RESEL_CELL_PCCN
PMO (NC2)
PMR(s)
PNCD
PCCO
NUM_CELL_RESEL_CELL
19-46 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Call clearing
Call clearing
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Figure 19-40 to Figure 19-43 show the ladder diagrams for the call clearing procedures.
Figure 19-40 shows BSS initiated call clearing - cipher mode fail.
68P02901W56-T 19-47
Jan 2010
RF loss on an SDCCH Chapter 19: Ladder diagrams
RF loss on an SDCCH
Figure 19-41 shows BSS initiated call clearing (RF loss on an SDCCH).
19-48 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application RF loss on a TCH
RF loss on a TCH
68P02901W56-T 19-49
Jan 2010
Queuing timeout Chapter 19: Ladder diagrams
Queuing timeout
19-50 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Short message service
Figure 19-44 and Figure 19-45 show the ladder diagrams for the short message service
procedures.
MS originated
68P02901W56-T 19-51
Jan 2010
MS terminated Chapter 19: Ladder diagrams
MS terminated
19-52 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Congestion relief
Congestion relief
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Figure 19-46 shows an example of the relationships associated with an intra-BSS congestion
relief handover procedure. In this example, an MS attempts to access a TCH in the cell which is
congested and one (or possibly multiple) MS is handed out to free a TCH.
68P02901W56-T 19-53
Jan 2010
Intra-BSS congestion relief example Chapter 19: Ladder diagrams
19-54 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Directed retry
Directed retry
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Figure 19-47 shows an example of the relationships associated with an intra-BSS directed
retry procedure.
68P02901W56-T 19-55
Jan 2010
Intra-BSS directed retry example Chapter 19: Ladder diagrams
19-56 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Flow control
Flow control
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
FLOW_CONTROL_BARRED measures the duration for which access classes are barred as a
result of flow control. The statistic duration is started when any of the access classes are
barred due to flow control and stopped when the last access class which was barred due to
flow control is unbarred.
Example
Figure 19-48 shows an example of the relationships associated with an access procedure.
DURATION
ti-GSM-Access procedure-00389-ai-sw
68P02901W56-T 19-57
Jan 2010
Intra-BSS interband activity Chapter 19: Ladder diagrams
Figure 19-49 to Figure 19-51 show intra-BSS interband activity handover ladder diagrams.
These diagrams specifically show the outgoing handover statistics. By only showing outgoing
handover statistics, a better focus is placed on the pegging aspects of INTERBAND_ACTIVITY.
For a complete handover statistic pegging description (outgoing and incoming) refer to the
general handover ladder diagrams in this chapter.
19-58 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Handover successful
Handover successful
Figure 19-49 shows an established call on TCH with a subsequent successful intra-BSS
handover to a PGSM cell.
68P02901W56-T 19-59
Jan 2010
Handover unsuccessful (fail recovered) Chapter 19: Ladder diagrams
Figure 19-50 shows an established call on TCH with a subsequent handover attempt to a PGSM
cell. The handover is unsuccessful with MS fail recovered to source cell (original channel).
19-60 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Handover
unsuccessful (fail recovered due to invalid frequency supported)
Figure 19-51 shows an established call on TCH with subsequent intra-BSS handover attempt
to PGSM cell. The handover is unsuccessful due to invalid frequency supported with MS fail
recovered to source cell (original channel).
68P02901W56-T 19-61
Jan 2010
Inter-BSS interband activity Chapter 19: Ladder diagrams
Figure 19-52 to Figure 19-54 show inter-BSS interband activity handover ladder diagrams.
These diagrams specifically show the outgoing handover statistics. By only showing outgoing
handover statistics, a better focus is placed on the pegging aspects of INTERBAND_ACTIVITY.
For a complete handover statistic pegging description (outgoing and incoming) refer to the
general handover ladder diagrams in this chapter.
19-62 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Handover successful
Handover successful
Figure 19-52 shows an established call on TCH with a subsequent successful inter-BSS
handover to a PGSM cell.
NOTES:
1. Need for handover is recognized within the BSS.
2. MS_ACCESS_BY_TYPE will peg the bin that matches the MS capability; MSC must have
Classmark Update message from the mobile so that the target BSS can peg the MS access
type.
3. BAD_HO_REFNUM_MS pegs each time a handover access burst (actual or phantom) is detected
which contains a band handover reference number.
4. Handover cause band handover for statistics OUT_HO_CAUSE_ATMPT and
OUT_HO_NC_CAUSE_ATMPT is just one possible valid cause for the inter-BSS handover.
Other causes are possible and valid as well (like powerbudget, uplink quality, downlink level,
etc). Band handover triggered handovers are done to move the mobile from its current
frequency band to a preferred frequency band.
5. For other target cell frequency bands, the appropriate bins for INTERBAND_ACTIVITY will
peg. For example, the above ladder diagram applies for other frequency bands, except that
INTERBAND_ACTIVITY will peg different bins:
for DCS1800 target cells, bin DCS1800_HO_ATMPT pegs
for PCS1900 target cells, bin PCS1900_HO_ATMPT pegs
for EGSM target cells, bin EGSM_HO_ATMPT pegs
ti-GSM-InterBSS HO successful-00393-ai-sw
68P02901W56-T 19-63
Jan 2010
Handover unsuccessful (fail recovered) Chapter 19: Ladder diagrams
Figure 19-53 shows an established call on TCH with a subsequent inter-BSS handover attempt
to a PGSM cell. The handover is unsuccessful with MS fail recovered to source cell (original
channel).
NOTES:
1. Need for handover is recognized within the BSS.
2. MS_ACCESS_BY_TYPE will peg the bin that matches the MS capability; MSC must have
Classmark Update message from the mobile so that the target BSS can peg the MS access
type.
3. BAD_HO_REFNUM_MS pegs each time a handover access burst (actual or phantom) is detected
which contains a band handover reference number.
4. Handover cause band handover for statistics OUT_HO_CAUSE_ATMPT and
OUT_HO_NC_CAUSE_ATMPT is just one possible valid cause for the inter-BSS handover.
Other causes are possible and valid as well (like powerbudget, uplink quality, downlink level,
etc). Band handover triggered handovers are done to move the mobile from its current
frequency band to a preferred frequency band.
5. For other target cell frequency bands, the appropriate bins for INTERBAND_ACTIVITY will peg.
For example, the above ladder diagram applies for other frequency bands, except that
INTERBAND_ACTIVITY will peg different bins:
for DCS1800 target cells, bins DCS1800_HO_ATMPT and DCS1800_HO_FAIL peg
for PCS1900 target cells, bins PCS1900_HO_ATMPT and PCS1900_HO_FAIL peg
for EGSM target cells, bins EGSM_HO_ATMPT and EGSM_HO_FAIL peg
19-64 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Handover
unsuccessful fail recovered due to invalid frequency supported
Figure 19-54 shows an established call on a TCH with subsequent inter-BSS handover attempt
to a PGSM cell. The handover is unsuccessful due to invalid frequency supported with MS fail
recovered to source cell (original channel).
HANDOVER
FAILURE
REASON-
FREQUENCY
NOT
IMPLEMENTED
NOTES: HO_REQ_MSC_FAIL
1. Need for handover is recognized within the BSS.
2. MS_ACCESS_BY_TYPE will peg the bin that matches the MS capability; MSC must have
Classmark Update message from the mobile so that the target BSS can peg the MS access type.
3. BAD_HO_REFNUM_MS pegs each time a handover access burst (actual or phantom) is detected
which contains a band handover reference number.
4. Handover cause band handover for statistics OUT_HO_CAUSE_ATMPT and
OUT_HO_NC_CAUSE_ATMPT is just one possible valid cause for the inter-BSS handover. Other
causes are possible and valid as well (like powerbudget, uplink quality, downlink level, etc). Band
handover triggered handovers are done to move the mobile from its current frequency band to a
preferred frequency band.
5. For other target cell frequency bands, the appropriate bins for INTERBAND_ACTIVITY will peg.
For example, the above ladder diagram applies for other frequency bands, except that
INTERBAND_ACTIVITY will peg different bins. Examples
for DCS1800 target cells, bins DCS1800_HO_ATMPT and DCS1800_HO_FAIL peg
68P02901W56-T 19-65
Jan 2010
Interband assignment Chapter 19: Ladder diagrams
Interband assignment
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
ASSIGNMENT
REQUEST
MA_REQ_FROM_MSC
ALLOC_TCH
ASSIGNMENT
COMMAND
MA_CMD_TO_MS
ASSIGNMENT
FAILURE
REASON-
FREQUENCY NOT
IMPLEMENTED
INTERBAND_ACTIVITY (INVALID_FREQ_ASGN)
MA_FAIL_FROM_MS
ASSIGNMENT FAILURE
REASON-FREQUENCY NOT IMPLEMENTED
19-66 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Band Reassignment
Band Reassignment
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Introduction
Figure 19-56 and Figure 19-57 show band reassign ladder diagrams. These diagrams specifically
show the outgoing handover statistics. By only showing outgoing handover statistics, a better
focus is placed on the pegging aspects of the band reassign cause.
Handover successful
Figure 19-56 shows an intra-BSS handover attempt of an MS from an SDCCH in the source
cell (frequency band PGSM) to a TCH in a target cell (frequency band DCS1800). The MS is
a dual-mode PGSM/DCS1800 capable MS.
ASSIGNMENT
REQUEST
MA_REQ_FROM_MSC
OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO
(OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_REQ)
ALLOC_TCH (TARGET CELL)
OUT_HO_CAUSE_ATMPT
OUT_HO_NC_CAUSE_ATMPT (BAND_RE_ASSIGN)
INTERBAND_ACTIVITY
HANDOVER (DCS1800_HO_ATMPT)
COMPLETE
(RECEIVED FROM OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO (OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_SUC)
TARGET CELL)
OUT_HO_NC_SUC
ti-GSM-IntraBSS HO successful-00397-ai-sw
68P02901W56-T 19-67
Jan 2010
Handover unsuccessful (fail recovered) Chapter 19: Ladder diagrams
ASSIGNMENT
REQUEST
MA_REQ_FROM_MSC
OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO
(OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_REQ)
ALLOC_TCH (TARGET CELL)
OUT_HO_CAUSE_ATMPT
OUT_HO_NC_CAUSE_ATMPT (BAND_RE_ASSIGN)
INTERBAND_ACTIVITY
(DCS1800_HO_ATMPT)
HANDOVER
FAILURE
OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO (OUT_INTRA_BSS_HO_RETURN)
INTERBAND_ACTIVITY
(DCS1800_HO_FAIL)
19-68 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application RSL link scenarios
Introduction
Figure 19-58 shows a ladder diagram scenario for the Radio Signaling Link (RSL) link.
68P02901W56-T 19-69
Jan 2010
Introduction Chapter 19: Ladder diagrams
19-70 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application MTL link scenarios
Figure 19-59 to Figure 19-62 show four ladder diagrams as scenarios for the Message Transfer
Link (MTL) link.
68P02901W56-T 19-71
Jan 2010
MTL link (operator initiated outage) Chapter 19: Ladder diagrams
NOTE
Lock of MTL or associated device transitions operator and admin states from B-U
to D-L
Unlock of MTL or associated device transitions operator and admin states from D-L to
B-U.
19-72 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application MTL link (transition scenarios Part II)
Figure 19-60 shows an MTL transition from B-U to E-U and E-U to B-U with reason Wait.
68P02901W56-T 19-73
Jan 2010
MTL link (transition scenarios Part III) Chapter 19: Ladder diagrams
Figure 19-61 shows an MTL transition from B-U to D-U and D-U to B-U with reason 'Wait MMS
not in service'.
19-74 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application MTL link (transition scenarios Part IV)
Figure 19-62 shows an MTL transition from B-U to E-U and E-U to B-U with reason Wait
improper timeslot mapping between BSC and MSC.
68P02901W56-T 19-75
Jan 2010
GBL statistics Chapter 19: Ladder diagrams
GBL statistics
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Figure 19-63 to Figure 19-67 show how the GBL statistics function within the BSS/PCU.
GBL_DL_DATA_THRPUT
DLCI = 45 DLCI = 45
DLCI = 55
Bearer chan 1
DLCI = 55
ti-GSM-GBL_DL_DATA_THRPUT-00404-ai-sw
19-76 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Introduction to GBL statistics
GBL_FLOW_CTRL_SENT
68P02901W56-T 19-77
Jan 2010
Introduction to GBL statistics Chapter 19: Ladder diagrams
CELL_FLUSH_REQS
Figure 19-65 illustrates the statistic CELL_FLUSH_REQS when it is pegged. It also shows the
request and the response sent from the SGSN to the PS.
19-78 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Introduction to GBL statistics
GBL_PAGING_REQS
Figure 19-66 is a ladder diagram detailing the statistic GBL_PAGING_REQS when it is pegged.
It also shows the request and the response messages sent from the SGSN to the BSS/PCU
and the MS.
68P02901W56-T 19-79
Jan 2010
Introduction to GBL statistics Chapter 19: Ladder diagrams
GBL_UL_DATA_THRPUT
19-80 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Accessibility statistics
Accessibility statistics
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
CHANNEL_REQS_REC
68P02901W56-T 19-81
Jan 2010
Introduction to accessibility statistics Chapter 19: Ladder diagrams
CHANNEL_REQS_REJECT
19-82 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Introduction to accessibility statistics
CHANNEL_REQS_SUCCESS
MS
68P02901W56-T 19-83
Jan 2010
Introduction to accessibility statistics Chapter 19: Ladder diagrams
BSS/PCU M
S
GPRS_ACCESS_PER_RACH
GPRS_ACCESS_PER_AGCH
19-84 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Introduction to accessibility statistics
MS
68P02901W56-T 19-85
Jan 2010
Introduction to accessibility statistics Chapter 19: Ladder diagrams
GPRS_CHANNELS_SWITCHED
ti-GSM-GPRS_CHANNELS_SWITCHED-00414-ai-sw
19-86 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Throughput statistics
Throughput statistics
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
AIR_DL_TBF_FAILURES
Figure 19-74 and Figure 19-75 illustrate ladder diagrams for AIR_DL_TBF_FAILURES
termination and data transfer DDTR mode establishment respectively.
68P02901W56-T 19-87
Jan 2010
Introduction to throughput statistics Chapter 19: Ladder diagrams
19-88 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Introduction to throughput statistics
AIR_UL_TBF_FAILURES
Figure 19-76 and Figure 19-77 illustrate ladder diagrams for AIR_UL_TBF_FAILURES
establishment/termination and data transfer respectively.
68P02901W56-T 19-89
Jan 2010
Introduction to throughput statistics Chapter 19: Ladder diagrams
DL_PDTCH_SEIZURE
19-90 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Introduction to throughput statistics
UL_PDTCH_SEIZURE
Figure 19-79 and Figure 19-80 illustrate ladder diagrams for UL_PDTCH_SEIZURE one-phase
and two-phase access respectively.
68P02901W56-T 19-91
Jan 2010
Introduction to throughput statistics Chapter 19: Ladder diagrams
19-92 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Introduction to throughput statistics
68P02901W56-T 19-93
Jan 2010
Introduction to throughput statistics Chapter 19: Ladder diagrams
19-94 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Chapter
20
Impacts on statistics
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
The collection, interpretation, and accuracy of GSM statistics may be affected by some factors,
for example, new software and hardware features. Although not all the factors are directly
related to statistics, they all have a definite impact on them. The factors described here are
listed below. Also provided is a list of frequently asked questions with answers.
• Extended GSM (EGSM) on page 20-2.
68P02901W56-T 20-1
Jan 2010
Extended GSM (EGSM) Chapter 20: Impacts on statistics
Overview of EGSM
EGSM900 (Extended GSM) provides the BSS with a further range of frequencies for MS and
BSS transmit. EGSM MSs can use the extended frequency band as well as the primary band,
while non-EGSM MSs cannot use the extended frequency band. A GSM900 cell can contain both
GSM900 and EGSM900 carrier hardware.
Requirements
Although EGSM provides additional frequencies for use, several functions must remain in the
original GSM900 band. Functions that must be performed in the GSM900 band are:
• BCCH carrier frequency.
• SDCCH configuration.
Channel allocation
Channel allocation for an EGSM MS proceeds in a way such that the search is between
extended then primary band frequencies, starting from best to worst interference bands until
a channel is found.
Forced handovers
To avoid blocking of non-EGSM MSs, an extended band MS using a primary resource can be
forced to handover to an idle extended band resource with an interference band residing above
or meeting a specified threshold.
20-2 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Factors impacting statistics
The following examples illustrate the impact of the EGSM feature on statistics:
• The egsm_handover_threshold flag either does not allow or limits handovers from
primary resources to extended resources.
It is more difficult for non-EGSM MSs to access a TCH since EGSM MSs are occupying the
primary resources.
Statistic Value
MA_CMD_TO_MS_BLKD is higher
MA_COMPLETE_TO_MSC is lower
BUSY_TCH MAX/mean value is lower
TOTAL_CALLS is lower
TCH_CONGESTION is lower (See note)
TCH_USAGE is lower
TCH_DELAY is higher
NOTE
TCH_CONGESTION is lower because it is pegged when all TCHs are busy, not
just the primary band TCHs, even though congestion exists for the primary MSs in
this example.
68P02901W56-T 20-3
Jan 2010
Factors impacting statistics Chapter 20: Impacts on statistics
More intra-cell handovers are attempted to move the EGSM MSs off primary resources to
open up primary resources for non-EGSM MSs.
Statistic Value
INTRA_CELL_HO is higher
INTRA_CELL_HO_REQ is higher
INTRA_CELL_HO_LOSTMS is higher
INTRA_CELL_HO_ATMPT is higher
INTRA_CELL_HO_FAIL is higher
MA_CMD_TO_MS is higher
MA_FAIL_TO_MS is higher
BAD_HO_REFNUM_MS is higher
CLR_REQ_TO_MSC is higher
ALLOC_SDCCH_FAIL is higher
20-4 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Factors impacting statistics
The cell experiences congestion when other non-EGSM MSs try to access the cell, despite the
fact that not all the resources have been allocated.
Statistic Value
MA_CMD_TO_MS_BLKD is higher
MA_COMPLETE_TO_MSC is lower
BUSY_TCH MAX/mean value is lower
TOTAL_CALLS is lower
TCH_CONGESTION is lower (See note)
TCH_USAGE is lower
TCH_DELAY is higher
NOTE
TCH_CONGESTION is lower because it is pegged when all TCHs are busy, not
just the primary band TCHs, even though congestion exists for the primary MSs in
this example.
68P02901W56-T 20-5
Jan 2010
Approximate equality Chapter 20: Impacts on statistics
Approximate equality
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Statistics are kept by processes at the BTS and BSC. When comparing statistics, minor
discrepancies between different statistics may occur because when the statistic interval expires,
a procedure may be in progress and not all statistics related to that procedure have been
pegged. These statistics are pegged in the following interval upon completion of the procedure.
Example
Although the procedure TCH assignment was successful, the statistics file for the 9:00 to
9:30 interval shows the statistic MA_REQ_FROM_MSC incremented with no corresponding
MA_CMD_TO_MS and TOTAL_CALLS values. Also, the 9:30 to 10:00 interval shows the
statistics MA_CMD_TO_MS, TOTAL_CALLS, and MA_COMPLETE_TO_MSC incremented
with no corresponding MA_REQ_FROM_MSC value.
20-6 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Phantom RACHs
Phantom RACHs
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Phantom RACHs occur primarily as the result of sporadic noise and interference. Channel
requests from distant MSs can be affected by such noise when MS power output is low. If an
MS output is high, any transmitted signals can cause interference to other co-channel and
adjacent channel cells. It is unlikely in a Motorola implementation that cells using similar
frequencies are finely synchronized. This could happen by chance as each BTS does not have
frame synchronization. It is possible though for partial synchronization to occur and contribute
to the phantom RACH problem.
CHANNEL REQUEST
CHANNEL REQUEST
ALLOC_SDCCH
(CHAN_REQ_MS_FAIL)
ti-GSM-PhantomRACHs-00437-ai-sw
68P02901W56-T 20-7
Jan 2010
Process of Phantom RACHs occurrences Chapter 20: Impacts on statistics
The following process describes the chain of events that take place when a phantom RACH
occurs:
1 The channel coder decodes the message on the Random Access Channel
from the radio. If the channel coder cannot decode the message because a
field is unrecognizable, the channel coder pegs an internal counter for the
unrecognized message.
If the channel coder decodes the message, the channel coder forwards the
channel request to RSS Layer 1 and included in the message is the peg
count of unrecognized messages.
2 RSS layer 1 pegs the OK_ACC_PROC_SUC_RACH statistic once for the
channel request and pegs the ACCESS_PER_RACH statistic once for the
channel request plus the peg count sent by the Channel Coder. RSS layer 1
does no filtering of the RACH
3 RSS Abis receives the channel request and verifies the one-byte message
from the MS. It verifies that the three most significant bits represent a valid
establishment cause (see GSM4.08, 3.11.0, section 9.1.8 for the valid causes
for Phase 1). If the three bits are verified, the RSS Abis sends a channel
request to Call Processing.
NOTE
The other five bits of the eight-bit message are non formatted
five-bit field, which cannot be verified.
4 Call Processing does no filtering of the channel request, it attempts to
allocate an SDCCH and pegs the ALLOC_SDCCH statistic. If the MS does
not respond to the Immediate Assignment, that is, no MS ever existed for
the RACH or the MS is far away, or turned off, the CHAN_REQ_MS_FAIL
statistic is pegged.
There are three levels of filtering the RACH:
• At RSS Abis.
20-8 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Raw statistics affected
• ACCESS_PER_AGCH.
• ALLOC_SDCCH.
• ALLOC_SDCCH_FAIL.
• OK_ACC_PROC_SUC_RACH.
• CHAN_REQ_MS_BLK.
• CHAN_REQ_MS_FAIL.
• SDCCH_CONGESTION.
• BUSY_SDCCH.
ACCESS_PER_RACH is pegged for each phantom RACH. The remainder of the above statistics
are affected depending on whether the apparent channel request from the MS is known to Call
Processing (Layer 3). RSS (Layer 2) filters out RACHs that are invalid. Specifically, Channel
Request messages received through the RACH that have invalid (reserved) values in the
establishment cause field (reference GSM 04.08) are filtered by the RSS. Therefore, a lot of
phantom RACHs never make it up to the Call Processing processes because of the gating
(filtering) function performed by the RSS.
68P02901W56-T 20-9
Jan 2010
Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs) Chapter 20: Impacts on statistics
Assignment failure
A: If an Assignment Failure is received from the MS during call set-up, the Assignment Failure is
forwarded to the MSC and the MSC (at its discretion) clears the call. If the Assignment Failure
is received during a BSS-controlled intra-cell handover, the call reverts back to the old channel.
Q: After an ASSIGNMENT FAILURE from the MS is the call lost or does the system send another
ASSIGNMENT COMMAND?
A: As explained earlier, during call set up the MSC decides whether to clear the call. Whether
the Assignment Command is retried is up to the MSC. If the Assignment Failure is received
during intra-cell handover, the call reverts back to the old channel and could send another
Assignment Command to the MS if the BSS chooses to do another intra-cell handover.
Q: Whether the following counters work correctly after an SDCCH reconfiguration? That is
when a TCH is used as an SDCCH:
• ALLOC_SDCCH.
• ALLOC_SDCCH_FAIL.
• BUSY_SDCCH.
• BUSY_TCH.
• RF_LOSSES_SD.
• RF_LOSSES_TCH.
• SDCCH_CONGESTION.
• TCH_CONGESTION.
• TCH_USAGE.
A: For example, SDCCH congestion timer gets started when there are no free SDCCHs available
at the cell. If a TCH gets reconfigured to eight SDCCHs, the congestion timer stops because the
cell is no longer congested as far as SDCCHs are concerned. The statistics reflect the current
status of the system. The reconfiguration issue should not affect the accuracy of the statistics.
20-10 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application Dynamic SDCCH configuration
Q: If configuration of SDCCHs, for example, can occur manually or more importantly occur
dynamically during a busy period, would the previous peg information for that half hour period
be lost, and would this affect key statistic results?
A: No, CHAN_REQ_MS_FAIL (the statistic which is pegged per channel) is not deleted when
the channel is configured or reconfigured. The process pegging creates the statistic for all
possible SDs. This statistic is never deleted, so that the statistic for each half hour shows the
amount of pegs for the channel for the entire half hour.
Q: Is failed handover and RF_LOSSES_TCH the only possible reason for losing an established
call?
A: A call could also be lost because of other procedure failures, like ciphering and Mode Modify.
A: The BSS should not have to peg Location Update Rejects. Location Update Rejects is a DTAP
procedure and the MSC should track Location Update Rejects.
Phantom RACHs
Q: How can it be determined how many phantom RACHs have been assigned to an SDCCH?
A: CHAN_REQ_MS_FAIL pegs due to timeout, if the MS is out of range or switched off. After
the SDCCH is allocated, an attempt is made to communicate with the MS, and it does not
respond (because it never existed to begin with).
A: ACCESS_PER_RACH counts reduce considerably between BTS5s and BTS4Ds (3000 > 300),
which have full diversity.
Q: What happens after an SDCCH has been seized by a phantom RACH? Whether
CLR_REQ_TO_MSC, CHAN_REQ_MS_FAIL and RF_LOSSES_SD be pegged?
68P02901W56-T 20-11
Jan 2010
Phantom RACHs Chapter 20: Impacts on statistics
20-12 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Chapter
21
Statistics history
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
Statistics can be added, modified, replaced, or removed as developing software release are
introduced. The tables in History of raw statistics on page 21-2 show a history of statistic
development for raw statistics. The aim is to help maintenance personnel track how statistics of
interest have evolved or are evolving between software releases.
68P02901W56-T 21-1
Jan 2010
History of raw statistics Chapter 21: Statistics history
Table 21-1 shows the history of raw statistics from release 1650 to the present.
Continued
21-2 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application History of raw statistics
Continued
68P02901W56-T 21-3
Jan 2010
History of raw statistics Chapter 21: Statistics history
Continued
21-4 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application History of raw statistics
Continued
68P02901W56-T 21-5
Jan 2010
History of raw statistics Chapter 21: Statistics history
Continued
21-6 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application History of raw statistics
Continued
68P02901W56-T 21-7
Jan 2010
History of raw statistics Chapter 21: Statistics history
Continued
21-8 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application History of raw statistics
Continued
68P02901W56-T 21-9
Jan 2010
History of raw statistics Chapter 21: Statistics history
Continued
21-10 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application History of raw statistics
Continued
68P02901W56-T 21-11
Jan 2010
History of raw statistics Chapter 21: Statistics history
Continued
21-12 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application History of raw statistics
Continued
68P02901W56-T 21-13
Jan 2010
History of raw statistics Chapter 21: Statistics history
Continued
21-14 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Maintenance information: GSM Statistics Application History of raw statistics
Continued
68P02901W56-T 21-15
Jan 2010
History of raw statistics Chapter 21: Statistics history
21-16 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Index
Index
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
68P02901W56-T IX-1
Jan 2010
Index
IX-2 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Index
68P02901W56-T IX-3
Jan 2010
Index
IX-4 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Index
68P02901W56-T IX-5
Jan 2010
Index
IX-6 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Index
68P02901W56-T IX-7
Jan 2010
Index
IX-8 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Index
68P02901W56-T IX-9
Jan 2010
Index
IX-10 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010
Index
68P02901W56-T IX-11
Jan 2010
Index
IX-12 68P02901W56-T
Jan 2010